CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS VOLUME 1 OF 2 DIVISIONS 00 THROUGH 13
INDIANA DEPARTMENT OF CORRECTIONS PUTNAMVILLE CORRECTIONAL FACILITY PRISON INDUSTRIES BUILDING INDIANAPOLIS , INDIANA
INDIANA DEPARTMENT OF ADMINISTRATION PROJECT NO. 67012000-20-027-D1 K2M DESIGN PROJECT NO. 19102
PREPARED FOR : INDIANA DEPARTMENT OF CORRECTIONS 302 W. WASHINGTON STREET , ROOM E-334 INDIANAPOLIS , IN 46204
PREPARED BY:
200 S. MERIDIAN STREET SUITE 550 INDIANAPOLIS , IN. 46225
MAY 8, 2020
Putnamville Prison Industries Building ARCHITECTURAL / STRUCTURAL K2M Design Project No. #19102 PROFESSIONAL SIGNATURES IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
Scott A. Moore, AIA, DBIA
These specifications were prepared under the supervision of a Registered Professional Architect.
Steven S. Grasley, PE.
These specifications were prepared under the supervision of a Registered Professional Engineer.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 1 May 8, 2020
Putnamville Prison Industries Building TABLE OF CONTENTS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 000110 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
VOLUME 1 OF 2 – DIVISIONS 00 THROUGH 13
DIVISION 00 – INDIANA DAPW FRONTAL DOCUMENTS
PRE-BID DOCUMENTATION DAPW 28 NOTICE TO BIDDERS DAPW 30 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS WAGE DETERMINATION (IF REQUIRED)
BID DOCUMENTATION DAPW 12 CONTRACTOR’S AFFIDAVIT OF SUBCONTRACTORS EMPLOYED DAPW 13 CONTRACTOR’S BID FORM DAPW 14 SIGNATURE AFFIDAVIT DAPW 15A BID BOND DAPW 26 M/WBE PARTICIPATION PLAN DAPW 26-SUP 2 M/WBE GOOD FAITH EFFORTS WORKSHEET DAPW 41 CERTIFICATE OF CORPORATE RESOLUTION DAPW 121 CONTRACTOR’S NON-COLLUSION STATEMENT
PRE-CONTRACT DOCUMENTATION DAPW 11 DOMESTIC STEEL AFFIDAVIT DAPW 15 CONTRACTOR’S BOND FOR CONSTRUCTION DAPW 16 CONTRACTOR’S CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DAPW 150A CONTRACTOR’S EMPLOYEE DRUG TESTING
CONTRACT DOCUMENTATION DAPW 26 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT DAPW 26-SUP 1 M/WBE PARTICIPATION POLICY DAPW 33 STANDARD AGREEMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 003100 AVAILABLE PROJECT INFORMATION (GEOTECHNICAL REPORT) GEOTECHNICAL REPORT
DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 011000 SUMMARY 011030 ALTERNATES 012200 DAPW REMEDIATION ALLOWANCE 012500 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 013000 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 013216 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE 013300 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 014000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 015000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 016000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 017000 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 6 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building TABLE OF CONTENTS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 000110 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE 031000 CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES 031625 AGGREGATE STONE PIERS 032000 CONCRETE AND MASONRY REINFORCING 033000 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033500 CONCRETE CURING AND FINISHING 036000 GROUTING
DIVISION 04 – MASONRY 040514 MASONRY MORTARING AND GROUTING 042200 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
DIVISION 05 – METALS 055000 METAL FABRICATIONS
DIVISION 06 – WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES 061000 ROUGH CARPENTRY 061600 SHEATHING 064116 ARCHITECTURAL AWS CASEWORK
DIVISION 07 – THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 071100 DAMPPROOFING 071300 SHEET WATERPROOFING 072113 BOARD INSULATION 072600 VAPOR RETARDERS 074213 METAL WALL PANELS 076200 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 079200 JOINT SEALERS
DIVISION 08 – DOORS AND WINDOWS 081214 STANDARD STEEL FRAMES 081314 STANDARD STEEL DOORS 083113 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 083323 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 087100 STANDARD DOOR HARDWARE 088000 GLAZING 088300 MIRRORS
DIVISION 09 – FINISHES 092116 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 092216 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 095123 ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 099000 PAINTING AND COATING
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 6 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building TABLE OF CONTENTS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 000110 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES 102113 TOILET COMPARTMENTS 102800 TOILET, BATH, AND CUSTODIAL ACCESSORIES 102813 DETENTION TOILET ACCESSORIES 104400 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES
DIVISION 12 – FURNISHINGS 122100 WINDOW BLINDS
DIVISION 13 – SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 133419 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 6 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building TABLE OF CONTENTS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 000110 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
VOLUME 2 OF 2 – DIVISIONS 21 THROUGH 33
DIVISION 22 – PLUMBING 220513 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR PLUMBING EQUIPMENT 220516 EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220517 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220518 ESCUTCHEONS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220519 METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523.12 BALL VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523.13 BUTTERFLY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523.14 CHECK VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523.15 GATE VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220553 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220719 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 221113 FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 221116 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221119 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 221123.21 INLINE, DOMESTIC WATER PUMPS 221313 FACILITY SANITARY SEWERS 221316 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221319 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 223400 FUEL-FIRED, DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS 224213.13 COMMERCIAL WATER CLOSETS 224216.13 COMMERCIAL LAVATORIES 224216.16 COMMERCIAL SINKS 224600 SECURITY PLUMBING FIXTURES
DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR-CONDITIONING 230010 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 230050 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 230513 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 230519 METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230548 VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230553 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230713 DUCT INSULATION 230716 HVAC EQUIPMENT INSULATION 230719 HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230923 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL (DDC) SYSTEM FOR HVAC 231123 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 232113 HYDRONIC PIPING
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 6 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building TABLE OF CONTENTS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 000110 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
232116 HYDRONIC PIPING SPECIALTIES 232123 HYDRONIC PUMPS 232513 WATER TREATMENT FOR CLOSED-LOOP HYDRONIC SYSTEMS 233113 METAL DUCTS 233300 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233423 HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 233713 DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES 233723 HVAC GRAVITY VENTILATORS 235123 GAS VENTS 235216 CONDENSING BOILERS 235533.16 GAS-FIRED UNIT HEATERS 237413 PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL-STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS 238239.16 PROPELLER UNIT HEATERS
DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL 260500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260510 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION 260513 MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLE 260519 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260580 EQUIPMENT WIRING SYSTEMS 260923 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 260943 DIGITAL LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM 261219 PAD MOUNTED LIQUID FILLED, MEDIUM VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS 262416 PANELBOARDS 262726 WIRING DEVICES 262816 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262913 MANUAL AND MAGNETIC CONTROLLERS 262923 VARIABLE FREQUENCY MOTORS CONTROLLERS 263323 CENTRAL BATTERY EQUIPMENT FOR EMERGENCY LIGHTING 264313 SURGE PROTECTION FOR LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CIRCUITS 265119 LED INTERIOR LIGHTING 265619 LED EXTEROR LIGHTING
DIVISION 28 – ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 283111 ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM
DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK 312000 EARTH MOVING 312319 DEWATERING 312500 EROSION CONTROL 315000 EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 5 of 6 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building TABLE OF CONTENTS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 000110 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 321216 ASPHALT PAVING 321313 CONCRETE PAVING 329200 TURF AND GRASSES
DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES 332510 WATER DISTRIBUTION 333000 SANITARY SEWERAGE 334000 STORM DRAINAGE
END OF SECTION 000100
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 6 of 6 May 8, 2020 TABLE OF CONTENTS
A. BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS Title Sheet 1 Page Table of Contents 1 Page
PRE-BID DOCUMENTATION DAPW 28 - Notice to Bidders 1 Page DAPW 30 - Instructions to Bidders 6 Pages Wage Determination (If required)
BID DOCUMENTATION DAPW 12 - Contractor's Affidavit of Subcontractors Employed 1 Page DAPW 13 - Contractor's Bid Form 3 Pages DAPW 14 - Signature Affidavit 1 Page
DAPW 15A - Bid Bond 1 Page DAPW 26 - M/WBE Participation Plan 1 Page SUP 2 - M/WBE Good Faith Effort Work Sheet 1 Page DAPW 41 - Certificate of Corporate Resolution 1 Page DAPW 121 - Contractor's Non-Collusion Statement 1 Page
PRE-CONTRACT DOCUMENTATION DAPW 11 - Domestic Steel Affidavit 1 Page DAPW 15 - Contractor's Bond for Construction 1 Page DAPW 16 - Contractor's Certificate of Insurance 1 Page DAPW 150A - Contractor’s Employee Drug Testing 2 Pages
CONTRACT DOCUMENTATION DAPW 26 - General Conditions of the Contract 19 Pages DAPW 26 - M/WBE Participation Policy 6 Pages SUP 1 DAPW 33 - Standard Agreement for Construction
Projects 17 Pages
B. LIST OF DRAWINGS
C. SPECIFICATIONS
(TOC >150) Rev. 06/15
STATE OF INDIANA Eric J. Holcomb, Governor DEPARTMENT OF ADMINISTRATION Public Works Division 402 West Washington Street, Room W467 Indiana Government Center – South Indianapolis, Indiana 46204-2746 PHONE: (317) 232-3001
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
BY STATE OF INDIANA DEPARTMENT OF ADMINISTRATION, PUBLIC WORKS DIVISION FOR A PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION PROJECT ESTIMATED AT ONE HUNDRED FIFTY THOUSAND DOLLARS OR ABOVE
SEALED BIDS FOR:
Public Works Project No. 67012000-20-027-C1 Indiana Correctional Industries Building Putnamville Correctional Institution
will be received from Contractors, holding a current Certificate of Qualification, at the Bid Desk, Department of Administration, Public Works Division, 402 W. Washington St., Room W467, Indianapolis, Indiana, 46204 until 1:31 P.M. (Indianapolis Time), July 16, 2020 after which all bids will be publicly opened and read in the appropriate bid room. Minority Contractors are encouraged to submit bids on this project as a prime contractor or through a prime contractor.
Copies of the detailed Instructions to Bidders and Drawings and Specifications dated 5/8/20 may be obtained from: Reprographix.com with their ePlanroom.
Bids shall be taken from Prime Contractors pre-qualified by the Public Works Certification Board in the following classification(s):1541.01 Industrial Plants and Warehouses 1542.01 – Institutional Buildings (hospitals, schools, prisons) or 1791.01 Erection of Building Structural Steel.
The Specified construction period is 300 calendar days. The State of Indiana reserves the right to reject any and all bids.
A goal of 7% MBE and 5% WBE has been set for this project.
Project Manager: Carol French, Public Works Division (317) 232-3004 or [email protected]
Director of Public Works: Bob Grossman, Director, Public Works Division Pre-Bid Information: Pre-bid meeting will be held virtually through Zoom on Tuesday June 30th at 10:00 AM Review of Site at Putnamville will be by appointment through PPD Dennis Taylor: [email protected]
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
PROJECT ESTIMATED BY DEPARTMENT OF ADMINISTRATION, PUBLIC WORKS DIVISION TO BE BID AT ONE HUNDRED FIFTY THOUSAND DOLLARS ($150,000) AND ABOVE
1 GENERAL
A. This project is estimated by the Public Works Division, Indiana Department of Administration (the Owner), as stated in the Notice to Bidders, at One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) and above.
B. QUALIFICATION BY THE CERTIFICATION BOARD IS REQUIRED FOR THIS PROJECT PRIOR TO BID OPENING DATE. For information and procedure contact Executive Secretary, Certification Board, Indiana Department of Administration, 402 W. Washington St., Room W467, Indianapolis, Indiana 46204 or phone (317) 232-3005.
2 PROJECT NUMBER, DESCRIPTION AND LOCATION is as stated in the Notice to Bidders.
3 TITLE AND DEFINITIONS
Said building and/or land upon which it stands is the property of the State of Indiana. All references to the title owner of said property hereinafter will be by the term "State" and all references to the person, firm, or corporation awarded the contract for the project will be by the term "Contractor". All references to Designer shall refer to the consulting person or firm employed to contract with the Public Works Division, Indiana Department of Administration to provide architectural, engineering or other consulting services for the project, or to the Public Works Division. The preparation and issuance of contracts for this project are the responsibility of the Commissioner of the Indiana Department of Administration acting with approval of the Governor.
Contract: A written agreement between two or more parties enforceable by law.
Contractor: A person who has entered into or seeks to enter into a contract with Public Works Division.
Prime Contractor: A person or business which is primarily responsible for providing goods and service or performing a specific service, etc. under contract. A prime contractor can also be a Minority Business Enterprise.
Subcontractor: A person or a business who has a direct contract with a prime contractor who is under contract to provide goods and services or perform a specific service.
Joint Venture: An association of two or more businesses to carry out a single business enterprise for profit for which purpose they combine their property, capital, efforts, skills and knowledge.
Manufacturer: A supplier that produces goods from raw materials or substantially alters them before resale.
Minority or Women Business Enterprise (M/W BE): A business concern which is certified as at least fifty-one percent (51%) owned and controlled by a woman or women or, one or more of the individuals classified as a minority group which includes: African Americans, Hispanic Americans, Asian Americans, and other racial minorities.
Supplier: Any person or entity engaged to furnish goods, materials and/or equipment, but no on-site labor, is capable of furnishing such goods, materials and/or equipment either directly from its own stock or by ordering materials and/or equipment directly from a manufacturer, and is engaged to furnish such goods, materials and/or equipment directly to a prime contractor or one of its subcontractors.
4 PRE-BIDDING, BIDDING AND POST BIDDING REQUIREMENTS
A. The Director, Public Works Division will authorize the Designer to issue bidding documents, construction documents and addenda to bidders.
B. It is recommended that all Bidders visit the site prior to submitting bid, and become thoroughly familiar with the existing site conditions and work to be performed, as indicated in the bidding documents, construction documents and addenda. Extra compensation or extension of time will not be allowed for failure to examine the site prior to bidding.
C. During the bidding period, should questions arise as to the meaning of any part of the bidding documents, construction documents or addenda that may affect the Bidder, the Bidder shall contact the Designer and/or Public Works Division and submit a written request for clarification. The Designer and/or Public Works Division will make such clarification only by written Addendum that will be mailed to each document holder or may be obtained at the office of the Designer and/or Public Works Division. By submitting a bid, the Bidder acknowledges procurement of all Addenda. No written request for clarification will be accepted by the Designer and/or Public Works Division later than fourteen (14) calendar days prior to the scheduled bid date.
Page 1 of 6 DAPW 30 Rev 06/15 D. Bid as described in Contractor's Bid (DAPW 13) shall include Base Bid (in figures and in words) and Alternates as specified in Section entitled Alternates. In verifying bids, word amounts shall have precedence over figure amounts.
E. Alternate amount(s) shall be listed where indicated. Add Alternates are not to be included in the Base Bid Scope of Work. Deduct Alternates are to be included in the Base Bid Scope of Work. The bid form must be signed. Note that by signing the bid document, the Bidder is acknowledging the procurement of all addenda and is a certifying that the bid recognizes all items in all addenda.
F. A bid by a corporation shall be in the legal name of the corporation followed by the word "by" and the signature of the president. The secretary of the corporation shall sign indicating his/her authority to sign. A Certificate of Corporate Resolution (DAPW 41) is required with and as a part of the bid if anyone other than the president of the corporation is signing bid documents.
G. The Form 96A-Questionnaire and Financial Statement is no longer required to be submitted. The Director, Public Works Division reserves the right to request additional financial information or contractor experience as a basis for rejection of bid or award of contract.
H. Each Bidder must file with his bid a Non-Collusion Statement (DAPW-121) signed by the same authorized person(s) who signed the bid.
I. Each Bidder must file with his bid a completely filled in and executed Bid Bond (DAPW 15A) in accordance with IC 4-13.6- 7-5. The bid bond penal sum shall be the minimum amount of five percent (5%) of the bid including all additive alternates.
J. Each Bidder must file with his bid a completed M/W BE Participation Plan and Good Faith Effort Work Sheet (DAPW 26SUP2). Refer to the Supplement to the General Conditions for M/WBE Participation Policy (DAPW 26SUP1) for specific requirements.
K. Each Bidder must file with his bid, the completed Contractor's Affidavit of Subcontractors Employed (DAPW 12) only if he proposes to perform any work with a subcontract amount of $150,000.00 or more.
L. Each bidder must file with his bid an Employee Drug Testing Plan (DAPW 150A) in accordance with IC 4-13-18 (P.L. 160- 2006), or evidence that the contractor is subject to a collective bargaining agreement containing drug testing requirements that comply with IC 4-13-18.
M. Each Bidder must include his Federal ID number or Social Security number on page 1 of 3 of the Bid Form (DAPW 13). All required bid documents must contain original hand written signatures.
N. All documents required by statute, rule or these instructions to be included in the bid, must be submitted together in a single sealed envelope, plainly marked with the Name of Bidder, Project Identification, Project Number, Bid Time and Bid Date. Bids shall be rejected if all required documents are not in the single sealed envelope.
O. A Bidder with proper identification may withdraw his bid at any time prior to the scheduled time for receipt of the bids; however, no bid may be withdrawn without written consent of the Director, Public Works Division for a period of sixty (60) days after the date of the bid opening , or unless extended in accordance with IC 4-13.6-6-4. Bids received after the designated due time for any reason, shall be rejected and returned unopened to the Bidder. The Director, Public Works Division reserves the right to reject any or all bids.
P. Subcontractors whose work will equal or exceed One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00) must attain a Certificate of Qualification by the Certification Board before commencing any work on this project. Note paragraph 01. (B) above.
Q. All Bidders (corporations) must be in good standing with the Indiana Secretary of State.
5 SIGNATURE AFFIDAVIT
A. A Signature Affidavit (DAPW-14) containing the Bidder's authorized signature(s), properly notarized, may be submitted as a signature supplement to all other bid documents, except the bid bond, including:
1. Contractor's Bid (DAPW 13) 2. Non-Collusion Statement (DAPW-121) 3. Contractor’s Affidavit of Subs Employed (DAPW 12) 4. M/WBE Participation Plan and Good Faith Effort Work Sheet (DAPW 26 SUP 2)
Page 2 of 6 DAPW 30 Rev 06/15 B. All documents herein before required with the bid may be unsigned if the signature affidavit is submitted, except for the BID BOND. BIDDER MUST SIGN THE BID BOND.
NOTE: SIGNING THE SIGNATURE AFFIDAVIT OR BID FORM IS ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF PROCUREMENT OF ALL ADDENDA AND CERTIFICATION BY BIDDER THAT THE BID RECOGNIZES ALL ITEMS IN ALL ADDENDA.
6 WORK BY CONTRACTOR
The Contractor shall perform a minimum of20% of the value of work (measured in dollars of the total contract price) with his own forces, and not more than 80% of the value of work is to be subcontracted.
7 SUBSTITUTIONS
The materials, products, systems and equipment described in the bidding documents, construction documents and addenda establish a standard or required function, dimension, appearance and quality that shall also be met by any proposed substitution. No substitution by manufacturer, or trade name of product named, or of a quality specified will be considered unless written request for approval has been submitted by the Bidder and has been received by the Designer and/or Public Works Division at least fourteen (14) calendar days prior to the date for receipt of bids. Each such request shall include the name of the material or equipment for which it is to be substituted and a complete description of the proposed substitute including drawings, cuts, performance and test data and any other information necessary for an evaluation. A statement setting forth any changes in other materials, equipment or work that incorporation of the substitute would require shall be included. The burden of proof of the merit of the proposed substitute is upon the proposer. The Designer and/or Public Works Division decision of approval or disapproval of the proposed substitution shall be final. Products, materials or systems not specified or approved prior to bidding, shall not be accepted for use in this proje ct. All such substitutions accepted shall be acknowledged by addendum. See paragraph. 04 (C).
8 NONDISCRIMINATION
Pursuant to IC 22-9-1-10, the Contractor and subcontractors, if any, shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment, to be employed in the performance of this contract, with respect to his hire, tenure, terms, conditions or privileges of employment, or any matter directly or indirectly related to employment, because of his race, religion, color, sex, disability, national origin, or ancestry. Breach of this covenant may be regarded as a material breach of the contract. Pursuant to IC 5-16-6-1, the contractor agrees:
A. that in the hiring of employees for the performance of work under this contract or any subcontract hereunder, no contractor, or subcontractor, nor any person acting on behalf of such contractor or subcontractor shall, by reason of race, religion, color, sex, disability, national origin or ancestry, discriminate against any citizen of the State of Indiana who is qualified and available to perform the work to which the employment relates; and
B. that no contractor, subcontractor, nor any person on his behalf shall, in any manner, discriminate against or intimidate any employee hired for the performance of work under this contract on account of race, religion, color, sex, national origin or ancestry; and
C. that there may be deducted from the amount payable to the contractor by the State of Indiana or by any municipal corporation thereof, under this contract, a penalty of five dollars ($5.00) for each person for each calendar day during which such person was discriminated against or intimidated in violation of the provisions of the contract; and
D. that this contract may be canceled or terminated by the State of Indiana or by any municipal corporation thereof, and all money due or to become due hereunder may be forfeited, for a second or any subsequent violation of the terms or conditions of this section of the contract.
9 EMPLOYMENT ELIGIBILITY VERIFICATION
The Contractor affirms under the penalties of perjury that he/she/it does not knowingly employ an unauthorized alien.
The Contractor shall enroll in and verify the work eligibility status of all his/her/its newly hired employees through the E-Verify program as defined in IC 22-5-1.7-3. The Contractor is not required to participate should the E-Verify program cease to exist. Additionally, the Contractor is not required to participate if the Contractor is self-employed and does not employ any employees.
The Contractor shall not knowingly employ or contract with an unauthorized alien. The Contractor shall not retain an employee or contract with a person that the Contractor subsequently learns is an unauthorized alien.
Page 3 of 6 DAPW 30 Rev 06/15 The Contractor shall require his/her/its subcontractors, who perform work under this contract, to certify to the Contractor that the subcontractor does not knowingly employ or contract with an unauthorized alien and that the subcontractor has enrolled and is participating in the E-Verify program. The Contractor agrees to maintain this certification throughout the duration of the term of a contract with a subcontractor.
The State may terminate for default if the Contractor fails to cure a breach of this provision no later than thirty (30) days after being notified by the State.
The contractor shall submit, before work begins the E-Verify case verification number for each individual who is required to be verified under IC 22-5-1.7. An individual who is required to be verified under IC 22-5-1.7 whose final case result is final nonconfirmation may not be employed on the public works project.
A contractor may not pay cash to any individual employed by the contractor for work done by the individual on the public works project.
A contractor must be in compliance with the federal Fair Labor Standards Act of1938, as amended (29 U.S.C. 201- 209) and IC 22-2-2-1through IC 22-2-2-8. A contractor must be in compliance with IC 22-3-5-1 and IC 22-3-7-34. A contractor must be in compliance with IC 22-4-1 through IC 22-4-39.5. A contractor must be in compliance with IC 4-13-18-1 through IC 4-13-18-7.
10 NOTICE OF AWARD
A. Prior to execution of the Contract, in accordance with IC 4-13.6-5-2, the Director of Public Works may require additional submittals from Bidder/s to clarify contractor's experience and plans for performing the proposed work. Submittals which may be required include a critical path construction schedule which coordinates all significant tasks sequences and durations; schedule of values, and documentation of efforts to include minority and woman owned businesses in the proposed work. The Director may require Bidder/s to provide a comprehensive list of subcontractors and suppliers within 24 hours of receipt of bids.
B. Prior to execution of the Contract, the successful Bidder shall furnish a completed Domestic Steel Affidavit (DAPW-11) to Public Works Division, Indiana Department of Administration as part of the contract. The Domestic Steel Affidavit is included for Bidder’s review but need not be submitted at the time of the bid opening. Definition of Steel Products:
"Steel products" means products rolled, formed, shaped, drawn, extruded, forged, cast, fabricated, or otherwise similarly processed, or processed by a combination of two (2) or more of such operations, from steel made in the United States by the open hearth, basic oxygen, electric furnace, Bessemer or other steel making process.
C. Prior to execution of the Contract, the successful Bidder shall furnish a completed Drug-Free Workplace Certification (DAPW 150) to Public Works Division, Department of Administration as part of the contract. The Drug-Free Workplace form is included for Bidder’s review but need not be submitted at the time of the bid opening.
D. Prior to execution of the Contract, the successful Bidder shall furnish a completed Contrac tor’s Bond for Cons truc tion (DAPW 15) (combined performance and payment bond) to Public Works Division, Department of Administration as part of the contract. The Bond form is included for Bidder’s review but need not be submitted at the time of the bid opening.
E. Prior to execution of the Contract, the successful Bidder shall furnish a completed Contrac tor’s Certific ate of Ins urance (DAPW 16) to Public Works Division, Department of Administration as part of the contract. The Insurance form is included for Bidder’s review but need not be submitted at the time of the bid opening.
F. Prior to execution of the Contract, the State of Indiana will issue to the successful Bidder a letter stating that his bid was the lowest responsible and responsive bid and that the enclosed contract document is submitted to him for his consideration. If he finds it in accordance with the bid documents, it is to be returned to Public Works Division by certified mail or in person within ten (10) calendar days after receipt for further execution and with the caution that a contract will not exist until it is signed by all signatories required. Failure to execute the proper contract and furnish the ancillary documents shall constitute reason to surrender the bid bond.
G. Concurrent with execution of the Contract, the successful Bidder may be required to furnish executed copies of Contractor- Subcontractor agreements as required in Article 5 of the General Conditions.
Page 4 of 6 DAPW 30 Rev 06/15 11 SUMMARY
All required bid documents must contain original hand written signatures. Complete documents to be submitted with this bid:
A. The Bid Bond (DAPW-15A) must be signed by both the Bidder and Bonding Company. The Bonding Company must also attach a Power of Attorney. Bid bond information, may be on the Bonding Company's standard form.
B. The Contractor’s Bid (DAPW-13)
Page 1: State the amount of the bid in figures and words.
Page 2: State the amount of the alternate(s), indicate add, deduct or no change (READ CAREFULLY).
Page 3: Authorized signature of the Company. If the signature affidavit is completed and submitted with the bid, this page must be submitted but need not be signed or notarized.
C. The Signature Affidavit (DAPW-14) must contain the completed authorized signatures properly notarized and submitted with the bid as a supplement.
This Signature Affidavit shall fulfill all of the signature requirements. NOTE: The Signature Affidavit does not apply to the Bid Bond (DAPW 15A). The Bid Bond document must be fully completed with all required signatures and submitted with the bid.
D. The Non-Collusion Statement (DAPW-121) must be signed by the same authorized person(s) who signed the bid documents. If the signature affidavit is completed and submitted with bid, this form shall be submitted, but need not be signed.
E. For corporations, if anyone other than the president of the corporation signs, a Certificate of Corporate Resolution (DAPW 41) giving signature authority for the signer must be included.
F. M/WBE Participation Plan and M/WBE Good Faith Effort Work Sheet (DAPW 26SUP2) must be completed and signed by the same authorized person who signed the bid documents.
G. The completed Contractor's Affidavit of Subcontractors Employed (DAPW-12) whose subcontract amount will be $150,000.00 or more.
H. The completed plan for Contractor’s Employee Drug Testing Plan (or statement of collective bargaining agreement).
I. One copy only of the Bid Documents is required. Bidders may remove and use the Documents included in the project specifications or use reproductions of the Documents.
12 INDIVIDUAL BIDS SHALL BE REJECTED BY THE DIRECTOR, PUBLIC WORKS DIVISION FOR THE FOLLOWING REASONS (IC 4-13.6-5-2; IC 4-13.6-6-1; 25 IAC 2-6-5) A. If the bid envelope is not sealed at the time of submission; if the envelope does not clearly identify the project number and description; if the name of the Bidder is not clearly indicated on the outside of the envelope and/or if the envelope is not date and time stamped by Public Works Division prior to the stated time for receipt of bids.
B. If the estimated base bid cost exceeds $150,000.00 and the bidding contractor is not certified by Public Works Certification Board to offer bids in one of the specified categories.
C. If the bidding contractor is under suspension by the Director of Public Works or by the Public Works Certification Board.
D. If the bidding contractor is a trust and does not identify all beneficiaries and empowered settlors of the trust.
13 INDIVIDUAL BIDS MAY BE REJECTED BY THE DIRECTOR, PUBLIC WORKS DIVISION FOR THE FOLLOWING REASONS (25 IAC 2-6-5)
A. If the Contractor's Bid (DAPW 13) Non-Collusion Statement (DAPW 121) and/or Bid Bond (DAPW 15A) are not signed and notarized as required by these instructions, or the Signature Affidavit (DAPW 14) and the Bid Bond (DAPW 15A) are not signed and notarized as allowed as an alternative.
B. If all required bid or alternate(s) amounts, or unit prices are not submitted with the bid when specifically called for by the specifications issued for the project.
Page 5 of 6 DAPW 30 Rev 06/15 C. When the Bidder adds any provision reserving the right to accept or reject the award, or if the Bidder adds conditions or alternates to his bid not requested (voluntary alternates), or if there are unauthorized additions or irregularities of any kind which tend to make the proposal incomplete, indefinite or ambiguous as to its meaning or amount.
D. When no bids received are under or within funds that can be appropriated, or within the Designer’s estimate or when situations develop which make it impossible or not practical to proceed with the proposed work.
E. If, subsequent to the opening of the bids, facts exist which would disqualify the Bidder, or that such Bidder is not deemed by the Director, Public Works Division to be responsive or responsible.
F. If an out-of-state contractor is not registered with the Indiana Secretary of State or if any bidding contractor is not in good standing with the Secretary of State.
Page 6 of 6 DAPW 30 Rev 06/15 CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT OF SUBS EMPLOYED
Public Works Project Number: Date:
Project Description:
Prime Contractor:
Form Submitted for Bid: Contract: or Payment No.:_
The following companies are subcontractors on this project for the amount indicated:
Revised DAPW Subcontractor Subcontract Subcontract MBE On Site Amount Certified Name For Amount WBE Y/N Y/N
being duly sworn upon oath, deposes and says that he is of the firm of and is familiar with the affidavit herewith and that these entries are complete and true.
STATE OF } } SS: COUNTY OF } personally appeared before me, a Notary Public, in and for said County and State, this day of ,20 , after being duly sworn upon his oath, says that the facts alleged in the foregoing affidavit are true. NOTARY PUBLIC - SIGNATURE My Commission Expires: NOTARY PUBLIC PRINTED NAME (SEAL)
STATE FORM DAPW 12 21243 REV 7/01
GENERAL BID FOR PUBLIC WORKS
CONTRACTOR'S BID
For (Insert class of work)
Project Number
Project Description (Title)
Date
To: Department of Administration, Public Works Division Room W467 402 West Washington Street Indianapolis, Indiana 46204
Pursuant to notices given, the undersigned proposes to furnish and install work in accordance with the construction documents prepared by:
(Designer Name, Address, Telephone)
------for the sum of (State amount in words)
$ (State amount in figures)
If required add attachment for all unit prices called for in the Specifications.
Federal I.D. Number or Social Security Number
Contractor’s Email address (Contract and Purchase Order will be sent to email address provided)
Bidder ID Number (If you do not have an Indiana Department of Administration Bidder ID Number, please obtain one online at: http://www.in.gov/idoa/2464.htm ) State Form 34894 Page 1 of 3 DAPW 13 Rev. 10/13 ALTERNATE BIDS
Add Alternates Are Not to be included as part of the Base Bid Scope of Work.
Deduct Alternates are items of work that Are to be included in the Base Bid Scope of Work, and deducted from the project as described herein.
The work shall be as described in Section, ALTERNATES.
Bidder shall provide a response to each alternate specified. Response must indicate the amount to be ADDED to the base bid, DEDUCTED from the base bid, or that there is NO CHANGE.
Failure to respond to all alternates may cause the bid to be rejected.
BIDDER SHALL CHECK APPLICABLE BOX for each listed alternate.
Alternate No. ADD DEDUCT NO CHANGE AMOUNT $
Alternate No. ADD DEDUCT NO CHANGE AMOUNT $
Alternate No. ADD DEDUCT NO CHANGE AMOUNT $
Alternate No. ADD DEDUCT NO CHANGE AMOUNT $
Alternate No. ADD DEDUCT NO CHANGE AMOUNT $
Alternate No. ADD DEDUCT NO CHANGE AMOUNT $
Ethics Compliance. The Contractor and its agents shall abide by all ethical requirements that apply to persons who have a business relationship with the State, as set forth in Indiana Code § 4-2-6 et seq., the regulations promulgated there under, and Executive Order 04-08, dated April 27, 2004. If the Contractor is not familiar with these ethical requirements, the Contractor should refer any questions to the Indiana State Ethics Commission, or visit the Indiana State Ethics Commission website at <<
State Form 34894 Page 2 of 3 DAPW 13 Rev. 10/13 Pursuant to IC 22-9-1-10, the Contractor and subcontractors, if any, shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment, to be employed in the performance of this contract, with respect to his hire, tenure, terms, conditions or privileges of employment, or any matter directly or indirectly related to employment, because of his race, religion, color, sex, disability, national origin, or ancestry. Breach of this covenant may be regarded as a material breach of the contract.
------IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the Bidder (a sole proprietor) has hereunto set his hand this day of , 20 .
Proprietorship (Company Name)
(INDIVIDUAL)
Bidder (Owner)
------IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the Bidder (a partnership) has hereunto set their hands this day of , 20 .
Company Name
Partner
Partner
------IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the Bidder (a corporation) has caused this proposal to be signed by its President or other authorized signatory and Secretary this day of , 20 .
Corporation Name
By President or Other Authorized Signatory
Secretary
If the bid is signed by other than the President, a Corporation Resolution designating other authorized signatory shall be submitted with this bid unless already on file with the Certification Board of the Public Works Division.
------BY SIGNING THIS BID THE BIDDER ACKNOWLEDGES PROCUREMENT OF ALL ADDENDA AND CERTIFIES THAT THIS BID RECOGNIZES ALL ITEMS IN ALL ADDENDA.
State Form 34894 Page 3 of 3 DAPW 13 Rev. 10/13
SIGNATURE AFFIDAVIT
PROJECT NO:
STATE OF } } SS: COUNTY OF }
Before me, the undersigned notary public, appeared and being duly (name of bidder) sworn, on his oath says that he/she is (president, general partner, owner) of , bidder on Project No. , and (name of company)
Affirmed that: 1. This bid is submitted in good faith in the amount stated herein, and will be fulfilled according to the Contract Documents (contract, general and supplemental conditions, technical specification, drawings and addenda thereto), if his bid is accepted; and 2. The statements are true contained in the Non-Collusion Statement, and as applicable, the Contractor’s Affidavit of Subs Employed, the M/WBE Participation Plan and the M/WBE Good Faith Effort Work Sheet.
By: (Signature)
(Printed name)
(Printed or typed name of company)
(must be signed by principal of organization)
STATE OF } } SS: COUNTY OF }
personally appeared before me, a Notary Public, in and for said County and State, this day of , 20 , after being duly sworn upon his oath, says that the facts alleged in the foregoing affidavit are true.
My Commission Expires:
NOTARY PUBLIC – SIGNATURE
NOTARY PUBLIC PRINTED NAME (SEAL)
State Form 33060R1 DAPW 14 Rev. 3/08 BID BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we (Contractor's Name and Address) as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and the (Bonding Company Name) a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto Public Works Division/Department of Administration, State of Indiana, as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of Dollars ($ ) for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid for: (insert State Project Number, Description and Location)
Project No.
Project Description:
Project Location:
NOW THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such bid, and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof, or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter such contract and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract with another party to perform the work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
Signed and sealed this day of ,20 .
(Witness) (Principal)
By: (Title)
(Surety)
Witness) (Attorney-in-fact)
State Form 41485 DAPW 15A Rev. 10/14 I. MINORITY AND WOMEN’S BUSINESS ENTERPRISES PARTICIPATION PLAN
A Respondent is expected to submit in each response a Minority and Women's Business Enterprises Participation Plan in accordance with IC 4-13-16.5 and 25 IAC 5. The Plan must show that there are, participating in the proposed contract, Minority Business Enterprises (MBE) and Women Business Enterprises (WBE) listed in the Minority and Women’s Business Enterprises Division (MWBD) directory of certified firms. Respondents must indicate the name of the MBE and WBE with which it will work, the contact name and phone number at the firm(s), the service supplied by the firm(s), the specific dollar amount from this contract that will be directed toward each firm, and the approximate date these products and/or services will be utilized. If participation is met through use of vendors who supply products and/or services, the Respondent must also indicate the vendor’s tax ID number as well as provide a description of products and/or services provided to the Respondent that are directly related to this proposal and the cost of direct supplies for this proposal. All prime contractors, including MBE and WBE prime contractors, must meet the contract goals through use of subcontractors. MBE and WBE prime contractors will get no credit toward the contract goal for the use of its own workforce. The State does not accept national plans.
Failure to meet these requirements will affect the evaluation of your Proposal. The Department reserves the right to verify all information included in the Plan.
Respondents are encouraged to contact and work with MWBD to design a plan to meet established goals. MWBD’s website address is www.IN.gov/idoa/minority / and contains a complete list of all the Department’s certified MBE’s and WBE’s.
Minority & Women’s Business Enterprises Participation Letter of Commitment
A signed letter(s), on company letterhead, from the MBE and/or WBE must accompany the Plan. This letter(s) shall state and will serve as acknowledgement from the MBE and/or WBE of its amount of participation, the scope of products and/or services, and approximate date these products and/or services will be utilized.
By submission of the Proposal, the Respondent acknowledges and agrees to be bound by the regulatory processes involving the State’s M/WBE Program. Questions involving the regulations governing the Plan should be directed to MWBD’s Compliance Unit at 317/232-3061
MBE/WBE PARTICIPATION PLAN
RFP # / Bid # / Quote # DUE DATE (Circle One) RFP / BID / QUOTE NAME (Circle One) RESPONDENT ADDRESS CITY/STATE/ZIP PHONE ( )
The following MBE and/or WBE’s listed in the MWBD directory will be participating in the contract:
MBE/WBE P HONE COMPANY NAME SCOPE OF PRODUCTS/SERVICES UTILIZATION DATE AMOUNT
*If additional room is necessary, indicate here . Please attach a separate page. THIS DOCUMENT MUST BE INCLUDED IN YOUR RESPONSE DAPW 26 SUP2 Rev 7/07 Indiana Department of Administration Public Works and State Office Building Commission GOOD FAITH EFFORTS WORKSHEET
BIDDER BID/PROJECT NUMBER
CONTRACT GOALS 7% MBE 5% WBE
List the M/WBEs contacted and complete the following information for each. Copies of all communications to and from each vendor should be maintained.
WBE MBE Goods Date Date Or
Company Name and Type of of Response Services Result Address Contact Contact Due Requested (Include Price Quote)
Indicate Good Faith Efforts made to utilize MWBEs. Check and explain all that apply or should be considered. Please provide evidence of the efforts that you want to be considered. A complete description of each criteria may be found in the Indiana Department of Administration Public Works and State Office Building Commission MWBE Participation Policy.
MBE and WBE Barrier Describe Assistance Advertisement Describe
Agency Assistance Describe
Other Criteria Describe
DAPW 26 SUP2 Rev 7/07 CERTIFICATE OF CORPORATE RESOLUTION
I, , do hereby certify that I am the Secretary Type Name of , a corporation duly organized and existing under and by virtue of the Laws of the State of Indiana;
I further certify that a regular/special meeting of the members of the Board of Directors of said corporation, duly called held and convened in conformity with the Charter and By Laws of said corporation, on the day of , 20 , a quorum being present and voting thereon, the following resolution was duly adopted, to-wit:
I further certify that the foregoing resolution is a full, true, and complete copy as the same appears on record in the Minute Record Book of said corporation of which I am the legal custodian; that the same has not been altered, amended or repealed and is now in full force and effect.
In Witness Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand for said corporation this day of , 20 .
By: (Signature)
(must be signed by principal of organization)
STATE OF } } SS: COUNTY OF } personally appeared before me, a Notary Public, in and for said County and State, this day of , 20 , after being duly sworn upon his oath, says that the facts alleged in the foregoing affidavit are true.
My Commission Expires: NOTARY PUBLIC - SIGNATURE
(SEAL) NOTARY PUBLIC PRINTED NAME
DAPW 41 Rev. 2/13 NON-COLLUSION STATEMENT
This is to affirm under the threat of perjury, that the undersigned, or his or her representative, agent, member, or officer of the contracting party, has not, nor has any other member, employee, representative, agent or officer of the firm, company, corporation or partnership represented by him or her, directly or indirectly, entered into or offered to enter into any combination, collusion or agreement to receive or pay, and that he or she has not received or paid any sum of money or other consideration for the execution of the annexed contract other than that which appears upon the face of the contract.
Signature
Printed Name
Title
Company
State Form 4391 R/4-96 DAPW 121 Rev.1/06 DOMESTIC STEEL AFFIDAVIT
STATE OF } } SS: COUNTY OF }
PROJECT NO:
I hereby swear, under penalties of perjury, that the steel products furnished for this project shall conform to the following Indiana Code Definitions and contract provisions:
IC 5-16-8-1 Definitions: "Steel products" means products rolled, formed, shaped, drawn, extruded, forged, cast, fabricated, or otherwise similarly processed, or processed by a combination of two (2) or more of such operations, from steel made in the United States by the open hearth, basic oxygen, electric furnace, Bessemer or other steel making process.
"United States" refers to the United States of America. The term includes all territory, continental or insular, subject to the jurisdiction of the United States.
IC 5-16-8-2 Public agency contract provisions; rules for determining reasonable pricing. Sec. 2. (a) Each public agency shall require that every contract for the construction, reconstruction, alteration, repair, improvement or maintenance of public works contain a provision that, if any steel or foundry products are to be used or supplied in the performance of the contract or subcontract, only steel or foundry made in the United States shall be used or supplied in the performance of the contract or any of the subcontracts unless the head of the public agency determines, in writing, that the cost of steel or foundry products is deemed to be unreasonable.
(Signature)
(Printed name)
(Attest) (Printed or typed name of company) (Vice President/Secretary/Treasurer)
STATE OF } } SS: COUNTY OF }
personally appeared before me, a Notary Public, in and for said County and State, this day of ,20 , after being duly sworn upon his oath, says that the facts alleged in the foregoing affidavit are true.
My Commission Expires: NOTARY PUBLIC - SIGNATURE
NOTARY PUBLIC PRINTED NAME (SEAL)
STATE FORM DAPW 11 12125R3 Rev. 10/14 CONTRACTOR'S BOND FOR CONSTRUCTION
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENT, that (Contractor) of (Address) (City, State) as principal and (Bonding Company)
(Address) (City, State) (Zip Code)
as surety, are firmly bound unto the State of Indiana in the penal sum of $ Dollars, for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, jointly and severally, and our joint and several heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, firmly by these present, this day of , 20 .
THE CONDITIONS OF THE ABOVE OBLIGATION ARE SURE, THAT, WHEREAS the State of Indiana acting by and through the Commissioner, Department of Administration, has entered into a certain written contract dated of
(Project Number and Description)
situated in Indiana, in accordance with the construction documents approved and adopted by said Commissioner, Department of Administration, which are made a part of this bond.
NOW THEREFORE, if the said (Contractor) , shall well and faithfully do and perform the same in all respects according to the plans and specifications adopted by said Commissioner, Department of Administration, and according to the time, terms and conditions specified in said contract and incurred by him or any subcontractor in the prosecution of said work, including labor, service and materials furnished, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force, virtue and effect. This bond shall adhere to the requirements of IC 4-13.6-7-6 and IC 4-13.6-7-7.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we hereunto set our hands and seals this day of , 20 .
By: (Seal) (Contractor)
By: (Seal) (Bonding Company)
By: (Attorney-in-fact)
State Form DAPW 15 21237R3 Rev. 3/08 CONTRACTOR’S CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
This certifies to the addressee shown below that the following described policies, subject to their terms, conditions, and exclusions, have been issued to:
NAME AND ADDRESS OF INSURED:
COVERING (show State project number, name and location)
ADDRESSEE: PUBLIC WORKS DIVISION/DEPARTMENT OF ADMINISTRATION DATE:
EFFECTIVE EXPIRATION TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER LIMITS DATE DATE
1. General Liability Each Person - Premises and Operations $
Each Person – Elevators $
a. Bodily Injury Each Person – Independent Contractor $
Including Personal Injury Each Person - Products Completed Including Operations $
Each Person – Contractual $ Each Occurrence - $
Aggregate - Products Completed Including Operations $
b. Property Damage Each Occurrence – Premises and Operations $
Each Occurrence – Elevators $
Each Occurrence – Independent Contractor $
Each Occurrence – Products Completed Including Operations $ Each Occurrence – Contractual $ $ Aggregate -
Aggregate - Operations Protective $ Products and Contractual
2. Automobile Liability Each Person $ a. Bodily Injury Each Occurrence $ b. Property Damage Each Accident $ 3. Excess Liability $ Umbrella
4. a. Workmen’s Compensation Statutory Workmen’s Compensation $
b. Employer’s Liability One Accident And Aggregate Disease $
5. Builder’s Risk $ UNDER GENERAL LIABILITY POLICY OR POLICIES YES NO 1. Does Property Damage Liability Insurance shown include coverage for XC and U hazards? ...... 2. Is Occurrence Basis Coverage provided under Property Damage Liability? 3, Is Broad Form Property Damage Coverage provided for this Project?...... 4. Is Personal Injury Coverage included? ...... 5. Is coverage provided for Contractual Liability (including indemnification provision) assumed by insured? ...... UNDER AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY POLICY OR POLICIES...... 1. Does coverage shown above apply to non-owned and hired automobiles? ...... 2. Is Occurrence Basis Coverage provided under Property Damage Liability?
In the event of cancellation, fifteen (15) days written notice shall be given to the party to whom this certificate is addressed.
NAME OF INSURANCE COMPANY
ADDRESS
SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
State Form 21238R DAPW 16 Rev. 1/00 CONTRACTOR’S EMPLOYEE DRUG TESTING
IC 4-13-18 IS ADDED TO THE INDIANA CODE AS A NEW CHAPTER TO READ AS FOLLOWS [EFFECTIVE JULY 1, 2006]:
Chapter 18. Drug Testing of Employees of Public Works Contractors
Sec. 1. This chapter applies only to a public works contract awarded after June 30, 2006.
Sec. 2. As used in this chapter, "bid" includes a quotation.
Sec. 3. (a) As used in this chapter, "contractor" refers to a person who: (1) submits a bid to do work under a public works contract; or (2) does any work under a public works contract. (b) The term includes a subcontractor of a contractor.
Sec. 4. As used in this chapter, "public works contract" refers to: (1) a public works contract covered by IC 4-13.6; (2) a public works contract covered by IC 5-16 and entered into by a state agency; or (3) a state highway contract covered by IC 8-23-9; when the estimated cost of the public works project is one hundred fifty thousand dollars ($150,000) or more.
Sec. 5. (a) A solicitation for a public works contract must require each contractor that submits a bid for the work to submit with the bid a written plan for a program to test the contractor's employees for drugs. (b) A public works contract may not be awarded to a contractor whose bid does not include a written plan for an employee drug testing program that complies with this chapter. (c) A contractor that is subject to a collective bargaining agreement shall be treated as having an employee drug testing program that complies with this chapter if the collective bargaining agreement establishes an employee drug testing program that includes the following: (1) The program provides for the random testing of the contractor's employees. (2) The program contains a five (5) drug panel that tests for the substances identified in section 6(a)(3) of this chapter. (3) The program imposes disciplinary measures on an employee who fails a drug test. The disciplinary measures must include at a minimum, all the following: (A) The employee is subject to suspension or immediate termination. (B) The employee is not eligible for reinstatement until the employee tests negative on a five (5) drug panel test certified by a medical review officer. (C) The employee is subject to unscheduled sporadic testing for at least one (1) year after reinstatement. (D) The employee successfully completes a rehabilitation program recommended by a substance abuse professional if the employee fails more than one (1) drug test. A copy of the relevant part of the collective bargaining agreement constitutes a written plan under this section.
Sec. 6. (a) A contractor's employee drug testing program must satisfy all of the following: (1) Each of the contractor's employees must be subject to a drug test at least one (1) time each year. (2) Subject to subdivision (1), the contractor's employees must be tested randomly. At least two DAPW 150A 7/06 Page 1 of 2 percent (2%) of the contractor's employees must be randomly selected each month for testing. (3) The program must contain at least a five (5) drug panel that tests for the following: (A) Amphetamines. (B) Cocaine. (C) Opiates (2000 ng/ml). (D) PCP. (E) THC. (4) The program must impose progressive discipline on an employee who fails a drug test. The discipline must have at least the following progression: (A) After the first positive test, an employee must be: (i) suspended from work for thirty (30) days; (ii) directed to a program of treatment or rehabilitation; and (iii) subject to unannounced drug testing for one (1) year, beginning the day the employee returns to work. (B) After a second positive test, an employee must be: (i) suspended from work for ninety (90) days; (ii) directed to a program of treatment or rehabilitation; and (iii) subject to unannounced drug testing for one (1) year, beginning the day the employee returns to work. (C) After a third or subsequent positive test, an employee must be: (i) suspended from work for one (1) year; (ii) directed to a program of treatment or rehabilitation; and (iii) subject to unannounced drug testing for one (1) year, beginning the day the employee returns to work. The program may require dismissal of the employee after any positive drug test or other discipline more severe than is described in this subdivision. (b) An employer complies with the requirement of subsection (a) to direct an employee to a program of treatment or rehabilitation if the employer does either of the following: (1) Advises the employee of any program of treatment or rehabilitation covered by insurance provided by the employer. (2) If the employer does not provide insurance that covers drug treatment or rehabilitation programs, the employer advises the employee of agencies known to the employer that provide drug treatment or rehabilitation programs.
Sec. 7. (a) The public works contract must provide for the following: (1) That the contractor implement the employee drug testing program described in the contractor's plan. (2) Cancellation of the contract by the agency awarding the contract if the contractor: (A) fails to implement its employee drug testing program during the term of the contract; (B) fails to provide information regarding implementation of the contractor's employee drug testing program at the request of the agency; or (C) provides to the agency false information regarding the contractor's employee drug testing program. (b) The provisions of the public works contract relating to cancellation of the contract by the agency awarding the contract apply to cancellation of the public works contract under this section.
DAPW 150A 7/06 Page 2 of 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS STATE OF INDIANA - GENERAL CONDITIONS
1. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 7.7 Owners Right to Carry out the Work 7.10 Certificate of Qualification 1.1 Definitions 7.11 Appropriation 1.2 Intent and Interpretations 7.12 Wage Determination 1.3 Copies 7.13 Out-of-State Contractors 7.14 Material Delivery 2. DESIGNER 7.15 Weather 7.16 Fire Hazards 2.1 Definition 7.17 Dismissal 2.2 Administration of the Contract 8. TIME 3. OWNER 8.1 Definitions 3.1 Definition 8.2 Progress and Completion 3.2 Information and Service 8.3 Delays and Extensions of Time 3.3 Owners Site Representative 9. PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 4. CONTRACTOR 9.1 Contract Sum 4.1 Definition 9.2 Schedule of Values 4.2 Review of Documents 9.3 Progress Payments 4.3 Supervision and Procedures 9.4 Certificates for Payment 4.4 Labor and Materials 9.5 Payments Withheld 4.5 Warrantee and Guarantee 9.6 Failure of Payment 4.6 Permits, Fees and Notices 9.7 Substantial Completion and Final Payment 4.7 Cash Allowances 4.8 Superintendent 10. PROTECTION OF PERSON AND PROPERTY 4.9 Contractor’s Responsibility 4.10 Progress and Schedule 10.1 Safety Precautions and Programs 4.11 Record Documents at the Site 10.2 Safety of Persons and Property 4.12 Shop Drawings and Samples 10.3 Emergencies 4.13 Use of Premises 4.14 Cutting and Patching 11. INSURANCE 4.15 Cleaning Up 11.1 General Requirements for Insurance 5. SUBCONTRACTORS 11.2 Property Insurance 11.3 Liability Insurance 5.1 Definition 5.2 Award of Subcontracts 12. CHANGES IN THE WORK 5.3 Subcontractor Relations 12.1 Change Orders 6. SEPARATE CONTRACTS 12.2 Claims for Additional Cost or Time 12.3 Minor Changes 6.1 Owner’s Right to Award Separate 12.4 Field Orders Contracts 6.2 Mutual Responsibility of Contractors 13. EXAMINATION AND CORRECTION OF WORK
7. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 13.1 Examination of Work 13.2 Correction Before Substantial Completion 7.1 Delinquent Taxes 13.3 Correction After Substantial Completion 7.2 Choice of Law 7.3 Assignment 14. TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT 7.4 Written Notice 7.5 Claims for Damages 14.1 Termination by the Contractor 7.6 Performance and Payment Bond 14.2 Termination by the Owner
Page 1 of 19 DAPW 26 Rev. 06/15 STATE OF INDIANA
GENERAL CONDITIONS
ARTICLE 1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
1.1 Definitions
1.1.1 The Contract Documents
The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement, the Instructions to Bidders, the Contractor’s Proposal (Bid), the Conditions of the Contract (General and Supplementary), Drawings, Specifications, and Addenda issued prior to bidding, Change Orders, any written interpretation issued as a field order by the Designer pursuant to Article 1.2, and all field orders for minor changes in the Work by the Designer pursuant to Article 12.3.
1.1.2 The Contract
The Contract Documents form the Contract for construction. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes all prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, either written or oral.
1.1.3 The Work
All labor, material, equipment, systems and services necessary to produce the result called for in the Contract Documents.
1.1.4 The Project
The Project is the total construction designed by the Designer of which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part.
1.2 Execution, Correlation, Intent and Interpretations
1.2.1 The Contract Documents shall be signed by the Owner and the Contractor. The signature process may be done electronically at the discretion of the Owner.
1.2.2 By executing the Contract the Contractor represents that he has visited the site and correlated his observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents, and has no major question pertaining thereto.
1.2.3 The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is called for by any one shall be as binding as if called for by all. The intention of the Documents is to include all labor, equipment, supervision and materials, for the proper execution and completion of the Work, and also to include those things that may be reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents as being necessary to produce the intended results. Words that have a well-known technical or trade meaning are used herein, in accordance with such recognized meaning.
1.2.4 Written interpretations necessary for the proper execution of the Work, in the form of drawings or otherwise will be issued with reasonable promptness by the Designer. Such interpretations shall be consistent with and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents, and may be issued by field order subject to Owner’s approval.
1.3 Copies Furnished and Ownership
1.3.1 The Contractor will be furnished 5 copies of drawings and specifications and any other information necessary for the execution of the Work.
1.3.2 All drawings, specifications, and copies thereof furnished by the Designer are his property. They are not to be used on any other Project, and, with the exception of one Contract set for each party to the Contract, are to be returned on request to the Designer at the completion of the Work.
ARTICLE 2 DESIGNER
2.1 Definition
2.1.1. The Designer is the person or organization identified as Designer of the Project, and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and masculine in gender. The terms Designer, Engineer, Architect, (and in certain projects State Engineer, State Architect, or Director, Public Works Division), shall mean the Designer or his authorized representative.
Page 2 of 19 DAPW 26 Rev. 06/15 2.2 Administration of the Contract
2.2.1 The Designer will provide general administration of the Contract, including the functions hereinafter described.
2.2.2 Unless stated otherwise, the Designer shall be the Owner’s representative during the construction phase. He shall have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent expressly provided in the Contract Documents or otherwise in writing, which will be shown to the Contractor. The Designer will advise and consult with the Owner and all of the Owner’s instructions to the Contractor shall be issued through the Designer.
2.2.3 The Designer shall have access to the Work at all times wherever it is in storage, preparation and progress. The Contractor shall provide facilities for such access so that the Designer and Owner’s Site Representative may perform their functions under the Contract Documents.
2.2.4 The Designer will make no less than weekly visits to the site when work is in progress to familiarize himself generally with the progress and quality of the Work and to determine in general if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. He will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspection to check the quality or quantity of the Work. On the basis of his on-site observations as Designer, he will keep the Owner informed of the progress of the Work, and will endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work of the Contractor.
2.2.5 Based on such observation and the Contractor’s applications for payment, the Designer will determine the amount owed to the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts.
2.2.6 The Designer will be, in the first instance, the interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and the judge of the performance thereunder. He will promptly render such interpretations as he may deem necessary for the proper execution or progress of the Work.
2.2.7 All interpretations and decisions of the Designer will be consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. He will exercise his best efforts to insure faithful performance by the Contractor.
2.2.8 Claims, disputes and other matters in question relating to the execution or progress of the Work or interpretation of the Contract Documents shall be referred initially to the Designer for decision and be subject to written appeal within fifteen (15) days by the Contractor. The Designer shall submit his decision promptly in writing to the Director, Public Works Division, who shall have full authority to render the final and binding decision.
2.2.9 The Designer will have responsibility to recommend to the Owner the rejection of work that does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever the Designer considers it necessary or advisable, he shall recommend to the Owner the stoppage of the Work or any portion thereof, and to recommend special examination or testing of the Work (whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed).
2.2.10 The Designer will review and approve or take other appropriate action upon the Contractor’s submittals such as shop drawings, product data and samples, but only for conformance with the design concept of the Work and with the information given in the Contract Documents. Such action shall be taken with reasonable promptness so as to cause no delay. The Designer’s approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of all assembly of which the item is a component.
2.2.11 The Designer will prepare change orders in accordance with Article 12.
2.2.12 The Designer will conduct reviews to determine the dates of Substantial Completion and Final Completion, will receive and forward to the Owner for the Owner’s review written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor, and will issue a final Certificate for Payment upon compliance with the requirements of Article 9.7.
2.2.13 The Designer, together with representatives from the Contractor and the Owner will conduct a review of the Work nine (9) months after the date of substantial completion to determine any work not in compliance with the Contract Documents at that time. A list of items to be corrected or completed will be forwarded to the Contractor for corrective action prior to the expiration of the one year warranty period.
2.2.14 The duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Designer as the Owner’s representative during construction as set forth in Articles 1 through 14 of these General Conditions shall not be modified or extended without written consent of the Owner.
2.2.15 The Designer will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of the Contractor, Subcontractor, or any of their superintendents, supervisory staffs, agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the Work.
2.2.16 In case of the termination of the employment of the Designer, the Owner shall appoint a Designer against whom the Contractor makes no reasonable objections, whose status under the Contract shall be that of Designer.
Page 3 of 19 DAPW 26 Rev. 06/15 ARTICLE 3 OWNER
3.1 Definition
3.1.1 The Owner is the State of Indiana, represented by the Commissioner; Department of Administration acting through the Director, Public Works Division and the Director’s designated project manager.
3.2 Information and Service Required of the Owner
3.2.1 The Owner will furnish, through the Designer, surveys, describing known physical characteristics, legal limits and utility locations for the property on which the Project is to be erected, if in the Owner’s possession.
3.2.2. Information or services under the Owner’s control shall be furnished by the Owner with promptness to avoid delay in the orderly progress of the Work.
3.2.3 The Owner shall issue all instructions to the Contractor through the Designer unless specified elsewhere in these documents.
3.2.4 If the Contractor fails to correct defective work as required by Article 13 or persistently fails to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner, by a written order may order the Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any other person or entity, except to the extent required by Article 6.1.
3.3 Owner’s Site Representative
3.3.1 Notwithstanding the obligations of the Designer as Owner’s representative during construction, the Owner may employ an on-site representative to observe the progress of the Work.
3.3.2 The Owner’s Site Representative shall function as an observer only. He shall report his findings to the Designer for review and any required further action. The Owner’s Site Representative is not authorized to make changes in the Work or to interpret the Contract Documents.
3.3.3 The Owner’s Site Representative shall have at all times access to the Work wherever it is in storage, preparation and progress. He may attend meetings at the site and he may review and approve the Contractor payment requests.
ARTICLE 4 CONTRACTOR
4.1 Definition
4.1.1 The Contractor is the person or organization identified as such in the Agreement. He is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and masculine in gender. The term Contractor means the Contractor or his authorized representative.
4.2 Review of Contract Documents
4.2.1 The Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and shall at once report to the Designer and the Owner any error, inconsistency or omission he may discover. The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work at any time without Contract Documents or, where required, approved shop drawings, product data or samples for such portion of the Work.
4.3 Supervision and Construction Procedures
4.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using his best skill and attention. He shall be solely responsible for the quality of the Work and for all construction techniques, sequences, and procedures, and for coordinating all portions of the Work.
4.3.2 The Contractor shall not be relieved from his obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents either by the activities or duties of the Designer in administration of the Contract, or by inspections, tests or approvals required or performed under Paragraph 7.9 by persons other than the Contractor.
4.4 Labor and Materials
4.4.1 Unless otherwise specified in Division 1, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all labor, material, equipment, tools, construction equipment, machinery, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for the proper execution of the Work.
Page 4 of 19 DAPW 26 Rev. 06/15 4.4.2 Unless otherwise specified in Division 1, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all electric current, water, heat, and telephone services and shall maintain necessary discipline to prevent waste.
4.4.3 If any item of work shall be the subject of a jurisdictional dispute as to the craft to be used for said work, the Contractor shall aid in such inter-craft resolution and if arbitrated, abide by the decision, holding the Owner free of involvement in the dispute, and if time is lost by the dispute, extra work days will only be considered through the provisions of Article 12.2. He will do whatever he can to eliminate any embarrassment to the Owner caused by picketing, etc.
4.4.4. The Contractor shall at all times enforce strict discipline and good order among his employees, and shall not employ on the Work any unfit person or any one employee unskilled in the Work assigned to him or unqualified as a tradesman in the trade involved.
4.5 Warranty and Guarantee
4.5.1 The Contractor warrants and guarantees that all materials and equipment incorporated in the Project shall be new unless otherwise specified, and all work will be of the highest quality, free from faults and defects, and in strict conformance with the Contract Documents for a period of one year from the date of substantial completion. All work not so conforming to the Contract Documents may be considered defective. If required by the Designer, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. The warranties and guarantees provided in this Article and elsewhere in the Contract Documents shall be in addition to and not in limitation of any other warranty or guarantee or remedy called for the Contract Documents or otherwise prescribed by law. The Contractor, together with the Designer and representatives from the Owner, shall review the Work nine (9) months after the date of substantial completion to determine any work not in compliance with the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall correct such non-complying work prior to the expiration of the one year warranty.
4.6 Permits, Fees and Notices
4.6.1 The Contract shall secure and pay for all permits, fees and licenses necessary for the execution of the Work.
4.6.2 The Contractor and Subcontractors must submit an “Exemption Certificate for Construction Contractors” (Form ST-105) to each supplier in order to obtain exemption from the Indiana Gross Tax (i.e., sales and use tax).
4.6.3 The Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, and orders of any public authority bearing on the conduct of the Work. If he observes that any of the Contract Documents are at variance therewith in any respect, he shall promptly notify the Designer in writing, and any necessary changes shall be adjusted by change order. If he performs any work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without such notice to the Designer, he shall bear all cost arising from such non-conformance.
4.7 Cash Allowances
4.7.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. These allowances cover the net cost of the materials and equipment delivered and unloaded at the site which cost shall be determined by the Owner through proper procedures for receiving quotes or bids as required by law. The Contractor’s handling costs on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit , and other expenses shall be included in the Contract sum and not in the allowance. The Contractor shall cause the Work required by these allowances to be performed by such persons as the Designer may direct, but he will not be required to employ persons against whom he has a reasonable objection. If the net cost above, when determined, is more than or less than the allowance, the Contract Sum will be adjusted accordingly by change order.
4.8 Superintendent
4.8.1 The Contractor shall keep on the Project, during the entire contract time, a competent superintendent and necessary assistants, all satisfactory to the Designer and the superintendent shall not be changed, except with the consent of the Owner, unless the superintendent proves to be unsatisfactory to the Contractor and ceases to be in his employ. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor and shall have full authority to act on his behalf. All communications given the superintendent shall be as binding as if given by the Contractor. Important communications shall be confirmed in writing.
4.9 Responsibility for Those Performing the Work
4.9.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for the quality of the Work, for acts and omissions of all the Subcontractors, their superintendents, their supervisory staffs, agents, or employees and of all other persons performing any of the Work under a Contract with the Contractor.
Page 5 of 19 DAPW 26 Rev. 06/15 4.10 Progress Schedule
4.10.1 Unless otherwise indicated in Division 1, the Contractor, immediately after being awarded the Contract, shall prepare and submit for the Designer’s approval a progress schedule for the Work in relation to the entire Project. This schedule in bar graph form, or other form approved by the Owner, shall indicate the dates for the starting and completion of the various stages of construction, and in addition, will state the contractual completion date. The contract completion date, based on the construction period stated in the notice to bidders, shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an early completion date, unless specifically authorized by change order. A more detailed schedule may be required elsewhere in the documents.
4.11 Record Documents at the Site
4.11.1 The Contractor shall maintain for the Owner as part of the Contract one record copy of all drawings, specifications, addenda, shop drawings, change orders and other modifications at the site in good order, and marked to record all changes made during construction. These shall be available to the Designer and the Owner’s Site Representative at all times while Work is in progress. All changes made during construction shall be recorded monthly and reviewed by the Designer before approval of each partial progress payment. The record documents shall be submitted to the Designer prior to the Contractor’s final payment.
4.12 Shop Drawings and Samples
4.12.1 Shop drawings are all drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, brochures, and other data, which are prepared by the Contractor, or any Subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier, or distributor, and which illustrate the Work.
4.12.2 The Contractor shall submit all shop drawings and samples required by the Contract or by the Designer in a timely manner, allowing sufficient time for the Designer’s review so as not to cause any delay in the Work or in work by any other Contractor.
4.12.3 the time of such submission, the Contractor shall furnish or verify all field measurements, field construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers, and the like and shall individually check, coordinate and stamp with his approval each submission, and shall in writing call the Designer’s attention to any deviations in the shop drawings or samples from the requirements of the Contract Documents.
4.12.4 The Designer will check and approve, with reasonable promptness so as to cause no delay, these shop drawings and samples only for conformance with the design concept of the Project, and with the information given in the Contract Documents. The Designer’s approval of a separate item will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions.
4.12.5 The Designer’s approval of shop drawings or samples shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for any deviation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless the Contractor has in writing called the Designer’s attention to such deviation at the time of submission and the Designer has given written approval to the specific deviation, nor shall this relieve the Contractor from errors or omissions in the shop drawings or samples.
4.12.6 No work requiring a shop drawing or sample submission shall be commenced until the submission has been approved by the Designer. All such work shall be in accordance with approved shop drawings and samples.
4.13 Use of Premises
4.13.1 The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits and the Contract Documents, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with any materials or equipment.
4.14 Cutting and Patching
4.14.1 The Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting or patching of his work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and shall not endanger any work by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering the Work or any part of it. Costs caused by defective or ill-timed work shall be borne by the party responsible therefore.
4.15 Cleaning Up
4.15.1 The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by his operations. At the completion of the Work, he shall remove all waste material and rubbish from and about the building as well as all his tools, scaffolding and surplus materials. Contractor shall clean all glass surfaces, lights and fixtures, ceilings, walls and shall leave the Work dusted, swept and wet mopped clean, unless more exactly specified.
4.15.2 In case of dispute the Owner may remove the rubbish and charge the cost to the several Contractors as the Designer shall determine to be just.
Page 6 of 19 DAPW 26 Rev. 06/15 ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS
5.1 Definition As used in this article "contractor tier" refers collectively to the following classes of contractors on a public works project: (1) "Tier 1 contractor" includes each person that has a contract with the public agency to perform some part of the workon,supplysomeofthematerialsfor,orsupplya service for, a public works project A person included in this tier is also known as a "prime contractor" or a "general contractor". (2) "Tier 2 contractor" includes each person that has a contract with a tier 1 contractor to perform some part of the work on, supply some ofthe materials for, or supply a service for, a public works project A person included in this tier is also known as a "subcontractor". (3) "Tier 3 contractor" includes each person that has a contract with a tier 2 contractor to perform some part of the work on, supply some ofthe materials for, or supply a service for, a public works project. A person included in this tier is also known as a "sub-subcontractor". (4) "Lower tier contractor" includes each person that has a contract with a tier 3 contractor or lower tier contractor to perform some part of the work on, supply some of the materials for, or supplyaservice for, a public works project. A person included in this tier is also known as a "lower tier subcontractor". A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct Contract with the Contractor to perform any of the Work at the site. The term Subcontractor is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and masculine in gender and means a Subcontractor or his authorized representative. The term Subcontractor does not include any separate Contractor or his Subcontractors.
5.2 Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for Portions of the Work
5.2.1 Unless otherwise required by the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner, with his bid on the prescribed form, the names of all persons or entities (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for each of the principal portions of the Work with an installed value of $150,000.00 or more. The Designer will promptly reply to the Contractor in writing stating whether or not the Owner or the Designer, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity. Failure of the Owner or Designer to reply within fourteen (14) days shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection.
5.2.2 The Contractor shall not subcontract with any such proposed person or entity to which the Owner or the Designer has made reasonable objection. The Contractor shall not be required to subcontract with anyone to whom he has a reasonable objection.
5.2.4 If the Owner or the Designer has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity, the Contractor shall submit a substitute to whom the Owner or the Designer has no reasonable objection.
5.2.5 The Contractor shall make no substitution of any Subcontractor, person or entity previously selected, if the Owner or Designer makes reasonable objection to such substitution.
5.2.3 The Contractor and his subcontractors shall employ only licensed plumbers and shall provide to the Owner the names and license numbers of all plumbers engaged in the Work. The Contractor shall submit this documentation with any monthly progress payment request that includes plumbing labor.
5.3 Subcontractual Relations
5.3.1 By an appropriate written agreement, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by the terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities which the Contractor, by these Documents, assumes toward the Owner. Said agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor, by these Documents, has against the Owner. Provisions of Article 9 for progress payments, retainage and payment for stored material shall be incorporated without modification in all Contractor-Subcontractor agreements. The Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with his Sub-subcontractors. Prior to execution of the Contractor-Subcontractor agreement, the Contractor shall provide all Subcontractors a complete copy of all proposed Contract Documents for the Project to which the Subcontractor will be bound by this Paragraph 5.3. Each Subcontractor shall similarly make available to his Sub-Subcontractors copies of such Documents. Executed copies of all agreements shall remain on file with the Contractor and be available for review by the Owner at the Owner’s discretion.
Page 7 of 19 DAPW 26 Rev. 06/15 ARTICLE 6 SEPARATE CONTRACTS
6.1 Owner’s Right to Let Separate Contracts
6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to let other contracts in connection with other portions of the Project under these or similar General Conditions.
6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the Project, “the Contractor” in the Contract Documents in each case shall be the Contractor who signs each separate contract with the Owner.
6.1.3 When separate contracts are awarded for portions of the Project, the General Construction Contractor shall be responsible for the overall coordination of all separate contracts for the Project.
6.2 Mutual Responsibility of Contractors
6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford each other Contractor reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and the execution of their work, and each shall properly connect and coordinate his work with all others as coordinated by the General Contractor.
6.2.2 If any part of the Contractor’s work depends on proper execution or results upon the work of any other separate Contractor, the Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to the Designer any discrepancies or defects that shall cause his work to fail or be non-conforming. Failure of the Contractor to so inspect and report shall constitute an acceptance of the other Contractor’s work as fit and proper for the reception of his work.
6.2.3 Should the Contractor cause damage to any separate Contractor on the Project, the General Contractor agrees, upon due notice, to settle with such other Contractor by agreement, if at all possible without involving the Owner. The Owner will be involved only after evidence is presented that sureties cannot settle the problem.
6.2.4 Any costs caused by defective or ill-timed work shall be borne by the party responsible. ARTICLE 7 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
7.1 Delinquent State Taxes (IC. 4-13-2-14.5). The Public Works Division may allow the Department of State Revenue access to the name of each person who is either:
(1) Bidding on a Contract to be awarded under this chapter; or (2) A Contractor or Subcontractor under this chapter.
If the Public Works Division is notified by the Department of State Revenue that a bidder is on the most recent tax warrant list, a Contract may not be awarded to that bidder until the bidder provides a statement from the Department of State Revenue that the Bidder’s delinquent tax liability has been satisfied. The Department of State Revenue may notify:
(1) The Department of Administration; and (2) The Auditor of State; that a Contractor or Subcontractor under this chapter is on the most recent tax warrant list, including the amount owed in delinquent taxes. The Auditor of State shall deduct from the Contractor’s or Subcontractor’s payment the amount owed in delinquent taxes. The Auditor of State shall remit this amount to the Department of State Revenue and pay the remaining balance to the Contractor or Subcontractor.
7.2 Choice of Law
7.2.1 The Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of Indiana.
7.3 Assignment
7.3.1 The Contractor shall not assign the Contract or sublet it as a whole without the written consent of the Owner, nor shall the Contractor assign any monies due or to become due to him hereunder, without the previous written consent of the Owner.
7.4 Written Notice
7.4.1 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it was intended, or sent by registered or certified mail to the last business address known to him who gives the notice.
Page 8 of 19 DAPW 26 Rev. 06/15 7.5 Claims for Damages
7.5.1 Should either party to the Contract suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any act or omission of the other party or any of his employees, agents or others for whose acts he is legally liable, claim shall be made in writing to such other party within seven (7) days of the first observance of such injury or damage.
7.6 Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond
7.6.1 For projects advertised with an estimated base bid amount of One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) or more, the Contractor shall furnish and pay for an approved one hundred percent (100%) combination performance and payment bond (Contractor’s Bond for Construction, Public Works Division Form DAPW 15). This bond shall adhere to the requirements of IC. 4- 13.6-7-6 and IC. 4-13.6-7-7 as amended and shall cover the faithful performance of the Contract and the payment of all obligations arising thereunder, including reimbursement for any stored materials paid for but returned to materialmen, with such sureties as the Owner may approve. The combination bond shall remain in effect throughout the entire construction period and in addition for a period of one year from the date of final acceptance. The Contractor shall deliver the required bonds to the Owner prior to execution of the Contract by the Owner unless authorized to the contrary in writing by the Owner. All bonds must be issued by bonding companies, which are licensed and approved by the Indiana Insurance Commission.
7.7 Owner’s Right to Carry Out the Work
7.7.1 If the Contractor should default or neglect to carry out the Work properly or fail to perform any provision of the Contract, the Owner may, after giving seven (7) days written notice to the Contractor, without prejudice to any other remedy it may have, make good such deficiencies. In such case, an appropriate change order shall be issued deducting the cost thereof including t he cost of the Designer’s additional service made necessary by such default, neglect or failure of the Contractor, from the payments then or thereafter due the Contractor, provided, however, that the Designer shall approve both such action and the amount charged to the Contractor. If such payments due to the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amount, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner.
7.8 Royalties and Patents
7.8.1 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. He shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent rights and shall save the Owner harmless from liability of any nature or find including costs and expenses for or on account of any patented or unpatented invention, process, article or appliance manufactured or used in the performance of this Contract, including its use by the Owner.
7.9 Tests & Substitution of Materials
7.9.1 If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or orders of any public authority having jurisdiction require any work to be inspected, tested, or approved, the Contractor will give the Designer timely notice of its readiness and of the date fixed for such inspection, testing, or approval so that the Designer may observe the same. The Contractor shall bear all cost of such inspections, tests, and approvals unless otherwise provided.
7.9.2 If, after the commencement of the Work, the Designer, with approval of the Owner in writing, determines that the Work requires special inspection, testing, or approval for which subparagraph 7.9.1 does not provide, he will, upon written authorization from the Owner, order such special inspection, testing or approval. If such special inspection or test reveals a failure of the Work to fulfill the requirements of the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any public authority having jurisdiction, the Contractor shall bear all costs thereof; otherwise the Owner shall bear such costs. An appropriate change order shall be issued.
7.9.3 Required certificates of inspection, testing or approval shall be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered by him to the Designer.
7.9.4 Observations by the Designer of the inspections, tests, or approvals required by Article 7 will be promptly made, and where practicable at the source of supply at no additional cost to the Owner.
7.9.5 Neither the observations of the Designer in his administration of the Contract, nor inspections, tests or approvals by persons other than the Contractor shall relieve the Contractor from his obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
7.9.6 All building construction and work, alterations, repairs, plumbing, mechanical, and electrical installations and appliances connected therewith, shall comply with the Rules and Regulations of the Department of Fire and Building Services, State Board of Health, local ordinances, Rules for Licensure of Building Trades, and other statutory provisions pertaining to this class of work; such rules and regulations and local ordinances to be considered as a part of these specifications.
Page 9 of 19 DAPW 26 Rev. 06/15 7.9.7 Where in these specifications, one or more certain materials, trade names, or articles of certain manufacture are mentioned, it is done for the express purpose of establishing a basis of durability and efficiency and not for the purpose of limiting competition. Approval of other acceptable products for those specified may be obtained by requesting to the Designer no later than fourteen (14) days in advance of bid date with all documentation required for the Designer to evaluate any approval. If approval is granted, the subject product will be added by addendum.
7.9.8 Should there be a reason for change of materials after award of the Contract, the following criteria shall apply:
a. Original material no longer manufactured, b. Delivery not possible within time specified for job, and/or c. Unavailability due to causes beyond the control of the Contractor.
7.9.9 After agreement by the Designer and the Owner that a change is necessary, the Contractor shall present a request for substitution to the Designer. The burden of proof of the merit of the proposed substitute is upon the proposing party. The decision of the Designer and the Owner regarding the substitution shall be final.
7.10 Certificate of Qualification
7.10.1 In accordance with IC. 4-13.6-4 as amended, all Contractors and Subcontractors performing work for the State of Indiana on projects estimated to be in excess of one hundred fifty thousand dollars ($150,000.00), must hold a valid Certificate of Qualification issued by the Public Works Certification Board. The Instructions to Bidders define the procedure for certification and bidding.
7.10.2 The Contractor must perform at least twenty (20) percent of the total Contract Sum of the Work with his own forces. The Contractor shall submit copies of his payroll records, if requested by the Owner, showing the hours, rates and total costs for all personnel on his payroll detailed to the degree to ensure compliance with this paragraph and any Wage Determination provisions.
7.11 Appropriation
7.11.1 The Contract specifically limits payments to be made in accordance with appropriations made and funds made available under laws of the State of Indiana. 7.12 Federal Wage Determination if required
7.12.1 If a Davis-Bacon wage determination is included in the Contract Documents, it shall be used as the minimum wage and benefits to be paid for the trades indicated.
7.12.2 Contractor shall submit a schedule of hourly wages to be paid to each employee (including those of his subcontractors) engaged in work on the site. This submittal shall be on Contractor’s letterhead stationeryand shall be signed by the Contractor and notarized. A copy of this submittal shall be conspicuously posted at the site.
7.12.3 Said rates shall in no case be less than those set out in the Davis-Bacon wage schedule a copy of which is herein bound or is on file with the Owner if it is required.
7.12.4 The Contractor shall provide (and require each Subcontractor to provide) weekly payroll records listing employees engaged in work on the site for the week and the hourly rates for base pay and benefits paid to each employee listed. The pay roll record form shall include a statement by the Contractor/Subcontractor certifying the accuracy and completeness of the information provided. Payroll records shall be maintained by the Contractor during the course of the Work until the end of the required warranty period.
7.13 Out-of-State Contractors
7.13.1 Proof of payment by Out-of-State Contractors of Indiana Gross Income Tax, as provided in IC. 6-2.1-5-1.1 (b) and 6-2.1-5- 1.1 (a) (d) as amended shall be submitted before final payment will be approved.
7.13.2 Out-of-State Corporations must be authorized to do business in the State, IC. Title 23 prior to submitting bids. Forms may be obtained by contacting the Secretary of State, State of Indiana, Indianapolis, Indiana.
7.14 Material Delivery
7.14.1 Shipments of material to be used by the Contractor or any Subcontractor under this Contract should be delivered to the job site only during the regular working hours of the Contractor or Subcontractor. If a delivery is made during other than the normal working hours of the Contractor or Subcontractor, his authorized agent must be on duty to receive such material. No employee of the Owner is authorized to receive any shipments designated for the Contractor or Subcontractor.
Page 10 of 19 DAPW 26 Rev. 06/15 7.15 Weather
7.15.1 The Contractor shall at all times provide protection against weather, rain, wind, storms, frost or heat, so as to maintain all work, materials, apparatus and fixtures free from injury or damage. At the end of the day’s work, all new work likely to be damaged shall be covered.
7.15.2 During cold weather, the Contractor shall protect all work from damage. If low temperature makes it impossible to continue operations safely, in spite of cold weather precaution, the Contractor shall cease work and shall so notify the Owner and Designer.
7.15.3 Any work damaged by failure to provide protection above required, shall be removed and replaced with new work at the Contractor’s expense.
7.15.4 The Contractor shall provide and maintain on the premises, where directed, watertight storage shed (or sheds) for storage of all materials, which might be damaged by exposure to weather.
7.16 Fire Hazards
7.16.1 Wherever and whenever any burning, welding, cutting or soldering operation is in progress, or equipment is in use, or any work involving a fire hazard, is performed, the Contractor responsible for such operation shall have at all times acceptable fire extinguisher or protection within five (5) feet of the operation.
7.17 Dismissal
7.17.1 Any foreman or workman employed by the Contractor or by any Subcontractor who, in the opinion of the Director, Public Works Division and/or the Designer, does not perform his work in a proper and skillful manner, or is disrespectful, intempera te, disorderly, intoxicated or otherwise objectionable shall at the written request of either of the above, be forthwith discharged by the Contractor or Subcontractor employing such foreman or workman and he shall not be employed again on any portion of the Work without the written consent of the Director of the Division of Public Works and the Designer. Should the Contractor fail to furnish suitable and sufficient machinery, equipment or personnel for the proper prosecution of the Work, the Owner or Designer may withhold all payments that are or may become due, or may suspend the Work until such orders are upheld.
ARTICLE 8 TIME
8.1 Definitions
8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Contract Time is the period of time allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work as defined herein, including authorized adjustments thereto.
8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in a notice to proceed. If there is no notice to proceed, it shall be the date of the Governor’s signature on the Owner-Contractor Agreement or such other date as may be established therein.
8.1.3 The Date of Substantial Completion of the Work, or designated portion thereof, is the date certified by the Director, Public Works Division when construction is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so the Owner may occupy or utilize the Work, or designated portion thereof, for the use for which it is intended.
8.1.4 The term day as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically designated.
8.2 Progress and Completion
8.2.1 All time limits stated in the Documents are of the essence of the Contract.
8.2.2 The Contractor shall begin the Work on the date of commencement as defined herein. He shall carry the Work forward expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time.
8.2.3 The Owner fully expects the Contractor to employ any and all means necessary to complete the Work within the Contract Time. Conduct of the Owner’s affairs, such as unforeseen site conditions or delay in processing change orders, shall not be viewed as justification for delaying the Project unless the Owner can be shown to have breached the Contract. Contractor must employ all reasonable means to execute the Project in a timely manner and in conformance with the Contract Documents even if the Contractor or Designer seeks legal remedy against the Owner for claim of damage.
8.3 Delays and Extensions of Time
8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the progress of the Work by any act or neglect of the Owner or the Designer, or by any employee of either, or by any separate Contractor employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes, fire, unusual delay in transportation, adverse weather conditions not reasonable to anticipate, unavoidable casualties, or any causes beyond the Contractor’s control, or by delay authorized by the Owner pending arbitration, or by any other cause which Page 11 of 19 DAPW 26 Rev. 06/15 the Designer determines may justify the delay, then the Contract Time shall be extended by a Change Order for such reasonable time as the Designer may determine.
8.3.2 Claims for extension of time shall be made in writing to the Designer. In case of a continuing delay only one claim is necessary. The Contractor shall provide an estimate of the probable effect of such delay on the progress of the Work.
8.3.3 If no agreement is made stating the dates upon which interpretations as provided in Article 2.2 shall be furnished, then no claim for delay shall be allowed on account of failure to furnish such interpretations until fifteen days after written request is made for them, and not unless such claim is reasonable.
8.3.4 This Paragraph 8.3 does not exclude the recovery of damages for delay by either party under other provisions of the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION
9.1 Contract Sum
9.1.1 The Contract Sum is the total amount payable by the Owner for the performance of the Work under the Contract Documents.
9.2 Schedule of Values
9.2.1 Before the first application for payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner a schedule of various parts of the Work, including quantities if required by the Owner, aggregating the total Contract Sum, divided so as to facilitate payments to Subcontractors in accordance with Article 5.3, made out in such form as the Owner and the Contractor may agree upon, and supported by such data to substantiate its correctness as the Owner may require. Each item in the Schedule of Values shall include its proper share of overhead, profit, and other general charges. This schedule, when approved by the Owner, shall be used as a basis for the Contractor’s Applications for Progress and Final Payments.
9.3 Progress Payments
9.3.1 Completed work: The Contractor shall submit to the Designer an itemized Application for Payment, supported by such data substantiating the Contractor’s right to payment as the Designer may direct. The Owner shall make payments on account of the Contract, upon issuance of Certificates of Payment certified by the Designer and the Owner’s Representative, for labor and materials incorporated into the Work at the rate of ninety four (94%) percent of such value until fifty (50%) percent of the value of the Work is completed. After that fifty (50%) percent, no further retainage will be deducted. The Director, Public Works Division has the option to require that three (3%) percent of the value of the Work be retained throughout the duration of the entire Contract. The retainage schedule shall be determined prior to award of Contract. Retainage may be paid with final payment at the discretion of the Director, Public Works Division, but shall not be paid in any event until a minimum of sixty one (61) days after all work is completed.
9.3.2 Materials Stored: Payments may be made on account for materials or equipment not incorporated in the Work, but delivered and suitably stored at the site. With written approval of the Owner, materials may be stored at another location other than the Work site if properly identified as the property of the Owner and properly protected. Storage of material at the place of business of the vendor is not acceptable (25 IAC 2-9-2). Such payments shall be conditional upon the submission by the Contractor of one of the following: 1) receipts marked by the supplier as paid; 2) supplier’s final waiver of lien listing specific materials involved; 3) invoice with copy of canceled check showing payment; or 4) such other evidence of payment as the Owner may require in lieu thereof to establish ownership of all items except those listed as miscellaneous materials below. For the aggregate of miscellaneous stored materials for which payment is requested and above proof of payment is not available, a complete list will be provided along with the affidavit of payment. Upon certification by the Owner’s representative that the listed materials are suitably stored, payment can be made. Miscellaneous materials are defined as pipe, fittings, wire, conduit, etc., normally stored as stock items in Contractor’s warehouse. For materials stored other than at the construction site applicable insurance and transportation to the site shall be provided by the Contractor.
9.3.3 As stored materials are incorporated into the Work, the value shall be removed from the total value of stored materials requested in successive payments. Proof of ownership through one of the above methods will be required for additional materia ls. When, in the judgment of the Owner, retainage for completed work is not sufficient in relation to excessive amounts requested for stored materials or equipment, the Owner may elect to place the retainage for such materials or equipment in escrow. This retainage shall apply as a credit toward retainage due to be held for completed work on future payments.
9.3.4 The Contractor warrants that title to all work, materials and equipment covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner either by incorporation in the construction or upon the receipt by the Contractor of payment, whichever occurs first, free and clear of all liens, claims, security interest or encumbrances, hereinafter referred to in this Article 9 as “liens”; and that no Work, materials or equipment covered by an Application for Payment will have been acquired by the Contractor, or by any other person performing work at the site or furnishing materials and equipment for the Project, subject to an agreement under which an interest therein or an encumbrance thereon is retained by the seller or otherwise imposed by the Contractor or such other person. Page 12 of 19 DAPW 26 Rev. 06/15 9.3.5 The Contractor shall accompany each application for payment request with a certification that he paid to all Subcontractors (fabricators) within ten (10) days of receipt of payment that pro rata amount of funds he has received from the Owner for the value of work or services (fabricated materials or equipment) performed by the Subcontractor (supplied by fabricator) contained in previous progress payments. The Contractor’s inclusion of a value of subcontract work in his progress pay estimate is prima facie evidence of acceptance of work having such a value; therefore, if the Owner receives a certification from a Subcontractor tha t he has not been paid such amounts as were included in the Contractor’s partial billing and subsequently paid to the Contractor by the Owner, then the Owner will hold all subsequent partial payment requests until satisfactory evidence is received from the Subcontractor that he has been paid such amounts presented to the Owner by the Contractor, paid to the Contractor by the Owner, and not distributed by the Contractor to the Subcontractor. The making of an incorrect certification of either partial payment or final payment may be considered by the Owner to be a breach of contract, and it may exercise all of its prerogatives set out in the Contract in addition to the remedies for falsifying an affidavit. Such an action could result in a suspension of qualification with the State Certification Board for a period of up to two (2) years.
9.4 Certificates for Payment
9.4.1 When the Contractor has made application for payment as above, the Designer will issue a Certificate of Payment to the Owner for such amount as he determines to be properly due, or state in writing his reasons for withholding a certificate as provided in Articles 9.5.1.
9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Designer to the Owner, based on the Designer’s observations at the site as provided in Article 2.2.4 and the data comprising the Application for Payment, that the Work has progressed to the point indicated, and that, to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, the quality of work is in accordance with the Contract Documents subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole upon substantial completion, to the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract documents, to minor deviations correctable prior to the next certificate for payment and to any specific qualifications stated in his certificate, and that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified.
9.4.3 The Designer’s final Certificate for Payment will constitute a further representation that the conditions precedent to the Contractor’s being entitled to final payment as set forth in Article 9.7 have been fulfilled. However, by issuing a Certificate, the Designer shall not thereby be deemed to represent that he has made any examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used the monies paid on account of the Contract Sum.
9.4.4 The Owner shall make payment as soon as the fiscal procedure of the State can process same after receipt from the Designer of the Certificate for Payment. The fiscal procedure by the State can include, but not be limited to, review by the Owner’s using agency, verification of the Certificate by the Owner’s Site Representative, review for accuracy of form and calculation by the Owner’s accountant, review by the Owner’s project management and execution by the Director, Public Works Division and others.
9.4.5 No certificate for a progress payment or progress payment for partial or entire occupancy of the Project by the Owner shall constitute an acceptance of work not in accordance with the Contract Documents.
9.4.6 Pursuant to IC. 4-13.6-7-2 all Contract awards of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) or above, if elected by the Contractor, an escrow agent will be selected by the State with whom the retainage funds for this Contract will be deposited and held until receipt of notice from the Director, Public Works Division (Escrow Form DAPW 32A) and from all other necessary parties as specified in and in accordance with the procedures and provisions of said Act.
9.5 Payments Withheld
9.5.1 The Designer (or Owner) will not approve an application in whole or in part, if in his opinion, he is unable to make representations to the Owner as provided in Article 9.4. The Designer (or Owner) will not approve Application for Payment or, because of subsequent inspections, may nullify the whole or any part of the Certificate for Payment previously issued to such extent as may be necessary in his opinion to protect the Owner from loss because of:
A. defective work not remedied, B. claim filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of claims, C. failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or for materials, equipment or labor, D. reasonable doubt that the Contract can be completed for the unpaid balance, E. damage to another Contractor, F. reasonable indication that the Owner may be damaged by delay in receiving use of the Work as scheduled, or, G. unsatisfactory prosecution of the Work by the Contractor.
9.5.2 When the above grounds are removed, payment shall be processed for amounts withheld.
Page 13 of 19 DAPW 26 Rev. 06/15 9.6 Failure of Payment
9.6.1 If the Designer should fail to issue any Certificate for Payment, through no fault of the Contractor, or if the Owner should fail to pay the Contractor in a reasonable time considering the fiscal procedures of the State for processing same after receipt from the Designer the amount certified by the Designer, then the Contractor may, after seven (7) additional days, give written notice to the Owner and Designer, that work will stop until payment of the amount owing has been received.
9.7 Substantial Completion and Final Payment
9.7.1 When advised by the Contractor that the Work or a designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Designer; the Director, Public Works Division, and the Contractor shall determine jointly by inspection that the Work is substantially complete. If they determine that the Work is substantially complete, the Contractor shall then prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion with an accompanying list of incomplete items of work (punch list), and submit it to the Designer for his signature and subsequent forwarding for approval by the Director, Public Works Division. The Certificate shall fix the date of Substantial Completion and shall state the responsibilities of the Owner and the Contractor for maintenance, heat, utilities and insurance.
9.7.2 Upon approval of the above, and notice that the Work is ready for final acceptance, the Designer, the Contractor and Owner will promptly make final review, and when they find the Work acceptable under the Contract and the Contract fully performed, the Contractor shall promptly submit the final Certificate for Payment with all other required documents, showing that the Work has been completed in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract, and that the entire balance in said final certificate, is due and payable.
9.7.3 Neither the final payment nor any part of the retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor shall submit to the Designer releases or waivers of all liens arising out of the Contract; an affidavit that the releases and waivers include all the labor, materials, and equipment for which a lien could be filed and that all payrolls, material bills, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or its property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied; and such other data establishing payment or satisfaction of all such obligations as the Owner may require. If any such lien or claim remains unpaid, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all monies that the latter may be compelled to pay in discharging such lien or claim, including all costs.
9.7.4 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, final completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor, and the Designer so confirms, the Owner shall, upon certification by the Designer, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted, or such portion as may be available from funds not already released to an escrow agent pursuant to IC 4-13.6-7. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims.
9.7.5 The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of all claims by the Owner except those arising from:
A. unsettled liens, B. faulty work appearing after Substantial Completion, C. failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, D. terms of any special guarantees required by the Contract Documents.
9.7.6 If upon Substantial Completion of the Work there are any remaining uncompleted minor items, the Owner shall withhold, until those items are completed, an amount equal to two hundred percent (200%) of the value of each item as determined by the Designer or Owner.
9.7.7 The acceptance of final payment shall constitute a waiver of all claims by the Contractor, except those previously made in writing and still unsettled and covered by other agreed arrangements.
ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
10.1 Safety Precautions and Programs
10.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work.
10.2 Safety of Person and Property
10.2.1 The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and will provide all necessary protection to prevent damage, injury, or loss to:
A. all employees on the Project and all other persons who may be affected thereby, B. all the Work and all materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site, and, C. other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. Page 14 of 19 DAPW 26 Rev. 06/15 10.2.2 The Contractor shall comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and orders of any public authority having jurisdiction for the safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury, or loss. He shall erect and maintain, as required by the conditions and progress of the Work, all necessary safeguards for safety and protection, including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations, and notifying owners and users of adjacent utilities.
10.2.3 All damage or loss to all property specified herein caused directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by the Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by the Contractor, except damage or loss attributable solely to faulty Contract Documents or to the acts or omissions of the Owner, or Designer or their employees, or for those whose acts either of them may be liable.
10.2.4 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of his organization on the Work whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contractor’s superintendent, unless otherwise designated in writing by the Contractor to the Owner and the Designer.
10.2.5 When the use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment is necessary for the prosecution of the Work, the Contractor shall carry on such activities under the supervision of properly qualified personnel.
10.2.6 The Contractor shall not overload, or permit any part of the Work to be loaded so as to endanger its safety.
10.2.7 All excavations creating a trench of five (5) or more feet in depth shall strictly adhere to the shoring and other safety requirements called for and described under Indiana OSHA Regulation 29 C.F.R. 1926, Subpart “P”, for trench safety systems.
10.3 Emergencies
10.3.1 In an emergency affecting the safety of persons or property, the Contractor shall act, at his discretion, to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Any additional compensation or extension of time claimed by the Contractor because of emergency work shall be determined as provided for in Article 12, Changes in the Work, and he shall notify the Owner of such a decision within seven (7) days of the event giving rise to such claim.
ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE
11.1 General Requirements for Insurance
11.1.1 The Contractor will be required to furnish to the Owner, evidence that he has complied with all items of insurance listed herein. All insurance policies/certificates shall be on file with the Owner prior to release of the signed Contract and commencement of work.
11.1.2 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain, with a company or companies licensed to do business in Indiana, such insurance as will protect him from claims set forth below, arising out of or resulting from the Contractor’s operations under the Contract, whether such operations be by the Contractor or by any Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them:
A. claims under Workmen’s Compensation Acts and other employee benefit acts; B. claims for damages because of bodily injury, personal injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of his employees; C. claims for damages because of bodily injury, personal injury, sickness, disease or death of any person other than his employees; D. claims for damages to tangible property, including loss of use thereof.
11.1.3 This insurance shall be written for not less than any limits of liability specified herein, or required by law, whichever is greater. Policies or certificates of insurance, acceptable to the Owner, shall be filed with the Owner prior to execution of the Contract. These Certificates shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will be for the life of the Work.
11.1.4 Policies (certificates) shall show name and complete address of the Company, expiration date or dates, and policy number or numbers. Policies shall not be canceled until at least thirty (30) days prior written notice has been given to the Owner and acknowledged by the Owner in writing.
Page 15 of 19 DAPW 26 Rev. 06/15 11.2 Property Insurance
11.2.1 The Contractor shall furnish and maintain, at the Contractor’s expense, Fire, Extended Coverage, Vandalism, and Malicious Mischief Insurance (Builder’s Risk), in the sum of 100% of the Contract amount. Builder’s Risk insurance shall cover the structure on/in which the Work of this Contract is to be done including items of labor and material connected therewith, whether in or adjacent to the structure insured; material in place or to be used as part of the permanent construction, including surplus materials; shanties, protective fences, bridges, or temporary structures; miscellaneous materials and supplies incident to the Work; scaffolding, staging, towers, forms, and equipment, if included in the cost of the Work. This insurance need not cover any tools owned by mechanics, or any tools, equipment, scaffolding, staging, towers, and forms owned or rented by the Contractor, the capital value of which is not included in the cost of the Work.
11.2.3 Any loss under this Article 11.2 is to be adjusted with the Owner, and made payable to the Owner as trustee for the insured, as their interests may appear.
11.3 Liability Insurance
11.3.1 The Contractor and their subcontractors ( if any) shall secure and keep in force during the term of this Contract the following insurance coverages (if applicable) covering the Contractor for any and all claims of any nature which may in any manner arise out of or result from Contractor’s performance under this Contract:
A. Commercial general liability, including contractual coverage, and products or completed operations coverage (if applicable), with minimum liability limits not less than $700,000 per person and $5,000,000 per occurrence unless additional coverage is required by the State. The State is to be named as an additional insured on a primary, non-contributory basis for any liability arising directly or indirectly under or in connection with this Contract.
B. Automobile liability for owned, non-owned and hired autos with minimum liability limits of $700,000 per person and $5,000,000 per occurrence. The State is to be named as an additional insured on a primary, non-contributory basis.
C. The Contractor shall provide proof of such insurance coverage by tendering to the undersigned State representative a certificate of insurance prior to the commencement of this Contract and proof of workers’ compensation coverage meeting all statutory requirements of IC §22-3-2. In addition, proof of an “all states endorsement” covering claims occurring outside the State is required if any of the services provided under this Contract involve work outside of Indiana.
D. The Contractor’s insurance coverage must meet the following additional requirements:
1. The insurer must have a certificate of authority or other appropriate authorization to operate in the state in which the policy was issued.
2. Any deductible or self-insured retention amount or other similar obligation under the insurance policies shall be the sole obligation of the Contractor.
3. The State will be defended, indemnified and held harmless to the full extent of any coverage actually secured by the Contractor in excess of the minimum requirements set forth above. The duty to indemnify the State under this Contract shall not be limited by the insurance required in this Contract.
4. The insurance required in this Contract, through a policy or endorsement(s), shall include a provision that the policy and endorsements may not be canceled or modified without thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the undersigned State agency.
5. The Contractor waives and agrees to require their insurer to waive their rights of subrogation against the State of Indiana.
E. Failure to provide insurance as required in this Contract may be deemed a material breach of contract entitling the State to immediately terminate this Contract. The Contractor shall furnish a certificate of insurance and all endorsements to the State before the commencement of this Contract.
F. Boiler and Machinery Explosion Insurance shall be required when the Work includes boiler, other pressure vessels or steam piping installation or repair. Page 16 of 19 DAPW 26 Rev. 06/15 G. After June 30, 2015, this entire Article will apply to any contractor that will be on the construction site pursuant to IC 5-16-13 and an acceptable certificate of insurance will be provided by each and every contractor
ARTICLE 12 CHANGES IN THE WORK
12.1 Change Orders
12.1.1 The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order changes in the Work consisting of additions, deletions, or modifications, with the Contract Sum and the Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. All such changes in the Work shall be authorized by Change Order, and shall be executed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents.
12.1.2 A Change Order is a written order to the Contractor compiled and reviewed by the Designer, prepared by the Owner and then signed by the Owner and the Contractor. The order is issued after the execution of the Contract authorizing a change in the Work, and documenting any adjustment in the Contract Sum and/or the Contract Time. The Contract Sum may be changed only by change order.
12.1.3 The value of any work involved in a change in the Work shall be determined in one or more of the following ways, in order of priority listed:
A. by mutual acceptance of a lump sum. For all amounts over $500, the Contractor shall provide a complete listing of quantities and unit prices of materials, hours of labor with cost per hour, and separate agreed percentages for any overhead and profit. The maximum aggregate increase for overhead and profit (including all home office and field office overhead) for any Subcontractor or for the Contractor performing his own work is fifteen (15%) percent; the maximum increase for a Contractor on work performed by a Subcontractor is five (5%) percent. If the cost of performance and payment bond(s) is shown as a separate line item in the Contractor’s schedule of values for the project, then an increase will be permitted to provide for the additional cost of the bond(s). If the cost of the bond(s) is not indicated on the Contractor’s schedule of values for the Project, any increase in cost for bond(s) shall be included in the Contractor’s allowed overhead. For listings under $500, list lump sum for each item, or, B. by unit prices named in the Contract or subsequently agreed upon, or, C. by cost plus a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee.
12.1.4 Should conditions be encountered below the surface of the ground that are:
A. at variance with the conditions indicated by the Contract Documents, and B. different than could be expected after a reasonable viewing of the site by the bidders, and C. not evident from available soil samples, then the Contract sum may be equitably adjusted by Change Order upon claim by Contractor made within a reasonable time after the first observance of the conditions.
12.1.5 If the Contractor claims that a written interpretation issued pursuant to Article 1.2 or a written order for a minor change issued pursuant to Article 12.3 involves additional cost or time, the Contractor shall make such claim as provided in Article 12.2.
12.2 Claims for Additional Cost or Time
12.2.1 If the Contractor wishes to make a claim under the provisions of the Contract Documents for an increase in the Contract Sum or an extension in the Contract Time, he shall give the Designer written notice thereof within fifteen (15) days after the occurrence of the event giving rise to such claim. This notice shall be given by the Contractor and authority received in writing from the Owner before proceeding to execute the Work, except in an emergency endangering life or property. No such claim shall be valid unless so made. Any approved change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time resulting from such claim shall be incorporated in a Change Order, initiated by the Designer and executed by the Owner. If the Designer does not initiate or the Owner execute a Change Order within a reasonable time in response to the request, such lack of action shall be construed as prima facie evidence of rejection of the request. For the purpose of this section “reasonable time” is expected not to exceed 30 days after receipt by the Owner.
12.3 Minor Changes in the Work
12.3.1 The Designer shall have authority, with Owner’s approval, to order minor changes in the Work not involving an increase in the Contract Sum or an extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such change may be affected by written field order, with copy transmitted to the Owner. Such minor changes need not be approved in writing by the Owner; however, the Owner may provide written approval of any substitution of significant materials or equipment.
12.4 Field Orders
12.4.1 The Designer may issue written field orders, which interpret the Contract Documents in accordance with Article 1.2.4 without change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. The Contractor shall carry out such field orders promptly. The Designer shall transmit copies of field orders to the Owner. Page 17 of 19 DAPW 26 Rev. 06/15 ARTICLE 13 EXAMINATION AND CORRECTION OF WORK
13.1 Examination of Work
13.1.1 If any portion of the Work should be covered contrary to the request of the Designer or to requirements specifically expressed in the Contract Documents, it must, if required in writing by the Designer, be uncovered for his observation and shall be replaced at the Contractor’s expense.
13.1.2 Examination of questioned work may be ordered by the Designer with the approval of the Owner, and if so ordered the Work must be uncovered by the Contractor. If such work were found in accordance with the Contract Documents, the cost of re- examination and replacement shall, by appropriate change order, be charged to the Owner. If such work be found not in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall pay such costs, unless it is found that the defect in the Work was caused by a separate Contractor employed as provided in Article 6 and in that event, the separate Contractor shall pay such costs.
13.2 Correction of Work before Substantial Completion
13.2.1 The Contractor shall promptly remove from the site all work rejected by the Designer as failing to conform to the Contract Documents, whether or not incorporated in the Project, and the Contractor shall promptly replace and re-execute his own work in accordance with the Contract Documents and without cost to the Owner and shall bear the cost of repair to or replacement of all work of separate Contractors destroyed or damaged by such removal or replacement.
13.2.2 If the Contractor does not remove such rejected work within a reasonable time, fixed by written notice from the Designer, the Owner may remove and store the material at the expense of the Contractor. If the Contractor does not agree to pay or credit the Contract with the cost of such removal within ten days thereafter, the Owner may acquire a lien upon such property and materials. If proceeds of lien foreclosure do not cover all costs, which the Owner has then borne, the difference shall be deducted from th e amount to be paid to the Contractor.
13.3 Correction of Work after Substantial Completion
13.3.1 The Contractor shall correct all faults and deficiencies in the Work which appear within one year of the date of substantial completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by the terms of any special guarantees called for by the Contra ct Documents, and he shall pay for all damage to other work caused thereby. The Contractor shall remove all defective work where necessary.
13.3.2 If the Contractor does not correct such faulty or defective work and remove defective work where necessary, within a reasonable time fixed by the Designer in writing, the Owner may do the corrective work and remove the defective work, as described in Article 13.2 above.
13.3.3 All costs attributable to correcting and removing faulty or defective work shall be borne by the Contractor.
13.3.4 The obligations of the Contractor under this Article 13.3 shall be in addition to and not a limitation of any obligations imposed upon him by special guarantees called for by the Contract Documents or otherwise prescribed by law.
ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT
14.1 Termination by the Contractor
14.1.1 If the Work is stopped for a period of thirty days under an order of any court or other public authority through no act of fault of the Contractor or of anyone employed by the Contractor, or if the Work should be stopped for a period of thirty days by the Contractor for the Designer’s failure to issue a Certificate for payment as provided in Article 9.6, or for the Owner’s failure to make payment thereon as provided in said Article, then the Contractor may, upon seven days’ written notice to the Owner and the Designer, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner, in satisfaction of all claims of the Contractor, payment for all work executed, except those items involved in Designer’s failure to issue Certificate, or Owner’s failure to make payment. 14.2 Termination by the Owner
14.2.1 If the Contractor should be adjudged bankrupt, or if he should make a general assignment for the benefit of his creditors, or if a receiver should be appointed on account of his insolvency, or if he should persistently or repeatedly refuse or should fail, except in cases for which extension of time is provided, to supply enough properly skilled workmen or proper materials, or if he should fail to make prompt payment to Subcontractors for materials or labor, or persistently disregard laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any public authority or otherwise be guilty of a substantial violation of a provision of the Contrac t Documents, then the Owner, upon certification by the Designer that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, may without prejudice to any right or remedy against the Contractor or his surety and after giving the Contractor and his surety seven da ys written notice, terminate the employment of the Contractor and take possession of the site and of all materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor and finish the Work by whatever method the Owner deems expedient. In such case the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is completed, and Page 18 of 19 DAPW 26 Rev. 06/15 an accounting made as set out below.
14.2.2 If the unpaid balance of the Contract sum exceeds the cost of finishing the Work, including compensation for the Designer’s additional services such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such cost exceeds such unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The Designer shall certify the cost incurred by the Owner as herein provided.
END
Page 19 of 19 DAPW 26 Rev. 06/15
Indiana Department of Administration M/WBE Participation Policy for Construction Projects
I. Introduction
The Indiana Department of Administration (“IDOA”) in its commitment to Minority and Women participation in the state’s procurement and contracting process, will require MBE and WBE participation or a best-efforts waiver as a specification in bids for construction services $150,000 and over with subcontracting opportunities effective January 1, 2006. See Indiana Code 5-22-7, 5-22-7-2, 5-22-7-4.
II . Definitions
“Application for MBE and WBE Program Waiver” means documents submitted by Bidder for relief from contract goal after demonstrating all reasonable good faith efforts were made by the Bidder for the purpose of fulfilling the contract goal. The Application for MBE and WBE Program Waiver may be submitted prior to the bid due date or included in the bid package response.
“Certification” means verification by the Indiana Department of Administration, Minority and Women's Business Enterprises Division ("MWBED") or an organization accepted by MWBED with respect to the authenticity of a minority or women owned business enterprise.
"Commercially useful function" Determination that an enterprise performs a commercially useful function will be made based on the following considerations: (1) An MBE or a WBE performs a commercially useful function when it is responsible for execution of the work of the contract and is carrying out its responsibilities by actually performing, managing, and supervising the work involved. To perform a commercially useful function, the MBE or WBE must also be responsible, with respect to materials and supplies used on the contract, for negotiating price, determining quality and quantity, ordering the material, and installing (where applicable) and paying for the material itself. To determine whether an MBE or a WBE is performing a commercially useful function, one must evaluate the following: (A) The amount of work subcontracted. (B) Industry practices. (C) Whether the amount the enterprise is to be paid under the contract is commensurate with the work it is actually performing. (D) The credit claimed for its performance of the work. (E) Other relevant factors. (2) An MBE or a WBE does not perform a commercially useful function if its role is limited to that of an extra participant in a transaction, contract, or project through which funds are passed in order to obtain the appearance of MBE or WBE participation. In determining whether an MBE or a WBE is such an extra participant, one must examine similar transactions, particularly those in which MBEs or WBEs do not participate. (3) In the case of construction contracts, if: (A) an MBE or a WBE does not perform or exercise responsibility for at least the agency’s requisite percent of the total cost of its contract with its own workforce; or (B) the MBE or WBE subcontracts a greater portion of the work of a contract than would be expected on the basis of normal industry practice for the type of work involved; it is presumed that the enterprise is not performing a commercially useful function.
DAPW 26 SUP 1 Rev 7-07 Page 1 of 6 “Letter of Commitment” means a letter obtained from the MBE and WBE’s by the Bidders. The Letter of Commitment is a signed letter(s), on company letterhead, from the minority and/or women certified business. It must be produced no later than 24 hours after the bid due date and time. This letter(s) shall state and will serve as acknowledgement from the minority and/or women certified business of their level of participation in this solicitation, the dollar amount of the commitment, the scope of service or product to be provided and the anticipated dates of utilization.
“Minority and Women Business Enterprises Division (MWBED)” means the Division which acts on behalf of the state to actively promote, monitor, and enforce the MBE AND WBE program. The final authority on all matters pertaining to the maintenance and administration of the MBE AND WBE program and compliance thereto.
“Minority/Woman Business Enterprise (MBE and WBE)” means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, or joint venture of any kind that is at least fifty-one percent (51%) owned and controlled by one (1) or more persons who are United States citizens and a member(s) of a minority group. The MBE and WBE must meet the eligibility requirements of 25 IAC 5.
“Participation Plan” means the IDOA prescribed document that sets forth the MBE and WBE subcontractors that will perform work under the contract.
I I I . M inor ity and W omen Business E nterprise C er tification
MBE and WBEs must be listed on the IDOA directory of certified firms at the time the bid is submitted to be eligible to meet the contract goals. The bidder should verify that a firm is certified before the bid is submitted.
Questions regarding Certification should be addressed to the following:
Indiana Department of Administration Minority and Women's Business Enterprises Division 402 West Washington Street, Room W469 Indianapolis, IN 46204 (317) 232-3061 www.buyindiana.in.gov [email protected]
I V . B idding Process
IDOA will review projects for viable subcontracting opportunities. All projects will be governed by this policy unless otherwise stated.
A representative from MWBED will attend most pre-bid meetings to discuss and answer questions related to the MBE and WBE participation requirement. The MWBED will be available to assist Bidders in locating MBE and WBE firms to engage in the contract.
The 2007-2008 Contract Goals for construction projects are 7% for MBE’s and 5% for WBE’s.
Effective January 1, 2006, the following procedures will be implemented in the acceptance and evaluation of responsive and responsible bids.
DAPW 26 SUP 1 Rev 7-07 Page 2 of 6 Bidders must produce a Participation Plan on the approved form listing the utilization of MBE and WBE subcontractors who will be providing a commercially useful function on the project. Letter of Commitment from MBE and WBE firms they plan to engage in the contract if successful on the bid
Per 25 IAC 5-6-2(d), all prime contractors, including MBE and WBE prime contractors, must meet the sub-contracting goals through use of businesses found in the IDOA directory of certified firms. MBE and WBE prime contractors will get no credit toward the contract goal for the use of their own workforce.
If the bidder can not achieve the Contract Goals established for the bid package, the bidder shall submit a Waiver Application on the form supplied by MWBED. Bidders may submit waiver applications to MWBED up to two business days in advance of the bid due date to obtain advance approval of the waiver, or the application may be submitted without advance approval with the bid package. Bidders who submit a Participation Plan that will achieve the Contract Goals are not required to submit a Waiver Application.
If a partial waiver is being requested, a Participation Plan listing the MBE and WBE certified firms that will be used to satisfy the portion of the goal that will be met, must be included. Partial waivers may be requested using the waiver application process discussed above. A faxed copy of the Letter of Commitment for each MBE and WBE firm that is listed in the Participation Plan must be provided by the Low Bidder to the appropriate department no later than 24 hours after the bid due date and time. The original letter(s) must be provided upon receipt.
MWBED will review Applications for MBE and WBE Program Waivers and make a determination as to the bidder's responsiveness and good faith efforts. Evidence of efforts should be included with the waiver form. Any combination of the following criteria may be utilized in determining whether good faith efforts have been made:
A. Notice to MBE and WBEs. Whether and when the bidder provided written notice, by mail, hand delivery, facsimile or electronic transmission to all qualified MBE and WBEs that perform the type of work to be subcontracted and advising the MBE and WBEs:
1. of the subject work the bidder intends to subcontract;
2. that their interest in Subcontracts is being solicited;
3. how to obtain information for the review and inspection of Contract plans and specifications; and
4. how to bid on the subcontracting opportunities and deadlines.
B. Economically Feasible Subcontract. Whether the bidder selected economically feasible portions of the work to be performed by an MBE and WBE, including, when appropriate, breaking Subcontracts into smaller pieces or combining elements of work into economically feasible units. The ability of the bidder to perform the work with its own forces will not excuse the bidder from making positive efforts to meet the MBE and WBE goals.
DAPW 26 SUP 1 Rev 7-07 Page 3 of 6 C. Consideration of all MBE and WBE Quotations. Whether the bidder considered all quotations received from MBE and WBEs and, for those quotations not accepted, an explanation of why the MBE and WBE will not be used during the course of the Project. Receipt of a lower quotation from a non-MBE and WBE will not, in itself, excuse bidder's failure to meet the MBE and WBE goals. Price alone does not constitute an acceptable basis for rejecting MBE and WBE subcontractor bids unless the bidder can demonstrate that a reasonable price was not obtained from an MBE and WBE.
D. MBE and WBE Barrier Assistance. Whether the bidder provided assistance to interested MBE and WBE firms: in reviewing the Contract plans and specifications or addressing other barriers to subcontracting.
E. Advertisement. Whether the bidder advertised to search for prospective MBE and WBEs to participate in the Contract.
F. Agency Assistance. Whether the bidder contacted any of the following agencies for the purpose of locating prospective MBE and WBEs:
1. Indiana Department of Administration Minority and Women's Business Enterprises Division 402 West Washington Street, Room W469 Indianapolis, IN 46204 (317) 232-3061 [email protected]
2. Indiana Business Diversity Council, Inc. 2126 North Meridian Street Indianapolis, IN 46202 (317) 921-2678 [email protected]
G. Research Participation Areas. Whether the bidder made efforts to research other possible areas of participation including supplying, shipping, engineering and any other role that may contribute to the production and delivery of the products or services needed to fulfill the Contract.
H. Response Time. The time the bidder allowed for a meaningful response to its solicitations.
I. Documentation of Statements from MBE and WBEs. Any documentation or statements received from MBE and WBEs who have been listed as having been contacted by the bidder.
J. Availability of MBE and WBEs. The availability of MBE and WBEs to perform the work and the availability, or lack of availability, of MBE and WBEs in the location where the work is to be performed.
K. Other Criteria. Any other criteria deemed appropriate by MWBED.
DAPW 26 SUP 1 Rev 7-07 Page 4 of 6 This list is not intended to be exclusive or exhaustive. The bidder may also submit documentation of other types of efforts that they have taken which reflect the quality, quantity and intensity of those efforts.
When evaluating Waiver Applications, MWBED reserves the right to verify that any information supplied on the Participation Plan and Wavier Application is accurate. By the submittal of a bid, the bidder acknowledges the right of MWBED to ensure compliance with the Participation Program and thereby agrees to provide, upon request, earnest, diligent and prompt cooperation in MWBED's verification process.
In cases where MWBED concludes the bidder's Participation Plan and the Waiver Application is deficient through no fault of the bidder, the bidder may be instructed to submit a modified Participation Plan within five (5) working days from the date of such notice. Failure to submit the modified Participation Plan within the specified period of time, may result in the bid being considered non-responsive and may be rejected.
In cases where MWBED concludes that the Participation Plan and Waiver Application is deficient or in cases where MWBED has determined that the bidder has not cooperated with its efforts to verify the submitted documentation, a bid may be considered non-responsive and may be rejected.
If the established Contract Goals are not achieved but the Waiver Application is granted, the bid will be considered responsive. If the established Contract Goals are not achieved and the Waiver Application is denied, a bid may be considered non-responsive and may be rejected.
Failure to provide the Participation Plan and/or a Waiver Application accounting for the total participation goal set for the project will result in the bid being considered non-responsive and the bid may be rejected.
By submission of a bid, a bidder thereby acknowledges and agrees to be bound by the regulatory process set forth in 25 IAC 5.
A bidder who knowingly or intentionally misrepresents the truth about either the status of a firm that is being proposed as an MBE and WBE or who misrepresents the level of the nature of the amount to be subcontracted to the MBE and WBE may suffer penalties pursuant to Indiana Code 5-16-6.5-5.
A Contractor who knowingly or intentionally misrepresents the truth about his/her status as an MBE and WBE or who misrepresents the level or the nature of the amount subcontracted to his/her firm may suffer penalties pursuant to Indiana Code 35-44-2-1.
V . C ompliance
Contractors shall contract with all MBE and WBE firms listed on the Participation Plan. The subcontract or purchase order shall be for an amount that is equal to, or greater than, the total dollar amount listed on the form.
Contractors shall notify MWBED immediately if any firm listed on the Participation Plan refuses to enter into a subcontract or fails to perform according to the requirements of the subcontract.
The Contractor's proposed MBE and WBE Contract Goals will become incorporated into and a requirement of the Contract. Contractors shall not substitute, replace or terminate any MBE and WBE firm without prior written authorization from MWBED and the Owner.
Contractors shall cooperate and participate in compliance reviews as determined necessary by MWBED. Contractors shall provide all necessary documentation to show proof of compliance with the requirements as requested by MWBED.
DAPW 26 SUP 1 Rev 7-07 Page 5 of 6 V I . Non C ompliance
A bid governed by this policy that does not meet the participation goals or does not receive an approved waiver will NOT be considered.
After the bid is awarded and if it is determined by MWBED that the Contractor is not in compliance with this Participation Program, MWBED will notify the Contractor within ten (10) days after the initial compliance review or the site visit and identify the deficiencies found and the required corrective action that should be taken to remedy the deficiencies within a specific time period.
If a Contractor is found non-compliant, the Contractor must submit, in writing, a specific commitment, in writing, to correct the deficiencies. The commitment must include the precise action to be taken and the date for completion.
If MWBED determines the Contractor has failed to comply with the provisions of this Participation Program, Contractor's Utilization Statement or 25 IAC 5, IDOA may impose any or all of the following sanctions:
a. Withholding payment on the Contract until such time that satisfactory corrective measures are made.
b. Adjustment to payments due or the permanent withholding of retainages of the Contract.
c. Suspension or termination of the specific Contract in which the deficiency is known to exist. In the event this sanction is employed, the Contractor will be held liable for any consequential damages arising from the suspension or termination of the Contract, including damages caused as a result of the delay or from increased prices incurred in securing the performance of the balance of the work by other Contractors.
d. Recommendation to the certification board to revoke the contractor’s certification status with the Public Works Division of IDOA. This recommendation may result in the suspension or revocation of the contractor’s ability to perform on future state contracts for a period no longer than thirty-six (36) months.
e. Continued non-compliance may be deemed a material breach of the agreement between MWBED and Contractor, whereupon MWBED shall have all the rights and remedies available to it under the Contract or at law.
f. Suspension, revocation, or denial of the MBE or WBE certification and eligibility to participate in the MBE or WBE program for a period of not more than thirty-six (36) months.
VII. F or ms and Attachments
Minority Participation Plan Good Faith Efforts Worksheet
DAPW 26 SUP 1 Rev 7-07 Page 6 of 6 STATE OF INDIANA’S STANDARD CONTRACT FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION PROJECT (for projects estimated more than $150,000) WORKS PROJECTNUMBER XXXXX [INSERT] PROJECT DESCRIPTION [INSERT] INSTITUTION/DEPARTMENT
THIS IS A PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT (“Contract”), entered into by and between the Indiana Department of Administration’s Public Works Division (“State”) and XXXXXXXXXX (“Contractor”), executed pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth herein and is governed by Indiana Code 4-13.6, et seq .
1. Definitions. The following definition applies throughout this Contract:
For purposes of the State’s Public Works Project Number XXXXX (“Project”), the term “Contract Documents” shall mean and include the following: this Contract and the Project Bid Package, which includes the Contractor’s Application for Pre-Qualification, the Public Work’s Solicitation for Quotation (DAPW 30), Bid Documentation, Pre-Contract Document, General Conditions (DAPW 26), Supplementary Conditions, Instructions to Bidders, Drawings, Specifications, and Addenda issued by the State in connection with the Project and prior to the submission of the Contractor’s Proposal.
Subject to Section 39, Order of Precedence, Incorporation by Reference , of this Contract, Contract Documents shall also consist of the Contractor’s Proposal and Response, as well as any other documentation submitted by it in response to the Project (hereinafter collectively referred to as “Contractor’s Proposal”).
Additionally, Contract Documents shall include any subsequent amendments, change orders and any written interpretations issued as field orders by the Designer pursuant to General Conditions, Article 1.2 (DAPW 26) and all field orders for minor changes by the Designer pursuant to General Conditions, Article 12.3 (DAPW 26). Change orders and amendments shall be executed in the manner authorized by Section 35, Merger and Modification , of this Contract.
When applicable, Contract Documents shall include the Performance Bond and/or the Labor and Materials Payment Bond, as required by IC 4-13.6-7-6 and IC 4-13.6-7-7, and fully described and captured in the General Conditions (DAPW 26).
The Contract Documents are specifically and collectively incorporated herein by reference.
2. Duties of Contractor. The Contractor shall furnish all labor and materials, perform all of the work, and otherwise fulfill all of its obligations in conformance with the Contract Documents. These duties are described and captured in the Contract Documents. The Contractor agrees that not less than twenty percent (20%) of the work, measured in dollar volume, will be performed by its own forces. Any subcontractor employed for any part of this Contract awarded in excess of One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00) shall be qualified with the State of Indiana’s Public Works Division Certification Board and shall have a valid Certificate of Qualification in the prime classification of work for this Contract.
3. Consideration. All payments provided herein are subject to appropriations made and funds allocated as provided by laws of the State of Indiana. The State shall pay the Contractor for performance of this Contract in current funds as follows:
Page 1 of 17 DAPW 33 REV 8/14 BASE BID: $XXXXXX.00 ALTERNATE(S): TOTAL CONTRACT PRICE: $XXXXXX.00
4. Term. The work to be performed under this Contract shall commence within ten (10) days of the last signatory to this Contract. The work shall be completed within XXX calendar days.
5. Conflict of Interest. As used in this section:
“Immediate family” means the spouse, partner, housemate or the unemancipated children of an individual, as defined by 42 Indiana Administrative Code 1-3-13. “Interested party," means: 1. The individual executing this Contract; 2. An individual who has an ownership interest of three percent (3%) or more of the Contractor, if the Contractor is not an individual; or 3. Any member of the immediate family of an individual specified under Subdivision 1 or 2. “State” means the Indiana Department of Administration. “State employee” means a state employee, a special state appointee or a state officer, as defined by IC 4-2-6-1(a)(9), (a)(18) and (a)(19), respectively.
A. The Contractor covenants that it neither has, nor will it have, a direct or indirect financial interest by way of an interested party in any other contract connected or associated with this Contract. The Contractor further represents and warrants that no state employee, who is an interested party of the Contractor as sole proprietor, or who serves as an officer, director, trustee, partner or employee of the Contractor as a legal business entity, participated in any decision or vote of any kind in the award of this Contract. As such and by the execution of this Contract, the Contractor represents and warrants that the result of this Contract does not and will not create a conflict of interest under IC 4-2- 6-9 or IC 4-2-6-10.5.
B. The State may cancel this Contract, without recourse by the Contractor, if an interested party is a state employee and a violation of IC 4-2-6-9 or IC 4-2-6-10.5 has occurred.
C. The State will not exercise its right of cancellation under Section B above, if the Contractor provides the State an opinion from the State Ethics Commission indicating that the existence of this Contract and the employment by the State of the interested party does not violate any statute or rule relating to ethical conduct of state employees. The State may take action, including cancellation of this Contract, consistent with an opinion of the State Ethics Commission obtained under this Section.
D. The Contractor has an affirmative obligation under this Contract to disclose to the State when an interested party is or becomes a state employee. The obligation under this section extends only to those facts that the Contractor knows or reasonably should know.
6. Licensing Standards. The Contractor and its employees and subcontractors shall comply with all applicable licensing standards, certification standards, accrediting standards and any other laws, rules or regulations governing services to be provided by the Contractor pursuant to this Contract. The State shall not be required to pay the Contractor for any services performed when the Contractor, its employees or subcontractors are not in compliance with such applicable standards, laws, rules or regulations. If
Page 2 of 17 DAPW 33 REV 8/14 licensure, certification or accreditation expires or is revoked, or if disciplinary action is taken against the applicable licensure, certification or accreditation, the Contractor shall notify the State immediately and the State, at its option, may immediately terminate this Contract.
7. Escrow Agreement. Contemporaneously with the execution of this Contract, the parties may provide for the escrow of retained portions of payments to the Contractor by entering into a separate Escrow Agreement, pursuant to IC 4-13.6-7, with an escrow agent described in IC 4-13.6-7-2(b). Should the Contractor elect to escrow retainage, the Escrow Agreement will become a part of this contract as if fully contained herein.
8. Contractor’s Certification. The Contractor certifies that it has been pre-qualified by the State of Indiana’s Public Works Division Certification Board to perform the work and furnish the services required by this Project. The Contractor further certifies that all information and documentation submitted by it in its Application for Prequalification Certification, the Contractor’s Proposal and submitted in response to the Project, is true, accurate and complete as of the date of this Contract’s effectiveness. The Contractor shall immediately notify the State of any material change to such information. The Contractor shall immediately notify the State if, during the course of performance of this Contract, it or any of its principals are proposed for debarment or ineligibility, or become debarred or declared ineligible, from entering into contracts with the federal government or any department, agency or political subdivision of the State.
9. Contractor Employee Drug Testing. Pursuant to IC 4-13-18, the Contractor shall implement the employee drug testing program submitted as part of its Contractor’s Proposal. The State may cancel this Contract if it determines that the Contractor:
A. Has failed to implement its employee drug testing program during the term of this Contract;
B. Has failed to provide information regarding implementation of the Contractor’s employee drug testing program at the request of the State; or
C. Has provided to the State false information regarding the Contractor's employee drug testing program.
10. Access to Records . The Contractor and its subcontractors, if any, shall maintain all books, documents, papers, accounting records, and other evidence pertaining to all costs incurred under this Contract. They shall make such materials available at their respective offices at all reasonable times during this Contract, and for three (3) years from the date of final payment under this Contract, for inspection by the State or its authorized designees. Copies shall be furnished at no cost to the State if requested.
11. Assignment; Successors . The Contractor binds its successors and assignees to all the terms and conditions of this Contract. The Contractor shall not assign or subcontract the whole or any part of this Contract without the State’s prior written consent. The Contractor may assign its right to receive payments to such third parties as the Contractor may desire without the prior written consent of the State, provided that the Contractor gives written notice (including evidence of such assignment) to the State thirty (30) days in advance of any payment so assigned. The assignment shall cover all unpaid amounts under this Contract and shall not be made to more than one party.
12. Assignment of Antitrust Claims. As part of the consideration for the award of this Contract, the Contractor assigns to the State all right, title and interest in and to any claims the Contractor now has, or
Page 3 of 17 DAPW 33 REV 8/14 may acquire, under state or federal antitrust laws relating to the products or services which are the subject of this Contract.
13. Audits . The Contractor acknowledges that it may be required to submit to an audit of funds paid through this Contract. Any such audit shall be conducted in accordance with IC §5-11-1, et seq. , and audit guidelines specified by the State.
The State considers the Contractor to be a “vendor” for purposes of this Contract. However, if required by applicable provisions of the Office of Management and Budget Circular A-133 (Audits of States, Local Governments, and Non-Profit Organizations), following the expiration of this Contract the Contractor shall arrange for a financial and compliance audit of funds provided by the State pursuant to this Contract. Such audit is to be conducted by an independent public or certified public accountant (or as applicable, the Indiana State Board of Accounts), and performed in accordance with Indiana State Board of Accounts publication entitled “Uniform Compliance Guidelines for Examination of Entities Receiving Financial Assistance from Governmental Sources,” and applicable provisions of the Office of Management and Budget Circulars A-133 (Audits of States, Local Governments, and Non-Profit Organizations). The Contractor is responsible for ensuring that the audit and any management letters are completed and forwarded to the State in accordance with the terms of this Contract. Audits conducted pursuant to this paragraph must be submitted no later than nine (9) months following the close of the Contractor’s fiscal year. The Contractor agrees to provide the Indiana State Board of Accounts and the State an original of all financial and compliance audits. The audit shall be an audit of the actual entity, or distinct portion thereof that is the Contractor, and not of a parent, member, or subsidiary corporation of the Contractor, except to the extent such an expanded audit may be determined by the Indiana State Board of Accounts or the State to be in the best interests of the State. The audit shall include a statement from the Auditor that the Auditor has reviewed this Contract and that the Contractor is not out of compliance with the financial aspects of this Contract.
14. Authority to Bind Contractor . The signatory for the Contractor represents that he/she has been duly authorized to execute this Contract on behalf of the Contractor and has obtained all necessary or applicable approvals to make this Contract fully binding upon the Contractor when his/her signature is affixed, and accepted by the State.
15. Changes in Work . The Contractor shall not commence any additional work or change the scope of the work until authorized in writing by the State. The Contractor shall make no claim for additional compensation in the absence of a prior written approval and amendment executed by all signatories hereto. This Contract may only be amended, supplemented or modified by a written document executed in the same manner as this Contract.
16. Compliance with Laws.
A. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable federal, state, and local laws, rules, regulations, and ordinances, and all provisions required thereby to be included herein are hereby incorporated by reference. The enactment or modification of any applicable state or federal statute or the promulgation of rules or regulations thereunder after execution of this Contract shall be reviewed by the State and the Contractor to determine whether the provisions of this Contract require formal modification.
B. The Contractor and its agents shall abide by all ethical requirements that apply to persons who have a business relationship with the State as set forth in IC §4-2-6, et seq ., IC §4-2- 7, et seq ., the regulations promulgated thereunder, and Executive Order 04-08, dated April 27, 2004. If the Contractor is not familiar with these ethical requirements, the
Page 4 of 17 DAPW 33 REV 8/14 Contractor should refer any questions to the Indiana State Ethics Commission, or visit the Inspector General’s website at http://www.in.gov/ig/. If the Contractor or its agents violate any applicable ethical standards, the State may, in its sole discretion, terminate this Contract immediately upon notice to the Contractor. In addition, the Contractor may be subject to penalties under IC §§4-2-6, 4-2-7, 35-44-1-3, and under any other applicable laws.
C. The Contractor certifies by entering into this Contract that neither it nor its principal(s) is presently in arrears in payment of taxes, permit fees or other statutory, regulatory or judicially required payments to the State of Indiana. The Contractor agrees that any payments currently due to the State of Indiana may be withheld from payments due to the Contractor. Additionally, further work or payments may be withheld, delayed, or denied and/or this Contract suspended until the Contractor is current in its payments and has submitted proof of such payment to the State.
D. The Contractor warrants that it has no current, pending or outstanding criminal, civil, or enforcement actions initiated by the State, and agrees that it will immediately notify the State of any such actions. During the term of such actions, the Contractor agrees that the State may delay, withhold, or deny work under any supplement, amendment, change order or other contractual device issued pursuant to this Contract.
E. If a valid dispute exists as to the Contractor’s liability or guilt in any action initiated by the State or its agencies, and the State decides to delay, withhold, or deny work to the Contractor, the Contractor may request that it be allowed to continue, or receive work, without delay. The Contractor must submit, in writing, a request for review to the Indiana Department of Administration (IDOA) following the procedures for disputes outlined herein. A determination by IDOA shall be binding on the parties. Any payments that the State may delay, withhold, deny, or apply under this section shall not be subject to penalty or interest, except as permitted by IC §5-17-5.
F. The Contractor warrants that the Contractor and its subcontractors, if any, shall obtain and maintain all required permits, licenses, registrations, and approvals, and shall comply with all health, safety, and environmental statutes, rules, or regulations in the performance of work activities for the State. Failure to do so may be deemed a material breach of this Contract and grounds for immediate termination and denial of further work with the State.
G. The Contractor affirms that, if it is an entity described in IC Title 23, it is properly registered and owes no outstanding reports to the Indiana Secretary of State.
H. As required by IC §5-22-3-7:
(1) The Contractor and any principals of the Contractor certify that:
(A) The Contractor, except for de minimis and nonsystematic violations, has not violated the terms of: (i) IC §24-4.7 [Telephone Solicitation Of Consumers]; (ii) IC §24-5-12 [Telephone Solicitations]; or (iii) IC §24-5-14 [Regulation of Automatic Dialing Machines];
Page 5 of 17 DAPW 33 REV 8/14 in the previous three hundred sixty-five (365) days, even if IC §24-4.7 is preempted by federal law; and
(B) The Contractor will not violate the terms of IC §24-4.7 for the duration of the Contract, even if IC §24-4.7 is preempted by federal law.
(2) The Contractor and any principals of the Contractor certify that an affiliate or principal of the Contractor and any agent acting on behalf of the Contractor or on behalf of an affiliate or principal of the Contractor, except for de minimis and nonsystematic violations,
(A) Has not violated the terms of IC §24-4.7 in the previous three hundred sixty-five (365) days, even if IC §24-4.7 is preempted by federal law; and
(B) Will not violate the terms of IC §24-4.7 for the duration of the Contract, even if IC §24-4.7 is preempted by federal law.
I. As required by IC §5-22-16.5, the Contractor certifies that the Contractor is not engaged in investment activities in Iran. Providing false certification may result in the consequences listed in IC §5-22-16.5-14 including termination of this Contract, denial of future state contracts, as well as an imposition of a civil penalty.
17. Condition of Payment . All services provided by the Contractor under this Contract must be performed to the State’s reasonable satisfaction, as determined at the discretion of the undersigned State representative and in accordance with all applicable federal, state, local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations. The State shall not be required to pay for work found to be unsatisfactory, inconsistent with this Contract or performed in violation of and federal, state or local statute, ordinance, rule or regulation.
18. Confidentiality of State Information . The Contractor understands and agrees that data, materials, and information disclosed to the Contractor may contain confidential and protected information. The Contractor covenants that data, material, and information gathered, based upon or disclosed to the Contractor for the purpose of this Contract will not be disclosed to or discussed with third parties without the prior written consent of the State.
The parties acknowledge that the services to be performed by Contractor for the State under this Contract may require or allow access to data, materials, and information containing Social Security numbers maintained by the State in its computer system or other records. In addition to the covenant made above in this section and pursuant to 10 IAC 5-3-1(4), the Contractor and the State agree to comply with the provisions of IC §4-1-10 and IC §4-1-11. If any Social Security number(s) is/are disclosed by Contractor, Contractor agrees to pay the cost of the notice of disclosure of a breach of the security of the system in addition to any other claims and expenses for which it is liable under the terms of this Contract.
19. Continuity of Services.
A. The Contractor recognizes that the service(s) to be performed under this Contract are vital to the State and must be continued without interruption and that, upon Contract expiration, a successor, either the State or another contractor, may continue them. The Contractor agrees to:
1. Furnish phase-in training; and
Page 6 of 17 DAPW 33 REV 8/14 2. Exercise its best efforts and cooperation to effect an orderly and efficient transition to a successor.
B. The Contractor shall, upon the State's written notice:
1. Furnish phase-in, phase-out services for up to sixty (60) days after this Contract expires; and 2. Negotiate in good faith a plan with a successor to determine the nature and extent of phase-in, phase-out services required. The plan shall specify a training program and a date for transferring responsibilities for each division of work described in the plan, and shall be subject to the State's approval. The Contractor shall provide sufficient experienced personnel during the phase-in, phase-out period to ensure that the services called for by this Contract are maintained at the required level of proficiency.
C. The Contractor shall allow as many personnel as practicable to remain on the job to help the successor maintain the continuity and consistency of the services required by this Contract. The Contractor also shall disclose necessary personnel records and allow the successor to conduct on-site interviews with these employees. If selected employees are agreeable to the change, the Contractor shall release them at a mutually agreeable date and negotiate transfer of their earned fringe benefits to the successor.
D. The Contractor shall be reimbursed for all reasonable phase-in, phase-out costs (i.e., costs incurred within the agreed period after contract expiration that result from phase-in, phase-out operations).
20. Debarment and Suspension.
A. The Contractor certifies by entering into this Contract that neither it nor its principals nor any of its subcontractors are presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible or voluntarily excluded from entering into this Contract by any federal agency or by any department, agency or political subdivision of the State of Indiana. The term “principal” for purposes of this Contract means an officer, director, owner, partner, key employee or other person with primary management or supervisory responsibilities, or a person who has a critical influence on or substantive control over the operations of the Contractor.
B. The Contractor certifies that it has verified the state and federal suspension and debarment status for all subcontractors receiving funds under this Contract and shall be solely responsible for any recoupment, penalties or costs that might arise from use of a suspended or debarred subcontractor. The Contractor shall immediately notify the State if any subcontractor becomes debarred or suspended, and shall, at the State’s request, take all steps required by the State to terminate its contractual relationship with the subcontractor for work to be performed under this Contract.
21. Default by State . If the State, sixty (60) days after receipt of written notice, fails to correct or cure any material breach of this Contract, the Contractor may cancel and terminate this Contract and institute measures to collect monies due up to and including the date of termination.
Page 7 of 17 DAPW 33 REV 8/14 22. Disputes.
A. Should any disputes arise with respect to this Contract, the Contractor and the State agree to act immediately to resolve such disputes. Time is of the essence in the resolution of disputes.
B. The Contractor agrees that, the existence of a dispute notwithstanding, it will continue without delay to carry out all of its responsibilities under this Contract that are not affected by the dispute. Should the Contractor fail to continue to perform its responsibilities regarding all non-disputed work, without delay, any additional costs incurred by the State or the Contractor as a result of such failure to proceed shall be borne by the Contractor, and the Contractor shall make no claim against the State for such costs.
C. If a party to the Contract is not satisfied with the progress toward resolving a dispute, the party must notify in writing the other party of this dissatisfaction. Upon written notice, the parties have ten (10) working days, unless the parties mutually agree to extend this period, following the notification to resolve the dispute. If the dispute is not resolved within ten (10) working days, a dissatisfied party shall submit the dispute in writing according to the following procedure:
The parties agree to resolve such matters through submission in writing of their dispute to the Commissioner of the Indiana Department of Administration. The Commissioner shall reduce a decision to writing and mail or otherwise furnish a copy thereof to the Contractor and the State within ten (10) working days after presentation of such dispute for action. The presentation may include a period of negotiations, clarifications, and mediation sessions and will not terminate until the Commissioner or one of the parties concludes that the presentation period is over. The Commissioner’s decision shall be final and conclusive administrative decision unless either party mails or otherwise furnishes to the Commissioner, within ten (10) working days after receipt of the Commissioner’s decision, a written appeal. Within ten (10) working days of receipt by the Commissioner of a written request for appeal, the decision may be reconsidered. If no reconsideration is provided within ten (10) working days, the parties may mutually agree to submit the dispute to arbitration or mediation for a determination. If a party is not satisfied with the Commissioner’s ultimate decision, the dissatisfied party may submit the dispute to an Indiana court of competent jurisdiction.
D. The State may withhold payments on disputed items pending resolution of the dispute. The unintentional nonpayment by the State to the Contractor of one or more invoices not in dispute in accordance with the terms of this Contract will not be cause for the Contractor to terminate this Contract, and the Contractor may bring suit to collect these amounts without following the disputes procedure contained herein.
23. Drug-Free Workplace Certification. As required by Executive Order No. 90-5 dated April 12, 1990, issued by the Governor of Indiana, the Contractor hereby covenants and agrees to make a good faith effort to provide and maintain a drug-free workplace. The Contractor will give written notice to the State within ten (10) days after receiving actual notice that the Contractor, or an employee of the
Page 8 of 17 DAPW 33 REV 8/14 Contractor in the State of Indiana, has been convicted of a criminal drug violation occurring in the workplace. False certification or violation of this certification may result in sanctions including, but not limited to, suspension of contract payments, termination of this Contract and/or debarment of contracting opportunities with the State for up to three (3) years.
In addition to the provisions of the above paragraph, if the total amount set forth in this Contract is in excess of $25,000.00, the Contractor certifies and agrees that it will provide a drug-free workplace by:
A. Publishing and providing to all of its employees a statement notifying them that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the Contractor’s workplace, and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition;
B. Establishing a drug-free awareness program to inform its employees of (1) the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace; (2) the Contractor’s policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace; (3) any available drug counseling, rehabilitation and employee assistance programs; and (4) the penalties that may be imposed upon an employee for drug abuse violations occurring in the workplace;
C. Notifying all employees in the statement required by subparagraph (A) above that as a condition of continued employment, the employee will (1) abide by the terms of the statement; and (2) notify the Contractor of any criminal drug statute conviction for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than five (5) days after such conviction;
D. Notifying the State in writing within ten (10) days after receiving notice from an employee under subdivision (C)(2) above, or otherwise receiving actual notice of such conviction;
E. Within thirty (30) days after receiving notice under subdivision (C)(2) above of a conviction, imposing the following sanctions or remedial measures on any employee who is convicted of drug abuse violations occurring in the workplace: (1) taking appropriate personnel action against the employee, up to and including termination; or (2) requiring such employee to satisfactorily participate in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program approved for such purposes by a federal, state or local health, law enforcement, or other appropriate agency; and
F. Making a good faith effort to maintain a drug-free workplace through the implementation of subparagraphs (A) through (E) above.
24. Employment Eligibility Verification. As required by IC §22-5-1.7, the Contractor swears or affirms under the penalties of perjury that:
A. The Contractor does not knowingly employ an unauthorized alien.
B. The Contractor shall enroll in and verify the work eligibility status of all his/her/its newly hired employees through the E-Verify program as defined in IC §22-5-1.7-3. The Contractor is not required to participate should the E-Verify program cease to exist. Additionally, the Contractor is not required to participate if the Contractor is self- employed and does not employ any employees.
Page 9 of 17 DAPW 33 REV 8/14 C. The Contractor shall not knowingly employ or contract with an unauthorized alien. The Contractor shall not retain an employee or contract with a person that the Contractor subsequently learns is an unauthorized alien.
D. The Contractor shall require his/her/its subcontractors who perform work under this Contract to certify to the Contractor that the subcontractor does not knowingly employ or contract with an unauthorized alien and that the subcontractor has enrolled and is participating in the E-Verify program. The Contractor agrees to maintain this certification throughout the duration of the term of a contract with a subcontractor.
The State may terminate for default if the Contractor fails to cure a breach of this provision no later than thirty (30) days after being notified by the State.
25. Employment Option . If the State determines that it would be in the State’s best interest to hire an employee of the Contractor, the Contractor will release the selected employee from any non-competition agreements that may be in effect. This release will be at no cost to the State or the employee.
26. Force Majeure . In the event that either party is unable to perform any of its obligations under this Contract or to enjoy any of its benefits because of natural disaster or decrees of governmental bodies not the fault of the affected party (hereinafter referred to as a “Force Majeure Event”), the party who has been so affected shall immediately give notice to the other party and shall do everything possible to resume performance. Upon receipt of such notice, all obligations under this Contract shall be immediately suspended. If the period of nonperformance exceeds thirty (30) days from the receipt of notice of the Force Majeure Event, the party whose ability to perform has not been so affected may, by giving written notice, terminate this Contract.
27. Funding Cancellation . When the Director of the State Budget Agency makes a written determination that funds are not appropriated or otherwise available to support continuation of performance of this Contract, this Contract shall be canceled. A determination by the Director of State Budget Agency that funds are not appropriated or otherwise available to support continuation of performance shall be final and conclusive.
28. Governing Law . This Contract shall be governed, construed, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Indiana, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Suit, if any, must be brought in the State of Indiana.
29. HIPAA Compliance. If this Contract involves services, activities or products subject to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA), the Contractor covenants that it will appropriately safeguard Protected Health Information (defined in 45 CFR 160.103), and agrees that it is subject to, and shall comply with, the provisions of 45 CFR 164 Subpart E regarding use and disclosure of Protected Health Information.
30. Indemnification . The Contractor agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the State, its agents, officials, and employees from all claims and suits including court costs, attorney’s fees, and other expenses caused by any act or omission of the Contractor and/or its subcontractors, if any, in the performance of this Contract. The State shall not provide such indemnification to the Contractor.
31. Independent Contractor; Workers’ Compensation Insurance. The Contractor is performing as an independent entity under this Contract. No part of this Contract shall be construed to represent the creation of an employment, agency, partnership or joint venture agreement between the parties. Neither party will assume liability for any injury (including death) to any persons, or damage to any property,
Page 10 of 17 DAPW 33 REV 8/14 arising out of the acts or omissions of the agents, employees or subcontractors of the other party. The Contractor shall provide all necessary unemployment and workers’ compensation insurance for the Contractor’s employees, and shall provide the State with a Certificate of Insurance evidencing such coverage prior to starting work under this Contract.
32. Information Technology Enterprise Architecture Requirements. If the Contractor provides any information technology related products or services to the State, the Contractor shall comply with all IOT standards, policies and guidelines, which are online at http://iot.in.gov/architecture/. The Contractor specifically agrees that all hardware, software and services provided to or purchased by the State shall be compatible with the principles and goals contained in the electronic and information technology accessibility standards adopted under Section 508 of the Federal Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 794d) and IC §4-13.1-3. Any deviation from these architecture requirements must be approved in writing by IOT in advance. The State may terminate this Contract for default if the Contractor fails to cure a breach of this provision within a reasonable time.
33. Insurance
A. The Contractor and their subcontractors ( if any) shall secure and keep in force during the term of this Contract the following insurance coverages (if applicable) covering the Contractor for any and all claims of any nature which may in any manner arise out of or result from Contractor’s performance under this Contract:
1. Commercial general liability, including contractual coverage, and products or completed operations coverage (if applicable), with minimum liability limits not less than $700,000 per person and $5,000,000 per occurrence unless additional coverage is required by the State. The State is to be named as an additional insured on a primary, non-contributory basis for any liability arising directly or indirectly under or in connection with this Contract.
2. Automobile liability for owned, non-owned and hired autos with minimum liability limits of $700,000 per person and $5,000,000 per occurrence. The State is to be named as an additional insured on a primary, non-contributory basis.
3. The Contractor shall secure the appropriate Surety or Fidelity Bond(s) as required by the state department served or by applicable statute.
4. The Contractor shall provide proof of such insurance coverage by tendering to the undersigned State representative a certificate of insurance prior to the commencement of this Contract and proof of workers’ compensation coverage meeting all statutory requirements of IC §22-3-2. In addition, proof of an “all states endorsement” covering claims occurring outside the State is required if any of the services provided under this Contract involve work outside of Indiana.
B. The Contractor’s insurance coverage must meet the following additional requirements:
1. The insurer must have a certificate of authority or other appropriate authorization to operate in the state in which the policy was issued.
2. Any deductible or self-insured retention amount or other similar obligation under the insurance policies shall be the sole obligation of the Contractor.
Page 11 of 17 DAPW 33 REV 8/14 3. The State will be defended, indemnified and held harmless to the full extent of any coverage actually secured by the Contractor in excess of the minimum requirements set forth above. The duty to indemnify the State under this Contract shall not be limited by the insurance required in this Contract.
4. The insurance required in this Contract, through a policy or endorsement(s), shall include a provision that the policy and endorsements may not be canceled or modified without thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the undersigned State agency.
5. The Contractor waives and agrees to require their insurer to waive their rights of subrogation against the State of Indiana.
C. Failure to provide insurance as required in this Contract may be deemed a material breach of contract entitling the State to immediately terminate this Contract. The Contractor shall furnish a certificate of insurance and all endorsements to the State before the commencement of this Contract.
34. Key Person(s) .
A. If both parties have designated that certain individual(s) are essential to the services offered, the parties agree that should such individual(s) leave their employment during the term of this Contract for whatever reason, the State shall have the right to terminate this Contract upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice.
B. In the event that the Contractor is an individual, that individual shall be considered a key person and, as such, essential to this Contract. Substitution of another for the Contractor shall not be permitted without express written consent of the State.
Nothing in Sections A and B, above shall be construed to prevent the Contractor from using the services of others to perform tasks ancillary to those tasks which directly require the expertise of the key person. Examples of such ancillary tasks include secretarial, clerical, and common labor duties. The Contractor shall, at all times, remain responsible for the performance of all necessary tasks, whether performed by a key person or others.
Key person(s) to this Contract is/are: N/A
35. Merger & Modification . This Contract constitutes the entire agreement between the parties. No understandings, agreements, or representations, oral or written, not specified within this Contract will be valid provisions of this Contract. This Contract may not be modified, supplemented, or amended, except by written agreement signed by all necessary parties.
36. Minority and Women’s Business Enterprises Compliance. Award of this Contract was based, in part, on the Minority and/or Women’s Business Enterprise (“MBE” and/or “WBE”) participation plan . The following certified MBE or WBE subcontractors will be participating in this Contract:
MBE/WBE PHONE COMPANY NAME SCOPE OF PRODUCTS and/or SERVICES UTILIZATION DATE PERCENT
Terms for participation are as provided in the Contractor’s Proposal to the State’s request for participation, which are described and captured in the Contract Documents.
Page 12 of 17 DAPW 33 REV 8/14 A copy of each subcontractor agreement must be submitted to IDOA’s MBE/WBE Division within thirty (30) days of the effective date of this Contract. Failure to provide a copy of any subcontractor agreement will be deemed a violation of the rules governing MBE/WBE procurement, and may result in sanctions allowable under 25 IAC 5-7-8. Failure to provide any subcontractor agreement may also be considered a material breach of this Contract. The Contractor must obtain approval from IDOA’s MBE/WBE Division before changing the participation plan submitted in connection with this Contract.
The Contractor shall report payments made to MBE/WBE Division subcontractors under this Contract on a monthly basis. Monthly reports shall be made using the online audit tool, commonly referred to as “Pay Audit.” MBE/WBE Division subcontractor payments shall also be reported to the Division as reasonably requested and in a format to be determined by Division.
37. Nondiscrimination . Pursuant to the Indiana Civil Rights Law, specifically including IC §22-9-1-10, and in keeping with the purposes of the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, and the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Contractor covenants that it shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment relating to this Contract with respect to the hire, tenure, terms, conditions or privileges of employment or any matter directly or indirectly related to employment, because of the employee’s or applicant’s race, color, national origin, religion, sex, age, disability, ancestry, status as a veteran, or any other characteristic protected by federal, state, or local law (“Protected Characteristics”). Contractor certifies compliance with applicable federal laws, regulations, and executive orders prohibiting discrimination based on the Protected Characteristics in the provision of services. Breach of this paragraph may be regarded as a material breach of this Contract, but nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to imply or establish an employment relationship between the State and any applicant or employee of the Contractor or any subcontractor.
The State is a recipient of federal funds, and therefore, where applicable, Contractor and any subcontractors shall comply with requisite affirmative action requirements, including reporting, pursuant to 41 CFR Chapter 60, as amended, and Section 202 of Executive Order 11246.
38. Notice to Parties. Whenever any notice, statement or other communication is required under this Contract, it shall be sent to the following addresses, unless otherwise specifically advised.
A. Notices to the State shall be sent to: Public Works Divisions, Director Indiana Department of Administration 402 W Washington St Room W467 Indianapolis, IN 46204
B. Notices to the Contractor shall be sent to: [INSERT CONTRACTOR NAME] [INSERT CONTRACTOR ADDRESS]
C. As required by IC 4-13-2-14.8, payments to the Contractor shall be made via electronic funds transfer in accordance with instructions filed by the Contractor with the Indiana Auditor of State.
39. Order of Precedence; Incorporation by Reference. Any inconsistency or ambiguity in this Contract shall be resolved by giving precedence in the following order: (1) this Contract, (2) the Project Bid Package, (3) attachments prepared by the State; (4) Contractor’s Proposal; and (5) attachments prepared by the Contractor. All of the foregoing are incorporated fully by reference. All attachments, and all documents referred to in this paragraph are hereby incorporated fully by reference.
Page 13 of 17 DAPW 33 REV 8/14 40. Ownership of Documents and Materials. All documents, records, programs, data, film, tape, articles, memoranda, and other materials not developed or licensed by the Contractor prior to execution of this Contract, but specifically developed under this Contract shall be considered “work for hire” and the Contractor transfers any ownership claim to the State and all such materials will be the property of the State. Use of these materials, other than related to contract performance by the Contractor, without the prior written consent of the State, is prohibited. During the performance of this Contract, the Contractor shall be responsible for any loss of or damage to these materials developed for or supplied by the State and used to develop or assist in the services provided while the materials are in the possession of the Contractor. Any loss or damage thereto shall be restored at the Contractor’s expense. The Contractor shall provide the State full, immediate, and unrestricted access to the work product during the term of this Contract.
41. Payments .
A. All payments shall be made 35 days in arrears in conformance with State fiscal policies and procedures and, as required by IC §4-13-2-14.8, by electronic funds transfer to the financial institution designated by the Contractor in writing unless a specific waiver has been obtained from the Indiana Auditor of State. No payments will be made in advance of receipt of the goods or services that are the subject of this Contract except as permitted by IC §4-13-2-20.
B. The State Budget Agency and the Contractor acknowledge that Contractor is being paid in advance for the maintenance of equipment and / or software. Pursuant to IC §4-13-2- 20(b)(14), Contractor agrees that if it fails to perform the maintenance required under this Contract, upon receipt of written notice from the State, it shall promptly refund the consideration paid, pro-rated through the date of non-performance.
42. Penalties/Interest/Attorney’s Fees . The State will in good faith perform its required obligations hereunder and does not agree to pay any penalties, liquidated damages, interest or attorney’s fees, except as permitted by Indiana law, in part, IC §5-17-5, IC §34-54-8, IC §34-13-1 and IC § 34-52-2-3.
Notwithstanding the provisions contained in IC §5-17-5, any liability resulting from the State’s failure to make prompt payment shall be based solely on the amount of funding originating from the State and shall not be based on funding from federal or other sources.
43. Progress Reports . The Contractor shall submit progress reports to the State upon request. The report shall be oral, unless the State, upon receipt of the oral report, should deem it necessary to have it in written form. The progress reports shall serve the purpose of assuring the State that work is progressing in line with the schedule, and that completion can be reasonably assured on the scheduled date.
44. Public Record. The Contractor acknowledges that the State will not treat this Contract as containing confidential information, and will post this Contract on its website as required by Executive Order 05-07. Use by the public of the information contained in this Contract shall not be considered an act of the State.
45. Renewal Option . This Contract may be renewed under the same terms and conditions, subject to the approval of the Commissioner of the Department of Administration and the State Budget Director in compliance with IC §5-22-17-4. The term of the renewed contract may not be longer than the term of the original contract.
46. Severability . The invalidity of any section, subsection, clause or provision of this Contract shall not affect the validity of the remaining sections, subsections, clauses or provisions of this Contract.
Page 14 of 17 DAPW 33 REV 8/14 47. Substantial Performance. This Contract shall be deemed to be substantially performed only when fully performed according to its terms and conditions and any written amendments or supplements.
48. Taxes . The State is exempt from most state and local taxes and many federal taxes. The State will not be responsible for any taxes levied on the Contractor as a result of this Contract.
49. Termination for Convenience . This Contract may be terminated, in whole or in part, by the State, which shall include and is not limited to the Indiana Department of Administration and the State Budget Agency whenever, for any reason, the State determines that such termination is in its best interest. Termination of services shall be effected by delivery to the Contractor of a Termination Notice at least thirty (30) days prior to the termination effective date, specifying the extent to which performance of services under such termination becomes effective. The Contractor shall be compensated for services properly rendered prior to the effective date of termination. The State will not be liable for services performed after the effective date of termination. The Contractor shall be compensated for services herein provided but in no case shall total payment made to the Contractor exceed the original contract price or shall any price increase be allowed on individual line items if canceled only in part prior to the original termination date. For the purposes of this paragraph, the parties stipulate and agree that the Indiana Department of Administration shall be deemed to be a party to this agreement with authority to terminate the same for convenience when such termination is determined by the Commissioner of IDOA to be in the best interests of the State.
50. Termination for Default.
A. With the provision of thirty (30) days notice to the Contractor, the State may terminate this Contract in whole or in part if the Contractor fails to:
1. Correct or cure any breach of this Contract; the time to correct or cure the breach may be extended beyond thirty (30) days if the State determines progress is being made and the extension is agreed to by the parties; 2. Deliver the supplies or perform the services within the time specified in this Contract or any extension; 3. Make progress so as to endanger performance of this Contract; or 4. Perform any of the other provisions of this Contract.
B. If the State terminates this Contract in whole or in part, it may acquire, under the terms and in the manner the State considers appropriate, supplies or services similar to those terminated, and the Contractor will be liable to the State for any excess costs for those supplies or services. However, the Contractor shall continue the work not terminated.
C. The State shall pay the contract price for completed supplies delivered and services accepted. The Contractor and the State shall agree on the amount of payment for manufacturing materials delivered and accepted and for the protection and preservation of the property. Failure to agree will be a dispute under the Disputes clause. The State may withhold from these amounts any sum the State determines to be necessary to protect the State against loss because of outstanding liens or claims of former lien holders.
D. The rights and remedies of the State in this clause are in addition to any other rights and remedies provided by law or equity or under this Contract.
Page 15 of 17 DAPW 33 REV 8/14 51. Travel . No expenses for travel will be reimbursed unless specifically permitted under the scope of services or consideration provisions. Expenditures made by the Contractor for travel will be reimbursed at the current rate paid by the State and in accordance with the State Travel Policies and Procedures as specified in the current Financial Management Circular. Out-of-state travel requests must be reviewed by the State for availability of funds and for appropriateness per Circular guidelines.
52. Indiana Veteran’s Business Enterprise Compliance . Award of this Contract was based, in part, on the Indiana Veteran’s Business Enterprise (“IVBE”) participation plan. The following IVBE subcontractors will be participating in this Contract:
VBE PHONE COMPANY NAME SCOPE OF PRODUCTS and/or SERVICES UTILIZATION DATE PERCENT
N/A
A copy of each subcontractor agreement must be submitted to IDOA within thirty (30) days of the effective date of this Contract. Failure to provide any subcontractor agreement may also be considered a material breach of this Contract. The Contractor must obtain approval from IDOA’s MBE/WBE Division before changing the participation plan submitted in connection with this Contract.
The Contractor shall report payments made to IVBE subcontractors under this Contract on a monthly basis. Monthly reports shall be made using the online audit tool, commonly referred to as “Pay Audit.” IVBE subcontractor payments shall also be reported to IDOA as reasonably requested and in a format to be determined by IDOA.
53. Waiver of Rights . No right conferred on either party under this Contract shall be deemed waived, and no breach of this Contract excused, unless such waiver is in writing and signed by the party claimed to have waived such right. Neither the State’s review, approval or acceptance of, nor payment for, the services required under this Contract shall be construed to operate as a waiver of any rights under this Contract or of any cause of action arising out of the performance of this Contract, and the Contractor shall be and remain liable to the State in accordance with applicable law for all damages to the State caused by the Contractor’s negligent performance of any of the services furnished under this Contract.
54. Work Standards . The Contractor shall execute its responsibilities by following and applying at all times the highest professional and technical guidelines and standards. If the State becomes dissatisfied with the work product of or the working relationship with those individuals assigned to work on this Contract, the State may request in writing the replacement of any or all such individuals, and the Contractor shall grant such request.
Page 16 of 17 DAPW 33 REV 8/14 Non-Collusion and Acceptance
The undersigned attests, subject to the penalties for perjury, that the undersigned is the Contractor, or that the undersigned is the properly authorized representative, agent, member or officer of the Contractor. Further, to the undersigned’s knowledge, neither the undersigned nor any other member, employee, representative, agent or officer of the Contractor, directly or indirectly, has entered into or been offered any sum of money or other consideration for the execution of this Contract other than that which appears upon the face hereof.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Contractor and the State have, through their duly authorized representatives, entered into this Contract for Public Works Project Number XXXXX . The parties, having read and understood the foregoing terms of this Contract, do by their respective signatures dated below agree to the terms thereof.
XXXXXXXXXX Department of Administration [Contractor] Public Works Division
By: By: Printed Name: Director, DAPW Title: For IDOA Commissioner if less than $1,000,000
Date: Date:
Approved by: Approved by: Department of Administration State Budget Agency
By: By: Jessica Robertson, Commissioner Brian E. Bailey, Director
Date: Date:
Approved as to Form and Legality: Form approval has been granted by the Office of the Attorney General pursuant to IC 4-13-2-14.3(e) on September 10, 2014. FA 14-56
This Instrument was prepared by: [INSERT NAME] on XX/XX/XXXX
Legal counsel: (initials)
Page 17 of 17 DAPW 33 REV 8/14
Putnamville Prison Industries Building AVAILABLE PROJECT INFORMATION K2M Design Project No. #19102 (GEOTECHNICAL REPORT) IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1 SECTION 003100
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. A Geotechnical Report has been furnished by Owner to Architect for use in designing this Project. 1. Each bidder shall be fully familiar with these documents which have been prepared for Owner by his separate consultant. 2. Such data is offered solely for reference and shall not be considered part of Contract Documents. Data contained in Documents prepared by Owner's separate consultants is believed to be reliable; however, Owner and Architect do not guarantee their accuracy or completeness. 3. In preparing his bid, each bidder shall consider and evaluate data contained in above documents as well as Drawings and Project Manual prepared by Architect.
B. Geotechnical Report: 1. Prison Industries Building, Putnamville Correctional Facility 2. Subject: Subsurface Investigation & Geotechnical Recommendations 3. Dated: April 14, 2020 4. Prepared By: Alt & Witzig Engineering, Inc. 5. A copy of this Geotechnical Report and Addendum is included in the Project Manual as Attachment ‘A’. The data is for information only and not intended as representations or warranties of continuity of conditions between borings.
C. Contractor shall assume responsibility in excavation for this Project and shall not rely totally on subsurface information contained in Soil Investigation reports.
D. The Subsurface Investigation was prepared for design purposes only and may not be sufficient to prepare an accurate bid. Bidders desiring to conduct additional subsurface investigations prior to bidding should contact the Owner for arrangements to enter project site. Bidders shall make any investigation of existing subsurface conditions as deemed necessary at no expense to Owner.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used
END OF SECTION 003100
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 1 May 8, 2020
SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION & GEOTECHNICAL RECOMMENDATIONS
PUTNAMVILLE CORRECTIONAL INDUSTRIES BUILDING PUTNAMVILLE, INDIANA A&W PROJECT NO.: 20IN0190
PREPARED FOR: SCHNEIDER GEOMATICS INDIANAPOLIS, INDIANA
PREPARED BY: ALT & WITZIG ENGINEERING, INC. GEOTECHNICAL DIVISION
APRIL 14, 2020
Alt & Witzig Engineering, Inc. 4105 West 99th Street Carmel Indiana 46032 Ph (317) 875-7000 Fax (317) 876-3705
April 14, 2020
Schneider Geomatics 8901 Otis Avenue Indianapolis, Indiana 46216 Attention: Mr. Dik Hoover
Report of Subsurface Investigation and Geotechnical Recommendations
RE: Putnamville Correctional Industries Building 1946 US-40 Putnamville, Indiana A&W Project No.: 20IN0190
Dear Mr. Dik Hoover
In compliance with your request, Alt & Witzig Engineering, Inc. has completed a subsurface investigation for the above-mentioned site. The results of our investigation are presented in the following report. It is our pleasure to transmit one (1) electronic .pdf copy and one (1) paper copies of our report.
The results of our test borings and laboratory tests completed to date are presented in the Appendices of the report. Our recommendations for the project are presented in the “Geotechnical Analysis and Recommendations” section of the report. If you have any questions or comments regarding this matter, please contact us at your convenience.
Sincerely, ALT & WITZIG ENGINEERING, INC.
Chris M. Kubic, P.E. Thomas J. Coffey, P.E. Project Engineer
Offices: Subsurface Investigation and Foundation Engineering Cincinnati Columbus Dayton, Ohio Construction Materials Testing and Inspection Evansville Ft. Wayne Indianapolis Lafayette Merrillville/South Bend, Indiana Environmental Services
Subsurface Investigation & Geotechnical Recommendations Putnamville Correctional Industries Building- Putnamville, Indiana Alt & Witzig File: 20IN0190
TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION ...... 1 Project Description ...... 1 Statement of Objectives ...... 1 Site Description ...... 1 Exhibit 1: Site Vicinity – 2018 Aerial Photograph ...... 2 WORK PERFORMED ...... 3 Boring Locations ...... 3 Soil Sampling ...... 3 Laboratory Analyses ...... 3 Groundwater Elevation ...... 3 Subsurface Condition ...... 4 Site Groundwater Condition ...... 4 Seismic Parameters ...... 4 GEOTECHNICAL ANALYSES AND RECOMMENDATIONS ...... 5 Project Description ...... 5 Site Preparation and Grading ...... 5 Foundation Recommendations ...... 6 Floor Slab Recommendations ...... 6 Groundwater Considerations ...... 7 STATEMENT OF LIMITATIONS ...... 8
APPENDIX Recommended Specifications for Compacted Fills and Backfills Undercut Detail for Footing Excavation in Unstable Material Benching Diagram Site Location Map Boring Location Plan Boring Logs General Notes Seismic Design Parameters Custom Soil Resource Report for Putnam County, Indiana
Subsurface Investigation & Geotechnical Recommendations Putnamville Correctional Industries Building- Putnamville, Indiana Alt & Witzig File: 20IN0190
INTRODUCTION
Project Description
It is anticipated that a proposed 25,000 sq. ft. high-bay, slab-on-grade warehouse type building will be constructed at the site. Topographic survey data indicates that existing elevations range between 706.0 and 721.0 feet.
Statement of Objectives
The purpose of this investigation was to determine the various soil profile components, the engineering characteristics of the subsurface materials, and to provide geotechnical recommendations and design parameters for use by design engineers in preparing the construction plans and bid documents.
The scope or purpose of this geotechnical investigation did not, either specifically or by implication, provide any environmental assessment of the site.
This investigation was performed for Schneider Geomatics. The proposed statement of objectives and scope of work were outlined in the form of our proposal (Alt & Witzig Proposal 2002G050).
Site Description
The site is located at the Putnamville Correctional Facility at the address of 1946 US-40, in Greencastle, Indiana. Specifically, the project area is located along the south eastern portion of the facility within the perimeter fencing. The location of the site is shown on the enclosed Site Location Map presented in the Appendix.
Page 1 Subsurface Investigation & Geotechnical Recommendations Putnamville Correctional Industries Building- Putnamville, Indiana Alt & Witzig File: 20IN0190
Exhibit 1: Site Vicinity – 2018 Aerial Photograph
The site currently consists of a crushed stone outdoor storage area. Topographic survey data indicates that the site is sloping northwest to southeast with a relief of fifteen (15) feet. Photographic aerials appear to indicate that a structure was present within the northern portion of the project area prior to 1998. This structure was demolished in approximately 2007 and the area has been used as an outdoor area since then to the present day. Drainage eventually flows from the site to Deer Creek along the eastern and southern boundary of the property.
Page 2 Subsurface Investigation & Geotechnical Recommendations Putnamville Correctional Industries Building- Putnamville, Indiana Alt & Witzig File: 20IN0190
WORK PERFORMED
Boring Locations The site plan was projected onto aerials provided by the Google Earth website allowing for the correlation of the approximate latitude and longitude coordinates with each proposed boring location. The locations of the borings are referred to on our boring logs and presented on the Boring Location Plan.
Soil Sampling
The soil borings were performed with a drilling rig equipped with a rotary head. Conventional hollow- stem augers were used to advance the holes. During the sampling procedure, standard penetration tests were performed at regular intervals in accordance with ASTM Method D 1586 to obtain the standard penetration value of the soil. The standard penetration value is defined as the number of blows a 140- pound hammer, falling 30 inches, required to advance the split-spoon sampler 12 inches into the soil. The results of the standard penetration tests indicate the relative density and comparative consistency of the soils, and thereby provide a basis for estimating the relative strength and compressibility of the soil profile components. Soil samples were field classified and placed in unpreserved glass jars with Teflon-lined lids for transport to our geotechnical laboratory for further analysis.
Laboratory Analyses
A supplementary laboratory investigation was conducted to ascertain additional pertinent engineering characteristics of the subsurface materials necessary in analyzing the behavior of the proposed foundations. All phases of the laboratory investigation were conducted in general accordance with applicable ASTM Specifications. It must be noted that the values of the unconfined compressive strength as determined on soil samples from the split-spoon sampling must be considered approximate recognizing the manner in which they were obtained since the split-spoon sampling techniques provide a representative but somewhat disturbed soil sample.
This phase of the laboratory-testing program included:
Moisture content tests in with ASTM D 2216 Classification of soils in with ASTM D 2488 Samples of the cohesive soil were frequently tested in unconfined compression by use of a calibrated spring testing machine. A soil Penetrometer was used as an aid in determining the strength of the soil.
Groundwater Elevation Initial depths to groundwater were estimated based on where water was observed on the sampling rods. Upon completion of drilling activities, the depth to water was measured using a 50-foot tape- measure with a weighted end. The depths presented on the Boring Logs are accurate only for the day on which they were recorded. The exact location of the water table shall be anticipated to fluctuate depending upon normal seasonal variations in preparation and surface runoff.
Page 3 Subsurface Investigation & Geotechnical Recommendations Putnamville Correctional Industries Building- Putnamville, Indiana Alt & Witzig File: 20IN0190
Investigation Results
The types of subsurface materials encountered have been visually classified and are described in detail on the Boring Logs. The results of the field penetration tests, strength tests, water level observations and laboratory water contents are presented on the Boring Logs in numerical form. Representative samples of the soils encountered in the field were placed in sample jars and are now stored in our laboratory for further analysis if desired. Unless notified to the contrary, all samples will be disposed of after 60 days.
Subsurface Condition
Borings encountered topsoil material ranging between three (3) to seven (7) inches and crushed stone material ranging between three (3) to eighteen (18) inches within the project area. Beneath the surface material, disturbed fill material was found extending to a depth range of seven (7) to fifteen (15) feet. This fill material consists of cohesive and granular soils containing brick, concrete, and cinder debris. Underlying natural soils consist of medium stiff to stiff, brown and gray, silty clay with sand to the termination depths at a majority of boring locations. Detailed soil descriptions of the borings have been included on the Boring Logs in the Appendix of this report.
Site Groundwater Condition
A majority of boring locations exhibited dry groundwater conditions; however boring location B-7 noted water levels during drilling operations at a depth of sixteen (16) feet. The exact location of the water table should be anticipated to fluctuate somewhat depending upon normal seasonal variations in precipitation and surface runoff.
According to the Soil Survey of Putnam County, Indiana published by the United States Department of Agriculture Soil Conservation Service, the majority of the soils covering this site are classified as Alford silt loam (AlB and AlC2) soils. The Custom Soil Resource Report for Putnam County, Indiana is located in the Appendix.
Seismic Parameters
An evaluation of the seismic site class has been performed for this site. The International Building Code indicates that the seismic site class is determined by averaging soil conditions within the top 100 feet with respect to the shear wave velocity. Based on the information obtained, the structure can be designed using a Seismic Site Class C as per the 2015 International Building Code.
Maximum spectral response acceleration values of Ss=0.217 g and S1=0.102 g are recommended for seismic design.
Page 4 Subsurface Investigation & Geotechnical Recommendations Putnamville Correctional Industries Building- Putnamville, Indiana Alt & Witzig File: 20IN0190
GEOTECHNICAL ANALYSES AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Project Description
It is anticipated that a proposed 25,000 sq. ft. high-bay, slab-on-grade warehouse type structure will be constructed within the project area. Design plans indicate that a final floor elevation of 718.50 ft. will be used. Topographic survey data indicates that up to twelve (12) feet of structural fill material will be used along the southern and eastern faces of the building to reach design grades.
For our analysis, it is assumed that the structure will be lightly to moderately loaded with structural loads transferred to the soils by spread footings and continuous wall footings, if possible.
Site Preparation and Grading
At the time of drilling operations, the project area consists of crushed stone storage area. Drilling results indicate that undocumented fill material was found extending to a depth range between seven (7) to fifteen (15) feet. Portions of this fill material contain brick, concrete, and/or cinder debris within the cohesive and granular soil layers.
With the existing development of the site and the amount of proposed fill material necessary to reach design grades, it is recommended that the existing fill material be stripped to natural soils and reconditioned during earthwork operations. During earthwork operations, soils containing cinder debris should be removed and replaced with approved structural fill material. Once stripping operations are completed the natural soil interface should be benched prior to fill operations. Fill reestablishment operations should extend a minimum of five (5) feet or the height of the fill, whichever is greater, from the exterior wall lines and be sloped accordingly. Most soils found onsite, with the exception of topsoil and cinders, are considered suitable to be used as structural fill material provided that proper moisture and compaction parameters are followed. Soil containing cinder debris are unsuitable for fill operations.
A second option to construction of the structure and new fill would be to perform ground modification beneath the structure and the new fill. Ground modification such as rammed aggregate piers or stone columns may be installed at depths and spacing suitable to limit settlement of the new fills and structural loads. A benefit to a ground modification system would be that excavations adjacent to existing structures and infrastructure would be limited. Ground modification systems and techniques are proprietary systems and are designed and constructed by specialty contractors.
Benching of natural slopes and existing embankments slopes steeper than 5H:1V should be performed in accordance with Section 203.21 of the INDOT Standard Specifications and the Benching Diagram in the Appendix. Benches should be of sufficient width to accommodate the required compaction equipment (minimum 10 feet). Finished earth slopes shall not exceed 3H:1V if the slope will be finished with grass that is to be mowed. Slopes steeper than 3:1 may be possible with special consideration to erosion control and slope stability.
Page 5 Subsurface Investigation & Geotechnical Recommendations Putnamville Correctional Industries Building- Putnamville, Indiana Alt & Witzig File: 20IN0190
After the existing subgrade soils are excavated to design grade, proper control of subgrade compaction and fill, and structural fill replacement should be verified by Alt & Witzig Engineering as per the Recommended Specifications for Compacted Fills and Backfills, presented in the Appendix of this report; thus minimizing volume changes and differential settlements which are detrimental to behavior of shallow foundations and floor slabs.
Foundation Recommendations
Once the above-mentioned fill reconditioning operations are completed and the site has been established to design grade, it is recommended that net allowable bearing capacities of 2,500 and 2,000 psf be used in design of spread and continuous foundations, respectively. The above recommended bearing pressures are "net allowable soil pressures". In utilizing these net allowable pressures for dimensioning footings, it is necessary to consider only those loads applied above the finished floor elevations.
In order to alleviate the effects of seasonal variation in moisture content on the behavior of the footings and eliminate the effects of frost action, all exterior foundations should be founded a minimum of thirty (30) inches below the final grade.
It is recommended that fill operations be inspected by Alt & Witzig Engineering to verify that adequate bearing soils exist in the base of all footings. At the time of footing inspections, Housel Penetration Tests or other approved tests can be performed on these foundation soils.
Ground Modification
Alternatively, the use of a soil modification system, such as a rammed aggregate piers or stone columns, would allow construction of conventional foundations without the potential for excessive settlement or soil reconditioning operations.
Rammed aggregate piers and stone columns densify the surrounding soil and provide a column of stone founded in a competent soil layer on which to base footings. After proper soil modification has taken place, conventional shallow footings may be utilized. Bearing capacities achieved through this type of ground modification will be dictated by tolerable settlement criteria. A contractor specializing in this type of work should determine specific details as to the exact number, spacing, and placement of the elements, as well as the final resulting bearing capacity and settlement estimates. Our experience is that this type of soil modification beneath foundations may improve the bearing capacity to in the range of 5,000 to 6,000 psf.
Floor Slab Recommendations
As mentioned, fill material was encountered in the borings at this site. Provided the fill material is reconditioned following Site Preparation and Grading procedures the floor slab for the proposed structure may be constructed as a slab-on-grade. It is recommended that a representative of Alt & Witzig Engineering, Inc. be present to determine the exact depth of undercutting and to monitor backfilling operations when necessary. All fill materials may consist of approved materials if proper
Page 6 Subsurface Investigation & Geotechnical Recommendations Putnamville Correctional Industries Building- Putnamville, Indiana Alt & Witzig File: 20IN0190
moisture content and compaction procedures are maintained. It is recommended that a subgrade modulus of k30= 125 pci be used in design of the floor-slab. If ground modification is used within the floor-slab area, the specialty contractor can provide alternative subgrade modulus reaction values.
After the building area has been raised to the proper elevation, a layer of free draining granular material should be placed immediately beneath all floor slabs. It is recommended that the materials within the subgrade area, above footing elevation, be compacted to a minimum density of 95 percent of maximum density in accordance with ASTM D-698.
Groundwater Considerations
A majority of the borings indicated dry conditions at completion of drilling operations. However, depending upon the weather conditions during construction, seepage from surface runoff could occur. Since the existing fill soils contain a mixture of granular and cohesive fill material saturated soil pockets may be encountered. A gravity drainage system, sump pumps, or other conventional dewatering procedures should be sufficient to keep excavations dry.
Page 7 Subsurface Investigation & Geotechnical Recommendations Putnamville Correctional Industries Building- Putnamville, Indiana Alt & Witzig File: 20IN0190
STATEMENT OF LIMITATIONS
This report is solely for the use of Schneider Geomatics and any reliance of this report by third parties shall be at such party’s sole risk and may not contain sufficient information for purposes of other parties for other uses. This report shall only be presented in full and may not be used to support any other objectives than those set out in the scope of work, except where written approval and consent are provided by Schneider Geomatics and Alt &Witzig Engineering.
An inherent limitation of any geotechnical engineering study is that conclusions must be drawn on the basis of data collected at a limited number of discrete locations. The geotechnical parameters provided in this report were developed from the information obtained from the test borings that depict subsurface conditions only at these specific locations and on the particular date indicated on the boring logs. Soil conditions at other locations may differ from conditions encountered at these boring locations and groundwater levels shall be expected to vary with time. The nature and extent of variations between the borings may not become evident until the course of construction.
The exploration and analysis reported herein is considered in sufficient detail and scope to form a reasonable basis for design. The recommendations submitted are based on the available soil information and assumed design details enumerated in this report. If actual design details differ from those specified in this report, this information should be brought to the attention of Alt & Witzig Engineering, Inc. so that it may be determined if changes in the recommendations herein are required. If deviations from the noted subsurface conditions are encountered during construction, they should also be brought to the attention of Alt & Witzig Engineering, Inc.
We appreciate the opportunity to work with you on this project. Often, because of design and construction details that occur, questions arise concerning the soils conditions. If we can give further service in these matters, please contact us at your convenience.
Page 8 Subsurface Investigation & Geotechnical Recommendations Putnamville Correctional Industries Building- Putnamville, Indiana Alt & Witzig File: 20IN0190
APPENDIX
Recommended Specifications for Compacted Fills and Backfills Undercut Detail for Footing Excavation in Unstable Material Benching Diagram Site Location Map Boring Location Plan Boring Logs General Notes Seismic Design Parameters Custom Soil Resource Report for Putnam County, Indiana
Subsurface Investigation & Geotechnical Recommendations Putnamville Correctional Industries Building- Putnamville, Indiana Alt & Witzig File: 20IN0190
RECOMMENDED SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMPACTED FILLS AND BACKFILLS
All fill shall consist of material free of vegetable matter, rubbish, large rock, and other deleterious material.
Prior to placement of fill, a sample of the proposed fill material shall be submitted to Alt & Witzig Engineering, Inc. for his approval.
The surface of each layer shall be approximately horizontal but must be provided with sufficient longitudinal and transverse slope to provide for runoff of surface water from every point. The fill material shall be placed in layers not to exceed eight (8) inches in loose thickness and should be sprinkled with water as required to secure specified compactions. Each layer should be uniformly compacted by means of suitable equipment of the type required by the materials composing the fill. Under no circumstances should a bulldozer or similar tracked vehicles be used as compacting equipment.
Material containing an excess of water so the specified compaction limits cannot be attained shall be dried to a moisture content that will permit proper compaction.
All fill shall be compacted to the specified percent of the maximum density obtained in accordance with ASTM D 698 as indicated in the table below:
Below Footing Level 100% Slabs on Grade 95%
Should the results of the in-place density tests indicate that the specified compaction limits are not obtained; the areas represented by such tests shall be reworked and retested as required until the specified limits are reached.
Undercut Detail for Footing Excavation in Unstable Material
PROJECT: Putnamville Correctional Industries Building LOCATION: Greencastle, Indiana Alt & Witzig Engineering Inc. CLIENT: Schneider Geomatics 4105 W. 99th Street ꞏCarmel, IN 46032 TEL (317)875-7000 ꞏ FAX (317) 876-3705 A&W File No.: 20IN0190 www.altwitzig.com
Last Modified: 4/14/2020 3:48 PM
BENCHED FILL PLACEMENT
Prepared For: Schneider Geomatics Prepared By: Alt & Witzig Engineering, Inc.
Project Name: Putnamville Correctional Project No: Date: Industries Building 20IN0190 4-14-2020
SITE LOCATION MAP
N
USGS Topographic Map: Reelsville Quadrangle
Township: T 13 N. Range: R 4 W. Section: 17
Site Location
Scale: 1 inch = 2,000 feet
PROJECT: Putnamville Correctional Industries Building LOCATION: Greencastle, Indiana Alt & Witzig Engineering Inc. CLIENT: Schneider Geomatics 4105 W. 99th Street ·Carmel, IN 46032 TEL (317)875-7000 · FAX (317) 876-3705
A&W File No.: 20IN0190 www.altwitzig.com
Last Modified: 4/13/2020 7:44 AM
$Ä $Ä
$Ä $Ä
$Ä $Ä
$Ä $Ä
$Ä
0 5ECNG
$14+0).1%#6+102.#0 241,'%6 2WVPCOXKNNG%QTTGEVKQPCN+PFWUVTKGU$NFI 2TQLGEV/CPCIGT %- A& .1%#6+10 )TGGPECUVNG+PFKCPC %JGEMGF$[ 6% W Alt & Witzig Engineering, Inc.
24'2#4'&(14 5EJPGKFGT)GQOCVKEU &TCYP$[ ,6 :HVW WK6WUHHW&DUPHO,1 7HOHSKRQH )D[ 241,'%601 +0 &CVG
BORING LOG
Alt & Witzig Engineering, Inc.
CLIENT Schneider Geomatics BORING # B-1 PROJECT NAME Putnamville Correctional Industries Building ALT & WITZIG FILE # 20IN0190 PROJECT LOCATION Greencastle Putnamville, IN
DRILLING and SAMPLING INFORMATION
Date Started 4/2/20 Hammer Wt. 140 lbs. Date Completed 4/2/20 Hammer Drop 30 in. TEST DATA Boring Method HSA Spoon Sampler OD 2 in. Driller J. Livingston Rig Type D-50 Track ATV
STRATA SOIL CLASSIFICATION
ELEV. SURFACE ELEVATION Depth Scale Sample No. Sample Type Sampler Graphics RecoveryGraphics Ground Water Standard Penetration - blows/foot N Test, Qu-tsfUnconfined Compressive Strength PP-tsf PenetrometerPocket Remarks Strata Depth Moisture Content% Weight(pcf) Unit Dry TOPSOIL 0.2
1 SS 3 0.5 28.1
Brown Silty CLAY with Sand (FILL) 5 2 SS 4 1.2 0.5 25.9
7.0 3 SS 5
10 4 SS 23 Brown, Dry SAND and GRAVEL with Brick and Concrete (FILL)
14.5 15 5 SS 37 10.3 Brown Silty CLAY with Sand and Brick 16.0 (FILL) End of Boring at 16 feet
Sample Type Groundwater Boring Method SS - Driven Split Spoon During Drilling Dry ft. HSA - Hollow Stem Augers ST - Pressed Shelby Tube At Completion Dry ft. CFA - Continuous Flight Augers CA - Continuous Flight Auger DC - Driving Casing RC - Rock Core MD - Mud Drilling CU - Cuttings CT - Continuous Tube Page 1 of 1 BORING LOG
Alt & Witzig Engineering, Inc.
CLIENT Schneider Geomatics BORING # B-2 PROJECT NAME Putnamville Correctional Industries Building ALT & WITZIG FILE # 20IN0190 PROJECT LOCATION Greencastle Putnamville, IN
DRILLING and SAMPLING INFORMATION
Date Started 4/2/20 Hammer Wt. 140 lbs. Date Completed 4/2/20 Hammer Drop 30 in. TEST DATA Boring Method HSA Spoon Sampler OD 2 in. Driller J. Livingston Rig Type D-50 Track ATV
STRATA SOIL CLASSIFICATION
ELEV. SURFACE ELEVATION Depth Scale Sample No. Sample Type Sampler Graphics RecoveryGraphics Ground Water Standard Penetration - blows/foot N Test, Qu-tsfUnconfined Compressive Strength PP-tsf PenetrometerPocket Remarks Strata Depth Moisture Content% Weight(pcf) Unit Dry TOPSOIL 0.2
Brown Silty CLAY with Sand 1 SS 6 1.3 24.4 (FILL)
4.5 5 2 SS 8
Brown, Dry SAND and GRAVEL with Brick and Cinders 3 SS 7 (FILL)
9.5 10 4 SS 10 2.8 20.4
Brown Silty CLAY with Sand
15 5 SS 8 1.4 0.3 23.7 16.0 End of Boring at 16 feet
Sample Type Groundwater Boring Method SS - Driven Split Spoon During Drilling Dry ft. HSA - Hollow Stem Augers ST - Pressed Shelby Tube At Completion Dry ft. CFA - Continuous Flight Augers CA - Continuous Flight Auger DC - Driving Casing RC - Rock Core MD - Mud Drilling CU - Cuttings CT - Continuous Tube Page 1 of 1 BORING LOG
Alt & Witzig Engineering, Inc.
CLIENT Schneider Geomatics BORING # B-3 PROJECT NAME Putnamville Correctional Industries Building ALT & WITZIG FILE # 20IN0190 PROJECT LOCATION Greencastle Putnamville, IN
DRILLING and SAMPLING INFORMATION
Date Started 4/1/20 Hammer Wt. 140 lbs. Date Completed 4/1/20 Hammer Drop 30 in. TEST DATA Boring Method HSA Spoon Sampler OD 2 in. Driller J. Livingston Rig Type D-50 Track ATV
STRATA SOIL CLASSIFICATION
ELEV. SURFACE ELEVATION Depth Scale Sample No. Sample Type Sampler Graphics RecoveryGraphics Ground Water Standard Penetration - blows/foot N Test, Qu-tsfUnconfined Compressive Strength PP-tsf PenetrometerPocket Remarks Strata Depth Moisture Content% Weight(pcf) Unit Dry 2" Crushed Stone 0.2
1 SS 31
Brown, Dry SAND and GRAVEL with Brick and Stone 5 2 SS 50/0" (FILL)
3 SS 17
9.5 10 4 SS 10 3.5 14.8
Brown Sandy CLAY
15 5 SS 25 4.5 9.1 16.0 End of Boring at 16 feet
Sample Type Groundwater Boring Method SS - Driven Split Spoon During Drilling Dry ft. HSA - Hollow Stem Augers ST - Pressed Shelby Tube At Completion Dry ft. CFA - Continuous Flight Augers CA - Continuous Flight Auger DC - Driving Casing RC - Rock Core MD - Mud Drilling CU - Cuttings CT - Continuous Tube Page 1 of 1 BORING LOG
Alt & Witzig Engineering, Inc.
CLIENT Schneider Geomatics BORING # B-4 PROJECT NAME Putnamville Correctional Industries Building ALT & WITZIG FILE # 20IN0190 PROJECT LOCATION Greencastle Putnamville, IN
DRILLING and SAMPLING INFORMATION
Date Started 4/2/20 Hammer Wt. 140 lbs. Date Completed 4/2/20 Hammer Drop 30 in. TEST DATA Boring Method HSA Spoon Sampler OD 2 in. Driller J. Livingston Rig Type D-50 Track ATV
STRATA SOIL CLASSIFICATION
ELEV. SURFACE ELEVATION Depth Scale Sample No. Sample Type Sampler Graphics RecoveryGraphics Ground Water Standard Penetration - blows/foot N Test, Qu-tsfUnconfined Compressive Strength PP-tsf PenetrometerPocket Remarks Strata Depth Moisture Content% Weight(pcf) Unit Dry TOPSOIL 0.3 Brown Silty CLAY with Sand 2.0 (FILL) 1 SS 14
Brown SAND and GRAVEL with Brick (FILL) 4.5 5 2 SS 6 0.8 17.6 Brown Silty CLAY with Sand and Roots (FILL) 7.0 3 SS 0
Dark Brown Clayey SAND and GRAVEL (FILL) 9.5 10 4 SS 2 0.5 19.9
Brown Silty CLAY with Sand
15 5 SS 13 2.6 2.5 17.9 16.0 End of Boring at 16 feet
Sample Type Groundwater Boring Method SS - Driven Split Spoon During Drilling Dry ft. HSA - Hollow Stem Augers ST - Pressed Shelby Tube At Completion Dry ft. CFA - Continuous Flight Augers CA - Continuous Flight Auger DC - Driving Casing RC - Rock Core MD - Mud Drilling CU - Cuttings CT - Continuous Tube Page 1 of 1 BORING LOG
Alt & Witzig Engineering, Inc.
CLIENT Schneider Geomatics BORING # B-5 PROJECT NAME Putnamville Correctional Industries Building ALT & WITZIG FILE # 20IN0190 PROJECT LOCATION Greencastle Putnamville, IN
DRILLING and SAMPLING INFORMATION
Date Started 4/2/20 Hammer Wt. 140 lbs. Date Completed 4/2/20 Hammer Drop 30 in. TEST DATA Boring Method HSA Spoon Sampler OD 2 in. Driller J. Livingston Rig Type D-50 Track ATV
STRATA SOIL CLASSIFICATION
ELEV. SURFACE ELEVATION Depth Scale Sample No. Sample Type Sampler Graphics RecoveryGraphics Ground Water Standard Penetration - blows/foot N Test, Qu-tsfUnconfined Compressive Strength PP-tsf PenetrometerPocket Remarks Strata Depth Moisture Content% Weight(pcf) Unit Dry
18" Crushed Stone 1.5
1 SS 7 1.4 1.5 27.3
Brown and Gray Silty CLAY 5 2 SS 7 1.9 1.0 23.3
7.0 3 SS 8 0.3 18.7
10 4 SS 11 2.1 1.8 19.9
Brown Silty CLAY with Sand
15 5 SS 31 5.4 4.5 9.1 16.0 End of Boring at 16 feet
Sample Type Groundwater Boring Method SS - Driven Split Spoon During Drilling Dry ft. HSA - Hollow Stem Augers ST - Pressed Shelby Tube At Completion Dry ft. CFA - Continuous Flight Augers CA - Continuous Flight Auger DC - Driving Casing RC - Rock Core MD - Mud Drilling CU - Cuttings CT - Continuous Tube Page 1 of 1 BORING LOG
Alt & Witzig Engineering, Inc.
CLIENT Schneider Geomatics BORING # B-6 PROJECT NAME Putnamville Correctional Industries Building ALT & WITZIG FILE # 20IN0190 PROJECT LOCATION Greencastle Putnamville, IN
DRILLING and SAMPLING INFORMATION
Date Started 4/2/20 Hammer Wt. 140 lbs. Date Completed 4/2/20 Hammer Drop 30 in. TEST DATA Boring Method HSA Spoon Sampler OD 2 in. Driller J. Livingston Rig Type D-50 Track ATV
STRATA SOIL CLASSIFICATION
ELEV. SURFACE ELEVATION Depth Scale Sample No. Sample Type Sampler Graphics RecoveryGraphics Ground Water Standard Penetration - blows/foot N Test, Qu-tsfUnconfined Compressive Strength PP-tsf PenetrometerPocket Remarks Strata Depth Moisture Content% Weight(pcf) Unit Dry TOPSOIL 0.6
1 SS 6
Black SAND and GRAVEL with Cinders (FILL) 5 2 SS 0
7.0 3 SS 3 Auger refusal encountered. Black, Dry Clayey SAND and GRAVEL Boring offset and (FILL) 9.5 redrilled. 10 4 SS 4 0.8 0.5 32.0
Brown and Gray Silty CLAY 15 5 SS 26 1.0 0.3 30.9
19.5 20 6 SS 26 5.4 10.4 Brown Silty CLAY with Sand 21.0 End of Boring at 21 feet
Sample Type Groundwater Boring Method SS - Driven Split Spoon During Drilling Dry ft. HSA - Hollow Stem Augers ST - Pressed Shelby Tube At Completion Dry ft. CFA - Continuous Flight Augers CA - Continuous Flight Auger DC - Driving Casing RC - Rock Core MD - Mud Drilling CU - Cuttings CT - Continuous Tube Page 1 of 1 BORING LOG
Alt & Witzig Engineering, Inc.
CLIENT Schneider Geomatics BORING # B-7 PROJECT NAME Putnamville Correctional Industries Building ALT & WITZIG FILE # 20IN0190 PROJECT LOCATION Greencastle Putnamville, IN
DRILLING and SAMPLING INFORMATION
Date Started 4/1/20 Hammer Wt. 140 lbs. Date Completed 4/1/20 Hammer Drop 30 in. TEST DATA Boring Method HSA Spoon Sampler OD 2 in. Driller J. Livingston Rig Type D-50 Track ATV
STRATA SOIL CLASSIFICATION
ELEV. SURFACE ELEVATION Depth Scale Sample No. Sample Type Sampler Graphics RecoveryGraphics Ground Water Standard Penetration - blows/foot N Test, Qu-tsfUnconfined Compressive Strength PP-tsf PenetrometerPocket Remarks Strata Depth Moisture Content% Weight(pcf) Unit Dry TOPSOIL 0.3
Brown Silty CLAY 1 SS 6 1.6 0.5 26.8
4.5 5 2 SS 8 2.6 1.0 26.4 Brown and Gray Silty CLAY with Sand 7.0 3 SS 11 1.6 1.3 17.3
10 4 SS 15 4.7 2.5 20.0
Brown Silty CLAY with Sand
15 5 SS 10 20.5 16.0 End of Boring at 16 feet
Sample Type Groundwater Boring Method SS - Driven Split Spoon During Drilling 16.0 ft. HSA - Hollow Stem Augers ST - Pressed Shelby Tube At Completion Dry ft. CFA - Continuous Flight Augers CA - Continuous Flight Auger DC - Driving Casing RC - Rock Core MD - Mud Drilling CU - Cuttings CT - Continuous Tube Page 1 of 1 BORING LOG
Alt & Witzig Engineering, Inc.
CLIENT Schneider Geomatics BORING # B-8 PROJECT NAME Putnamville Correctional Industries Building ALT & WITZIG FILE # 20IN0190 PROJECT LOCATION Greencastle Putnamville, IN
DRILLING and SAMPLING INFORMATION
Date Started 4/2/20 Hammer Wt. 140 lbs. Date Completed 4/2/20 Hammer Drop 30 in. TEST DATA Boring Method HSA Spoon Sampler OD 2 in. Driller J. Livingston Rig Type D-50 Track ATV
STRATA SOIL CLASSIFICATION
ELEV. SURFACE ELEVATION Depth Scale Sample No. Sample Type Sampler Graphics RecoveryGraphics Ground Water Standard Penetration - blows/foot N Test, Qu-tsfUnconfined Compressive Strength PP-tsf PenetrometerPocket Remarks Strata Depth Moisture Content% Weight(pcf) Unit Dry TOPSOIL 0.3
1 SS 5 1.4 0.3 26.1
Brown Silty CLAY 5 2 SS 9 3.1 1.5 23.8
7.5 3 SS 11 2.7 2.5 17.1
10 4 SS 15 5.4 4.0 19.4
Brown Silty CLAY with Sand
15 5 SS 9 1.4 1.5 21.2 16.0 End of Boring at 16 feet
Sample Type Groundwater Boring Method SS - Driven Split Spoon During Drilling Dry ft. HSA - Hollow Stem Augers ST - Pressed Shelby Tube At Completion Dry ft. CFA - Continuous Flight Augers CA - Continuous Flight Auger DC - Driving Casing RC - Rock Core MD - Mud Drilling CU - Cuttings CT - Continuous Tube Page 1 of 1 BORING LOG
Alt & Witzig Engineering, Inc.
CLIENT Schneider Geomatics BORING # B-9 PROJECT NAME Putnamville Correctional Industries Building ALT & WITZIG FILE # 20IN0190 PROJECT LOCATION Greencastle Putnamville, IN
DRILLING and SAMPLING INFORMATION
Date Started 4/1/20 Hammer Wt. 140 lbs. Date Completed 4/1/20 Hammer Drop 30 in. TEST DATA Boring Method HSA Spoon Sampler OD 2 in. Driller J. Livingston Rig Type D-50 Track ATV
STRATA SOIL CLASSIFICATION
ELEV. SURFACE ELEVATION Depth Scale Sample No. Sample Type Sampler Graphics RecoveryGraphics Ground Water Standard Penetration - blows/foot N Test, Qu-tsfUnconfined Compressive Strength PP-tsf PenetrometerPocket Remarks Strata Depth Moisture Content% Weight(pcf) Unit Dry TOPSOIL 0.3
Brown and Gray Silty CLAY with Sand 1 SS 6 1.6 27.8
4.5 5 2 SS 10 1.4 2.0 14.6
3 SS 13 4.9 4.5 17.8
Brown Silty CLAY with Sand 10 4 SS 12 2.7 2.0 17.0
14.5 15 5 SS 7 19.6 Brown Sandy CLAY 16.0 End of Boring at 16 feet
Sample Type Groundwater Boring Method SS - Driven Split Spoon During Drilling Dry ft. HSA - Hollow Stem Augers ST - Pressed Shelby Tube At Completion Dry ft. CFA - Continuous Flight Augers CA - Continuous Flight Auger DC - Driving Casing RC - Rock Core MD - Mud Drilling CU - Cuttings CT - Continuous Tube Page 1 of 1
MATERIAL GRAPHICS LEGEND
CL-ML: USCS Low Plasticity Silty CL: USCS Low Plasticity Sandy SP-GP: USCS Poorly-graded Clay Clay Gravelly Sand
TOPSOIL GRAVEL/COBBLES
SOIL PROPERTY SYMBOLS
N: Standard "N" penetration value. Blows per foot of a 140-lb hammer falling 30" on a 2" O.D. split-spoon. Qu:Unconfined Compressive Strength, tsf PP:Pocket Penetrometer, tsf LL: Liquid Limit, % PL: Plastic Limit, % PI: Plasticity Index, %
DRILLING AND SAMPLING SYMBOLS
GROUNDWATER SYMBOLS SAMPLER SYMBOLS
Apparent water level noted while drilling. SS: Split Spoon Apparent water level noted upon completion. Apparent water level noted upon delayed time.
RELATIVE DENSITY & CONSISTANCY CLASSIFICATION (NON-COHESIVE SOILS) TERM BLOWS PER FOOT Very Loose 0 - 5 Loose 6 - 10 Medium Dense 11 - 30 Dense 31 - 50 Very Dense >51
RELATIVE DENSITY & CONSISTANCY CLASSIFICATION (COHESIVE SOILS) TERM BLOWS PER FOOT Very Soft 0 - 3 Soft 4 - 5 Medium Stiff 6 - 10 Stiff 11 - 15 Very Stiff 16 - 30 Hard >31
Alt & Witzig Engineering, Inc. GENERAL NOTES 4105 West 99th Project: Putnamville Correctional Industries Building Carmel, IN 46032 Telephone: 317-875-7000 Location: Greencastle Putnamville, IN Fax: Number: 20IN0190 GENERAL NOTES - PROJECT SPECIFIC 20IN0190 GINT.GPJ US EVAL.GDT 4/14/20 EVAL.GDT US GINT.GPJ 20IN0190 SPECIFIC - PROJECT NOTES GENERAL
Latitude, Longitude: 39.563645, -86.883586
Date 4/13/2020, 12:50:03 PM Design Code Reference Document IBC-2015 Risk Category III Site Class C - Very Dense Soil and Soft Rock
Type Value Description
SS 0.217 MCER ground motion. (for 0.2 second period)
S1 0.102 MCER ground motion. (for 1.0s period)
SMS 0.26 Site-modified spectral acceleration value
SM1 0.173 Site-modified spectral acceleration value
SDS 0.174 Numeric seismic design value at 0.2 second SA
SD1 0.116 Numeric seismic design value at 1.0 second SA
Type Value Description SDC B Seismic design category
Fa 1.2 Site amplification factor at 0.2 second
Fv 1.698 Site amplification factor at 1.0 second
PGA 0.104 MCEG peak ground acceleration
FPGA 1.2 Site amplification factor at PGA
PGAM 0.125 Site modified peak ground acceleration
TL 12 Long-period transition period in seconds SsRT 0.217 Probabilistic risk-targeted ground motion. (0.2 second) SsUH 0.24 Factored uniform-hazard (2% probability of exceedance in 50 years) spectral acceleration SsD 1.5 Factored deterministic acceleration value. (0.2 second) S1RT 0.102 Probabilistic risk-targeted ground motion. (1.0 second) S1UH 0.12 Factored uniform-hazard (2% probability of exceedance in 50 years) spectral acceleration. S1D 0.6 Factored deterministic acceleration value. (1.0 second) PGAd 0.6 Factored deterministic acceleration value. (Peak Ground Acceleration)
CRS 0.902 Mapped value of the risk coefficient at short periods
CR1 0.854 Mapped value of the risk coefficient at a period of 1 s DISCLAIMER
While the information presented on this website is believed to be correct, SEAOC /OSHPD and its sponsors and contributors assume no responsibility or liability for its accuracy. The material presented in this web application should not be used or relied upon for any specific application without competent examination and verification of its accuracy, suitability and applicability by engineers or other licensed professionals. SEAOC / OSHPD do not intend that the use of this information replace the sound judgment of such competent professionals, having experience and knowledge in the field of practice, nor to substitute for the standard of care required of such professionals in interpreting and applying the results of the seismic data provided by this website. Users of the information from this website assume all liability arising from such use. Use of the output of this website does not imply approval by the governing building code bodies responsible for building code approval and interpretation for the building site described by latitude/longitude location in the search results of this website. United States A product of the National Custom Soil Resource Department of Cooperative Soil Survey, Agriculture a joint effort of the United Report for States Department of Agriculture and other Federal agencies, State Putnam County, Natural agencies including the Resources Agricultural Experiment Conservation Stations, and local Indiana Service participants
April 13, 2020 Preface
Soil surveys contain information that affects land use planning in survey areas. They highlight soil limitations that affect various land uses and provide information about the properties of the soils in the survey areas. Soil surveys are designed for many different users, including farmers, ranchers, foresters, agronomists, urban planners, community officials, engineers, developers, builders, and home buyers. Also, conservationists, teachers, students, and specialists in recreation, waste disposal, and pollution control can use the surveys to help them understand, protect, or enhance the environment. Various land use regulations of Federal, State, and local governments may impose special restrictions on land use or land treatment. Soil surveys identify soil properties that are used in making various land use or land treatment decisions. The information is intended to help the land users identify and reduce the effects of soil limitations on various land uses. The landowner or user is responsible for identifying and complying with existing laws and regulations. Although soil survey information can be used for general farm, local, and wider area planning, onsite investigation is needed to supplement this information in some cases. Examples include soil quality assessments (http://www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/ portal/nrcs/main/soils/health/) and certain conservation and engineering applications. For more detailed information, contact your local USDA Service Center (https://offices.sc.egov.usda.gov/locator/app?agency=nrcs) or your NRCS State Soil Scientist (http://www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/portal/nrcs/detail/soils/contactus/? cid=nrcs142p2_053951). Great differences in soil properties can occur within short distances. Some soils are seasonally wet or subject to flooding. Some are too unstable to be used as a foundation for buildings or roads. Clayey or wet soils are poorly suited to use as septic tank absorption fields. A high water table makes a soil poorly suited to basements or underground installations. The National Cooperative Soil Survey is a joint effort of the United States Department of Agriculture and other Federal agencies, State agencies including the Agricultural Experiment Stations, and local agencies. The Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) has leadership for the Federal part of the National Cooperative Soil Survey. Information about soils is updated periodically. Updated information is available through the NRCS Web Soil Survey, the site for official soil survey information. The U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) prohibits discrimination in all its programs and activities on the basis of race, color, national origin, age, disability, and where applicable, sex, marital status, familial status, parental status, religion, sexual orientation, genetic information, political beliefs, reprisal, or because all or a part of an individual's income is derived from any public assistance program. (Not all prohibited bases apply to all programs.) Persons with disabilities who require
2 alternative means for communication of program information (Braille, large print, audiotape, etc.) should contact USDA's TARGET Center at (202) 720-2600 (voice and TDD). To file a complaint of discrimination, write to USDA, Director, Office of Civil Rights, 1400 Independence Avenue, S.W., Washington, D.C. 20250-9410 or call (800) 795-3272 (voice) or (202) 720-6382 (TDD). USDA is an equal opportunity provider and employer.
3 Contents
Preface...... 2 How Soil Surveys Are Made...... 5 Soil Map...... 8 Soil Map...... 9 Legend...... 10 Map Unit Legend...... 11 Map Unit Descriptions...... 11 Putnam County, Indiana...... 13 AlB—Alford silt loam, 2 to 6 percent slopes...... 13 AlC2—Alford silt loam, 6 to 12 percent slopes, eroded...... 14 CkG—Chetwynd silt loam, 25 to 50 percent slopes...... 15 HoG—Hickory loam, 25 to 70 percent slopes...... 16 References...... 18
4 How Soil Surveys Are Made
Soil surveys are made to provide information about the soils and miscellaneous areas in a specific area. They include a description of the soils and miscellaneous areas and their location on the landscape and tables that show soil properties and limitations affecting various uses. Soil scientists observed the steepness, length, and shape of the slopes; the general pattern of drainage; the kinds of crops and native plants; and the kinds of bedrock. They observed and described many soil profiles. A soil profile is the sequence of natural layers, or horizons, in a soil. The profile extends from the surface down into the unconsolidated material in which the soil formed or from the surface down to bedrock. The unconsolidated material is devoid of roots and other living organisms and has not been changed by other biological activity. Currently, soils are mapped according to the boundaries of major land resource areas (MLRAs). MLRAs are geographically associated land resource units that share common characteristics related to physiography, geology, climate, water resources, soils, biological resources, and land uses (USDA, 2006). Soil survey areas typically consist of parts of one or more MLRA. The soils and miscellaneous areas in a survey area occur in an orderly pattern that is related to the geology, landforms, relief, climate, and natural vegetation of the area. Each kind of soil and miscellaneous area is associated with a particular kind of landform or with a segment of the landform. By observing the soils and miscellaneous areas in the survey area and relating their position to specific segments of the landform, a soil scientist develops a concept, or model, of how they were formed. Thus, during mapping, this model enables the soil scientist to predict with a considerable degree of accuracy the kind of soil or miscellaneous area at a specific location on the landscape. Commonly, individual soils on the landscape merge into one another as their characteristics gradually change. To construct an accurate soil map, however, soil scientists must determine the boundaries between the soils. They can observe only a limited number of soil profiles. Nevertheless, these observations, supplemented by an understanding of the soil-vegetation-landscape relationship, are sufficient to verify predictions of the kinds of soil in an area and to determine the boundaries. Soil scientists recorded the characteristics of the soil profiles that they studied. They noted soil color, texture, size and shape of soil aggregates, kind and amount of rock fragments, distribution of plant roots, reaction, and other features that enable them to identify soils. After describing the soils in the survey area and determining their properties, the soil scientists assigned the soils to taxonomic classes (units). Taxonomic classes are concepts. Each taxonomic class has a set of soil characteristics with precisely defined limits. The classes are used as a basis for comparison to classify soils systematically. Soil taxonomy, the system of taxonomic classification used in the United States, is based mainly on the kind and character of soil properties and the arrangement of horizons within the profile. After the soil
5 Custom Soil Resource Report scientists classified and named the soils in the survey area, they compared the individual soils with similar soils in the same taxonomic class in other areas so that they could confirm data and assemble additional data based on experience and research. The objective of soil mapping is not to delineate pure map unit components; the objective is to separate the landscape into landforms or landform segments that have similar use and management requirements. Each map unit is defined by a unique combination of soil components and/or miscellaneous areas in predictable proportions. Some components may be highly contrasting to the other components of the map unit. The presence of minor components in a map unit in no way diminishes the usefulness or accuracy of the data. The delineation of such landforms and landform segments on the map provides sufficient information for the development of resource plans. If intensive use of small areas is planned, onsite investigation is needed to define and locate the soils and miscellaneous areas. Soil scientists make many field observations in the process of producing a soil map. The frequency of observation is dependent upon several factors, including scale of mapping, intensity of mapping, design of map units, complexity of the landscape, and experience of the soil scientist. Observations are made to test and refine the soil-landscape model and predictions and to verify the classification of the soils at specific locations. Once the soil-landscape model is refined, a significantly smaller number of measurements of individual soil properties are made and recorded. These measurements may include field measurements, such as those for color, depth to bedrock, and texture, and laboratory measurements, such as those for content of sand, silt, clay, salt, and other components. Properties of each soil typically vary from one point to another across the landscape. Observations for map unit components are aggregated to develop ranges of characteristics for the components. The aggregated values are presented. Direct measurements do not exist for every property presented for every map unit component. Values for some properties are estimated from combinations of other properties. While a soil survey is in progress, samples of some of the soils in the area generally are collected for laboratory analyses and for engineering tests. Soil scientists interpret the data from these analyses and tests as well as the field-observed characteristics and the soil properties to determine the expected behavior of the soils under different uses. Interpretations for all of the soils are field tested through observation of the soils in different uses and under different levels of management. Some interpretations are modified to fit local conditions, and some new interpretations are developed to meet local needs. Data are assembled from other sources, such as research information, production records, and field experience of specialists. For example, data on crop yields under defined levels of management are assembled from farm records and from field or plot experiments on the same kinds of soil. Predictions about soil behavior are based not only on soil properties but also on such variables as climate and biological activity. Soil conditions are predictable over long periods of time, but they are not predictable from year to year. For example, soil scientists can predict with a fairly high degree of accuracy that a given soil will have a high water table within certain depths in most years, but they cannot predict that a high water table will always be at a specific level in the soil on a specific date. After soil scientists located and identified the significant natural bodies of soil in the survey area, they drew the boundaries of these bodies on aerial photographs and
6 Custom Soil Resource Report identified each as a specific map unit. Aerial photographs show trees, buildings, fields, roads, and rivers, all of which help in locating boundaries accurately.
7 Soil Map
The soil map section includes the soil map for the defined area of interest, a list of soil map units on the map and extent of each map unit, and cartographic symbols displayed on the map. Also presented are various metadata about data used to produce the map, and a description of each soil map unit.
8 Custom Soil Resource Report Soil Map 86° 53' 4'' W 86° 52' 57'' W
509910 509930 509950 509970 509990 510010 510030 510050 510070 39° 33' 51'' N 39° 33' 51'' N 4379400 4379400 4379380 4379380 4379360 4379360 4379340 4379340 4379320 4379320 4379300 4379300 4379280 4379280 4379260 4379260 4379240 4379240 4379220 4379220 4379200 4379200
Soil Map may not be valid at this scale.
39° 33' 44'' N 39° 33' 44'' N 509910 509930 509950 509970 509990 510010 510030 510050 510070
Map Scale: 1:1,100 if printed on A portrait (8.5" x 11") sheet. Meters 86° 53' 4'' W
N 0 15 30 60 90 86° 52' 57'' W Feet 0 50 100 200 300 Map projection: Web Mercator Corner coordinates: WGS84 Edge tics: UTM Zone 16N WGS84 9 Custom Soil Resource Report
MAP LEGEND MAP INFORMATION
Area of Interest (AOI) Spoil Area The soil surveys that comprise your AOI were mapped at Area of Interest (AOI) 1:15,800. Stony Spot Soils Very Stony Spot Soil Map Unit Polygons Warning: Soil Map may not be valid at this scale. Wet Spot Soil Map Unit Lines Enlargement of maps beyond the scale of mapping can cause Other Soil Map Unit Points misunderstanding of the detail of mapping and accuracy of soil Special Line Features line placement. The maps do not show the small areas of Special Point Features contrasting soils that could have been shown at a more detailed Blowout Water Features scale. Streams and Canals Borrow Pit Transportation Please rely on the bar scale on each map sheet for map Clay Spot Rails measurements. Closed Depression Interstate Highways Source of Map: Natural Resources Conservation Service Gravel Pit US Routes Web Soil Survey URL: Gravelly Spot Coordinate System: Web Mercator (EPSG:3857) Major Roads Landfill Local Roads Maps from the Web Soil Survey are based on the Web Mercator Lava Flow projection, which preserves direction and shape but distorts Background distance and area. A projection that preserves area, such as the Marsh or swamp Aerial Photography Albers equal-area conic projection, should be used if more Mine or Quarry accurate calculations of distance or area are required.
Miscellaneous Water This product is generated from the USDA-NRCS certified data as Perennial Water of the version date(s) listed below.
Rock Outcrop Soil Survey Area: Putnam County, Indiana Saline Spot Survey Area Data: Version 21, Sep 16, 2019
Sandy Spot Soil map units are labeled (as space allows) for map scales Severely Eroded Spot 1:50,000 or larger.
Sinkhole Date(s) aerial images were photographed: Apr 25, 2014—Mar Slide or Slip 20, 2017
Sodic Spot The orthophoto or other base map on which the soil lines were compiled and digitized probably differs from the background imagery displayed on these maps. As a result, some minor shifting of map unit boundaries may be evident.
10 Custom Soil Resource Report
Map Unit Legend
Map Unit Symbol Map Unit Name Acres in AOI Percent of AOI
AlB Alford silt loam, 2 to 6 percent 2.5 45.4% slopes AlC2 Alford silt loam, 6 to 12 percent 2.6 46.7% slopes, eroded CkG Chetwynd silt loam, 25 to 50 0.2 3.5% percent slopes HoG Hickory loam, 25 to 70 percent 0.2 4.4% slopes Totals for Area of Interest 5.5 100.0%
Map Unit Descriptions
The map units delineated on the detailed soil maps in a soil survey represent the soils or miscellaneous areas in the survey area. The map unit descriptions, along with the maps, can be used to determine the composition and properties of a unit. A map unit delineation on a soil map represents an area dominated by one or more major kinds of soil or miscellaneous areas. A map unit is identified and named according to the taxonomic classification of the dominant soils. Within a taxonomic class there are precisely defined limits for the properties of the soils. On the landscape, however, the soils are natural phenomena, and they have the characteristic variability of all natural phenomena. Thus, the range of some observed properties may extend beyond the limits defined for a taxonomic class. Areas of soils of a single taxonomic class rarely, if ever, can be mapped without including areas of other taxonomic classes. Consequently, every map unit is made up of the soils or miscellaneous areas for which it is named and some minor components that belong to taxonomic classes other than those of the major soils. Most minor soils have properties similar to those of the dominant soil or soils in the map unit, and thus they do not affect use and management. These are called noncontrasting, or similar, components. They may or may not be mentioned in a particular map unit description. Other minor components, however, have properties and behavioral characteristics divergent enough to affect use or to require different management. These are called contrasting, or dissimilar, components. They generally are in small areas and could not be mapped separately because of the scale used. Some small areas of strongly contrasting soils or miscellaneous areas are identified by a special symbol on the maps. If included in the database for a given area, the contrasting minor components are identified in the map unit descriptions along with some characteristics of each. A few areas of minor components may not have been observed, and consequently they are not mentioned in the descriptions, especially where the pattern was so complex that it was impractical to make enough observations to identify all the soils and miscellaneous areas on the landscape.
11 Custom Soil Resource Report
The presence of minor components in a map unit in no way diminishes the usefulness or accuracy of the data. The objective of mapping is not to delineate pure taxonomic classes but rather to separate the landscape into landforms or landform segments that have similar use and management requirements. The delineation of such segments on the map provides sufficient information for the development of resource plans. If intensive use of small areas is planned, however, onsite investigation is needed to define and locate the soils and miscellaneous areas. An identifying symbol precedes the map unit name in the map unit descriptions. Each description includes general facts about the unit and gives important soil properties and qualities. Soils that have profiles that are almost alike make up a soil series. Except for differences in texture of the surface layer, all the soils of a series have major horizons that are similar in composition, thickness, and arrangement. Soils of one series can differ in texture of the surface layer, slope, stoniness, salinity, degree of erosion, and other characteristics that affect their use. On the basis of such differences, a soil series is divided into soil phases. Most of the areas shown on the detailed soil maps are phases of soil series. The name of a soil phase commonly indicates a feature that affects use or management. For example, Alpha silt loam, 0 to 2 percent slopes, is a phase of the Alpha series. Some map units are made up of two or more major soils or miscellaneous areas. These map units are complexes, associations, or undifferentiated groups. A complex consists of two or more soils or miscellaneous areas in such an intricate pattern or in such small areas that they cannot be shown separately on the maps. The pattern and proportion of the soils or miscellaneous areas are somewhat similar in all areas. Alpha-Beta complex, 0 to 6 percent slopes, is an example. An association is made up of two or more geographically associated soils or miscellaneous areas that are shown as one unit on the maps. Because of present or anticipated uses of the map units in the survey area, it was not considered practical or necessary to map the soils or miscellaneous areas separately. The pattern and relative proportion of the soils or miscellaneous areas are somewhat similar. Alpha-Beta association, 0 to 2 percent slopes, is an example. An undifferentiated group is made up of two or more soils or miscellaneous areas that could be mapped individually but are mapped as one unit because similar interpretations can be made for use and management. The pattern and proportion of the soils or miscellaneous areas in a mapped area are not uniform. An area can be made up of only one of the major soils or miscellaneous areas, or it can be made up of all of them. Alpha and Beta soils, 0 to 2 percent slopes, is an example. Some surveys include miscellaneous areas. Such areas have little or no soil material and support little or no vegetation. Rock outcrop is an example.
12 Custom Soil Resource Report
Putnam County, Indiana
AlB—Alford silt loam, 2 to 6 percent slopes
Map Unit Setting National map unit symbol: 5c99 Elevation: 350 to 1,050 feet Mean annual precipitation: 36 to 46 inches Mean annual air temperature: 49 to 56 degrees F Frost-free period: 180 to 200 days Farmland classification: All areas are prime farmland
Map Unit Composition Alford and similar soils: 100 percent Estimates are based on observations, descriptions, and transects of the mapunit.
Description of Alford Setting Landform: Loess hills Landform position (two-dimensional): Shoulder, summit Landform position (three-dimensional): Interfluve Down-slope shape: Convex Across-slope shape: Linear Parent material: Loess Typical profile H1 - 0 to 9 inches: silt loam H2 - 9 to 49 inches: silty clay loam H3 - 49 to 80 inches: silt loam Properties and qualities Slope: 2 to 6 percent Depth to restrictive feature: More than 80 inches Natural drainage class: Well drained Runoff class: Low Capacity of the most limiting layer to transmit water (Ksat): Moderately high to high (0.60 to 2.00 in/hr) Depth to water table: More than 80 inches Frequency of flooding: None Frequency of ponding: None Available water storage in profile: High (about 11.9 inches) Interpretive groups Land capability classification (irrigated): None specified Land capability classification (nonirrigated): 2e Hydrologic Soil Group: B Other vegetative classification: Trees/Timber (Woody Vegetation) Hydric soil rating: No
13 Custom Soil Resource Report
AlC2—Alford silt loam, 6 to 12 percent slopes, eroded
Map Unit Setting National map unit symbol: 2w0v7 Elevation: 530 to 920 feet Mean annual precipitation: 37 to 46 inches Mean annual air temperature: 48 to 55 degrees F Frost-free period: 145 to 180 days Farmland classification: Not prime farmland
Map Unit Composition Alford and similar soils: 100 percent Estimates are based on observations, descriptions, and transects of the mapunit.
Description of Alford Setting Landform: Loess hills Landform position (two-dimensional): Backslope Landform position (three-dimensional): Side slope Down-slope shape: Convex Across-slope shape: Linear Parent material: Loess Typical profile Ap - 0 to 9 inches: silt Bt - 9 to 41 inches: silty clay loam BC - 41 to 70 inches: silt loam Properties and qualities Slope: 6 to 12 percent Depth to restrictive feature: More than 80 inches Natural drainage class: Well drained Runoff class: Medium Capacity of the most limiting layer to transmit water (Ksat): Moderately high to high (0.60 to 2.00 in/hr) Depth to water table: More than 80 inches Frequency of flooding: None Frequency of ponding: None Salinity, maximum in profile: Nonsaline to very slightly saline (0.0 to 2.0 mmhos/cm) Available water storage in profile: Very high (about 12.1 inches) Interpretive groups Land capability classification (irrigated): None specified Land capability classification (nonirrigated): 3e Hydrologic Soil Group: B Hydric soil rating: No
14 Custom Soil Resource Report
CkG—Chetwynd silt loam, 25 to 50 percent slopes
Map Unit Setting National map unit symbol: 5c9l Elevation: 350 to 1,050 feet Mean annual precipitation: 36 to 46 inches Mean annual air temperature: 49 to 56 degrees F Frost-free period: 180 to 200 days Farmland classification: Not prime farmland
Map Unit Composition Chetwynd and similar soils: 100 percent Estimates are based on observations, descriptions, and transects of the mapunit.
Description of Chetwynd Setting Landform: Outwash plains Landform position (two-dimensional): Summit Landform position (three-dimensional): Side slope Down-slope shape: Convex Across-slope shape: Linear Parent material: Loess over loamy outwash Typical profile H1 - 0 to 12 inches: silt loam H2 - 12 to 40 inches: sandy clay loam H3 - 40 to 48 inches: sandy loam H4 - 48 to 70 inches: stratified sand to sandy loam to gravelly sandy loam Properties and qualities Slope: 25 to 50 percent Depth to restrictive feature: More than 80 inches Natural drainage class: Well drained Runoff class: High Capacity of the most limiting layer to transmit water (Ksat): Moderately high to high (0.60 to 2.00 in/hr) Depth to water table: More than 80 inches Frequency of flooding: None Frequency of ponding: None Available water storage in profile: High (about 10.6 inches) Interpretive groups Land capability classification (irrigated): None specified Land capability classification (nonirrigated): 7e Hydrologic Soil Group: B Other vegetative classification: Trees/Timber (Woody Vegetation) Hydric soil rating: No
15 Custom Soil Resource Report
HoG—Hickory loam, 25 to 70 percent slopes
Map Unit Setting National map unit symbol: 5cb2 Elevation: 350 to 1,050 feet Mean annual precipitation: 36 to 46 inches Mean annual air temperature: 49 to 56 degrees F Frost-free period: 180 to 200 days Farmland classification: Not prime farmland
Map Unit Composition Hickory and similar soils: 100 percent Estimates are based on observations, descriptions, and transects of the mapunit.
Description of Hickory Setting Landform: Till plains Landform position (two-dimensional): Backslope Landform position (three-dimensional): Side slope Down-slope shape: Convex Across-slope shape: Linear Parent material: Loamy till Typical profile A - 0 to 16 inches: silt loam H2 - 16 to 52 inches: clay loam H3 - 52 to 60 inches: loam Properties and qualities Slope: 25 to 70 percent Depth to restrictive feature: More than 80 inches Natural drainage class: Well drained Runoff class: High Capacity of the most limiting layer to transmit water (Ksat): Moderately low to moderately high (0.06 to 0.60 in/hr) Depth to water table: More than 80 inches Frequency of flooding: None Frequency of ponding: None Calcium carbonate, maximum in profile: 30 percent Available water storage in profile: High (about 9.7 inches) Interpretive groups Land capability classification (irrigated): None specified Land capability classification (nonirrigated): 7e Hydrologic Soil Group: B Other vegetative classification: Trees/Timber (Woody Vegetation) Hydric soil rating: No
16 Custom Soil Resource Report
17 References
American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). 2004. Standard specifications for transportation materials and methods of sampling and testing. 24th edition. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 2005. Standard classification of soils for engineering purposes. ASTM Standard D2487-00. Cowardin, L.M., V. Carter, F.C. Golet, and E.T. LaRoe. 1979. Classification of wetlands and deep-water habitats of the United States. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service FWS/OBS-79/31. Federal Register. July 13, 1994. Changes in hydric soils of the United States. Federal Register. September 18, 2002. Hydric soils of the United States. Hurt, G.W., and L.M. Vasilas, editors. Version 6.0, 2006. Field indicators of hydric soils in the United States. National Research Council. 1995. Wetlands: Characteristics and boundaries. Soil Survey Division Staff. 1993. Soil survey manual. Soil Conservation Service. U.S. Department of Agriculture Handbook 18. http://www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/portal/ nrcs/detail/national/soils/?cid=nrcs142p2_054262 Soil Survey Staff. 1999. Soil taxonomy: A basic system of soil classification for making and interpreting soil surveys. 2nd edition. Natural Resources Conservation Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture Handbook 436. http:// www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/portal/nrcs/detail/national/soils/?cid=nrcs142p2_053577 Soil Survey Staff. 2010. Keys to soil taxonomy. 11th edition. U.S. Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service. http:// www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/portal/nrcs/detail/national/soils/?cid=nrcs142p2_053580 Tiner, R.W., Jr. 1985. Wetlands of Delaware. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and Delaware Department of Natural Resources and Environmental Control, Wetlands Section. United States Army Corps of Engineers, Environmental Laboratory. 1987. Corps of Engineers wetlands delineation manual. Waterways Experiment Station Technical Report Y-87-1. United States Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service. National forestry manual. http://www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/portal/nrcs/detail/soils/ home/?cid=nrcs142p2_053374 United States Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service. National range and pasture handbook. http://www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/portal/nrcs/ detail/national/landuse/rangepasture/?cid=stelprdb1043084
18 Custom Soil Resource Report
United States Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service. National soil survey handbook, title 430-VI. http://www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/portal/ nrcs/detail/soils/scientists/?cid=nrcs142p2_054242 United States Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service. 2006. Land resource regions and major land resource areas of the United States, the Caribbean, and the Pacific Basin. U.S. Department of Agriculture Handbook 296. http://www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/portal/nrcs/detail/national/soils/? cid=nrcs142p2_053624 United States Department of Agriculture, Soil Conservation Service. 1961. Land capability classification. U.S. Department of Agriculture Handbook 210. http:// www.nrcs.usda.gov/Internet/FSE_DOCUMENTS/nrcs142p2_052290.pdf
19
Putnamville Prison Industries Building SUMMARY K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 011000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Contract description. 2. Work by Owner or other Work at the Site. 3. Owner-furnished products. 4. Contractor's use of Site and premises. 5. Permits. 6. Specification conventions.
1.2 CONTRACT DESCRIPTION
A. Work of the Project includes the construction of a new Prison Industries Building within the secure perimeter of Putnamville Correctional Facility in Greencastle, IN. The building houses: yet unknown Prison Industries and consists of approximately 21,000 square feet of new construction. See drawings for additional information.
B. Perform Work of the Contract under a stipulated sum Contract with Owner according to Conditions of Contract.
1.3 WORK BY OWNER OR OTHERS
A. If Owner-awarded contracts interfere with each other due to work being performed at the same time or at the same Site, Owner will determine the sequence of work under all contracts according to "Work Sequence" and "Contractor's Use of Site and Premises" Articles in this Section.
B. Coordinate Work with utilities of Owner and public or private agencies.
C. Work under this Contract includes: 1. Work as indicated on Drawings.
1.4 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS
A. Owner's Responsibilities: 1. Arrange for and deliver Owner-reviewed Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples to Contractor. 2. Arrange and pay for delivery to Site. 3. Upon delivery, inspect products jointly with Contractor. 4. Submit claims for transportation damage and replace damaged, defective, or deficient items. 5. Arrange for manufacturers' warranties, inspections, and service. 6. Installation of Owner furnished equipment.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 3 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building SUMMARY K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 011000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
7. Installation of furnishings and furniture. 8. Stocking of supplies. 9. The Owner will install systems into conduit and structures provided under this contract. In general, these include: a. Security Electronics b. Video Surveillance c. Temporary and Permanent Site and Building Fencing
B. Items noted ‘OFOI’ (Owner Furnished, Owner Installed) will be furnished and installed by Owner as is appropriate to the flow of the work, and ‘OFCI’ (Owner Furnished, Contractor Installed) will be furnished to the Contractor by the Owner for the Contractor to install. Items noted ‘NIC’ (Not in Contract) are not in contract and will be provided by others.
C. Contractor's Responsibilities: 1. Review Owner-reviewed Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. 2. Receive and unload products at Site; inspect for completeness or damage jointly with Owner. 3. Handle, store, install, and finish products. 4. Contractor is responsible for scheduling the work, storing such equipment if requested, and coordinating related work in the Contract with installation of NIC and OFOI equipment. 5. Contractor shall provide all preparatory work necessary for proper installation including blocking and backing, and finish work including caulking, grouting, furring, and painting adjacent surfaces as required for NIC and OFOI equipment. Confirm with Owner work to be done.
D. Repair or replace items damaged after receipt. Items furnished by Owner for installation by Contractor:
1.5 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF SITE AND PREMISES
A. Limit use of Site to allow: 1. Owner occupancy. 2. Work by Owner. 3. Work by Others.
B. Construction Operations: Limited to areas indicated on Drawings 1. Noisy and Disruptive Operations (such as Use of Jack Hammers and Other Noisy Equipment): Not allowed in close proximity to existing building during regular hours of operation. Coordinate and schedule such operations with Owner to minimize disruptions.
C. Time Restrictions for Performing Work: None .
D. Utility Outages and Shutdown: 1. Coordinate and schedule electrical and other utility outages with Owner.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 3 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building SUMMARY K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 011000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
2. Outages: Allowed only at previously agreed upon times. 3. At least one At least one week before scheduled outage, submit Outage Request Plan to Owner itemizing the dates, times, and duration of each requested outage.
E. Construction Plan: Before start of construction, provide the owner a construction plan regarding access to Work, use of Site, and utility outages for acceptance by Owner. After acceptance of plan, construction operations shall comply with accepted plan unless deviations are accepted by Owner in writing.
1.6 PERMITS
A. Furnish necessary permits for construction of Work including the following: 1. No Building Permits are required.
1.7 SPECIFICATION CONVENTIONS
A. These Specifications are written in imperative mood and streamlined form. This imperative language is directed to Contractor unless specifically noted otherwise. The words "shall be" are included by inference where a colon (:) is used within sentences or phrases.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION - Not Used
END OF SECTION 011000
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 3 May 8, 2020
Putnamville Prison Industries Building ALTERNATES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 011030 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Submission procedures. B. Documentation of changes to Contract Sum/Price and Contract Time.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. DAPW 30 – Instruction to Bidders B. DAPW 13 – Contractor’s Bid Form C. Section 013216 – Construction Progress Schedule D. Section 013300 – Submittal Procedures
1.3 SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. Submit Alternates identifying the effect on adjacent or related components. B. Alternates quoted on Bid Forms will be reviewed and accepted or rejected at the Owner's option. Accepted Alternates will be identified in the Owner-Contractor Agreement. C. Coordinate related work and modify surrounding work to integrate the Work of each Alternate.
1.4 SELECTION AND AWARD OF ALTERNATES A. Indicate variation of Bid Price for Alternates described below. This form requests a "difference" in Bid Price by adding to the base Bid Price. B. Bids will be evaluated on the base bid price including any or all alternates accepted by the Owner. C. Price of Bid Alternates shall be held for 120 days from Contract Date.
1.5 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES
A. Add Alternate No. 1 – Add additional 30’-0” Bay to the South end of the building. See the Alternate #1 Sheets included in the Construction Documents.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION - Not Used
END OF SECTION 011030
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 1 May 8, 2020
Indiana State Prison Support Services Building DAPW REMEDIATION ALLOWANCE Integrus Project No. 21432.00 SECTION 012200 IDOA Project No. 14-007-C1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. DAPW 13-Contractor's Bid Form, DAPW 26- General Conditions of the Contract, and DAPW 33-Standard Agreement for Construction Projects apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. An allowance required by Public Works Division, Indiana Department of Administration, acting as Owner, shall be included in the Base Bid.
1.3 REMEDIATION ALLOWANCE
A. Contractor shall include an allowance of FIFTY THOUSAND ($50,000.00), for Owner directed remediation of unforeseen constraints.
B. Such constraints may include, but are not necessarily limited to, unforeseen subsurface conditions particular to this construction site; improperly recorded, or unrecorded, physical properties and conditions at the site; obstruction of, or delays to, reasonable work sequences by the Institution, Using Agency, or Owner; uncommon adverse weather or site conditions; conflicts within, or omissions from, the Contract Documents; or other unforeseen constraints to critical path construction activity.
C. All remediation work shall be proposed to, and authorized by, the Director of Public Works Division prior to execution; jointly documented by Contractor and Designer; and recorded in Contractor's as-builts and Designer's project record documents. Proposed work must be accompanied with full documentation, and if authorized, shall be billed against, and paid under, the Remediation Allowance line item on the Schedule of Values.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION - Not Used
END OF SECTION 012200
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 1 August 28, 2015
Putnamville Prison Industries Building SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 012500 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Quality assurance.
B. Product options.
C. Product substitution procedures.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Contract is based on products and standards established in Contract Documents without consideration of proposed substitutions.
B. Products specified define standard of quality, type, function, dimension, appearance, and performance required.
C. Substitution Proposals: Permitted for specified products except where specified otherwise. Do not substitute products unless substitution has been accepted and approved in writing by Owner.
1.3 PRODUCT OPTIONS
A. See Section 016000 - Product Requirements.
1.4 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
A. DAPW 30 - Instructions to Bidders specifies time restrictions for submitting requests for substitutions during Bidding period.
B. Substitutions may be considered when a product becomes unavailable through no fault of Contractor.
C. Document each request with complete data, substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents, including: 1. Manufacturer's name and address, product, trade name, model, or catalog number, performance and test data, and reference standards. 2. Itemized point-by-point comparison of proposed substitution with specified product, listing variations in quality, performance, and other pertinent characteristics. 3. Reference to Article and Paragraph numbers in Specification Section. 4. Cost data comparing proposed substitution with specified product and amount of net change to Contract Sum. 5. Changes required in other Work.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 3 August 28, 2015 Putnamville Prison Industries Building SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 012500 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
6. Availability of maintenance service and source of replacement parts as applicable. 7. Certified test data to show compliance with performance characteristics specified. 8. Samples when applicable or requested. 9. Other information as necessary to assist Architect/Engineer's evaluation. D. A request constitutes a representation that Bidder or Contractor: 1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds quality level of specified product. 2. Will provide same warranty for substitution as for specified product. 3. Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work that may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner. 4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension that may subsequently become apparent. 5. Will coordinate installation of the accepted substitute, making such changes as may be required for the Work to be complete in all respects. 6. Will reimburse Owner and Architect/Engineer for review or redesign services associated with re-approval by authorities having jurisdiction.
E. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on Shop Drawing or Product Data submittals without separate written request or when acceptance will require revision to Contract Documents.
F. Substitution Submittal Procedure: 1. Submit requests for substitutions on form attached to end of this Section (an electronic version of this form is available from the Architect upon request). 2. Submit electronic files to Project website of Request for Substitution for consideration. Limit each request to one proposed substitution. 3. Submit Shop Drawings, Product Data, and certified test results attesting to proposed product equivalence. Burden of proof is on proposer. 4. Architect/Engineer will notify Contractor in writing of decision to accept or reject request.
1.5 INSTALLER SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
A. DAPW 30 - Instructions to Bidders specifies time restrictions for submitting requests for substitutions during Bidding period.
B. Document each request with: 1. Installer's qualifications. 2. Installer's experience in work similar to that specified. 3. Other information as necessary to assist Architect/Engineer's evaluation.
C. Substitution Submittal Procedure: 1. Submit electronic files to Project website of Request for Substitution for consideration. Limit each request to one proposed substitution. 2. Architect/Engineer will notify Contractor in writing of decision to accept or reject request.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 3 August 28, 2015 Putnamville Prison Industries Building SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 012500 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION - Not Used
END OF SECTION 012500
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 3 August 28, 2015
Putnamville Prison Industries Building ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 013000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Coordination and Project conditions.
B. Preconstruction meeting.
C. Site mobilization meeting.
D. Progress meetings.
E. Preinstallation meetings.
F. Closeout meeting.
G. Alteration procedures.
1.2 COORDINATION AND PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and Work of various Sections of Project Manual to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later.
B. Verify that utility requirements and characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate Work of various Sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing operating equipment in service.
C. Coordinate space requirements, supports, and installation of mechanical and electrical Work indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit as closely as practical; place runs parallel with lines of building. Use spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs. 1. Coordination Drawings: Prepare as required to coordinate all portions of Work. Show relationship and integration of different construction elements that require coordination during fabrication or installation to fit in space provided or to function as intended. Indicate locations where space is limited for installation and access and where sequencing and coordination of installations are important.
D. Coordination Meetings: In addition to other meetings specified in this Section, hold coordination meetings with personnel and Subcontractors to ensure coordination of Work.
E. In finished areas except as otherwise indicated, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements.
F. Coordinate completion and clean-up of Work of separate Sections in preparation for Substantial Completion and for portions of Work designated for Owner's partial occupancy and
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 6 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 013000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
for portions of Work designated for Owner's occupancy.
G. After Owner's occupancy of premises, coordinate access to Site for correction of defective Work and Work not complying with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of Owner's activities.
1.3 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING
A. Architect/Engineer will schedule and preside over meeting after Notice of Award.
B. Attendance Required: Architect/Engineer, Owner, major Subcontractors and Contractor.
C. Minimum Agenda: 1. Discussion of Owner-Contractor Agreement. 2. Submission of executed bonds and insurance certificates. 3. Distribution of Contract Documents. 4. Submission of list of Subcontractors, list of products, schedule of values, and Progress Schedule. 5. Designation of personnel representing parties in Contract and Architect/Engineer. 6. Communication procedures. 7. Procedures and processing of requests for interpretations, field decisions, field orders, submittals, substitutions, Applications for Payments, proposal request, Change Orders, and Contract closeout procedures. 8. Scheduling. 9. Critical Work sequencing.
D. Architect/Engineer: Record minutes and distribute electronic copies to participants within two days after meeting, to Owner, Contractor and those affected by decisions made.
1.4 SITE MOBILIZATION MEETING
A. Contractor will schedule and preside over meeting at Project Site prior to Contractor occupancy.
B. Attendance Required: Architect/Engineer, Owner, Contractor, Contractor's superintendent, consultants and major Subcontractors.
C. Minimum Agenda: 1. Use of premises by Owner and Contractor. 2. Owner's requirements and partial occupancy. 3. Construction facilities and controls. 4. Temporary utilities. 5. Survey and building layout. 6. Security and housekeeping procedures. 7. Schedules. 8. Procedures for testing. 9. Procedures for maintaining record documents.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 6 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 013000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
10. Requirements for startup of equipment. 11. Inspection and acceptance of equipment put into service during construction period.
D. Architect/Engineer: Record minutes and distribute electronic copies to participants within two days after meeting, to Owner, Contractor and those affected by decisions made.
1.5 PROGRESS MEETINGS
A. Schedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the Work at maximum monthly intervals. Revisions to this can be made, by mutually agreeable change, after schedule has been established.
B. Architect/Engineer will make arrangements for meetings, prepare agenda with copies for participants, and preside over meetings.
C. Attendance Required: Job superintendent, major Subcontractors and suppliers, Architect/Engineer and Owner, as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting.
D. Minimum Agenda: 1. Review minutes of previous meetings. 2. Review of Work progress. 3. Field observations, problems, and decisions. 4. Identification of problems impeding planned progress. 5. Review of submittal schedule and status of submittals. 6. Review of off-Site fabrication and delivery schedules. 7. Maintenance of Progress Schedule. 8. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. 9. Planned progress during succeeding work period (provide two week look ahead schedule). 10. Coordination of projected progress. 11. Maintenance of quality and work standards. 12. Effect of proposed changes on Progress Schedule and coordination. 13. Review draft of Application for Payment (at end of month). 14. Other business relating to Work. 15. Confirm next meeting date, location and time plus those requested to be in attendance
E. Architect/Engineer: Record minutes and distribute electronic copies to participants within two days after meeting, with electronic copies each to Owner, Contractor and those affected by decisions made.
1.6 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. When required in individual Specification Sections, the Contractor will convene preinstallation meetings at Project Site or other appropriate location before starting Work of specific Section.
B. Require attendance of parties directly affecting, or affected by, Work of specific Section.
C. Notify Architect/Engineer four days in advance of meeting date and include them on the
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 6 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 013000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
schedule.
D. Prepare agenda and preside over meeting: 1. Review conditions of installation, preparation, and installation procedures. 2. Review coordination with related Work.
E. Architect/Engineer: Record minutes and distribute electronic copies to participants within two days after meeting, with electronic copies each to Owner, Contractor and those affected by decisions made.
1.7 CLOSEOUT MEETING
A. Schedule Project closeout meeting with sufficient time to prepare for requesting Substantial Completion. Preside over meeting and be responsible for minutes.
B. Attendance Required: Contractor, major Subcontractors, Architect/Engineer, Owner and others appropriate to the agenda.
C. Notify Architect/Engineer and approve date four days in advance of meeting date.
D. Minimum Agenda: 1. Start-up of facilities and systems. 2. Operations and maintenance manuals. 3. Testing, adjusting, and balancing. 4. System demonstration and observation. 5. Operation and maintenance instructions for Owner's personnel. 6. Contractor's inspection of Work. 7. Contractor's preparation of an initial "punch list." 8. Procedure to request Architect/Engineer inspection to determine date of Substantial Completion. 9. Completion time for correcting deficiencies. 10. Inspections by authorities having jurisdiction. 11. Certificate of Occupancy and transfer of insurance responsibilities. 12. Partial release of retainage. 13. Final cleaning. 14. Preparation for final inspection. 15. Verify Owner’s personnel have received training as indicated for the systems in the contract. 16. Closeout Submittals: a. Project record documents. b. Operating and maintenance documents. c. Operating and maintenance materials. d. Affidavits. 17. Final Application for Payment. 18. Contractor's demobilization of Site. 19. Maintenance.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 6 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 013000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
E. Architect/Engineer: Record minutes and distribute electronic copies to participants within two days after meeting, with electronic copies to Owner, Contractor and those affected by decisions made.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 ALTERATION PROCEDURES
A. Materials: As specified in product Sections; match existing products with new products for patching and extending Work.
B. Employ skilled and experienced installer to perform alteration and renovation Work.
C. Cut, move, or remove items as necessary for access to alterations and renovation Work. Replace and restore at completion. Comply with Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements
D. Remove unsuitable material not marked for salvage, including rotted wood, corroded metals, and deteriorated masonry and concrete. Replace materials as specified for finished Work.
E. Remove debris and abandoned items from area and from concealed spaces.
F. Prepare surface and remove surface finishes to permit installation of new Work and finishes.
G. Close openings in exterior surfaces to protect existing Work from weather and extremes of temperature and humidity.
H. Remove, cut, and patch Work to minimize damage and to permit restoring products and finishes to original or specified condition.
I. Refinish existing visible surfaces to remain in renovated rooms and spaces, to specified condition for each material, with neat transition to adjacent finishes.
J. Where new Work abuts or aligns with existing Work, provide smooth and even transition. Patch Work to match existing adjacent Work in texture and appearance.
K. When finished surfaces are cut so that smooth transition with new Work is not possible, terminate existing surface along straight line at natural line of division and submit recommendation to Architect/Engineer for review.
L. Where change of plane of 1/4 inch or more occurs, submit recommendation for providing smooth transition to Architect/Engineer for review.
M. Trim existing doors to clear new floor finish. Refinish trim to original or specified condition.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 5 of 6 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 013000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
N. Patch or replace portions of existing surfaces that are damaged, lifted, discolored or showing other imperfections.
O. Finish surfaces as specified in individual product Sections.
END OF SECTION 013000
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 6 of 6 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 013216 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Submittals.
B. Quality assurance.
C. Format for network analysis schedules.
D. Network analysis schedules.
E. Bar chart schedules.
F. Review and evaluation.
G. Updating schedules.
H. Distribution.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Within 10 days after date of Notice to Proceed, submit proposed preliminary diagram defining planned operations for first 60 days of Work, with general outline for remainder of Work.
B. Participate in review of preliminary and complete diagrams jointly with Architect/Engineer.
C. Within 20 days after joint review of proposed preliminary diagram, submit draft of proposed complete network diagram for review. Include written certification that major, mechanical and electrical Subcontractors have reviewed and accepted proposed schedule.
D. Submit updated schedules with each Application for Payment.
E. Post as electronic file to Project website.
F. Submit schedules under transmittal letter form specified in Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures.
G. Schedule Updates: 1. Overall percent complete, projected and actual. 2. Completion progress by listed activity and sub-activity, to within five working days prior to submittal. 3. Changes in Work scope and activities modified since submittal. 4. Delays in submittals or resubmittals, deliveries, or Work. 5. Adjusted or modified sequences of Work. 6. Other identifiable changes.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 4 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 013216 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
7. Revised projections of progress and completion.
H. Narrative Progress Report: 1. Submit with each monthly submission of Progress Schedule. 2. Summary of Work completed during the past period between reports. 3. Work planned during the next period. 4. Explanation of differences between summary of Work completed and Work planned in previously submitted report. 5. Current and anticipated delaying factors and estimated impact on other activities and completion milestones. 6. Corrective action taken or proposed.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Scheduler: Contractor's personnel specializing in CPM scheduling with two years' minimum experience in scheduling construction work of complexity comparable to the Project and having use of computer facilities capable of delivering detailed graphic printout within 48 hours of request.
B. Contractor's Administrative Personnel: two years' minimum experience in using and monitoring CPM schedules on comparable Projects.
1.4 FORMAT FOR NETWORK ANALYSIS SCHEDULE
A. Listings: Reading from left to right, in ascending order for each activity. Identify each activity with applicable Specification Section number.
B. Diagram Sheet Size: minimum 11 x 17 inches.
C. Scale and Spacing: To allow for notations and revisions.
1.5 NETWORK ANALYSIS SCHEDULES (For projects over $20 million)
A. Prepare analysis diagrams and supporting mathematical analyses using critical path method.
B. Illustrate order and interdependence of activities and sequence of Work; how start of given activity depends on completion of preceding activities, and how completion of activity may restrain start of subsequent activities.
C. Illustrate complete sequence of construction by activity, identifying Work of separate stages or floors. Indicate dates for submittals and return of submittals; dates for procurement and delivery of long lead and critical products; and dates for installation and provision for testing. Include legend for symbols and abbreviations used.
D. Mathematical Analysis: Tabulate each activity of detailed network diagrams using calendar dates, and identify for each activity: 1. Preceding and following event numbers.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 4 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 013216 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
2. Activity description. 3. Estimated duration of activity, in maximum 15-day intervals. Status of critical activities. 4. Earliest start date. 5. Earliest finish date. 6. Actual start date. 7. Actual finish date. 8. Latest start date. 9. Latest finish date. 10. Total and free float; accrue float time to Owner and to Owner's benefit. 11. Monetary value of activity, keyed to Schedule of Values. 12. Percentage of activity completed. 13. Responsibility.
E. Analysis Program: Capable of accepting revised completion dates, and of recomputing of scheduled dates and float.
F. Required Sorts: List activities in sorts or groups: 1. By preceding Work item or event number from lowest to highest. 2. By longest float, then in order of early start. 3. By responsibility in order of earliest possible start date. 4. In order of latest allowable start dates. 5. In order of latest allowable finish dates. 6. Contractor's periodic payment request sorted by Schedule of Values list. 7. List of basic input data-generating report. 8. List of activities on critical path.
G. Prepare subschedules for each stage of Work identified in Section 011000 - Summary.
H. Coordinate contents with Schedule of Values in Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures.
1.6 BAR CHART SCHEDULES (For projects less than $20 million)
A. Format: Bar chart Schedule, to include at least: 1. Identification and listing in chronological order of those activities reasonably required to complete the Work, including: a. Subcontract Work. b. Major equipment design, fabrication, factory testing, and delivery dates including required lead times. c. Preconstruction conferences. d. Move-in and other preliminary activities. e. Equipment and equipment system test and startup activities. f. Project closeout and cleanup. g. Work sequences, constraints, and milestones. 2. Listings identified by Specification Section number. 3. Identification of the following: a. Horizontal time frame by year, month, and week.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 4 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 013216 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
b. Duration, early start, and completion for each activity and subactivity. c. Critical activities and Project float. d. Subschedules to further define critical portions of Work.
1.7 REVIEW AND EVALUATION
A. Participate in joint review and evaluation of schedules with Architect/Engineer at each submittal.
B. Evaluate Project status to determine Work behind schedule and Work ahead of schedule.
C. After review, revise schedules incorporating results of review and resubmit within 10 days.
1.8 UPDATING SCHEDULES
A. Maintain schedules to record actual start and finish dates of completed activities.
B. Indicate progress of each activity to date of revision, with projected completion date of each activity. Update schedules to depict current status of Work.
C. Identify activities modified since previous submittal, major changes in Work, and other identifiable changes.
D. Upon approval of a Change Order, include the change in the next schedule submittal.
E. Indicate changes required to maintain Date of Substantial Completion.
F. Submit sorts as required to support recommended changes.
G. Prepare narrative report to define problem areas, anticipated delays, and impact on schedule. Report corrective action taken or proposed and its effect.
1.9 DISTRIBUTION
A. Following joint review, distribute copies of updated schedules to Contractor's Project site file, to Subcontractors, suppliers, Architect/Engineer, Owner and other concerned parties.
B. Instruct recipients to promptly report, in writing, problems anticipated by projections shown in schedules.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION - Not Used
END OF SECTION 013216
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 4 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 013300 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Definitions.
B. Submittal procedures.
C. Construction progress schedules.
D. Proposed product list.
E. Product data.
F. Use of electronic CAD files of Project Drawings.
G. Shop Drawings.
H. Samples.
I. Other submittals.
J. Design data.
K. Test reports.
L. Certificates.
M. Manufacturer's instructions.
N. Manufacturer's field reports.
O. Erection Drawings.
P. Construction photographs.
Q. Contractor review.
R. Architect/Engineer review.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require Architect/Engineer's responsive action.
B. Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical Samples that do not require Architect/Engineer's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 9 May 8,2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 013300 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
with requirements.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 9 May 8,2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 013300 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
1.3 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. Transmit each submittal with Architect/Engineer-accepted form.
B. Sequentially number transmittal forms. Mark revised submittals with original number and sequential alphabetic suffix.
C. Identify: Project, Contractor, Subcontractor and supplier, pertinent Drawing and detail number, and Specification Section number appropriate to submittal.
D. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed, certifying that review, approval, verification of products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of information is according to requirements of the Work and Contract Documents.
E. Schedule submittals to expedite Project, and submit electronic submittals via email as PDF electronic files. Coordinate submission of related items.
F. For each submittal for review, allow 15 days excluding delivery time to and from Contractor.
G. Identify variations in Contract Documents and product or system limitations that may be detrimental to successful performance of completed Work.
H. Allow space on submittals for Contractor and Architect/Engineer review stamps.
I. When revised for resubmission, identify changes made since previous submission.
J. Distribute copies of reviewed submittals as appropriate. Instruct parties to promptly report inability to comply with requirements.
K. Submittals not requested will not be recognized nor processed.
L. Incomplete Submittals: Architect/Engineer will not review. Complete submittals for each item are required. Delays resulting from incomplete submittals are not the responsibility of Architect/Engineer.
1.4 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES
A. Comply with Section 013216 - Construction Progress Schedule
1.5 PROPOSED PRODUCT LIST
A. Within 15 days after date of Notice to Proceed, submit list of major products proposed for use, with name of manufacturer, trade name, and model number of each product.
B. For products specified only by reference standards, indicate manufacturer, trade name, model or catalog designation and reference standards.
1.6 PRODUCT DATA
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 9 May 8,2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 013300 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
A. Product Data: Action Submittal: Submit to Architect/Engineer for review for assessing conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents.
B. Submit electronic submittals via email as PDF electronic files.
C. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information specific to this Project.
D. Indicate product utility and electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances.
E. After review, produce copies and distribute according to "Submittal Procedures" Article and for record documents described in Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements.
1.7 ELECTRONIC CAD FILES OF PROJECT DRAWINGS
A. Electronic CAD Files of Project Drawings: May only be used to expedite production of Shop Drawings for the Project. Use for other Projects or purposes is not allowed.
B. Electronic CAD Files of Project Drawings: Distributed only under the following conditions: 1. Use of files is solely at receiver's risk. Architect/Engineer does not warrant accuracy of files. Receiving files in electronic form does not relieve receiver of responsibilities for measurements, dimensions, and quantities set forth in Contract Documents. In the event of ambiguity, discrepancy, or conflict between information on electronic media and that in Contract Documents, notify Architect/Engineer of discrepancy and use information in hard-copy Drawings and Specifications. 2. CAD files do not necessarily represent the latest Contract Documents, existing conditions, and as-built conditions. Receiver is responsible for determining and complying with these conditions and for incorporating addenda and modifications. 3. User is responsible for removing information not normally provided on Shop Drawings and removing references to Contract Documents. Shop Drawings submitted with information associated with other trades or with references to Contract Documents will not be reviewed and will be immediately returned. 4. Receiver shall not hold Architect/Engineer responsible for data or file clean-up required to make files usable, nor for error or malfunction in translation, interpretation, or use of this electronic information. 5. Receiver shall understand that even though Architect/Engineer has computer virus scanning software to detect presence of computer viruses, there is no guarantee that computer viruses are not present in files or in electronic media. 6. Receiver shall not hold Architect/Engineer responsible for such viruses or their consequences, and shall hold Architect/Engineer harmless against costs, losses, or damage caused by presence of computer virus in files or media. 7. The Contractor is to obtain a Consent for Release of Electronic Media per attached form (an electronic version of this form is available upon request). Subcontractors are to obtain this information from the Contractor and their use of the electronic files is subject to the same conditions.
1.8 SHOP DRAWINGS
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 9 May 8,2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 013300 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
A. Shop Drawings: Action Submittal: Submit to Architect/Engineer for assessing conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents.
B. Indicate special utility and electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances.
C. When required by individual Specification Sections, provide Shop Drawings signed and sealed by a professional Engineer responsible for designing components shown on Shop Drawings. 1. Include signed and sealed calculations to support design. 2. Submit Shop Drawings and calculations in form suitable for submission to and approval by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Make revisions and provide additional information when required by authorities having jurisdiction.
D. Submit electronic submittals via email as PDF electronic files.
E. After review, produce copies and distribute according to "Submittal Procedures" Article and for record documents described in Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements.
1.9 SAMPLES
A. Samples: Action Submittal: Submit to Architect/Engineer for assessing conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents.
B. Samples for Selection as Specified in Product Sections: 1. Submit to Architect/Engineer for aesthetic, color, and finish selection. 2. Submit Samples of finishes, textures, and patterns for Architect/Engineer selection.
C. Submit Samples to illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of products, with integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate Sample submittals for interfacing work.
D. Include identification on each Sample, with full Project information.
E. Submit number of Samples specified in individual Specification Sections; Architect/Engineer will retain one Sample.
F. Reviewed Samples that may be used in the Work are indicated in individual Specification Sections.
G. Samples will not be used for testing purposes unless specifically stated in Specification Section.
H. After review, produce copies and distribute according to "Submittal Procedures" Article and for record documents described in Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements.
1.10 OTHER SUBMITTALS
A. Closeout Submittals: Comply with Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements.
B. Informational Submittal: Submit data for Architect/Engineer's knowledge as Contract
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 5 of 9 May 8,2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 013300 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
administrator or for Owner.
C. Submit information for assessing conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents.
1.11 TEST REPORTS
A. Informational Submittal: Submit reports for Architect/Engineer's knowledge as Contract administrator or for Owner.
B. Submit test reports for information for assessing conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents.
1.12 CERTIFICATES
A. Informational Submittal: Submit certification by manufacturer, installation/application Subcontractor, or Contractor to Architect/Engineer, in quantities specified for Product Data.
B. Indicate material or product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements. Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate.
C. Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or product but must be acceptable to Architect/Engineer.
1.13 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS
A. Informational Submittal: Submit manufacturer's installation instructions for Architect/Engineer's knowledge as Contract administrator or for Owner.
B. Submit printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, startup, adjusting, and finishing, to Architect/Engineer in quantities specified for Product Data.
C. Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention, and special environmental criteria required for application or installation.
1.14 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD REPORTS
A. Informational Submittal: Submit reports for Architect/Engineer's knowledge as Contract administrator or for Owner.
B. Submit a PDF report within 5 days of observation to Architect/Engineer for information unless it is needed sooner.
C. Submit reports for information for assessing conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents.
1.15 ERECTION DRAWINGS
A. Informational Submittal: Submit Drawings for Architect/Engineer's knowledge as Contract
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 6 of 9 May 8,2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 013300 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
administrator or for Owner.
B. Submit Drawings for information assessing conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents.
C. Data indicating inappropriate or unacceptable Work may be subject to action by Architect/Engineer or Owner.
1.16 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
A. Provide photographs of Site and construction throughout progress of Work produced by an experienced photographer acceptable to Architect/Engineer.
B. Submit photographs with Application for Payment.
C. Photographs: One print; black and white, matte; 8 x 10 inch size; mounted on 8-1/2 x 11-inch soft card stock, with left edge binding margin for three-hole punch. Digital images, as indicated for the record documents, may be substituted if approved on a project by project basis.
D. Take sufficient Site photographs from different directions and sufficient interior photographs indicating relative progress of the Work, 5 days maximum before submitting, to confirm billing requests.
E. Identify each print on back, identify digital prints with file name. Identify name of Project, contract number, orientation of view, date and time of view and photographer's numbered identification of exposure.
F. Digital Images: Deliver complete set of digital image electronic files on CD-ROM or other approved media to Architect with project record documents. Identify electronic media with date photographs were taken (not necessary on digital prints). Submit images that have same aspect ratio as sensor, uncropped. 1. Digital Images: Uncompressed TIFF or other approved format, produced by a digital camera with minimum sensor size of 4.0 megapixels, and image resolution of not less than 1024 by 768 pixels.
1.17 CONTRACTOR REVIEW
A. Review for compliance with Contract Documents and approve submittals before transmitting to Architect/Engineer.
B. Contractor: Responsible for: 1. Determination and verification of materials including manufacturer's catalog numbers. 2. Determination and verification of field measurements and field construction criteria. 3. Checking and coordinating information in submittal with requirements of Work and of Contract Documents. 4. Determination of accuracy and completeness of dimensions and quantities. 5. Confirmation and coordination of dimensions and field conditions at Site. 6. Construction means, techniques, sequences, and procedures.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 7 of 9 May 8,2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 013300 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
7. Safety precautions. 8. Coordination and performance of Work of all trades.
C. Stamp, sign or initial and date each submittal to certify compliance with requirements of Contract Documents.
D. Do not fabricate products or begin Work for which submittals are required until approved submittals have been received from Architect/Engineer.
1.18 ARCHITECT/ENGINEER REVIEW
A. Do not make "mass submittals" to Architect/Engineer. "Mass submittals" are defined as six or more submittals or items in one day or 20 or more submittals or items in one week. If "mass submittals" are received, Architect/Engineer's review time stated above will be extended as necessary to perform proper review. Architect/Engineer will review "mass submittals" based on priority determined by Architect/Engineer after consultation with Owner and Contractor.
B. Informational submittals and other similar data are for Architect/Engineer's information, do not require Architect/Engineer's responsive action and will not be reviewed or returned with comment.
C. Submittals made by Contractor that are not required by Contract Documents may be returned without action.
D. Submittal approval does not authorize changes to Contract requirements unless accompanied by: Change Order, Architect's Supplemental Instruction, Field Order, Substitution Request or Construction Change Directive.
E. Owner may withhold monies due to Contractor to cover additional costs beyond the second submittal review.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION - Not Used
END OF SECTION 013300
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 8 of 9 May 8,2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 013300 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
CONSENT FOR THE RELEASE OF ELECTRONIC MEDIA
Project: Recipient:
Architect’s Date: Project No.:
The Recipient and the Architect hereby approve the release of electronic media as follows: 1. The Recipient agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to indemnify and hold the Architect and its Consultants harmless from any damage, liability, or cost, including reasonable attorney’s fees and cost of defense arising from any reuse or modifications of the electronic media by the Recipient or any person or entity which acquires or obtains the electronic media from or through the Recipient. In no event shall the Architect or its Consultants be liable for any loss of profit or any damages. 2. The Architect and Consultants make no warranties, either express or implied, of merchantability and fitness for any particular purpose. 3. Files are recognized to be subject to alteration, degradation, erosion and erasure. The Recipient is advised to check all electronic media for computer viruses before loading the files. The Recipient agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Architect and its Consultants from and against all claims of any kind put forth by the Recipient or others as a result of inadvertent viruses transmitted with the electronic files. 4. The electronic files are provided as a convenience to the Recipient and are not considered the Contractual Instruments of Service nor considered “Contract Documents” or “Drawings of Record” or “Construction Documents” or “As-Built Drawings.” 5. The Architect and Consultants shall be deemed the authors of the transferred media, and will retain all common law, statutory and other reserved rights, in addition to the copyright. Each party shall have the right to alter, modify or delete materials without consequence to the other party, as long as the changes are not attributed to the other party. 6. The information is for use on this project only and not to be used for other purposes. 7. Recipient agrees to compensate Architect and Consultant reasonable costs for preparation of the electronic files as agreed upon. Approved by Owner:
Name: By:
Date: Title:
Approved by Architect: Accepted by Recipient:
Name: Integrus Architecture, P.S. Name:
By: By:
Title: Title: Date: Date:
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 9 of 9 May 8,2020
Putnamville Prison Industries Building QUALITY REQUIREMENTS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 014000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Quality control.
B. Tolerances.
C. References.
D. Labeling.
E. Mockup requirements.
F. Testing and inspection services.
G. Manufacturers' field services.
1.2 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, Site conditions, and workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality.
B. Comply with specified standards as the minimum quality for the Work except where more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship.
C. Perform Work using persons qualified to produce required and specified quality.
D. Products, materials, and equipment may be subject to inspection by Architect/Engineer and Owner at place of manufacture or fabrication. Such inspections shall not relieve Contractor of complying with requirements of Contract Documents.
E. Supervise performance of Work in such manner and by such means to ensure that Work, whether completed or in progress, will not be subjected to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during construction period.
1.3 TOLERANCES
A. Monitor fabrication and installation tolerance control of products to produce acceptable Work. Do not permit tolerances to accumulate.
B. Comply with manufacturers' recommended tolerances and tolerance requirements in reference standards. When such tolerances conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect/Engineer before proceeding.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 5 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building QUALITY REQUIREMENTS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 014000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
C. Adjust products to appropriate dimensions; position before securing products in place.
1.4 REFERENCES
A. For products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or other consensus standards, comply with requirements of standard except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes.
B. Conform to reference standard by date of issue current as of date of Contract Documents except where specific date is established by code.
C. Obtain copies of standards and maintain on Site when required by product Specification Sections.
D. When requirements of indicated reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect/Engineer before proceeding.
E. Neither contractual relationships, duties, or responsibilities of parties in Contract nor those of Architect/Engineer shall be altered from Contract Documents by mention or inference in reference documents.
1.5 LABELING
A. Attach label from agency approved by authorities having jurisdiction for products, assemblies, and systems required to be labeled by applicable code.
B. Label Information: Include manufacturer's or fabricator's identification, approved agency identification, and the following information, as applicable, on each label: 1. Model number. 2. Serial number. 3. Performance characteristics.
C. Manufacturer's Nameplates, Trademarks, Logos, and Other Identifying Marks on Products: Not allowed on surfaces exposed to view in public areas, interior or exterior.
1.6 MOCK-UP REQUIREMENTS
A. Tests will be performed under provisions identified in this Section and identified in individual product Specification Sections.
B. Assemble and erect specified or indicated items with specified or indicated attachment and anchorage devices, flashings, seals, and finishes.
C. Accepted mockups shall be comparison standard for remaining Work.
D. Where mockup has been accepted by Architect/Engineer and is specified in product Specification Sections to be removed, remove mockup and clear area when directed to do so
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 5 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building QUALITY REQUIREMENTS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 014000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
by Architect/Engineer.
1.7 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES
A. Owner will employ and pay for specified services of an independent firm to perform testing and inspection.
B. Independent firm will perform tests, inspections, and other services specified in individual Specification Sections and as required by Architect/Engineer, Owner or authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Laboratory: Authorized to operate at Project location. 2. Laboratory Staff: Maintain full-time specialist on staff to review services. 3. Testing Equipment: Calibrated at reasonable intervals with devices of an accuracy traceable to National Bureau of Standards or accepted values of natural physical constants.
C. Testing, inspections, and source quality control may occur on or off Project Site. Perform off- Site testing as required by Architect/Engineer or Owner.
D. Reports shall be submitted by independent firm to Architect/Engineer, Contractor and authorities having jurisdiction, in PDF format indicating observations and results of tests and compliance or noncompliance with Contract Documents. 1. Submit final report indicating correction of Work previously reported as noncompliant.
E. Cooperate with independent firm; furnish samples of materials, design mix, equipment, tools, storage, safe access, and assistance by incidental labor as requested. 1. Notify Architect/Engineer and independent firm 24 hours before expected time for operations requiring services. 2. Make arrangements with independent firm and pay for additional Samples and tests required for Contractor's use.
F. Employment of testing agency or laboratory shall not relieve Contractor of obligation to perform Work according to requirements of Contract Documents.
G. Retesting or re-inspection required because of nonconformance with specified or indicated requirements shall be performed by same independent firm on instructions from Architect/Engineer. Payment for retesting or re-inspection will be charged to Contractor by deducting testing charges from Contract Sum/Price.
H. Agency Responsibilities: 1. Test Samples of mixes submitted by Contractor. 2. Provide qualified personnel at Site. Cooperate with Architect/Engineer and Contractor in performance of services. 3. Perform indicated sampling and testing of products according to specified standards. 4. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents. 5. Promptly notify Architect/Engineer and Contractor of observed irregularities or nonconformance of Work or products.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 5 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building QUALITY REQUIREMENTS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 014000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
6. Perform additional tests required by Architect/Engineer. 7. Attend preconstruction meetings and progress meetings.
I. Agency Reports: After each test, promptly submit PDF copies of report to Architect/Engineer, Contractor, and authorities having jurisdiction. When requested by Architect/Engineer, provide interpretation of test results. Include the following: 1. Date issued. 2. Project title and number. 3. Name of inspector. 4. Date and time of sampling or inspection. 5. Identification of product and Specification Section. 6. Location in Project. 7. Type of inspection or test. 8. Date of test. 9. Results of tests. 10. Conformance with Contract Documents.
J. Limits on Testing Authority: 1. Agency or laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Agency or laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. 3. Agency or laboratory may not assume duties of Contractor. 4. Agency or laboratory has no authority to stop the Work.
1.8 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES
A. When specified in individual Specification Sections, require material or product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe Site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, startup of equipment, testing, adjusting, and balancing of equipment and commissioning as applicable, and to initiate instructions when necessary.
B. Submit qualifications of observer to Architect/Engineer 30 days in advance of required observations. Observer is subject to approval of Architect/Engineer.
C. Report observations and Site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturer's written instructions.
D. Refer to Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures, "Manufacturer's Field Reports" Article.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION - Not Used
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 5 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building QUALITY REQUIREMENTS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 014000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
END OF SECTION 014000
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 5 of 5 May 8, 2020
Putnamville Prison Industries Building TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 015000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Temporary Utilities: 1. Temporary electricity. 2. Temporary lighting for construction purposes. 3. Temporary heating. 4. Temporary cooling. 5. Temporary ventilation. 6. Communication services. 7. Temporary water service. 8. Temporary sanitary facilities.
B. Construction Facilities: 1. Field offices and sheds. 2. Vehicular access. 3. Parking. 4. Progress cleaning and waste removal. 5. Fire-prevention facilities.
C. Temporary Controls: 1. Enclosures and fencing. 2. Security. 3. Water control. 4. Dust control. 5. Erosion and sediment control. 6. Noise control. 7. Pest and rodent control. 8. Pollution control.
D. Removal of utilities, facilities, and controls.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM International: 1. ASTM E 84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 2. ASTM E 90 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements. 3. ASTM E 119 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 7 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 015000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
1.3 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY
A. Owner will pay cost of energy used. Exercise measures to conserve energy.
B. Owner will provide temporary electric feeder from an existing building. Do not disrupt Owner's use of service.
C. Complement existing power service capacity and characteristics as required for construction operations.
D. Provide power outlets with branch wiring and distribution boxes located as required for construction operations. Provide suitable, flexible power cords as required for portable construction tools and equipment.
E. Provide main service disconnect and overcurrent protection at convenient location.
F. Permanent convenience receptacles may be used during construction. Replace any damaged receptacles caused by this use.
1.4 TEMPORARY LIGHTING FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES
A. Provide and maintain lighting for construction operations to achieve minimum lighting level of 2 watts/sq. ft.
B. Provide and maintain after dark for security purposes.
C. Provide branch wiring from power source to distribution boxes with lighting conductors, pigtails, lamps, and the like, for adequate lighting levels.
D. Maintain lighting and provide routine repairs.
E. Permanent building lighting may be used during construction with Owner approval. Re-lamp all fixtures used for temporary lighting at substantial completion and provide documentation.
1.5 TEMPORARY HEATING
A. Owner will pay cost of temporary heat. Exercise measures to conserve energy. Use Owner's heat plant, extended and supplemented with temporary heat devices as needed to maintain specified conditions for construction operations.
B. Enclose building before activating temporary heat according to "Enclosures and Fencing" Article in this Section.
C. Before operating permanent equipment for temporary heating purposes, verify installation is approved for operation, equipment is lubricated, and filters are in place. Provide and pay for operation, maintenance, and regular replacement of filters and worn or consumed parts. Replace filters at Substantial Completion.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 7 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 015000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
D. Maintain minimum ambient temperature of 50 degrees F in areas where construction is in progress unless indicated otherwise in individual product Sections.
1.6 TEMPORARY COOLING
A. Provide and pay for cooling devices and cooling as needed to maintain specified conditions for construction operations. Provide separate metering and reimburse Owner for cost of energy used.
1.7 TEMPORARY VENTILATION
A. Ventilate enclosed areas to achieve curing of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases.
1.8 COMMUNICATION SERVICES
A. Telephone Service: Provide, maintain, and pay for telephone service to field office at time of Project mobilization and until completion of Work.
B. Internet Service: Provide, maintain, and pay for broadband Internet service to field office at time of Project mobilization. Provide desktop computer with Microsoft operating system and appropriate office function software, modem and printer.
1.9 TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE
A. Owner will pay cost of temporary water. Exercise measures to conserve energy. Use Owner's water system, extended and supplemented with temporary devices (provided at Contractor’s expense) as needed to maintain specified conditions for construction operations.
B. Extend branch piping with outlets located so that water is available by hoses with threaded connections. Provide temporary pipe insulation and heat tape to prevent freezing.
1.10 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES
A. Provide and maintain required facilities and enclosures within the Site Fencing. Existing facility use is not permitted. Provide facilities at time of Project mobilization.
1.11 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS
A. Designated field offices: 1. The contractor will provide their own Contractor’s Field Office to be located adjacent to the Construction Site. 2. The IDOC will provide a Tool Room Storage Unit onsite for all contractor tools.
B. Allow space for Project meetings, with table and chairs to accommodate six persons.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 7 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 015000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
C. Environmental Control: 1. Heating, Cooling, and Ventilating for Offices: Automatic equipment to maintain comfort conditions.
D. Storage Areas and Sheds: Size to storage requirements for products of individual Sections, allowing for access and orderly provision for maintenance and inspection of products to suit requirements in Section 016000 - Product Requirements. Lockable Storage Containers should be utilized by the contractor for storage of all tools and supplies.
E. Preparation: Fill and grade Sites for temporary structures sloped for drainage away from buildings.
F. Installation: 1. Install field office spaces ready for occupancy 15 days after date established by Notice to Proceed. 2. Employee Residential Occupancy: Not allowed on Owner's property.
G. Maintenance and Cleaning: 1. Weekly janitorial services for field offices; periodic cleaning and maintenance for sheds and storage areas. 2. Maintain walks free of mud, water, snow and the like.
H. Removal: At completion of Work remove buildings, foundations, utility services, and debris. Restore areas to same or better condition as original condition.
1.12 VEHICULAR ACCESS
A. Provide unimpeded access for emergency vehicles. Maintain 20-foot-wide driveways with turning space between and around combustible materials.
B. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants and control valves free of obstructions.
C. Provide means of removing mud from vehicle wheels before entering streets.
D. All material deliveries will be through the North Gate. Please coordinate all deliveries with the Owner.
1.13 PARKING
A. Parking will be provided by the Owner near the Vehicular Sallyport north of the Construction Site.
B. Do not allow heavy vehicles or construction equipment in parking areas.
C. Do not allow vehicle parking on existing pavement.
D. Designate one parking space for Architect/Engineer.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 7 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 015000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
E. Maintenance: 1. Maintain traffic and parking areas in sound condition free of excavated material, construction equipment, products, mud, snow, ice, and the like. 2. Maintain existing and permanent paved areas used for construction; promptly repair breaks, potholes, low areas, standing water, and other deficiencies, to maintain paving and drainage in original condition.
F. Removal, Repair: 1. Remove temporary materials and construction at Substantial Completion. 2. Remove underground Work and compacted materials to depth of 2 feet; fill and grade Site as indicated. 3. Repair facilities damaged by use, to original condition.
G. Mud from Site vehicles: Provide means of removing mud from vehicle wheels before entering streets.
1.14 PROGRESS CLEANING AND WASTE REMOVAL
A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain Site in clean and orderly condition.
B. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or remote spaces, before enclosing spaces.
C. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas before starting surface finishing, and continue cleaning to eliminate dust.
D. Open free-fall chutes are not permitted. Terminate closed chutes into appropriate containers with lids.
1.15 FIRE-PREVENTION FACILITIES
A. Smoking and all tobacco use is prohibited at the Indiana State Prison.
B. Establish fire watch for cutting, welding, and other hazardous operations capable of starting fires. Maintain fire watch before, during, and after hazardous operations until threat of fire does not exist.
C. Standpipes: Install minimum of one standpipe for use during construction before building reaches 40 feet in height.
D. Portable Fire Extinguishers: NFPA 10; 10-pound capacity, 4A-60B: C UL rating. 1. Provide one fire extinguisher at each stairway on each floor of buildings under construction and demolition. 2. Provide minimum of one fire extinguisher in every construction trailer and storage shed. 3. Provide minimum of one fire extinguisher on roof during roofing operations using heat- producing equipment.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 5 of 7 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 015000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
1.16 ENCLOSURES AND FENCING
A. All temporary and permanent Site Fencing will be provided by the Owner.
1.17 SECURITY
A. Security Program: 1. Site Security will be provided by the Owner.
1.18 WATER CONTROL
A. Grade Site to drain. Maintain excavations free of water. Provide, operate, and maintain necessary pumping equipment.
B. Protect Site from puddles or running water. Provide water barriers as required to protect Site from soil erosion.
1.19 DUST CONTROL
A. Execute Work by methods that minimize raising dust from construction operations.
B. Provide positive means to prevent airborne dust from dispersing into atmosphere.
1.20 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
A. Plan and execute construction by methods to control surface drainage from cuts and fills from borrow and waste disposal areas. Prevent erosion and sedimentation.
B. Minimize surface area of bare soil exposed at one time.
C. Provide temporary measures including berms, dikes, drains, and other devices to prevent water flow.
D. Construct fill and waste areas by selective placement to avoid erosive surface silts and clays.
E. Periodically inspect earthwork to detect evidence of erosion and sedimentation. Promptly apply corrective measures.
1.21 NOISE CONTROL
A. Provide methods, means and facilities to minimize noise produced by construction operations to level required by Owner.
1.22 PEST AND RODENT CONTROL
A. Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent rodents from accessing or invading premises.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 6 of 7 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 015000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
1.23 POLLUTION CONTROL
A. Comply with pollution and environmental control requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
1.24 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS
A. Remove temporary utilities, equipment, facilities, and materials before Substantial Completion inspection.
B. Remove underground installations to minimum depth of 2 feet. Grade Site as indicated on Drawings.
C. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary Work.
D. Restore facilities used during construction to original condition. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION - Not Used
END OF SECTION 015000
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 7 of 7 May 8, 2020
Putnamville Prison Industries Building PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 016000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Products.
B. Product delivery requirements.
C. Product storage and handling requirements.
D. Product options.
E. Equipment electrical characteristics and components.
1.2 PRODUCTS
A. At minimum, comply with specified requirements and reference standards.
B. Specified products define standard of quality, type, function, dimension, appearance, and performance required.
C. Furnish products of qualified manufacturers that are suitable for intended use. Furnish products of each type by single manufacturer unless specified otherwise. Confirm that manufacturer's production capacity can provide sufficient product, on time, to meet Project requirements.
1.3 PRODUCT DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS
A. Transport and handle products according to manufacturer's instructions.
B. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged.
C. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products; use methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement or damage.
1.4 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS
A. Store and protect products according to manufacturer's instructions.
B. Store products with seals and labels intact and legible.
C. Store sensitive products in weathertight, climate-controlled enclosures in an environment suitable to product.
D. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place products on sloped supports aboveground.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 2 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 016000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
E. Provide bonded off-Site storage and protection when Site does not permit on-Site storage or protection.
F. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation and degradation of products.
G. Store loose granular materials on solid flat surfaces in well-drained area. Prevent mixing with foreign matter.
H. Provide equipment and personnel to store products; use methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement or damage.
I. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition.
1.5 PRODUCT OPTIONS
A. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with Provision for Substitutions: Submit Request for Substitution for any manufacturer not named, according to Section 012500 - Substitution Procedures.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND COMPONENTS
A. Wiring Terminations: Furnish terminal lugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities, sizes, and materials indicated. Include lugs for terminal box.
B. Cord and Plug: Furnish minimum 6-foot long cord and plug including grounding connector for connection to electric wiring system. Cord of longer length may be specified in individual Specification Sections or required for actual connection.
PART 3 EXECUTION - Not Used
END OF SECTION 016000
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 2 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 017000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Field engineering.
B. Closeout procedures.
C. Starting of systems.
D. Demonstration and instructions.
E. Testing, adjusting, and balancing.
F. Project record documents.
G. Operation and maintenance data.
H. Manual for materials and finishes.
I. Manual for equipment and systems.
J. Spare parts and maintenance products.
K. Product warranties and product bonds.
L. Maintenance service.
M. Examination.
N. Preparation.
O. Execution.
P. Cutting and patching.
Q. Protecting installed construction.
R. Final cleaning.
1.2 FIELD ENGINEERING
A. Employ land surveyor registered at Project location and acceptable to Architect/Engineer.
B. Owner will locate and Contractor shall protect survey control and reference points. Promptly notify Architect/Engineer of discrepancies discovered.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 13 May 8,2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 017000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
C. Control datum for survey is established by Owner-provided survey.
D. Verify setbacks and easements; confirm Drawing dimensions and elevations.
E. Provide field engineering services. Establish elevations, lines, and levels using recognized engineering survey practices.
F. Submit copy of Site drawing signed by land surveyor certifying elevations and locations of the Work are in conformance with Contract Documents.
G. Maintain complete and accurate log of control and survey Work as Work progresses.
H. Protect survey control points prior to starting Site Work; preserve permanent reference points during construction.
I. Promptly report to Architect/Engineer loss or destruction of reference point or relocation required because of changes in grades or other reasons.
J. Replace dislocated survey control points based on original survey control. Make no changes without prior written notice to Architect/Engineer.
1.3 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
A. Prerequisites to Substantial Completion: Complete following items before requesting Certification of Substantial Completion, either for entire Work or for portions of Work: 1. Submit maintenance manuals, Project record documents, digital images of construction photographs and other similar final record data in compliance with this Section. 2. Complete facility startup, testing, adjusting, balancing of systems and equipment, demonstrations and instructions to Owner's operating and maintenance personnel as specified in compliance with this Section. 3. Conduct inspection to establish basis for request that Work is substantially complete. Create comprehensive list (initial punch list) indicating items to be completed or corrected, value of incomplete or nonconforming Work, reason for being incomplete, and date of anticipated completion for each item. Include copy of list with request for Certificate of Substantial Completion. 4. Obtain and submit releases enabling Owner's full, unrestricted use of Project and access to services and utilities. Include certificate of occupancy, operating certificates, and similar releases from authorities having jurisdiction and utility companies. 5. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stocks of material, and similar physical items to Owner. 6. Make final change-over of locks and transmit keys directly to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of change-over in security provisions. 7. Discontinue or change over and remove temporary facilities and services from Project Site, along with construction tools, mockups, and similar elements. 8. Perform final cleaning according to this Section.
B. Substantial Completion Inspection: 1. When Contractor considers Work to be substantially complete, submit to
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 13 May 8,2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 017000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
Architect/Engineer: a. Written certificate that Work, or designated portion, is substantially complete. b. List of items to be completed or corrected (initial punch list). 2. Within seven days after receipt of request for Substantial Completion, Architect/Engineer will make inspection to determine whether Work or designated portion is substantially complete. 3. Should Architect/Engineer determine that Work is not substantially complete: a. Architect/Engineer will promptly notify Contractor in writing, stating reasons for its opinion. b. Contractor shall remedy deficiencies in Work and send second written request for Substantial Completion to Architect/Engineer. c. Architect/Engineer will re-inspect Work. d. Redo and Inspection of Deficient Work: Repeated until Work passes Architect/Engineer's inspection. 4. When Architect/Engineer finds that Work is substantially complete, Architect/Engineer will: a. Prepare Certificate of Substantial Completion on AIA G704 - Certificate of Substantial Completion, accompanied by Contractor's list of items to be completed or corrected as verified and amended by Architect/Engineer and Owner (final punch list). b. Submit Certificate to Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in Certificate. 5. After Work is substantially complete, Contractor shall: a. Allow Owner occupancy of Project under provisions stated in Certificate of Substantial Completion. b. Complete Work listed for completion or correction within time period stipulated.
C. Prerequisites for Final Completion: Complete following items before requesting final acceptance and final payment. 1. When Contractor considers Work to be complete, submit written certification that: a. Contract Documents have been reviewed. b. Work has been examined for compliance with Contract Documents. c. Work has been completed according to Contract Documents. d. Work is completed and ready for final inspection. 2. Submittals: Submit following: a. Final punch list indicating all items have been completed or corrected. b. Final payment request with final releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include certificates of insurance for products and completed operations where required. c. Specified warranties, workmanship/maintenance bonds, maintenance agreements, and other similar documents. d. Accounting statement for final changes to Contract Sum. e. Contractor's affidavit of payment of debts and claims on AIA G706 - Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims. f. Contractor affidavit of release of liens on AIA G706A - Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 13 May 8,2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 017000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
g. Consent of surety to final payment on AIA G707 - Consent of Surety to Final Payment Form. 3. Perform final cleaning for Contractor-soiled areas according to this Section.
D. Final Completion Inspection: 1. Within seven days after receipt of request for final inspection, Architect/Engineer will make inspection to determine whether Work or designated portion is complete. 2. Should Architect/Engineer consider Work to be incomplete or defective: a. Architect/Engineer will promptly notify Contractor in writing, listing incomplete or defective Work. b. Contractor shall remedy stated deficiencies and send second written request to Architect/Engineer that Work is complete. c. Architect/Engineer will re-inspect Work. d. Redo and Inspection of Deficient Work: Repeated until Work passes Architect/Engineer's inspection.
1.4 STARTING OF SYSTEMS
A. Coordinate schedule for startup of various equipment and systems.
B. Notify Architect/Engineer seven days prior to startup of each item.
C. Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension, control sequence, and for conditions which may cause damage.
D. Verify that tests, meter readings, and electrical characteristics agree with those required by equipment or system manufacturer.
E. Verify that wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested.
F. Execute startup under supervision of manufacturer's representative or Contractors' personnel according to manufacturer's instructions.
G. When specified in individual Specification Sections, require manufacturer to provide authorized representative who will be present at Site to inspect, check, and approve equipment or system installation prior to startup and will supervise placing equipment or system in operation.
H. Submit a written report according to Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly.
1.5 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS
A. Demonstrate operation and maintenance of products to Owner's personnel two weeks prior to date of Substantial Completion.
B. Demonstrate Project equipment instructed by qualified representative who is knowledgeable about the Project.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 13 May 8,2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 017000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
C. Video Recordings: Provide high-quality color video recordings of demonstration and instructional sessions. Engage approved videographer to record sessions. Include classroom instructions, demonstrations, board diagrams, and other visual aids.
D. For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other season within six months.
E. Use operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents of manual with Owner's personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance.
F. Demonstrate startup, operation, control, adjustment, troubleshooting, servicing, maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at agreed time, at designated location.
G. Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes apparent during instruction.
H. Required instruction time for each item of equipment and system is specified in individual Specification Sections.
1.6 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING
A. Owner will appoint, employ, and pay for services of independent firm to perform testing, adjusting, and balancing.
B. Reports will be submitted by independent firm to Architect/Engineer indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or noncompliance with requirements of Contract Documents.
1.7 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Maintain on Site one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the Work: 1. Drawings. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract. 5. Reviewed Shop Drawings, product data, and Samples. 6. Manufacturer's instruction for assembly, installation, and adjusting.
B. Ensure entries are complete and accurate, enabling future reference by Owner.
C. Store record documents separate from documents used for construction.
D. Record information concurrent with construction progress, not less than weekly.
E. Specifications: Legibly mark and record, at each product Section, description of actual products installed, including the following:
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 5 of 13 May 8,2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 017000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
1. Manufacturer's name and product model and number. 2. Product substitutions or alternates used. 3. Changes made by Addenda and modifications.
F. Record Drawings and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction as follows: 1. Include Contract modifications such as Addenda, supplementary instructions, change directives, field orders, minor changes in the Work, and change orders. 2. Include locations of concealed elements of the Work. 3. Identify depth of buried utility lines and provide dimensions showing distances from permanent facility components that are parallel to utilities. 4. Dimension ends, corners, and junctions of buried utilities to permanent facility components using triangulation. 5. Identify and locate existing buried or concealed items encountered during Project. 6. Measured depths of foundations in relation to finish floor datum. 7. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. 8. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the Work. 9. Field changes of dimension and detail. 10. Details not on original Drawings.
G. Submit PDF electronic files of marked-up documents to Architect/Engineer before Substantial Completion.
1.8 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. Submit in PDF composite electronic indexed file.
B. Prepare media cover with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS," title of Project.
C. Internally subdivide media contents with permanent page dividers, logically organized as described below.
D. Drawings: Provide scalable PDF copies in media requested.
E. Contents: Prepare table of contents for media, with each product or system description identified, in three parts as follows: 1. Part 1: Directory, listing names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Architect/Engineer, Contractor, Subcontractors, and major equipment suppliers. 2. Part 2: Operation and maintenance instructions, arranged by Section. For each category, identify names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers. Include the following: a. Significant design criteria. b. List of equipment.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 6 of 13 May 8,2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 017000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
c. Parts list for each component. d. Operating instructions. e. Maintenance instructions for equipment and systems. f. Maintenance instructions for finishes, including recommended cleaning methods and materials, and special precautions identifying detrimental agents. g. Safety precautions to be taken when operating and maintaining or working near equipment. 3. Part 3: Project documents and certificates, including the following: a. Shop Drawings and product data. b. Air and water balance reports. c. Certificates. d. PDF copies of warranties and bonds. Deliver original to Owner in separate bound folder in CSI format.
1.9 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES
A. Submit two copies of preliminary draft or proposed formats and outlines of contents before start of Work. Architect/Engineer will review draft and return one copy with comments.
B. For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during construction and operated by Owner, submit documents within ten days after acceptance.
C. Submit one copy of completed media before Substantial Completion. Draft copy be reviewed and returned after Substantial Completion, with Architect/Engineer comments. Revise content of document sets as required prior to final submission.
D. Submit in PDF composite electronic indexed file of final manual within ten days after final inspection.
E. Building Products, Applied Materials, and Finishes: Include product data, with catalog number, size, composition, and color and texture designations. Include information for re-ordering custom-manufactured products.
F. Instructions for Care and Maintenance: Include manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning agents and methods, precautions against detrimental agents and methods, and recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance.
G. Moisture Protection and Weather Exposed Products: Include product data listing applicable reference standards, chemical composition, and details of installation. Include recommendations for inspections, maintenance and repair.
H. Additional Requirements: As specified in individual product Specification Sections.
1.10 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS
A. Submit two PDF copies of preliminary draft or proposed formats and outlines of contents before start of Work. Architect/Engineer will review draft and return one copy with comments.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 7 of 13 May 8,2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 017000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
B. For equipment, or component parts of equipment put into service during construction and operated by Owner, submit PDF documents within ten days after acceptance.
C. Submit one PDF copy of completed volumes before Substantial Completion. Draft copy will be reviewed and returned after Substantial Completion, with Architect/Engineer comments. Revise content of document sets as required prior to final submission.
D. Submit in PDF composite electronic indexed file of final manual within ten days after final inspection.
E. Each Item of Equipment and Each System: Include description of unit or system and component parts. Identify function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. Include performance curves, with engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and model number of replaceable parts.
F. Panelboard Circuit Directories: Provide electrical service characteristics, controls, and communications; typed.
G. Include color-coded wiring diagrams as installed.
H. Operating Procedures: Include startup, break-in, and routine normal operating instructions and sequences. Include regulation, control, stopping, shutdown, and emergency instructions. Include summer, winter and special operating instructions.
I. Maintenance Requirements: Include routine procedures and guide for preventative maintenance and troubleshooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly instructions; and alignment, adjusting, balancing and checking instructions.
J. Include servicing and lubrication schedule and list of lubricants required.
K. Include manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance instructions.
L. Include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer.
M. Include original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams required for maintenance.
N. Include control diagrams by controls manufacturer as installed.
O. Include Contractor's coordination drawings with color-coded piping diagrams as installed.
P. Include charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve, keyed to flow and control diagrams.
Q. Include list of original manufacturer's spare parts, current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 8 of 13 May 8,2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 017000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
R. Include test and balancing reports as specified in Section 014000 - Quality Requirements.
S. Additional Requirements: As specified in individual product Specification Sections.
T. Include listing in table of contents for design data with tabbed dividers and space for insertion of data.
1.11 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS
A. Furnish spare parts, maintenance, and extra products in quantities specified in individual Specification Sections.
B. Deliver to place in location as directed by Owner; obtain receipt prior to final payment.
1.12 PRODUCT WARRANTIES AND PRODUCT BONDS
A. Obtain warranties and bonds executed by responsible Subcontractors, suppliers and manufacturers within ten days after completion of applicable item of Work.
B. Execute and assemble transferable warranty documents and bonds from Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers.
C. Verify documents are in proper form, contain full information and are notarized.
D. Co-execute submittals when required.
E. Include table of contents and assemble in three D side ring binder with durable plastic cover. Maintain a PDF copy for O&M manual at project closeout.
F. Submit prior to final Application for Payment.
G. Time of Submittals: 1. For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during construction with Owner's permission, submit documents within ten days after acceptance. 2. Make other submittals within ten days after date of Substantial Completion, prior to final Application for Payment. 3. For items of Work for which acceptance is delayed beyond Substantial Completion, submit within ten days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as beginning of warranty or bond period.
1.13 MAINTENANCE SERVICE
A. Furnish service and maintenance of components indicated in Specification Sections during warranty period.
B. Examine system components at frequency consistent with reliable operation. Clean, adjust, and lubricate as required.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 9 of 13 May 8,2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 017000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
C. Include systematic examination, adjustment, and lubrication of components. Repair or replace parts whenever required. Use parts produced by manufacturer of original component.
D. Do not assign or transfer maintenance service to agent or Subcontractor without prior written consent of Owner.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that existing Site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent Work. Beginning new Work means acceptance of existing conditions.
B. Verify that existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of new Work being applied or attached.
C. Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual Specification Sections.
D. Verify that utility services are available with correct characteristics and in correct locations.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance according to manufacturer's instructions.
B. Seal cracks or openings of substrate prior to applying next material or substance.
C. Apply manufacturer-required or -recommended substrate primer, sealer, or conditioner prior to applying new material or substance in contact or bond.
3.3 EXECUTION
A. Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions, performing each step in sequence. Maintain one set of manufacturer's installation instructions at Project Site during installation and until completion of construction.
B. When manufacturer's installation instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect/Engineer before proceeding.
C. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on approved Shop Drawings or as instructed by manufacturer.
D. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion, or disfigurement.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 10 of 13 May 8,2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 017000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
1. Secure Work true to line and level and within specified tolerances, or if not specified, industry-recognized tolerances. 2. Physically separate products in place, provide electrical insulation, or provide protective coatings to prevent galvanic action or corrosion between dissimilar metals. 3. Exposed Joints: Provide uniform joint width and arrange to obtain best visual effect. Refer questionable visual-effect choices to Architect/Engineer for final decision.
E. Allow for expansion of materials and building movement.
F. Climatic Conditions and Project Status: Install each unit of Work under conditions to ensure best possible results in coordination with entire Project. 1. Isolate each unit of Work from incompatible Work as necessary to prevent deterioration. 2. Coordinate enclosure of Work with required inspections, photographs and tests to minimize necessity of uncovering Work for those purposes.
G. Mounting Heights: Where not indicated, mount individual units of Work at industry recognized standard mounting heights for particular application indicated. 1. Refer questionable mounting heights choices to Architect/Engineer for final decision. 2. Elements Identified as Accessible to Handicapped: Comply with applicable codes and regulations.
H. Adjust operating products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation.
I. Clean and perform maintenance on installed Work as frequently as necessary through remainder of construction period. Lubricate operable components as recommended by manufacturer.
3.4 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Employ skilled and experienced installers to perform cutting and patching.
B. Submit written request in advance of cutting or altering elements affecting: 1. Structural integrity of element. 2. Integrity of weather-exposed or moisture-resistant elements. 3. Efficiency, maintenance or safety of element. 4. Visual qualities of sight-exposed elements. 5. Work of Owner or separate contractor.
C. Execute cutting, fitting, and patching, including excavation and fill to complete Work and to: 1. Fit the several parts together, to integrate with other Work. 2. Uncover Work to install or correct ill-timed Work. 3. Remove and replace defective and nonconforming Work. 4. Remove samples of installed Work for testing. 5. Provide openings in elements of Work for penetrations of mechanical and electrical Work.
D. Execute Work by methods to avoid damage to other Work and to provide proper surfaces to
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 11 of 13 May 8,2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 017000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
receive patching and finishing.
E. Cut masonry and concrete materials using masonry saw or core drill.
F. Restore Work with new products according to requirements of Contract Documents.
G. Fit Work tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduits and other penetrations through surfaces.
H. Maintain integrity of wall, ceiling, or floor construction; completely seal voids.
I. Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finishes. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection; for assembly, refinish entire unit.
J. Identify hazardous substances or conditions exposed during the Work to Architect/Engineer for decision or remedy.
3.5 PROTECTING INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION
A. Protect installed Work and provide special protection where specified in individual Specification Sections.
B. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity in immediate Work area to prevent damage.
C. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jambs, sills and soffits of openings.
D. Use durable sheet materials to protect finished floors, stairs, and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage or movement of heavy objects.
E. Prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. When traffic or activity is necessary, obtain recommendations for protection from waterproofing or roofing material manufacturer.
F. Prohibit traffic from landscaped areas.
3.6 FINAL CLEANING
A. Execute final cleaning prior to final Project assessment. 1. Employ experienced personnel or professional cleaning firm.
B. Clean interior and exterior glass and surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains, and foreign substances; polish transparent and glossy surfaces; and vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces.
C. Clean equipment and fixtures to sanitary condition with appropriate cleaning materials.
D. Replace filters of operating equipment.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 12 of 13 May 8,2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 017000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
E. Clean debris from roofs, gutters, downspouts and drainage systems.
F. Clean Site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces.
G. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from Site.
END OF SECTION 017000
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 13 of 13 May 8,2020
Putnamville Prison Industries Building CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 031000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Formwork for cast-in place concrete. 2. Shoring, bracing and anchorage. 3. Architectural form liners. 4. Form accessories. 5. Form stripping. 6. Bolts and anchors.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 032000 - Concrete Reinforcing. 2. Section 033000 - Cast-In-Place Concrete. 3. Section 033500 - Concrete Curing and Finishing. 4. Section 042000 - Unit Masonry: Product requirements for masonry accessories for placement by this Section. 5. Section 055000 - Metal Fabrications: Product requirements for metal fabrications for placement by this Section. 6. Section 072600 - Vapor Retarders 7. Section 076200 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Product requirements for flashing reglets for placement by this Section. 8. Section 079000 – Joint Protection: Sealants used for this section. 9. Division 22- Product requirements for mechanical items for placement by this Section. 10. Division 26- Product requirements for electrical items for placement by this Section.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Concrete Institute: 1. ACI 117 - Standard Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials. 2. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete. 3. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. 4. ACI 347 - Guide to Formwork for Concrete.
B. American Forest and Paper Association: 1. AF&PA - National Design Specifications for Wood Construction.
C. The Engineered Wood Association: 1. APA/EWA PS 1 - Voluntary Product Standard for Construction and Industrial Plywood.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 10 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 031000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
D. ASTM International: 1. ASTM D1751 - Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Non-extruding and Resilient Bituminous Types). 2. ASTM E96 - Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials.
E. West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau: 1. WCLIB - Standard Grading Rules for West Coast Lumber.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals.
B. Product data for proprietary materials and items, including forming accessories, and other as requested Architect.
C. Submit ICC reports for each product where ICC approval is required.
D. Adhesive Anchor Installer certification by the ACI-CRSI Adhesive Anchor Installation Certification Program when installation by certified installer is required, refer to part 3 below.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 301.
B. For wood products furnished for work of this Section, comply with APA/EWA or AF&PA.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Section 016000 - Product Requirements: Products storage and handling requirements.
B. Store off ground in ventilated and protected manner to prevent deterioration from moisture.
1.6 COORDINATION
A. Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.
B. Coordinate this Section with other sections of work, requiring attachment of components to formwork.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 FORM MATERIALS
A. Form Materials for Unexposed Surfaces: At discretion of Contractor. Where waterproofing is required, surface roughness must be compatible with waterproofing manufacture’s requirements.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 10 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 031000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
B. Form Material for Exposed Surfaces: Overlay Plywood. 1. Forms: Conform to PS 1; AC or BB high density overlaid concrete form, Class 1; full size 4 x 8 feet panels; each panel labeled with grade trademark of APA/EWA. 2. Plywood for Surfaces to Receive Membrane Waterproofing: Minimum of 5/8 inch thick; APA/EWA “B-B Plyform Structural I Exterior” grade. 3. Plywood where “Smooth Finish” is required, as indicated on Drawings: APA/EWA “HD Overlay Plyform Structural I Exterior” grade, minimum of 3/4 inch thick.
C. Forms for Cylindrical Columns and Supports: Metal, fiberglass reinforced plastic, or paper or fiber tubes. Construct paper or fiber tubes of laminated plies using water-resistant adhesive with wax-impregnated exterior for weather and moisture protection. Provide units with sufficient wall thickness to resist loads imposed by wet concrete without deformation. Columns exposed to view to have smooth surface, (no barber pole).
2.2 FORMWORK ACCESSORIES
A. Form Ties: 1. Carbon steel wire snap-off type, adjustable length, 1" x 1" plastic cone type, 1" break back dimension, free of defects that could leave holes larger than 1 1/4" in concrete surface. 2. Substitutions: Section 0125 00 – Substitution Procedures.
B. Spreaders: Standard, non-corrosive metal form clamp assembly, of type acting as spreaders and leaving no metal within 1 inch of concrete face. Wire ties, wood spreaders or through bolts are not permitted.
C. Form Anchors and Hangers: 1. Do not use anchors and hangers exposed concrete leaving exposed metal at concrete surface. 2. Symmetrically arrange hangers supporting forms from structural steel members to minimize twisting or rotation of member. 3. Penetration of structural steel members is not permitted.
D. Form Release Agent: Colorless mineral oil that will not stain concrete or absorb moisture or impair natural bonding or color characteristics of coating intended for use on concrete.
E. Corners: Chamfer as ¾” x ¾” unless noted otherwise; maximum possible lengths.
F. Flashing Reglets: Galvanized steel, 22 gage thick, longest possible lengths, with alignment splines for joints, release tape sealed slots, anchors for securing to concrete formwork. Surface applied reglets are not allowed. 1. Manufacturers: a. Fry Reglet “CO” concrete reglet, 26 gauge galvanized steel. b. Substitutions: Section 012500 - Substitution Procedures. 01
G. Vapor Retarder: Refer to Section 072600.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 10 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 031000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
H. Bituminous Joint Filler: ASTM D1751.
I. Nails, Spikes, Lag Bolts, Through Bolts, Anchorages: Size, strength and character to maintain formwork in place while placing concrete.
J. Keyways shall be formed using wood or removable plastic or metal preformed units to sizes indicated.
2.3 CONCRETE ACCESSORIES
A. Adhesive Anchor: Two-part, self-mixing, cartridge type epoxy adhesive for anchoring thread rebar and all thread rod. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Simpson Strong Tie; “SET- XP Epoxy” 2. Powers Fasteners, Inc; “PE 1000+” 3. Powers Fasteners, Inc., “Pure110+” 4. Redhead; “Epcon C6 Fast Curing Epoxy” 5. Hilti; “Hilti Hit-RE 500-SD System” 6. Use subject to approval by ICC 7. For applications in temperatures below what is set by the Manufacturer use Cold Weather Adhesive Anchor per manufacturers requirements 8. Substitutions under provisions of Section 012500 – Substitution Procedures.
B. Cold Weather Adhesive Anchor: Acceptable Products: 1. Hilti; Hit-Ice. 2. Simpson; "AT-XP" 3. Use subject to approval by ICC 4. Substitutions under provisions of Section 012500 – Substitution Procedures.
C. Expansion Bolts: 1. Simpson Strong Tie Co.; Strong-Bolt 2 2. Powers Fasteners; Inc. Power-Stud + SD2 3. Hilti; Kwik Bolts T-Z. 4. Use subject to approval by ICC 5. Substitutions under provisions of Section 012500 – Substitution Procedures.
D. Screw Anchors (1-piece carbon steel threaded bolt for concrete): 1. Simpson Strong Tie-Co.; Titan HD 2. Powers Fasteners, Inc.; Wedge Bolt 3. Powers Fasteners, Inc., Snake+ 4. Hilti, Inc.; HUS-H 5. Substitutions under provisions of Section 012500 – Substitution Procedures.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 10 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 031000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify site conditions under provisions of Section 013000 – Administrative Requirements. Ensure that dimensions agree with drawings.
B. Verify lines, levels, and centers before proceeding with formwork. Verify dimensions agree with Drawings.
C. When formwork is placed after reinforcement resulting in insufficient concrete cover over reinforcement before proceeding, request instructions from Architect/Engineer.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Earth Forms: 1. Earth forms are permitted at bottom of sloped footings at change of level only and only if soil on sides is firm. 2. Hand trim sides and bottom of earth forms. Remove loose soil prior to placing concrete. 3. Earth forms are not permitted.
B. Provide bracing to ensure stability of formwork. Shore or strengthen formwork subject to overstressing by construction loads.
C. Do not reuse formwork that will perform less well than new. Do not patch formwork.
D. Arrange and assemble formwork to permit dismantling and stripping. Do not damage concrete during stripping. Permit removal of remaining principal shores.
E. Align joints and make watertight. Keep form joints to a minimum.
F. Obtain approval from Architect before framing openings in structural members which are not indicated on Drawings.
G. Provide chamfer strips on external corners of all exposed to view concrete.
H. Inspect erected formwork, shoring, and bracing to ensure that work is in accordance with formwork design, and that supports, fastenings, wedges, ties, and items are secure.
I. Formwork - General: 1. Provide top form for sloped surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical to hold shape of concrete during placement, unless it can be demonstrated that top forms can be omitted. 2. Construct forms to correct shape and dimensions, mortar-tight, braced, and of sufficient strength to maintain shape and position under imposed loads from construction operations.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 5 of 10 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 031000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
3. Camber forms where necessary to produce level finished soffits unless otherwise shown on Drawings. 4. Carefully verify horizontal and vertical positions of forms. Correct misaligned or misplaced forms before placing concrete. 5. Complete wedging and bracing before placing concrete.
J. Forms for Smooth Finish Concrete: 1. Use steel, plywood or lined board forms. 2. Use clean and smooth plywood and form liners, uniform in size and free from surface and edge damage capable of affecting resulting concrete finish. 3. Install form lining with close-fitting square joints between separate sheets without springing into place. 4. Use full size sheets of form lines and plywood wherever possible. 5. Tape joints to prevent protrusions in concrete. 6. Use care in forming and stripping wood forms to protect corners and edges. 7. Level and continue horizontal joints. 8. Keep wood forms wet until stripped.
K. Architectural Form Liners: 1. Erect architectural side of formwork first. 2. Attach form liner to forms before installing form ties. 3. Install form liners square with joints and pattern aligned. 4. Seal form liner joints to prevent grout leaks. 5. Dress joints and edges to match form liner pattern and texture.
L. Forms for Surfaces to Receive Membrane Waterproofing: Use plywood or steel forms. After erection of forms, tape form joints to prevent protrusions in concrete.
M. Erect formwork, shoring, and bracing to achieve design requirements, in accordance with requirements of ACI 301.
N. Arrange and assemble formwork to permit dismantling and stripping. Do not damage concrete during stripping. Permit removal of remaining principal shores.
3.3 APPLICATION - FORM RELEASE AGENT
A. Apply form release agent on formwork in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Apply prior to placement of reinforcing steel, anchoring devices and embedded items.
C. Do not apply form release agent to formwork which is to be left in place or where concrete surfaces are indicated to receive special finishes or applied coverings that could be affected by agent. Soak inside surfaces of untreated forms with clean water. Keep surfaces coated prior to placement of concrete.
D. Reuse and Coating of Forms: Thoroughly clean forms and reapply form coating before each reuse. For exposed work, do not reuse forms with damaged faces or edges. Apply form coating
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 6 of 10 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 031000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
to forms in accordance with manufacturer’s specifications. Do not coat forms for concrete indicated to receive “scored finish”. Apply form coatings before placing reinforcing steel.
3.4 INSTALLATION - ACCESSORIES, INSERTS, EMBEDDED PARTS AND OPENINGS
A. Provide formed openings where required for items to be embedded in or passing through concrete work. Provide temporary access pockets for vibrating concrete at wide opening sills.
B. Locate and set in place items required to be cast directly into concrete. Use templates to hold anchor rods in place during concrete placement.
C. Coordinate with Work of other sections in forming and placing openings, slots, reglets, recesses, chases, sleeves, bolts, anchors, other inserts and components of other Work.
D. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, straight, level, and plumb. Ensure items are not disturbed during concrete placement.
E. Provide temporary ports or openings in formwork where required to facilitate cleaning and inspection. Locate openings at bottom of forms to allow flushing water to drain.
F. Close temporary openings with tight fitting panels, flush with inside face of forms, and neatly fitted so joints will not be apparent in exposed concrete surfaces.
G. Form Ties: 1. Use sufficient strength and sufficient quantity to prevent spreading of forms. 2. Place ties at least 1 inch away from finished surface of concrete unless noted otherwise. 3. Leave inner rods in concrete when forms are stripped. 4. Space form ties equidistant, symmetrical and aligned vertically and horizontally unless otherwise shown on Drawings. 5. When architecturally exposed ties are used, assure the pattern and style are as detailed on the drawings.
H. Construction Joints: 1. Install surfaced pouring strip where construction joints intersect exposed surfaces to provide straight line at joints. 2. Just prior to subsequent concrete placement, remove strip and tighten forms to conceal shrinkage. 3. Show no overlapping of construction joints. Construct joints to present same appearance as butted plywood joints. 4. Arrange joints in continuous line straight, true and sharp.
I. Embedded Items: 1. Make provisions for pipes, sleeves, anchors, inserts, reglets, anchor slots, nailers, and other features. 2. Do not embed wood or uncoated aluminum in concrete. Obtain installation and setting information for embedded items furnished under other Specification sections.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 7 of 10 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 031000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
3. Securely anchor embedded items in correct location and alignment prior to placing concrete. 4. Verify conduits and pipes, including those made of coated aluminum, meet requirements of ACI 318 for size and location limitations.
J. Screeds: 1. Set screeds and establish levels for tops of concrete slabs and levels for finish on slabs. 2. Slope slabs to drain where required or as shown on Drawings. 3. Before depositing concrete, remove debris from space to be occupied by concrete and thoroughly wet forms. Remove freestanding water.
K. Screed Supports: 1. For concrete over waterproof membranes and vapor retarder membranes, use cradle, pad or base type screed supports which shall not puncture the membrane. 2. Staking through membrane is not permitted.
L. Cleanouts and Access Panels: 1. Provide removable cleanout sections or access panels at bottoms of forms to permit inspection and effective cleaning of loose dirt, debris and waste material. 2. Clean forms and surfaces against which concrete is to be placed. Remove chips, saw dust and other debris. Thoroughly blow out forms with compressed air just before concrete is placed.
M. Install dowels, rebar, threaded or smooth steel dowels and all thread rebar, size and spacing to match reinforcing in adhesive anchor per manufacturers requirements, and as shown on drawings. Holes must be blown out with air gun or vacuumed out per manufacturer’s requirements. Special inspection is required. Refer to general notes and special inspection drawing. See section 032000.
N. Adhesive anchors shall be installed by an Adhesive Anchor Installer certified by the ACI-CRSI Adhesive Anchor Installation Certification Program where installed in a horizontal or upwardly inclined position and where indicated in the plans as an “adhesive tension anchor.”
O. Unless indicated, separate exterior slabs on grade from vertical surfaces with 3/8 inch thick, joint filler indicated in Section 033000. Extend joint filler from bottom of slab to within 1/4 inch of finished slab surface. Use joint sealer 3/8” wide by 1/4” deep to seal joint. See section 079000.
P. Install joint devices in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. See section 033000.
Q. Install joint covers in one piece longest practical length, when adjacent construction activity is complete.
R. Floor control joint device (e.g. zip strip) or Speed-E-Joint by W.R. Meadows, used as a floor crack inducer shall be used only in areas covered by finished flooring materials and shall not be used in areas either indoor or outdoor where exposed to view. See section 033000.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 8 of 10 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 031000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
3.5 FORM CLEANING
A. Clean forms as erection proceeds, to remove foreign matter within forms.
B. Clean formed cavities of debris prior to placing concrete.
C. Flush with water or use compressed air to remove remaining foreign matter. Ensure that water and debris drain to exterior through clean-out ports.
D. During cold weather, remove ice and snow from within forms. Do not use de-icing salts. Do not use water to clean out forms, unless formwork and concrete construction proceed within heated enclosure. Use compressed air or other means to remove foreign matter.
3.6 FORM REMOVAL
A. Do not remove forms or bracing until concrete has gained sufficient strength to carry its own weight and imposed loads and after flatness/levelness has been approved.
B. Loosen forms carefully. Do not wedge pry bars, hammers or tools against finish concrete surfaces scheduled for exposure to view.
C. Store removed forms in manner that surfaces to be in contact with fresh concrete will not be damaged. Discard damaged forms.
D. Under ordinary conditions, formwork and supports shall remain in place for not less than the periods of time under schedule - Form Removal. These periods represent cumulative number of days or hours, not necessarily consecutive, during which the temperature of the air surrounding the concrete is above 50ºF. If high-early-strength concrete is used, these periods may be reduced as approved by the Architect. Conversely, if ambient temperatures remain below 50ºF or if retarding agents are used, then these periods shall be increased at the discretion of the Architect.
E. Forms and shoring in the formwork used to support the weight of concrete in beams, slabs and other structural members shall remain in place until the formwork for the supported member is allowed to be removed.
F. Before shore removal the strength to be attained by members carrying their own dead load shall be no less than 75% of the specified strength, f'c. Furthermore the contractor shall restrict construction live loading to 50% of the design live load.
3.7 CONCRETE CURING AND FINISHING
A. Cure concrete floors as specified in Section 033500 – Concrete Curing and Finishing.
B. For general concrete curing refer to ACI 308.1.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 9 of 10 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 031000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
3.8 ERECTION TOLERANCES
A. Tolerances: Construct formwork to produce completed concrete surfaces within construction tolerances specified in ACI 117, except as otherwise indicated
3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Section 014000 - Quality Requirements: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting and balancing.
B. Inspect erected formwork, shoring, and bracing to ensure that work is in accordance with formwork design, and that supports, fastenings, wedges, ties, and items are secure.
C. Notify Architect/Engineer after placement of reinforcing steel in forms, but prior to placing concrete.
D. Schedule concrete placement to permit formwork inspection before placing concrete.
3.10 SCHEDULES - FORM REMOVAL
A. The following times represent a cumulative amount of time during which the temperature of the air surrounding the concrete is above 50° F; 1. Walls and column encasement 12 hours 2. Columns 12 hours
3.11 SCHEDULE - TESTING BY OWNER-FURNISHED TESTING LAB
A. Refer to Special Inspecting and Testing on Structural Drawings
END OF SECTION 031000
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 10 of 10 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building AGGREGATE STONE PIERS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 031625 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Introduction
A. General Description: The intent of this specification is to provide soil reinforcement within the limits identified on the project drawings to meet the performance requirements outlined herein. The work shall consist of design, provision of materials, and installation of Aggregate Piers per the design submittals provided by the specialty contractor and approved by the owner’s representative. The Aggregate Piers may consist of either Rammed Piers or Vibratory Stone Columns. B. Vibratory Stone Columns: are compacted columns of aggregate that are installed through the existing soils to improve the load-bearing and geotechnical properties of the soil. The columns consist of a series of vertical lifts of compacted aggregate from a pre-determined depth up to the ground surface or foundation bearing elevation. They are installed utilizing a specialized vibratory probe called a “vibroflot”. This vibroflot is utilized to create a bore hole down to a specific depth, aggregate is then introduced, and the vibroflot compacts the rock. Where stiff soil conditions prevent the advancement of the vibroflot the holes are predrilled to a depth sufficient to allow construction of the vibratory stone column. The aggregate introduction / compaction process repeats until the dense column of rock is built up to the required depth. Vibratory Stone Columns are utilized to increase the bearing capacity, reduce settlements, and increase global stability. Vibratory stone column can also be utilized to improve the drainage characteristics of a soil matrix. However, Vibratory Stone Columns are not effective in changing the shrinkage and swell potential of the surrounding soils and are not an effective method for the remediation of high plastic clays. C. Top Feed Method – This installation method is primarily used in cohesive soils capable of staying open throughout the construction process. The vibroflot is used to bore a clear hole in the existing soil down to a pre-determined depth. An open borehole can also be accomplished through predrilling. The vibroflot is fully retracted from the borehole and a specific quantity of rock is introduced at the ground surface into the open hole. The vibroflot is then extended down in the lift of rock and compacted. The stone is forced down and laterally outwards into the soil mass. The process repeats until the open hole is transformed into a continuous compacted column of rock. D. Bottom Feed Method – This installation method is utilized in collapsible soils such as sands and silts, where a pre-bored hole would not stay open. The vibroflot penetrates down to a pre-determined depth. Once the established depth is achieved, aggregate is introduced at that location through a feeder tube, which is connected to the vibroflot assembly. The aggregate is compacted in a series of vertical lifts from the base of the hole up to the ground surface. E. Rammed Piers are compacted columns of aggregate that are installed through the existing soils to improve the load-bearing and geotechnical properties of the soil. The columns consist of a series of vertical lifts of compacted aggregate from a pre-determined depth up to the ground surface or foundation bearing elevation. They are constructed by either augering a cavity or driving a hollow mandrel to the design depth and vertically ramming lifts of aggregate using the specially designed tamper head and high-energy impact densification equipment to create the compacted aggregate pier.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 11 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building AGGREGATE STONE PIERS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 031625 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
1.2 EXPERIENCE A. This work shall be accomplished by an experienced contractor properly equipped to perform the installation of either rammed or Vibratory Stone Columns. The contractor’s personnel shall have completed a minimum of 5 projects in the last 12 months utilizing similar equipment and methods which will be utilized on this project.
1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Load Testing 1. ASTM D1194 – Spread Footing Load Testing (individual column, or column groups) 2. ASTM D1143 – Standard Test method for Piles Under Static Axial Compressive Load 3. ASTM D3689 – Standard Test method for individual Piles Under Static Axial Tensile Load (as required) B. Materials 1. ASTM D1241 – Standard Specification for Materials for Soil-Aggregate Subbase, Base, and Surface Courses 2. ASTM D422 - Aggregate Quality Standard Test Method for Particle-Size Analysis of Soils
1.4 CONFLICTS IN SPECIFICATIONS/REFERENCES A. Where specifications and referenced documents conflict, the Architect/Engineer shall make the final determination of the applicable document.
1.5 CERTIFICATION AND SUBMITTALS: A. The installer shall provide design calculations and construction drawings to the owner’s representative for review and approval. The design submittal shall be signed and sealed by an engineer licensed in the state in which the project is to be constructed. B. The Aggregate Pier Design Engineer shall have Errors and Omissions insurance for the work. The insurance policy shall provide a minimum coverage of $2 million per occurrence. C. Modulus Load Test Reports: The installer shall furnish to the General Contractor a description of the installation equipment, installation records, complete test data, and analysis/review of the test data. The report shall be prepared under the supervision of a registered professional engineer. D. Bottom stabilization Test - For Rammed Piers the installer shall furnish to the General Contractor bottom stabilization test (BST) procedures, test equipment, complete test data and analysis/review of the test data. The report shall be prepared under the supervision of a registered professional engineer. Similarly, any other test methods required by the designer to validate the design shall have similar information provided. E. Dynamic Cone Pentrometer testing – Dynamic Cone Pentrometer test results shall be provided to the General Contractor each day. The reports shall include the column tested, equipment utilized, complete test data, compliance with design parameters and comparison with modulus test pier. F. Daily Progress Reports – The installer shall furnish a complete and accurate record of the Aggregate Pier installation to the General Contractor. The record shall indicate the pier location, length, and surface elevation. The record shall also include the type and size of equipment utilized to install the Aggregate Piers. The installer shall report any unusual conditions encountered during the installation to the General Contractor, designer and on-site representative of the testing agency.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 11 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building AGGREGATE STONE PIERS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 031625 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
G. For Vibratory Stone Columns the logs generated from the on-board data recorder shall be submitted to the Engineer of Record illustrating installation depths, lift thicknesses, and pressures with respect to time for each column shall be provided upon completion of the project.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.20 MATERIALS A. Vibratory Stone Columns -The aggregate utilized for construction of the stone columns shall be a clean, hard, unweathered aggregate free of organics, debris, and other deleterious materials. The aggregate shall be an angular or sub-angular hard material with a majority of the particles being between 1/8 inch and 2½ inches. Other aggregates utilized for construction of the stone column must be approved by the vibratory stone column Design Engineer and successfully meet the design requirements of a modulus load test. Dynamic Cone Penetration is not appropriate for this material B. Rammed Piers - Aggregate used for piers constructed above the water table shall be Type I Grade B in accordance with ASTM D-1241-68, or shall be other graded aggregate selected by the Installer and successfully used in the modulus test. It shall be compacted to a densification and strength, which provides resistance to the dynamic penetration test (ASTM STP 399) of a minimum average of 15 blows per 1.75-inch vertical movement. Potable water shall be used to increase aggregate moisture content where required to achieve the proper density.
C. Rammed Piers - The aggregate used for piers constructed below the water table, the gradation shall be the same as Type I Gradation B, except that particles passing the No. 40 sieve shall be eliminated. Alternatively, No.57 stone. Other aggregates utilized for construction of the stone column must be approved by the vibratory stone column Design Engineer and successfully meet the design requirements of a modulus load test. Dynamic penetration resistance testing is inappropriate for this material.
PART 3 - DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
3.10 AGGREGRATE PIER DESIGN: A. The aggregate pier design stiffness modulus value shall be verified by the results of the load test as required by this specification and as required by the Aggregate Pier Design Engineer. B. Aggregate Piers shall be designed in accordance with generally-accepted engineering practice and the methods described in Section 1 of these Specifications. The design shall be based on the following loading conditions and meet the following criteria. 1. Buildings a. Minimum Allowable Bearing Pressure for aggregate pier Reinforced Soils: 32,000 psf . b. Minimum Stone column Area Coverage (for square Spread Footings): 20% . c. Estimated Total Long-Term Settlement for Footings: 1-inch . d. Estimated Long-Term Differential Settlement of Adjacent Footings: .5-inch .
C. The design submitted by the Installer shall consider the bearing capacity and settlement of all footings supported by stone columns, and shall be in accordance with acceptable engineering practice and these specifications. Total and differential settlement shall be considered. The design life of the structure shall be 50 years.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 11 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building AGGREGATE STONE PIERS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 031625 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
3.11 DESIGN SUBMITTAL
A. The installer shall submit design calculations and construction drawings, signed and sealed by a licensed engineer in the state in which the project is being constructed, for approval at least two (2) weeks prior to construction. The design shall be based on the project geotechnical report, the project drawings, and the performance criteria set forth in this specification. The design submittal should include the following: 1. Basis for design including information and documents relied upon for design 2. Design Parameters for settlement calculations 3. Settlement calculations 4. Quality control plan including load testing requirements and criteria 5. Construction drawings
PART 4 – CONSTRUCTION
A. Aggregate Piers shall be that as outlined below unless alternate procedures are outlined by the vibratory stone column designer. The methods used for installation of the modulus test columns shall be consistent with the methods used in the installation of the production piles.
4.01 VIBRATORY STONE COLUMN - EQUIPMENT AND METHODS A. Install stone columns with a vibroflot capable of providing a minimum 80HP of rated energy and a centrifugal force of 15 tons for densifying the aggregate by forcing it radially into the surrounding soil. The vibroflot shall be of sufficient size and capacity to construct stone columns to the diameters and lengths shown on the installer’s approved construction drawings. B. The vibratory stone column rig shall be equipped with an on-board computer system which displays and records vibroflot depth and the hydraulic pressure of the vibroflot with time. C. The vibroflot and follower tubes shall be of sufficient length to reach the elevations shown on the installer’s approved construction drawings. The vibroflot, used in combination with the available pressure at the tip shall be capable of penetration to the required tip elevation. Preboring shall be permitted as required to achieve design depth. D. Provide methods for supplying to the tip of the vibroflot a sufficient quantity of air or water to widen the vibroflot borehole to allow adequate space for stone backfill placement. E. The vibroflot shall penetrate the soil to the minimum depths cited in the installer’s design submittal. F. Lift thickness shall not exceed 4 feet and shall be consistent with the lift thicknesses utilized for construction of test columns. G. Compact the backfill in each lift by repenetrating it with the vibroflot to densify and force the stone into the surrounding soil. H. Install stone columns such that there is a continuous compacted column of aggregate throughout its entire depth.
4.02 RAMMED PIERS – EQUIPMENT AND METHODS A. Augered Rammed Pier: a. Augered rammed pier system shall be pre-augered using mechanical drilling or excavation equipment.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 11 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building AGGREGATE STONE PIERS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 031625 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
b. If cave-ins exceeding 10% of the lift volume occur during excavation such that the sidewalls of the hole are deemed to be unstable, steel casing shall be used to stabilize the cavity or a displacement Rammed Pier system may be used. c. Aggregate shall be placed in the augered cavity in lift thicknesses as determined by the Rammed Pier Designer. d. A specially-designed beveled tamper and high-energy impact densification apparatus shall be employed to densify lifts of aggregate during installation. The apparatus shall apply direct downward impact energy to each lift of aggregate. B. Displacement Rammed Pier: a. Displacement rammed pier systems shall be constructed by advancing a specially designed mandrel with a minimum 15 ton static force augmented by dynamic vertical ramming energy to the full design depth. The hollow-shaft mandrel, filled with aggregate, is incrementally raised, permitting the aggregate to be released into the cavity, and then lowered by vertically advancing and/or ramming to densify the aggregate and force it laterally into the adjacent soil. The cycle of raising and lowering the mandrel is repeated to the top of pier elevation. The cycle distance shall be determined by the rammed pier designer. b. Special high-energy impact densification apparatus shall be employed to vertically densify the rammed pier elements during installation of each constructed lift of aggregate. c. Densification shall be performed using a mandrel/tamper. The mandrel/tamper foot is required to adequately increase the lateral earth pressure in the matrix soil during installation. d. Downward crowd pressure shall be applied to the mandrel during installation.
4.03 TOLERANCES A. The aggregate pier spacing tolerances should be established by the stone column designer. If a tolerance has not been established by the Design Engineer then the stone columns shall be installed within 6 inches of the location indicated on the drawings.
4.04 OBSTRUCTIONS A. Obstructions encountered during predrilling or the vibratory stone column installation that prevents installation of the aggregate pier to the design depth shall be reported to the designer for their review and determination of appropriate action. Remedial action may include, but is not limited to, adding columns adjacent to the obstruction and/or removal of the obstruction. Remediation of obstructions not clearly identified in the bid documents shall be billed on a unit rate basis in accordance with the schedule of values. B. Obstructions may include, but are not limited to, boulders, timbers, construction debris, utility lines, etc., that hinder or prevent the advancement of the vibroflot and/or hinder or prevent the predrilling operation with standard soil drilling equipment. Standard soil drilling equipment shall be defined as a rig or “dangle” drill with a convention soil auger designed for conventional soil drilling. When the efforts to advance past the obstruction to the design depth result in the rate of advance to the vibroflot and/or predrilling equipment being reduced relative to the rate of advance that are typical for the portion of the excavation in the geological unit that contains the obstruction, then the contractor shall perform remedial action as outline above in section 4.03A. Soil conditions including native dense clays and sands, glacial tills, shales, rock, etc. shall not constitute an obstruction. Instead, with approval from the Design Engineer the stone columns may be terminated on these soils or rock.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 5 of 11 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building AGGREGATE STONE PIERS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 031625 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
4.05 REJECTED AGGREGATE PIERS A. Additional Aggregate Piers that are required due to improper installation or location will be installed at no additional cost to the owner.
PART 5 – QUALITY CONTROL PROGRAM
5.01 QUALITY CONTROL TECHNICIAN/FIELD OBSERVATIONS A. The installer shall have a member of their crew designated as a full-time control technician. Typically, this is the rig operator for Vibratory Stone Columns, who continuously monitors the on-board computer system during the installation process. This individual is responsible for monitoring and logging all installation data, verifying Vibratory Stone Column depths, lift thickness, and compactive effort per lift. The control technician shall report any site conditions that vary from those anticipated or obstructions that are encountered. B. Stone Column installation shall be monitored by an on board computer monitoring system. The monitoring system shall log stone column number, time of installation, depth, hydraulic pressure applied during the boring process and during the compacting process. Recorded data for each stone column shall be plotted for both depth and pressure versus time. Installation records for each shall be made available upon request in electronic format in a timely manner. C. The QC procedures shall include the preparation of Aggregate Pier Progress Reports completed during each day of installation. The daily field reports shall include stone column location, top elevation, pier length, footing elevation, documentation of any unusual conditions encountered, and type and size of densification equipment utilized to install the Vibratory Stone Columns.
5.02 DYNAMIC CONE PENETROMETER TESTING A. Dynamic cone pentrometer tests shall be performed on Rammed Piers above the water table. The quantity and extent of the testing shall be determined by the aggregate pier designer. However, at a minimum three (3) test(s) shall be performed for every day’s production. The criteria for determining the maximum allowable penetration shall be established by the Rammed Pier designer prior to construction and shall be included in the design submittals.
5.03 BOTTOM STABILIZATION TESTING A. Bottom stabilization testing (BSTs) or Crowd stabilization testing (CSTs) shall be performed by the Control Technician during the installation of the modulus test pier for Rammed Piers. Additional testing as required by the Rammed Pier Designer shall be performed on selected production Rammed Aggregate Pier elements to compare results with the modulus test pier. The criteria for determining the test parameters shall be established by the Rammed Pier designer prior to construction and shall be included in the design submittals.
5.04 LOAD TESTING A. The extent of testing required shall be determined by the Design Engineer. However, at a minimum, ( one ) modulus load test(s) shall be performed and ( two ) plate load test(s) shall be performed.
(Note: The number of load tests appropriate for a project is a function of the size of the project, the variability of the soils, and the degree of conservatism of the design/load conditions. For relatively small projects,
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 6 of 11 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building AGGREGATE STONE PIERS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 031625 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
typically one modulus test will suffice. If the bearing pressures are relatively low and the design is of a conservative nature, load testing may not be required. For larger projects, additional plate load tests are recommended. For large projects or projects with changing soil conditions, multiple modulus tests may be appropriate)
5.05 MODULUS LOAD TESTING: A. Modulus Tests shall be performed as required by this specification and as required by the Aggregate Pier Column Design Engineer at the locations determined by the Design Engineer and approved by the owner’s representative. The results of the testing should be used by the Design Engineer to either verify or modify their design as appropriate. Modulus test procedures shall utilize appropriate sections of ASTM D1143 and ASTM D1194, as outlined in the aggregate pier design submittal. The aggregate pier shall be loaded to 150 percent of the maximum design stress as shown in the design submittal. B. A telltale shall be installed within the Aggregate Pier as deemed appropriate by the Design Engineer. When a telltale is used the acceptance criteria shall be determined by the Design Engineer. Telltales placed at the bottom of the Vibratory Stone Columns shall have a maximum deflection equal to either 30 percent of the top of pier deflection at the design load or the deflection requirement specified by the designer, whichever is less. C. ASTM D-1143 general test procedures shall be used as a guide to establishing load increments and load increment duration. As a minimum, the following loading increments and duration shall be used.
Approximate Load Minimum Maximum Increment (Percent Design) Duration (min) Duration (min) Seat <9 0 n/a 1 17 10 30 2 33 10 30 3 50 10 30 4 67 10 30 5 83 10 30 6 100 60 120 7 117 10 n/a 8 133 10 n/a 9 150 10 n/a 10 100 1 n/a 11 66 1 n/a 12 0 1 n/a
D. All load increments up to 150% of the design load shall be held for a minimum of 10 minutes with the exception of the load increment representing approximately 100 percent of the design load which shall be held for a minimum of 60 minutes. Loads shall be maintained until the rate of deflection reduces to 0.03 inches per hour or for the maximum time frame referenced in the chart above, whichever occurs first. The rate of deflection may be monitored on 5 minute increments starting at 5 minutes. E. A seating load equal to approximately 5 percent and in no case greater than 10 percent of the design load shall be applied prior to application of load increments and prior to measurement of deflection to compensate for surfical ground disturbance during the installation and setup process.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 7 of 11 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building AGGREGATE STONE PIERS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 031625 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
F. Test(s) that do not meet the design requirements for the project should be reviewed by the Design Engineer to determine what modifications to the initial design and/or installation practices are required.
5.06 PLATE LOAD TESTING: A. Plate load tests shall be performed as required by this specification and as required by the aggregate pier Design Engineer at the locations determined by the designer to either verify or modify the design as appropriate. B. Plate load tests are quick load tests utilizing the Vibratory Stone Column Rig or other piece of equipment for a reaction. These load tests are limited by the weight of the rig with maximum load typically ranging from 50 to 100 percent of the design load. The results of the plate load tests can be correlated with the results of modulus tests to validate that similar deflection trends are being observed. The Design Engineer shall specify load increments and hold durations.
5.07 UPLIFT TESTING: A. If applicable to the project, uplift testing will be performed as required by the designer. ASTM D-3698 shall be the general guide in establishing uplift load test procedures. The uplift load test shall be performed as outlined in the design submittal. B. Uplift brackets shall be designed based on a minimum geotechnical factor of safety of 2.0.
PART 6: QUALITY ASSURANCE
6.01 INDEPENDENT ENGINEERING TESTING AGENCY (OWNER’S QUALITY ASSURANCE) A. The Owner is responsible for retaining an independent engineering testing firm to provide Quality Assurance services for full-time quality control monitoring of the Aggregate Piers.
6.02 RESPONSIBILITIES OF INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY A. The Testing Agency shall monitor modulus load test including aggregate pier installation and testing. The Installer shall provide and install all testing equipment and dial indicators. B. The Testing Agency shall monitor plate load test. The installer shall provide all dial indicators and testing equipment and dial indicators. C. The Testing Agency shall monitor the installation of Aggregate Piers to verify that the production installation practices are similar to those used during the installation of the modulus test columns. D. The Testing Agency shall monitor bottom stabilization testing and verify that the test meets the design requirements outlined in the design submittal. E. The Testing Agency shall perform dynamic cone penetrometer testing on the top of Rammed Piers installed utilizing well graded stone as required for Rammed Piers installed above the water table. F. The Testing Agency shall report any discrepancies to the installer and General Contractor immediately. G. The Testing Agency shall observe the excavation, compaction and placement of the foundations as described in Section 7.04 and section 7.05 of this specification.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 8 of 11 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building AGGREGATE STONE PIERS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 031625 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 7 – RESPONSIBILITIES OF GENERAL CONTRACTOR
7.01 PREPARATION: A. The General Contractor shall locate and protect underground and above ground utilities and other structures from damage during installation of the stone columns. Additionally, where overhead power lines are in the immediate ground improvement area, the General Contractor shall provide shielding and/or coordinate power shut-off as required to comply with OSHA safety requirements and allow safe installation of the Vibratory Stone Columns. B. The General Contractor shall provide the site to the Installer, after earthwork in the area has been completed. C. Site subgrade shall be established by the General Contractor within 1 foot of final design subgrade to minimize stone column depths. Ground elevations and bottom of footing elevations shall be provided to the aggregate pier installer prior to construction to allow the installation depths to be determined. The pad shall be prepared such that it is capable of supporting the aggregate pier installation equipment and associated truck traffic. Further, the site should be graded in such a way as to minimize construction delays during inclement weather. D. The placement of select granular fills, geotextile fabrics, or use of soil modification may inhibit the installation of Aggregate Piers. If the General Contractor is planning to construct the building pad utilizing any of the above items, the General Contractor shall review this with the installer to verify that the construction methods that the installer intends to utilize will not be impeded. E. If spoils are generated by the aggregate pier installation, spoils shall be removed by the General Contractor in a timely manner as to prevent construction delays.
7.02 AGGREGATE PIER LAYOUT A. The Aggregate Piers shall be laid out prior to installation of the piers based on the drawings provided by the aggregate pier designer. The layout shall include the layout of the individual Aggregate Piers marked in the field using survey markers (typically survey whiskers). Markings that are not visible due to weather events and construction traffic shall be remarked as required.
7.03 EXCAVATION FOR OBSTRUCTION A. If excavation for obstructions is required for installation of Aggregate Piers the General Contractor shall be responsible for removal of the obstruction in a timely manner as to avoid construction delays
7.04 EXCAVATIONS: A. Excavations for utilities or other purposes shall be performed outside the zone of influence of the stone columns. If excavations are required within the zone of influence of the stone columns, the General Contractor shall inform the aggregate pier installer so that a construction solution can be determined. Solutions may include extending the excavation to include portions of the Aggregate Piers which have been disturbed and replacing with a select granular backfill meeting the Vibratory Stone Column design parameters and compacted to 95% of a modified proctor (ASTM D1557). The remediation of the disturbed Vibratory Stone Columns shall meet the more stringent requirement of the Vibratory Stone Column designer and the project specifications. The placement and compaction shall be observed and tested by the on-site personnel from the Independent Testing Agency.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 9 of 11 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building AGGREGATE STONE PIERS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 031625 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
B. The zone of influence of a stone column should be considered to be excavations extending below the top of the aggregate pier, within 5 feet from the edge of a stone column, and any excavation that is within a 1 to 1 slope of the top of the aggregate pier.
7.05 BOTTOM OF FOOTINGS: A. Excavation and surface compaction of all footings shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor. The excavation shall be excavated in a manner that will minimize disturbance and/or softening of the surrounding soils until concrete placement and provide a positive connection between the foundation and the vibratory stone column.
Recommended procedures include the following:
1. Limit over-excavation below the bottom of the footing to 3-inches (including disturbance from the teeth of the excavation equipment. 2. Compaction of surface soil and top of stone columns shall be prepared using a motorized impact compactor (“Wacker Packer,” “Jumping Jack,” or similar). Sled-type tamping devices shall not be used. Compaction shall be performed over the entire footing bottom to compact any loose surface soil and loose surface stone associated with the Aggregate Piers. 3. Place footing concrete immediately after footing excavation, base compaction, and approval, preferably the same day as the excavation. Footing concrete must be placed on the same day if the footing is bearing on expansive or sensitive soils. 4. If same day placement of footing concrete is not possible, place a minimum 3-inch thick lean concrete seal (“mud mat”) immediately after the footing is excavated and approved.
B. The following criteria shall apply, and a written inspection report shall be provided by the inspection agency to the vibratory stone column installer to verify the following: 1. Water (which may soften the unconfined matrix soil between and around the Aggregate Piers, and may have detrimental effects on the supporting capability of the aggregate pier reinforced subgrade) has not been allowed to pond in the footing excavation at any time. 2. All Aggregate Piers required for each footing have been exposed in the footing excavation. 3. Immediately before footing construction, the tops of all the Aggregate Piers exposed in each footing excavation have been inspected and recompacted as required with mechanical compaction equipment, and that the tops of any stone columns which may have been disturbed by footing excavation and related activity have been recompacted. 4. No excavations or drilled shafts have been made after installation of Aggregate Piers within the zone of influence of the Vibratory Stone Columns as outlined above, without the written approval of the Installer or designer. C. Failure to provide the above inspection and certification by the testing agency, which is beyond the responsibility of the installer, may void any written or implied warranty on the performance of the aggregate pier foundation system.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 10 of 11 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building AGGREGATE STONE PIERS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 031625 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 8 - PAYMENT A. Design - The contractor shall be paid a lump sum amount for the design of the ground improvement upon submission of their design for final review by the engineer of record. B. Mobilization - The contractor will be paid a lump sum amount for set-up and removal cost for mobilization of facilities and equipment for stone column production upon mobilization to the site. C. Testing - Modulus and plate load tests shall also be paid on a per test basis upon completion of each test. D. Construction – The contractor will be paid on a monthly cycle based on the percentage of the project completed at the end of each billing cycle. E. Additional Work – Additional work requested by the owner’s representative performed during the same mobilization shall be performed on a unit rate basis per lineal foot.
END OF SECTION 031625
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 11 of 11 May 8, 2020
Putnamville Prison Industries Building CONCRETE AND MASONRY REINFORCING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 032000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Reinforcing bars. 2. Welded wire fabric. 3. Reinforcement accessories.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 030100 - Concrete Repair. 2. Section 031000 - Concrete Forming and Accessories. 3. Section 033000 - Cast-In-Place Concrete. 4. Section 033500 - Concrete Curing and Finishing 5. Section 042016 - Reinforced Unit Masonry. 6. Division 26 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems: Grounding concrete reinforcement. 7. Division 31 - Composite Piles, Bored Piles, Reinforcement for pile and drilled pier foundations.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Concrete Institute: 1. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete. 2. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. 3. ACI 530.1 - Specifications for Masonry Structures. 4. ACI SP-66 - ACI Detailing Manual.
B. ASTM International: 1. ASTM A82 - Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. 2. ASTM A184 - Standard Specification for Fabricated Deformed Steel Bar Mats for Concrete Reinforcement. 3. A185 Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for Concrete. 4. ASTM A496 - Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement. 5. ASTM A497 - Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement. 6. ASTM A615 - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 7. ASTM A706 - Standard Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.
C. American Welding Society: 1. AWS D1.4 - Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 6 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CONCRETE AND MASONRY REINFORCING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 032000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
D. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute: 1. CRSI - Manual of Standard Practice. 2. CRSI - Placing Reinforcing Bars.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.
B. Shop Drawings: 1. Indicate bar sizes, spacing, locations, and quantities of reinforcing steel bending and cutting schedules and supporting and spacing devices for reinforcement and accessories in 1/4 inch minimum scale elevations and plans. 2. General Contractor and Subcontractor to review shop drawings and add all proposed openings to drawings before submitting to Architect.
C. Certificates: Submit AWS qualification certificate for welders employed on the Work.
D. Submit ICC reports for each product where ICC approval is required.
E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify Products meet or exceed specified requirements.
F. Submit request to use splices not shown on the project drawings.
G. Submit request to use mechanical splices not shown on the project drawings.
H. Submit request for placement of column dowels without the use of templates.
I. Submit request and procedure to field bend or straighten partially embedded reinforcement.
J. Submit description of reinforcement weld locations, weld procedures, and welder qualifications.
K. Submit proposed supports for coated reinforcement and uncoated reinforcement when it is necessary to move reinforcement beyond the specified placing tolerances to avoid interference with other reinforcement, conduits, or embedded items. Provide a submittal showing the resulting arrangement of reinforcement.
L. Submit request to heat and bend reinforcement when required.
M. Submit certified copies of mill test report of reinforcement materials analysis.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING OF MATERIALS
A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of Section 016000 - Product Requirements.
B. Store off ground in ventilated and protected manner to prevent deterioration from moisture.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 6 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CONCRETE AND MASONRY REINFORCING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 032000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with CRSI - Manual of Standard Practice and ACI 301.
B. Prepare shop drawings in accordance with ACI SP-66.
1.6 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Welders: AWS qualified within previous 6 months.
1.7 COORDINATION
A. Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.
B. Coordinate with placement of formwork, formed openings and other Work.
C. All trades with openings in concrete or masonry are to show size and location of proposed openings on shop drawings before submitting drawings to Architect for approval.
D. Location of reinforcement takes precedence over that of work by other trades.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 REINFORCEMENT
A. Reinforcing Steel: As noted on the Structural Drawings.
B. Deformed Reinforcement: ASTM A615, 60 ksi yield grade, steel bars, unfinished.
C. Deformed and Plain Reinforcement: ASTM A706; 60 ksi yield strength, steel bars, unfinished where weldable rebar is required.
D. Welded Deformed Wire Fabric: ASTM A497; in flat sheets; unfinished.
E. Welded Plain Wire Fabric: ASTM A185; in flat sheets; unfinished.
F. All Thread Rebar: “Williams” Grade 75 meets or exceeds physical properties of ASTM A615.
2.2 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Tie Wire: As noted on the Structural Drawings, or patented system as approved.
B. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers: Sized and shaped for strength and support of reinforcement during concrete placement conditions, including CRSI "SBU" Type chairs or load bearing pads on bottom to prevent vapor retarder puncture.
C. Special Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers Adjacent to Weather Exposed Concrete Surfaces:
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 6 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CONCRETE AND MASONRY REINFORCING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 032000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
Plastic-coated steel, Plastic tipped steel or Stainless steel type; size and shape and spacing to maintain bars in required position.
D. Precast concrete block chairs to be made from 4000 psi concrete and have (2) 16 ga. tie wires cast in center.
E. Flanged Rebar Couplers (FRC): Williams Form Engineering Corp. C2D rebar flange coupler, Dayton-Superior D-50 DBR, Richmond Screw Anchor Co. Inc. DB-SAE splicer and DB-S indicator, or approved. Provide in size to meet or exceed rebar capacity. System may be used as substitutions for dowel bars.
F. All Thread Rebar Couplers: Williams Co., Portland or (503) 285-4548.
G. Bar Couplers: 1. Bar-Lock Couplers by Ancon MBT Coupler System 2. HRC Xtender Splicing System. Dayton Superior Bar Fix Rebar Splice System 3. Sizes as required. 4. Substitutions per specification section 012500 – Substitution Procedures.
H. Expansion Bolts: Refer to Section 031000 - Concrete Forming and Accessories.
I. Adhesive Anchors: Refer to Section 031000 - Concrete Forming and Accessories.
J. Screw Anchors: Refer to Section 031000 - Concrete Forming and Accessories.
K. Provide templates for placing column, footing anchor rods.
L. Welding electrodes of type complying with AWS Code as required for welding ASTM A706, grade 60 steel as applicable.
M. Threaded Dowels: Fabricate from ASTM 615 Grade 60 reinforcement steel threaded to fit expansion anchor furnished. Dowel to be one diameter size larger than continuous reinforcement size shown.
2.3 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate concrete reinforcement in accordance with CRSI Manual of Practice and ACI 318.
B. Form standard hooks for: 180 degree bends, 90 degree bend, stirrup and tie hooks, and seismic hooks as indicated on Drawings.
C. Form reinforcement bends with minimum diameters in accordance with ACI 318.
D. Weld reinforcement in accordance with AWS D1.4.
E. Locate reinforcement splices not indicated on Drawings, at point of minimum stress. Review location of splices with Engineer.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 6 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CONCRETE AND MASONRY REINFORCING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 032000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Section 014000 - Quality Requirements: Testing, inspection and analysis requirements.
B. Make completed reinforcement available for inspection at manufacturer’s factory prior to packaging for shipment. Notify Architect/Engineer at least seven days before inspection is allowed.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PLACEMENT
A. See applicable Division 3 and 4 sections.
B. Place, support and secure reinforcement against displacement. Provide carrier bars as required to maintain position of bars. Do not deviate from required position beyond specified tolerance. 1. Do not weld crossing reinforcement bars for assembly.
C. Do not displace or damage vapor retarder.
D. Accommodate placement of formed openings.
E. Space reinforcement bars with minimum clear spacing in accordance with ACI 318 1. Where bars are indicated in multiple layers, place upper bars directly above lower bars, unless noted otherwise.
F. Maintain concrete cover around reinforcement in accordance with ACI 318 and as noted on the drawings.
G. Call for special inspection. Concrete is not to be ordered for delivery until after formwork and reinforcement has been approved by the Special Inspector.
H. Splice reinforcing where indicated on Drawings in accordance with splicing device manufacturer’s instructions.
I. Bond and ground reinforcement in accordance with requirements of Division 26.
3.2 ERECTION TOLERANCES
A. Section 014000 - Quality Requirements: Tolerances.
B. Install reinforcement within the tolerances specified in ACI 301.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See applicable Division 3 and 4 sections.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 5 of 6 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CONCRETE AND MASONRY REINFORCING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 032000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
B. Section 014000 - Quality Requirements and 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting and balancing.
C. Field inspection and testing will be performed by Owner’s testing laboratory in accordance with applicable code. Refer to Drawings S0.1 and S0.2 for required special inspections.
D. Provide free access to Work and cooperate with appointed firm.
E. Reinforcement Inspection: Refer to drawing S002.
END OF SECTION 032000
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 6 of 6 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 033000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 GENERAL
SUMMARY
Section includes cast-in-place concrete for the following: 1. Foundation walls. 2. Supported slabs. 3. Mud slabs. 4. Topping Slabs. 5. Slabs on grade. 6. Joint devices: control, expansion and contraction. 7. Equipment pads. 8. Light pole bases. 9. Flagpole bases. 10. Fence footers. 11. Concrete Mix/Materials. 12. Admixtures. 13. Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM, CDF and lean concrete)
Related Sections: 1. Section 032000 - Concrete Reinforcing. a. Reinforcing bars. b. Welded wire fabric. c. Reinforcement accessories. 2. Section 033500 - Concrete Curing and Finishing. a. Initial and final curing of horizontal and vertical concrete surfaces. b. Finishing concrete floors. c. Floor surface treatment. d. Tolerances. 3. Section 036000 - Grouting. a. Portland cement grout. b. Rapid curing epoxy grout. c. Non-shrink cementitious grout. 4. Section 055000 - Metal Fabrications: Supply of metal fabrications for placement by this Section. 5. Division 7 - Preparing concrete surfaces to receive dampproofing and/or waterproofing. 6. Section 072600 – Vapor Retarders: Provide vapor retarders for placement by this Section. 7. Section 076200 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Supply of flashing reglets for placement by this Section. 8. Section 079200 - Joint Sealants. 9. Division 22 - Mechanical items for casting into concrete. 10. Division 26 - Electrical items for casting into concrete. 11. Division 31 - Fill. 12. Division 32 - Sidewalks, curbs and gutters.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 13 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 033000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
REFERENCES
American Concrete Institute: 1. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete. 2. ACI 305.1 - Specification for Hot Weather Concreting. 3. ACI 306.1 - Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting. 4. ACI 308.1 - Standard Specification for Curing Concrete. 5. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete.
ASTM International: 1. ASTM B221 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes. 2. ASTM C31 - Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. 3. ASTM C33 - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 4. ASTM C39 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. 5. ASTM C42 - Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete. 6. ASTM C94 - Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. 7. ASTM C143 - Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete. 8. ASTM C150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement. 9. ASTM C172 - Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete. 10. ASTM C173 - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method. 11. ASTM C231 - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method. 12. ASTM C260 - Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. 13. ASTM C330 - Standard Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Structural Concrete. 14. ASTM C494- Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. 15. ASTM C595 - Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements. 16. ASTM C618 - Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Concrete. 17. ASTM C685 - Standard Specification for Concrete Made By Volumetric Batching and Continuous Mixing. 18. ASTM C845 - Standard Specification for Expansive Hydraulic Cement. 19. ASTM C979 - Standard Specification for Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete. 20. ASTM C989 - Standard Specification for Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag for Use in Concrete and Mortars. 21. ASTM C1017 - Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Use in Producing Flowing Concrete. 22. ASTM C1059 - Standard Specification for Latex Agents for Bonding Fresh to Hardened Concrete. 23. ASTM C1064 - Standard Test Method for Temperature of Freshly Mixed Hydraulic- Cement Concrete.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 13 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 033000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
24. ASTM C1107 - Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout (Non- shrink). 25. ASTM C1116 - Standard Specification for Fiber-Reinforced Concrete and Shotcrete. 26. ASTM C1157 - Standard Performance Specification for Hydraulic Cement. 27. ASTM C1218 - Standard Test Method for Water-Soluble Chloride in Mortar and Concrete. 28. ASTM C1240 - Standard Specification for Silica Fume Used in Cementitious Mixtures. 29. ASTM D994 - Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete (Bituminous Type). 30. ASTM D1751 - Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Non-extruding and Resilient Bituminous Types). 31. ASTM D1752 - Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. 32. ASTM D6690 - Standard Specification for Joint and Crack Sealants, Hot Applied, for Concrete and Asphalt Pavements. 33. ASTM E96 - Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. 34. ASTM E119 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 35. ASTM E1643 - Standard Practice for Selection, Design, Installation and Inspection of Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth or Granular Fill under Concrete Slabs. 36. ASTM E1745 - Standard Specification for Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Soil or Granular Fill under Concrete Slabs. 37. ASTM F710 – Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring.
SUBMITTALS
Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.
Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements.
Product Data for proprietary materials and items including admixtures, joint systems, finishing materials, and other as requested by Architect.
Design Data: Prior to placing any concrete and within 20 days of award of contract, submit for Architect's review the following; 1. Submit to Architect and inspecting and testing firm for review prior to commencement of work, identifying each class of concrete with letters corresponding to those indicated on the drawings (S001). Minimum acceptable evidence shall be laboratory trial mix data or field test data (30 or more tests or mixes, identical to proposed mix, made during the past 12 months) with the appropriate standard deviation analysis, all in accordance with ACI 301 2. Identify mix ingredients and proportions, including admixtures.
Materials certificates shall be signed by manufacturers and contractor, certifying that each material item complies with or exceeds specified requirements. Provide certification from admixture manufactures that chloride content complies with specification requirements.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 13 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 033000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
Submit control joint and pour stop layout to Engineer ten (10) days prior to installation.
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures.
Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of embedded utilities and components concealed from view in finished construction.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Perform Work in accordance with ACI 301. Maintain one copy of ACI 301 on site.
Conform to ACI 305.1 when concreting during hot weather.
Conform to ACI 306.1 when concreting during cold weather.
Acquire cement and aggregate from one source for Work.
Pre-Installation Meeting: 1. Section 013000 – Administrative Requirements: Pre-Installation meeting. 2. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. Parties in attendance to be General Contractor, Owners Representative, Architect, Interior Designer, Mechanical Engineer, Electrical Engineer, Structural Engineer, Concrete Foreman, Concrete Supplier and Concrete Finisher. Agenda to include coordinating embed items and openings, mix design and additives, testing and inspection, form tolerances and stripping, curing methods, finishes and control joint locations.
Maintain one copy of each document on site.
ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
Section 016000 - Product Requirements: Environmental conditions affecting products on site.
Maintain concrete temperature after installation per ACI 301.
COORDINATION
Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.
Coordinate placement of joint devices with erection of concrete formwork and placement of form accessories.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 13 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 033000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 2 PRODUCTS
PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN CRITERIA
Vapor Retarder Permeance: Maximum 1 perm when tested according to ASTM E96.
Refer to Section 072600.
CONCRETE MATERIALS
Cement: ASTM C150, Type I – Normal, Type II - Moderate Portland type.
Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33. No iron aggregates allowed in concrete.
Water: Drinkable. Comply with ACI 318.
ADMIXTURES
All admixtures shall be from the same manufacturer to ensure compatibility.
Flowable Concrete (CDF, CLSM and lean concrete): Designed and proportioned specifically for this project, obtained by a predetermined combination of water-reducing/set controlling/ plastic flow producing admixtures conforming to ASTM C494 types A though G as an Admixture System.
Air Entrainment: ASTM C260. Certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures. 1. BASF; MasterAir AE 200. 2. The Euclid Chemical Company; Air Mix Series or AEA-92 Series 3. Grace Concrete Products; Daravair 1000 4. Substitutions under provisions of Section 012500 – Substitution Procedures.
Water Reducing Admixture: Conforming to ASTM C494, Type A shall contain no chlorides (not more than 0.05 percent). The amount of admixture added to the concrete shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations to obtain between 5% and 10% water reduction. 1. BASF; MasterPolyheed series. 2. The Euclid Chemical Company; .Eucon Water Reducing Series. 3. W.R. Grace & Co.; WRDA 64. 4. Substitutions under provisions of Section 012500 – Substitution Procedures.
Water Reducing, Retarding Admixture: Conforming to ASTM C494, Type D and not containing more chloride ions than are present in municipal drinking water. 1. BASF; MasterPozzolith Retarder. 2. The Euclid Chemical Company; Eucon Retarder Series. 3. W.R. Grace Construction; Daratard-17. 4. Sika Chemical Co.; Plastiment.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 5 of 13 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 033000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
5. Substitutions under provisions of Section 012500 – Substitution Procedures.
High Range Water Reducing Admixture (Superplasticizer): Conforming to ASTM C494 type F or G. The admixture shall be free of chlorides and alkalis. Use a third generation superplasticizer which shall be job site added in measured container, extended plastic-flow time, maintain setting characteristics similar to normal concrete throughout its recommended dosage range at varying concrete temperatures, reduce water 30 to 40 percent, give high early and ultimate strengths. 1. BASF; MasterRheobuild 1000. 2. The Euclid Chemical Company; Eucon Series or Plastol Series. 3. W.R. Grace & Co.; ADVA 195. 4. Sika Chem. Co.; Sikament 300. 5. Substitutions under provisions of Section 012500 – Substitution Procedures.
Non-Corrosive, Non-Chloride Accelerator: Conforming to ASTM C494, Type C or E shall be non- chloride and shall not promote corrosion of reinforcing steel in concrete. 1. BASF; MasterSet FP 20. 2. The Euclid Chemical Company; Accelguard Series. 3. W.R. Grace & Co.; Daraset. 4. Substitutions under provisions of Section 012500 – Substitution Procedures.
Prohibited Admixtures: Calcium chloride, thiocyanate or admixtures containing more than 0.05% chloride ions are not permitted.
Microsilica (Silica Fume) Admixture shall be dry densified or slurry formed. Microsilica shall come from the same source throughout the project. If a single source cannot be maintained, laboratory testing of each new source shall be required before acceptance by the Engineer at no cost to the Owner. Must comply with ASTM C1240. 1. W.R. Grace & Co.; Force 10,000 D or S. 2. The Euclid Chemical Company; Eucon MSA. 3. Elkem Materials, Inc.; EMSAC 920 or EMSAC 500S. 4. Sika Construction products; Sikacrete 950 or 950DP. 5. Substitutions under provisions of Section 012500 – Substitution Procedures.
Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class F.
Slag for Cement: ASTM C989.
Shrinkage Reducing Admixture (SRA): Liquid admixture specifically designed to reduce drying shrinkage and the potential for cracking. 1. The Euclid Chemical Company; Eucon SRA Series
Shrinkage Reducing/Shrinkage Compensating Admixture: Powdered expansive Type G component per ACI 223 designed to reduce or compensate for shrinkage. 1. The Euclid Chemical Company; Conex. .
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 6 of 13 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 033000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
ACCESSORIES
Bonding Agent: Refer to Section 030100.
Vapor Retarder: Refer to Section 072600
Non-Shrink Grout: Refer to Section 036000
Additional accessories refer to Section 031000.
JOINT DEVICES AND FILLER MATERIALS
Joint Sealants: Refer to Section 079000 - Joint Protection.
Recessed Preformed Joint Fillers: 1. Asphalt Impregnated Joint Filler: Conforming to ASTM D1751. W.R. Meadows, Fibre Expansion Joint No. 320-F, specified for type and quality. 2. Rigid Foam Joint Fillers: W.R. Meadows Deck-0-Foam with removable pre-scored strip for installation of elastomeric joint sealants and backer rods, specified for type and quality.
Interior Semi-Rigid Joint Sealer/Filler: Industrial quality, two component, semi-rigid epoxy or polyurea, USDA approved, ASTM D2240, minimum Shore A 75-85, matching approximate color of natural concrete finish. Specified for type and quality 1. Epoxy Semi-Rigid Joint Sealer / Joint Filler: a. BASF; MasterSeal CR 190. b. Dayton Superior; Poxy Fil (J-52). c. Edoco Burke; Reflex Joint Filler. d. Euclid; EUCO 700 or EUCO 800 e. US MIX; US SPEC, SR 50 EJF. f. Vexcon; Power Coat Epoxy Flexible Joint Sealant. g. W.R. Meadows; Rezi-Weld Flex. 2. Polyurea Semi-Rigid Joint Sealer: a. BASF; MasterSeal CR 100. b. Dayton Superior; Joint Fill. c. Edoco Burke; JointFill. d. Euclid; EUCO QWIKjoint 200. e. L&M Construction Chemicals; Joint Tite 750. f. VersaFlex; SL/75.
CONTROL JOINT DEVICES
Wall (below grade): Marflex Control Joint System (joint form, elastomeric sealant and fiberglass fabric reinforcement); (800-498-1411).
Wall (above grade): Provide form material as required to produce control joints and rustication joints as shown on the drawings.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 7 of 13 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 033000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
Elevated Slab Control Joints (seismic joints): As detailed or approved by Engineer.
Slab Plate Dowels at Pour Stops: 1. Diamond Dowel System by PNA Construction Technologies; (800-542-0214). 2. EZ Plate Dowel with EZ Form by McTech Group; (866-913-8363). Size and spacing per the design drawings.
Dowels Under Floor Control Joints (Saw Cut or Speed-E-Joint) Provide: 1. Plate Dowel Basket Assemblies by PNA Construction Technologies, or: 2. Smooth Round Rods, GR A36 Steel, size and spacing for above, per drawings.
Floor Surface Crack Inducers: 1. Pre-molded Plastic with removable cap: Speed-E-Joints by W.R. Meadows.
Sealant and Primer: type, as specified in Section 079000.
CONCRETE MIX
Select proportions for normal weight concrete in accordance with ACI 301 using the method of trial mixes.
Provide concrete to meet the class requirements shown on the drawings.
Calcium chloride is not allowed in the concrete.
Ready Mixed Concrete: Mix and deliver concrete in accordance with ASTM C94.
PART 3 EXECUTION
GENERAL
This section shall conform to requirements of ACI 301 specifications for Structural Concrete for buildings, except as modified by the supplemental requirements below.
EXAMINATION
Verify site conditions under provisions of Section 013000 – Administrative Requirements: Ensure that dimensions agree with drawings.
Verify requirements for concrete cover over reinforcement.
Verify anchors, seats, plates, reinforcement and other items to be cast into concrete are accurately placed, positioned securely and will not interfere with placing concrete.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 8 of 13 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 033000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PREPARATION
Prepare previously placed concrete by cleaning with steel brush and applying bonding agent. Remove laitance, coatings, and unsound materials.
Remove debris and ice from formwork, reinforcement and concrete substrates.
Remove water from areas receiving concrete before concrete is placed.
PLACING CONCRETE
Do not place concrete until installation of embedded electrical conduit is verified to conform to IBC requirements and notes on structural drawings.
Verify requirements for concrete cover over reinforcement.
Verify that anchors, seats, plates, conduit, reinforcement and other items to be cast into concrete are accurately placed, positioned securely, and will not cause hardship in placing concrete.
Clean formed cavities of debris prior to placing concrete.
Flush with water or use compressed air to remove remaining foreign matter. Ensure that water and debris drain to exterior through clean-out ports.
During cold weather, remove all ice, frost and snow from within forms and reinforcing. Do not use de-icing salts. Do not use water to clean out forms, unless formwork and concrete construction proceed within heat enclosure. Use compressed air or other means to remove foreign matter.
Don't cast concrete against frozen surfaces. Refer to ACI-306.1 “Cold Weather Concrete” preparation before placing concrete.
Maintain freshly placed concrete temperature at 50º minimum for 7 days minimum.
Place concrete in accordance with ACI 301, ACI 305.1 - Hot Weather Concreting, and ACI 306.1 - Cold Weather Concreting. Record daily Hi-Low temperatures at the site.
Notify Architect and Special Inspector minimum 24 hours prior to commencement of operations.
Ensure reinforcement, anchor rods, trench drains, inserts, embedded parts, formed joint fillers and utilities are not disturbed during concrete placement.
Do not drop concrete freely more than 10 feet for concrete containing the high-range water- reducing admixture (superplasticizer) or 5 feet for conventional concrete. Where greater drops
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 9 of 13 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 033000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
are required, use a tremie or flexible spout (canvas elephant trunk), attached to a suitable hopper.
Continuously place concrete until an entire unit between construction joints is placed. Rate and method of placing concrete shall be such that no concrete between construction joints will be deposited upon or against partly set concrete, after it’s initial set has taken place, or after 45 minutes of elapsed time during concrete placement.
Concrete on Metal Deck: Class and minimum thickness shown. Allow for deflection of steel beams and metal deck under the weight of wet concrete in calculating concrete quantities for slab. 1. The Contractor shall become familiar with deflection characteristics of structural frame to include proper amount of additional concrete due to beam/deck deflection. 2. Provide depressed slabs in locations indicated. 3. Shores for metal deck shall be supported by the beams which support that deck element, and as directed by the Shoring Engineer.
Consolidation: Conform to ACI 309R. Immediately after depositing, spade concrete next to forms, work around reinforcement and into angles of forms, tamp lightly by hand, and compact with mechanical vibrator applied directly into concrete at approximately 1½ foot intervals. Mechanical vibrator shall be power driven, hand operated type with minimum frequency of 5,000 cycles per minute having an intensity sufficient to cause flow or settlement of concrete into place. Vibrator head to meet D.O.T. non-metal head specifications when using with epoxy coated rebar. Vibrate concrete to produce thorough compaction, complete embedment of reinforcement and concrete of uniform and maximum density without segregation of mix. Do not transport concrete in forms by vibration. 1. Use of form vibration shall be approved only when concrete sections are too thin or too inaccessible for use of internal vibration. 2. Carry on vibration continuously with placing of concrete. Do not insert vibrator into concrete that has begun to set.
Maintain records of concrete placement. Record date, location, quantity, wind speed, rain, high and low air temperature, and test samples taken.
Place concrete continuously between predetermined joints.
Do not interrupt successive placement; do not permit cold joints to occur.
PLACING CONCRETE SLABS
Verify that base course has been prepared per Division 31 - Fill.
Monitoring and Adjustment: Provide continuous cycle of placement, measurement, evaluation and adjustment of procedures to produce slabs within specified tolerances. Monitor elevations of structural steel in key locations before and after concrete placement to establish typical deflection patterns for the structural steel.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 10 of 13 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 033000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
Set perimeter screed using either optical or laser instruments. Use rigid screed guides to control strikeoff elevation for all types of elevated slabs. Divide bays into halves or thirds by hard screeds. Adjust as necessary where monitoring of previous placements indicates un- shored structural steel deflections to other than a level profile.
Place slabs monolithically. Once slab placement commences, complete finishing operations within same day. Slope finished slab to floor drains where they occur, whether shown or not.
Use straight edges specifically made for screeding, such as hollow magnesium straightedges or power strikeoffs. Do not use pieces of dimensioned lumber. Strike off and screed slab to a true surface at required elevations. Use optical or laser instruments to check concrete finished surface grade after strikeoff. Repeat strikeoff as necessary. Complete screeding before any excess moisture or bleeding water is present on surface. Do not sprinkle dry cement on the surface.
Immediately following screeding, and before any bleed water appears, use a 10-foot wide highway straightedge in a cutting and filling operation to achieve surface flatness. Do not use bull floats or darbys, except that darbying may be allowed for narrow slabs and restricted spaces.
If saw cuts are used as an alternative to preformed slab joint, cut joints within 4 to 12 hours after placing, 4 hours in hot weather and 12 hours in cold. Using 3/16 inch thick blade, cut into 1/4 depth of slab thickness. Saw cuts must be in a straight line, with no deviation.
“Soft Cut” sawing may be used within 1 to 4 hours after placing as an alternate, provided manufacturer's recommendations are followed, 1 hour in hot weather and 4 hours in cold weather.
Screed floors and slabs on grade level, maintaining surface flatness tolerances. (Refer to Schedule Flatwork Tolerances below.)
Install joint fillers, primer and sealant in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
SEPARATE FLOOR TOPPINGS
Prior to placing floor topping, roughen smooth substrate concrete surface per ACI 301and remove deleterious material. Broom and vacuum clean.
Place required dividers, edge strips, reinforcing, waterproofing membrane, insulation and other items to be cast in.
Apply bonding agent to substrate in accordance with manufacturer's instructions if required by topping manufacturer.
Place concrete floor toppings to required lines and levels. Screed toppings level, maintaining surface flatness of maximum indicated in 033500 - Concrete Curing and Finishing unless noted otherwise.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 11 of 13 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 033000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
CONCRETE FINISHING
Finish concrete floor surfaces to requirements of Section 033500 - Concrete Curing and Finishing.
CURING AND PROTECTION
Immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury.
Maintain concrete with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature for period necessary for hydration of cement and hardening of concrete.
Cure concrete floor surfaces as specified in Section 033500 - Concrete Curing and Finishing for general concrete curing refer to ACI 308.1.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Section 014000 - Quality Requirements: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing.
Field inspection and testing will be performed by Owner furnished testing laboratory as indicated on drawing S002.
Provide inspection of concrete batch plant in accordance with ACI 301, Chapter 1 and schedule listed therein.
For number and frequency of tests refer to ACI 318-11, Section 5.6.2.
Provide free access to Work and cooperate with testing and special inspection firm.
Submit proposed mix design of each class of concrete to inspection and testing firm for review prior to commencement of Work.
Tolerances not scheduled shall be in accordance with ACI 301, Chapter 1 and ACI-117.
Evaluation and acceptance of concrete strength shall be in accordance with ACI 301.
Tests of cement and aggregates may be performed to ensure conformance with specified requirements.
PATCHING
Allow Architect/Engineer to inspect concrete surfaces immediately upon removal of forms.
Excessive honeycomb or embedded debris in concrete is not acceptable. Notify Architect/Engineer upon discovery.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 12 of 13 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 033000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
Patch imperfections to match original design intent. Use-materials specified in Section 030100 - Concrete Repair
DEFECTIVE CONCRETE
Defective Concrete: Concrete not conforming to required lines, details, dimensions, tolerances, surface finish or specified requirements.
Repair or replacement of defective concrete will be determined by Architect/Engineer.
Do not patch, fill, touch-up, repair, or replace exposed concrete except upon express direction of Architect/Engineer for each individual area.
Refer to Specification Section 030100 - Concrete Repair, for repair instructions, and as directed by the Architect.
SCHEDULE - CONCRETE TYPES AND FINISHES
Refer to Sheet S001, Section 033500 and finish schedule
END OF SECTION 033000
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 13 of 13 May 8, 2020
Putnamville Prison Industries Building CONCRETE CURING AND FINISHING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 033500 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Initial and final curing of horizontal and vertical concrete surfaces. 2. Finishing concrete floors. 3. Floor surface treatment. 4. Tolerances.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 031000 - Concrete Forming and Accessories. 2. Section 033000 - Cast-In-Place Concrete. 3. Section 079200 - Joint Sealants.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Concrete Institute: 1. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete. 2. ACI 302.1R - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction. 3. ACI 308.1 - Standard Specification for Curing Concrete. 4. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete.
B. ASTM International: 1. ASTM C171 - Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete. 2. ASTM C309 - Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. 3. ASTM C1315 - Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds Having Special Properties for Curing and Sealing Concrete. 4. ASTM D2103 - Standard Specification for Polyethylene Film and Sheeting. 5. ASTM E1155 - Standard Test Method for Determining Floor Flatness and of Levelness Using the F-number System. 6. ASTM F710 – Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring.
C. California Department of Health Services: 1. CA/DHS/EHLB/R-174 - Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers, including 2004 Addenda.
D. South Coast Air Quality Management District: 1. SCAQMD Rule 1113-January 1, 2004 - Architectural Coatings.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 8 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CONCRETE CURING AND FINISHING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 033500 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Submit data on concrete: hardener, sealer, curing compounds, curing sheets and slip resistant treatment; compatibilities and limitations.
1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures.
B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit data on maintenance renewal of applied coatings.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 302.1R.
1.6 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience.
B. Applicator/Installer: Company specializing in performing work of this section with minimum 3 years documented experience.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Section 016000 - Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements.
B. Deliver materials in manufacturer's packaging including application instructions.
1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 016000 - Product Requirements: Environmental conditions affecting products on site.
B. Temporary Lighting: Minimum 200 W light source, placed 8 feet above floor surface, for each 425 sq. ft. of floor being finished.
C. Temporary Heat: Ambient temperature of 50 degrees F minimum.
D. Ventilation: Sufficient to prevent injurious gases from temporary heat or other sources affecting concrete.
1.9 COORDINATION
A. Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.
B. Coordinate the Work with concrete floor placement and concrete floor curing.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 8 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CONCRETE CURING AND FINISHING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 033500 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 CURING MATERIALS
A. Compatibility: Determine compatibility of curing compounds with applied finishes and adhesives before starting work. Do not use incompatible products or when prohibited by resilient flooring or adhesive manufacturer. Provide curing/sealing products coordinated with the final approved flooring finishes selected.
B. Curing Compound: ASTM C309 Type 1-D, clear or translucent with fugitive dye, waterborne, membrane forming, curing compound. Comply with Federal Air Quality Regulations 40 CFR 52.254 Comply with VOC requirements as specified in Section 018113 - Sustainable Project Requirements. 1. US Spec; Maxcure Resin Clear HS (Exterior use only) 2. The Euclid Chemical Company; Kurez DR VOX. (Exterior use only)) 3. W.R. Meadows; 1100 Clear (Exterior use only). 4. L&M Chemicals; L&M Cure “R” (Exterior use only). 5. Substitutions Section 012500 – Substitution Procedures.
C. Curing Compound: ASTM C309, Type 1, Class B, clear or translucent resin-based, water-based curing compound. 1. US Spec; CS-25-1315. 2. Sinak Corp.; VC5. 3. The Euclid Chemical Company; Diamond Clear VOX. 4. W.R. Meadows; Med-Cure. 5. Substitutions Section 012500 – Substitution Procedures.
D. Sealing Compound: Hardener and dustproofer. Comply with VOC requirements specified in Section 018113 - Sustainable Design Requirements. 1. US Spec; Permasil. 2. The Euclid Chemical Company; Eucosil. 3. L&M Chemicals; L&M Seal Hard. 4. Substitutions Section 012500 – Substitution Procedures.
E. Curing/Sealing Compound: ASTM C1315 Type 1, Class A 30% solids, clear without fugitive dye, waterborne membrane-forming curing and sealing compound. Comply with Federal Air Quality Regulations 40 CFR 52.254. 1. Creteseal: CS2000. 2. US Spec; CS-30-1315. 3. The Euclid Chemical Company; Super Diamond Clear or Super Diamond Clear VOX. 4. W.R. Meadows; CS 309-30. 5. L&M Chemicals; Dress & Seal. 6. Ashford Formula. 7. Substitutions Section 012500 – Substitution Procedures.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 8 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CONCRETE CURING AND FINISHING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 033500 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
F. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular, film forming for application to fresh concrete. 1. US Spec; Monofilm ER. 2. The Euclid Chemical Company; Eucobar. 3. W.R. Meadows; EVAPRE - RTU. 4. L&M Chemicals; E-CON. Substitutions Section 012500 – Substitution Procedures.
G. Removable Curing Compound: Removable, VOC compliant curing compound designed to be easily removed by the application of a cleaner. ASTM C309, Type 1, Class B, for interior use only since wetting will negate its effectiveness. 1. Removable Curing Compound: The Euclid Chemical Company; Kurez RC-100 2. Cleaner: The Euclid Chemical Company; Kurez RC-off.
H. Absorptive Mats: ASTM C171, cotton fabric or burlap-polyethylene, minimum 9 oz/sq. yd. bonded to prevent separation during handling and placing.
I. Waterproof Paper: ASTM C171, curing paper treated to prevent separation during handling and placing, regular color.
J. Polyethylene Film: ASTM C171, ASTM D2103, 6 mil, clear.
K. Curing Covers: 1. McTech Group, Inc.; Ultra Cure “NCF” or Ultra Cure “SUN” . 2. PNA Construction Technologies; S16 Hydracure Covers for single-use or M5 for multi-use. 3. Substitutions Section 012500 – Substitution Procedures.
L. Water: Potable, not detrimental to concrete.
2.2 HARDENER AND SEALER COMPOUNDS
A. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Cresset Chemical Company 2. Davis Colors 3. Dayton Superior Corp. 4. Euclid Chemical Co. 5. L & M Construction Chemicals 6. Master Builders Inc. 7. Nox-Crete Products Group 8. Sika Corp. 9. Substitutions: Section 012500 – Substitution Procedures.
2.3 CONCRETE STAIN AND STAIN PROTECTOR
A. Approved Stain Manufacturer: 1. AmeriPolish a. AmeriPolish SureLock Dye, color as select by Architect. 2. Substitutions: Section 012500 – Substitution Procedures.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 8 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CONCRETE CURING AND FINISHING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 033500 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
B. Approved Stain Protector Manufacturer: 1. AmeriPolish a. AmeriPolish 3D SP Stain Protector. 2. Substitutions: Section 012500 – Substitution Procedures.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.
B. Verify surfaces are acceptable to receive the Work of this section.
3.2 CURING - HORIZONTAL SURFACES
A. Cure concrete in accordance with ACI 308.1using one of the following methods: 1. Ponding: Maintain 100 percent coverage of water over floor slab areas, continuously for 4 days. (Not recommended for areas with unsealed, in-floor, electrical or mechanical ducts.) 2. Spraying: Spray water (fog) over floor slab areas and maintain wet for 7 days. 3. Absorptive Mat: Spread approved mat over floor slab areas. Spray with water until mats are saturated, and maintain in saturated condition for 7 days. 4. Absorptive Mat: Saturate burlap-polyethylene and place burlap-side down over floor slab areas, lapping ends and sides; maintain in place for 7 days. 5. Membrane Curing Compound: Apply curing compound in compliance with manufacturer’s written recommendations. (Not recommended for areas to receive adhesively applied finish flooring products.) 6. Non-Membrane Forming Curing Compound: Apply curing compound in one coat. Maintain surface wet with curing compound, without ponding for time recommended by manufacturer. (Not recommended for areas to receive adhesively applied finish flooring products.) 7. Polyethylene Film: Spread over floor slab areas, lap edges and sides, seal with pressure sensitive tape; maintain in place for 7 days. (Not recommended for exposed concrete floors.)
3.3 CURING - VERTICAL SURFACES
A. Cure concrete in accordance with ACI 308.1 using one of the following methods: 1. Spraying: Spray water over surfaces and maintain wet for 7 days. 2. Membrane Curing Compound: Apply compound in compliance with manufacturer’s written recommendations. 3. Non-Membrane Forming Curing Compound: Apply curing compound in one coat. Maintain surface wet with curing compound for time recommended by manufacturer.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 5 of 8 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CONCRETE CURING AND FINISHING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 033500 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
3.4 FLOOR SURFACE TREATMENT
A. Apply hardener as scheduled on floor surfaces per manufacturer’s instructions.
B. Apply slip resistant finish as scheduled on floor surfaces per manufacturer’s instructions.
C. Apply sealer as scheduled on floor surfaces per manufacturer’s instructions.
3.5 CONCRETE STAIN AND STAIN PROTECTOR
A. Apply concrete stain as scheduled on floor surfaces per manufacturer’s instructions.
B. Apply concrete stain protector as scheduled on floor surfaces per manufacturer’s instructions.
3.6 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK
A. Section 017000 – Execution and Closeout Requirements: Protecting Installed Construction.
B. Do not permit traffic over exposed concrete floor surface or stair treads and landings.
3.7 SCHEDULE - CONCRETE FINISHES
A. Finish concrete floor surfaces in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 302.1.
B. In areas with floor drains, maintain design floor elevation at walls; slope surfaces uniformly to drains at 2 percent slope or as indicated on Drawings.
C. Foundation Walls: Form finish with honeycomb and tie holes filled and fins removed unless noted otherwise.
D. Underside of Supported Floors and Structure not Exposed to View: Form finish with holes and honey combs filled and surface finished unless noted otherwise.
E. Underside of Supported Floors and Structure Exposed to View: Sack rubbed finish unless noted otherwise.
F. Floor Surfaces to Receive Ceramic, Tile, Quarry Tile, Cementitious Terrazzo, Terrazzo on Full Bed Setting System or Concrete Topping: Wood Float unless noted otherwise.
G. General Exposed Concrete Floor Surfaces and Surfaces to Receive Carpet, Resilient Flooring, Seamless Flooring, Thin Set Terrazzo, Thin Set Ceramic Tile, Thin Set Quarry Tile: Steel trowel unless noted otherwise.
H. Special Exposed Concrete Floor Surfaces, see finish schedule and Section 033518 – Polished Concrete.
I. Exterior Flatwork: Light Broom Finish unless noted otherwise.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 6 of 8 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CONCRETE CURING AND FINISHING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 033500 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
J. Interior Exposed Vertical Concrete: Sack and Rub unless noted otherwise.
K. Exterior Exposed Vertical Concrete Unless Noted Otherwise: Sack and Rub unless noted otherwise.
L. Interior Stair Treads: Light broom finish unless noted otherwise.
M. For a blast finish, the degree of blasting is to be based on the following: 1. Brush: Sufficient to dull surface sheen but not to have any reveal. 2. Light: Maximum 1/16 inch aggregate exposure. 3. Medium: Maximum 1/4 inch aggregate exposure. 4. Heavy: Maximum 1/3 inch of the large aggregate diameter.
3.8 SCHEDULE - FLATWORK TOLERANCE
A. Section 014000 - Quality Requirements: Tolerances.
B. Measure for FF and FL tolerances for floors in accordance with ASTM E1155, within 48 hours after slab installation.
C. Finished slab flatness (FF) and levelness (FL) values comply with the following minimum requirements: 1. Areas covered with carpeting, or not specified otherwise in 2. below: a. Specified overall value FF 25/FL 20 b. Minimum local value FF 17/FL 15 c. Level tolerance such that 80 percent of all points fall within a 3/4 inch envelope (+3/8 inch, -3/8 inch) from the design elevation. 2. Areas that will be exposed, receive thin-set tile or resilient flooring: a. Specified overall value FF 30/FL 20 b. Minimum local value FF 24/FL 15 c. Level tolerance such that 80 percent of all points fall within a 3/4 inch envelope (+3/8 inch, -3/8 inch) from the design elevation. 3. Specified overall value is based on the composite of all measured values in a placement derived in accordance with ASTM E1155.
D. Measurements: Owner retained testing laboratory will take measurements to verify compliance with FF, FL, and other finish requirements. Measurements will occur within 24 hours after completion of concrete placement (weekends and holidays included). Make measurements before shores or forms are removed to insure the “as-built” levelness is accurately assessed. Profile data for above characteristics may be collected using a laser level or any Type II apparatus (ASTM E1155, “profileograph” or “dipstick”). Contractor’s surveyor shall establish reference elevations to be used by testing laboratory.
E. Contractor not experienced in using FF and FL criteria is encouraged to retain the services of a floor consultant to assist with recommendations concerning adjustments to slab thicknesses and procedures on measurements of the finish as it progresses in order to achieve the specific flatness and levelness numbers.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 7 of 8 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CONCRETE CURING AND FINISHING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 033500 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
F. Unacceptable Work: Individual slab section measuring less than either of specified minimum local FF/FL numbers, that section shall be rejected and remedial measures shall be required. Sectional boundaries may be set at construction and contraction (control) joints, and not smaller than one-half bay. If composite value of entire slab installation, combination of all local results, measures less than either of specified overall FF/FL numbers, then whole slab shall be rejected and remedial measures shall be required.
G. Remedial Measures for Rejected Slabs: Correct rejected slab areas by grinding. Patching of low spots is not permitted. Repair or removal and replacement of entire rejected slab areas, as directed by Architect, until a slab finish constructed within specified tolerances is accepted. Grinding shall be done as soon as possible, preferably within three days, but not until concrete is sufficiently strong to prevent dislodging of coarse aggregate particles.
H. Correct defects in defined traffic floor by grinding or removal and replacement of defective Work. Areas requiring corrective Work will be identified. Re-measure corrected areas by same process.
3.9 SCHEDULE - CURING AND SEALING
A. In general cure concrete surfaces in accordance with ACI 301 (Refer to Schedule Curing). Apply compounds in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Check for compatibility with finishes.
B. Interior Flatwork: 1. Typical: a. Curing Compound without sealer. b. Absorptive mats and polyethylene Film with sealing compound. c. Curing Covers with sealing compound. 2. Below grout set Flooring or Terrazzo: a. Curing Compound or Mats or Film without sealer. 3. Below Adhesive applied Flooring and at Stained concrete: a. Absorptive mats and polyethylene Film or Curing covers without sealer. b. Arrange Schedule for flatwork requiring adhesive applied flooring so that concrete will dry to meet the installation requirements of Division 9 Sections.
C. Exterior Flatwork 1. Curing compound with translucent color.
END OF SECTION 033500
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 8 of 8 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building GROUTING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 036000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes Grout for structural steel members, metal fabrications, and as indicated. Types of grout are as follows: 1. Type C - Portland cement, sand and gravel. 2. Type F - Portland cement and sand. 3. Type N - Non-shrink, proprietary.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 055000 - Metal Fabrications. 2. Section 081214 - Standard Steel Frames.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Concrete Institute: 1. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete. 2. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete.
B. American Society for Testing and Materials: 1. ASTM C33 - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 2. ASTM C40 - Standard Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for Concrete. 3. ASTM C150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 013300.
B. Submit product data indicating product standards, physical and chemical characteristics, technical specifications, limitations, and general recommendations regarding each manufactured product submitted for approval.
C. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 013300.
D. Manufacturer’s Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver products to site under provisions of Section 016000.
B. Store and protect products under provisions of Section 016000.
C. Comply with instructions for storage, shelf life limitations and handling.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 4 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building GROUTING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 036000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Type N Grout, Non-Shrink: 1. L&M Construction Chemicals: Crystex or Duragrout. 2. W.R. Meadows: 588 Precision Grout or Pac-It. 3. Euclid Chemical Co.: NS Grout. 4. BASF Master Builders: Masterflow 713 Grout or Masterflow 555 or Masterflow 928. 5. Five Star Products, Inc.: Five Star Grout. 6. Substitutions: Under provision of Section 012500.
B. Bonding Agent: 1. W.R. Meadows: Intralok or Acry-lok Bonding Agent. 2. Euclid Chemical Co. Product: Euco Weld or SBR Latex. 3. Larson Product Co.: Weldcrete. 4. L&M Construction Materials Product: Everbond. 5. Grace Construction Products: Daraweld. 6. Substitutions: Under provision of Section 012500.
2.2 GROUT MATERIALS
A. Bonding Agent: As listed above.
B. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I or III; color as selected.
C. Water: Potable; containing no impurities, suspended particles, algae or dissolved natural salts in quantities capable of causing: 1. Corrosion of steel. 2. Volume change increasing shrinkage cracking. 3. Efflorescence. 4. Excess air entraining.
D. Fine Aggregate: 1. Washed natural sand. 2. Gradation in accordance with ASTM C33 and represented by smooth granulometric curve within required limits. 3. Free from injurious amounts of organic impurities as determined by ASTM C40.
E. Mix: Portland cement, sand and water. Do not use ferrous aggregate or staining ingredients in grout mixes.
F. Gravel: Clean, washed, 3/8" minus.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 4 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building GROUTING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 036000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
2.3 MIXING CEMENTITIOUS (TYPE C & F) GROUT
A. Type C Grout: Portland cement, 3/8" minus gravel and clean sand. Mix to a consistency to suit the application and meet the design requirements.
B. Type F Grout: Portland cement and clean sand. Mix to a consistency to suit the application and meet the design requirements.
C. Include bonding agent as additive to grout mix intended for exterior locations. Comply with additive manufacturer's mixing and application instructions.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work.
3.2 PREPARATION - CONCRETE
A. Clean surfaces of dirt, laitance, corrosion, or other contamination; wire brush using water. Rinse surface and allow to dry.
B. Where Type C and F Grouts are used, roughen surface before wire brushing then saturate surface with water for 24 hours prior to applying bonding compound or installing grout containing bonding additive.
3.3 APPLICATION - GENERAL
A. Fill space to be grouted full. Finish exposed surfaces smooth and even.
B. Maintain grout and surfaces in contact with grout at min. 45º for 3 days.
3.4 APPLICATION - CEMENTITIOUS (TYPE C AND F) GROUT
A. For application of grouts containing no bonding additive, apply coating of bonding agent to damp concrete surfaces. Pre wet surface for 24 hours.
B. Place grout after bonding compound has dried. Rod grout until it rings when struck. Cover fresh grout with wet burlap for four days. Apply curing compound upon removing burlap.
3.5 APPLICATION - TYPE N
A. Apply and cure proprietary grouts according to manufacturer's printed instructions.
3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 4 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building GROUTING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 036000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
A. Field inspection and testing of Type F and Type C grout will be performed under provisions of Section 014000 and ACI 301.
3.7 SCHEDULE
A. Provide grout types as follows unless noted otherwise.
B. Type F Grout: (4,000 psi unless noted otherwise) 1. Concrete wall and floor penetrations, i.e. pipe and duct. 2. Steel door and window frames in concrete construction (2,000 psi). 3. Division 5 product bearing plates not indicated as Type N Grout.
C. Type C Grout: Voids 3" or greater where Type F grout is scheduled or indicated.
D. Type N Grout: (Strength per manufacturer) 1. Below structural steel column bearing plates. 2. Below steel beam and girder bearing surfaces. 3. Filling of holes for rods, bolts and handrail posts anchored in concrete. 4. Machinery Bases.
END OF SECTION 036000
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 4 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building MASONRY MORTARING AND GROUTING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 040514 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes mortar and grout for masonry. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 042200 - Concrete Unit Masonry: Installation of mortar and grout. 2. Section 081214 - Standard Steel Frames: Grouting steel door frames.
1.2 REFERENCES A. American Concrete Institute: 1. ACI 530 - Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures. 2. ACI 530.1 - Specifications for Masonry Structures. B. ASTM International: 1. ASTM C5 - Standard Specification for Quicklime for Structural Purposes. 2. ASTM C91 - Standard Specification for Masonry Cement. 3. ASTM C94 - Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. 4. ASTM C143 - Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete. 5. ASTM C144 - Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar. 6. ASTM C150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement. 7. ASTM C199 - Standard Test Method for Pier Test for Refractory Mortars. 8. ASTM C206 - Standard Specification for Finishing Hydrated Lime. 9. ASTM C270 - Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry. 10. ASTM C387 - Standard Specification for Packaged, Dry, Combined Materials for Mortar and Concrete. 11. ASTM C404 - Standard Specification for Aggregates for Masonry Grout. 12. ASTM C476 - Standard Specification for Grout for Masonry. 13. ASTM C595 - Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements. 14. ASTM C780 - Standard Test Method for Preconstruction and Construction Evaluation of Mortars for Plain and Reinforced Unit Masonry. 15. ASTM C1019 - Standard Test Method for Sampling and Testing Grout. 16. ASTM C1142 - Standard Specification for Extended Life Mortar for Unit Masonry. 17. ASTM C1314 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Masonry Prisms. 18. ASTM C1329 - Standard Specification for Mortar Cement. 19. ASTM C1357 - Standard Test Method for Evaluating Masonry Bond Strength.
1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal requirements. B. Samples: Submit two samples of mortar, illustrating mortar color and color range. C. Design Data: Submit design mix when Property specification of ASTM C270 is to be used, required environmental conditions, and admixture limitations. D. Test Reports:
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 4 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building MASONRY MORTARING AND GROUTING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 040514 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
1. Submit reports on mortar indicating conformance of component mortar materials to requirements of ASTM C270 and test and evaluation reports to ASTM C780 for aggregate ratio and water content, air content, consistency and compressive strength. 2. Submit reports on grout indicating conformance of component grout materials to requirements of ASTM C476 and test and evaluation reports to ASTM C1019. E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit premix mortar manufacturer's installation instructions. F. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 530 and ACI 530.1.
1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section 016000 - Product Requirements. B. Cold Weather Requirements: In accordance with ACI 530.1 when ambient temperature or temperature of masonry units is less than 40 degrees F. C. Hot Weather Requirements: In accordance with ACI 530.1 when ambient temperature is greater than 100 degrees F or ambient temperature is greater than 90 degrees F with wind velocity greater than 8 mph.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MORTAR AND MASONRY GROUT A. Manufacturers: 1. Mutual Material Design Mix. 2. Spec Mix. 3. Quikcrete. 4. Cemex. 5. Substitutions: Section 012500 – Substitution Procedures.
2.2 COMPONENTS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I color as scheduled. B. Extended Life Mortar: ASTM C1142, Types S, using color cement. C. Premix Mortar: ASTM C387/C387M, Type S and N, using white color cement. D. Mortar Aggregate: ASTM C144, standard masonry type. E. Grout Aggregate: ASTM C404, fine and coarse. F. Water: Clean and potable. G. Mortar Color: Mineral oxide pigment, color(s) as selected manufactured by Laticrete. H. Plasticizer: Eucon 37 or Plastol 341 manufactured by Euclid Chemical Co. I. Water Repellent: Required in Mortar for all exterior building walls. Manufacture Mortar with: 1. Krete Industries “Dri Gard,” 2. W.R. Grace “Dry Block,” 3. Euclid Chemicals “BlockTite” 4. Master Builders “Rheopel Plus.” 5. Substitutions under provision of Section 016000 – Product Requirements.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 4 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building MASONRY MORTARING AND GROUTING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 040514 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
a. Meet ASTM E514 for wind-driven rain resistance. b. Meet ASTM E72 for bond strength to mortar. c. Meet ASTM E96 for reduction of water vapor transmission. d. Meet ASTM C1384 Standard Specification for Admixtures for Masonry Mortar. J. Accelerator: Non-Corrosive type; Accel Guard 80 manufactured by Euclid Chemical Co. K. Retardant: Non Chloride type; Hydra Set-Free manufactured by W.R. Meadows. L. Bonding Agent: approved Latex type; manufactured by Euclid Chemical Co. M. Pumping Aid: approved Liquid type; manufactured by Euclid Chemical Co. N. Expansive Agent: approved Liquid type; manufactured by Euclid Chemical Co. O. Calcium chloride is not permitted.
2.3 MIXES A. Mortar Mixes: 1. Mortar For Structural Masonry: ASTM C270, Type S using Property specification. 2. Mortar For Non-Structural Masonry: ASTM C270, Type S using Property specification. 3. Pointing Mortar: ASTM C270, Type N using Property specification. B. Mortar Mixing: 1. Thoroughly mix mortar ingredients in accordance with ASTM C270 in quantities needed for immediate use. 2. Achieve uniformly damp sand immediately before mixing process. 3. Add mortar color and admixtures to achieve uniformity of mix and coloration. 4. Re-temper only within two hours of mixing. C. Grout Mixes: 1. Grout for Non-Structural Masonry: 2,000 psi strength at 28 days; 8-11 inches slump; mixed in accordance with ASTM C476 2. Grout for Structural Masonry: 2,000 psi strength at 28 days; 8-11 inches slump; mixed in accordance with ASTM C476 3. Application: a. Coarse Grout: For grouting spaces with minimum 4 inches dimension in every direction. b. Fine Grout: For grouting other spaces. D. Grout Mixing: 1. Thoroughly mix grout ingredients in quantities needed for immediate use in accordance with ASTM C476. 2. Add admixtures; mix uniformly.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions. B. Request inspection of spaces to be grouted.
3.2 PREPARATION A. Apply bonding agent to existing concrete surfaces.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 4 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building MASONRY MORTARING AND GROUTING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 040514 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install mortar and grout in accordance with ACI 530.1 Specifications for Masonry Structures.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 014000 - Quality Requirements: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Establishing Mortar Mix: In accordance with ASTM C270. C. Testing of Mortar Mix: In accordance with ASTM C780 for aggregate ratio and water content, air content, consistency, and compressive strength. D. Testing of Grout Mix: In accordance with ASTM C1019 for compressive strength, and in accordance with ASTM C143/C143M for slump. E. Test flexural bond strength of mortar and masonry units to ASTM C1357; test in conjunction with masonry unit sections specified. F. Test compressive strength of mortar and masonry to ASTM C1314; test in accordance with masonry unit sections specified.
3.5 SCHEDULES A. CMU Wall: Type S mortar with Type N pointing mortar.
END OF SECTION 040514
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 4 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 042200 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Concrete masonry units (CMU standard). 2. Decorative masonry units 3. Reinforcement. 4. Anchorage. 5. Accessories. 6. Installation of grout. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 040514 - Masonry Mortaring and Grouting: Mortar and grout. 2. Section 055000 - Metal Fabrications: Product requirements for loose steel lintels, fabricated steel items, and for placement by this section. 3. Section 071100 - Dampproofing: Dampproofing masonry surfaces. 4. Section 076200 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Product requirements for reglets for flashings for placement by this section. 5. Section 079200 - Joint Sealants: Rod and sealant at control and expansion joints. 6. Section 081214: Product requirements for door anchors for placement by this section. 7. Section 133419 – Metal Building Systems
1.2 REFERENCES A. American Concrete Institute: 1. ACI 117 - Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials. 2. ACI 530 - Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures. 3. ACI 530.1 - Specifications for Masonry Structures. B. American Society for Testing and Materials: 1. ASTM A82- Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. 2. ASTM A153 - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. 3. ASTM A307 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60 000 PSI Tensile Strength. 4. ASTM A653 - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc- Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. 5. ASTM A666- Standard specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar. 6. ASTM A951 - Standard Specification for Masonry Joint Reinforcement. 7. ASTM B370 - Standard Specification for Copper Sheet and Strip for Building Construction. 8. ASTM B695 - Standard Specification for Coatings of Zinc Mechanically Deposited on Iron and Steel. 9. ASTM C90 - Standard Specification for Loadbearing Concrete Masonry Units. 10. ASTM C1384 - Standard Specification for Admixtures for Masonry Mortars. 11. ASTM E72 - Standard Test Methods of Conducting Strength Tests of Panels for Building Construction.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 8 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 042200 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
12. ASTM E96 - Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. 13. ASTM E 514 - Standard Test Method for Water Penetration and Leakage through Masonry. C. The Masonry Society: 1. TMS MSJC - Building Code for Masonry Structures (ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402), Specification for Masonry Structures (ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602) and Commentaries.
1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal requirements. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Show reinforcing sizes, spacings, locations, reinforcement quantities, supporting and spacing devices for reinforcement and accessories in 1/4-inch minimum scale elevation, drawn on a minimum size 24 x 36 inch drawing. 2. Submit bending and cutting schedules. 3. General Contractor and Subcontractor to review shop drawings and add all proposed openings to drawings before submitting to Architect. C. Product Data: Submit data for masonry units, fabricated wire reinforcement, wall ties, anchors and other accessories. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements and conform to ICC code and standards. E. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements. F. Manual for Materials and Finishes: Indicate surface cleaning and frequency of sealing instructions.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 117, 530, and 530.1. B. Testing and inspection per Section 014000 - Quality Requirements. C. Qualifications: 1. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum four years documented experience. Certified member in good standing with the Indiana Mason Contractors Association (IMCA) or accepted by architect prior to bid date. Other installers who meet or exceed quality assurance and qualifications criteria of IMCA may submit bid upon acceptance by Architect. D. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Conform to IBC Sections 2102, 2103, 2104 and 2105 requirements for masonry construction. E. Mockup: 1. Section 014000 - Quality Requirements: Mock-up requirements. 2. Construct masonry wall mockup, 8 feet long by 6 feet high, including masonry, mortar and accessories, backup, wall openings, flashings, wall insulation, air barrier, and vapor retarder. 3. Locate where directed by Architect/Engineer. 4. Retain accepted mockup as completed Work. F. Pre-Installation Meeting: 1. Section 013000 – Administrative Requirements: Project Meetings, Pre-installation meeting.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 8 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 042200 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
2. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. Parties in attendance to be General Contractor, Owners Representative, Architect, Structural Engineer, Masonry Supervisor, Special Inspector, Mechanical and Electrical subs.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of Section 016000. B. Accept units on site. Inspect for damage.
1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section 016000 - Product Requirements. B. Hot and Cold Weather Requirements: ACI 530 & 530.1
1.7 COORDINATION A. Section 013000 – Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions. B. Coordinate masonry work with installation of window and door anchors.
1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 017000 – Execution and Closeout Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance products.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS - CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. Wheeler Block Corp., Indianapolis, IN B. Northfield, Oldcastle Echelon Masonry, Oldcastle Products Group, Indianapolis, IN C. Reading Rock, Fishers, IN
2.2 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. Hollow Load Bearing Block Units (CMU): ASTM C90, weight 115 lbs. per cu. ft. unless indicated on drawings. 1. Size: 8 x 8 x 16 inches. 2. Color: Standard Grey. 3. Finish: a. CMU 1 - Standard Smooth face. B. Special Shapes: Provide bullnose units for all 90° exposed interior corners.
2.3 DECORATIVE CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. Hollow Load Bearing Block Units (CMU): ASTM C90, weight 115 lbs. per cu. ft. unless indicated on drawings. 1. Size: 8 x 8 x 16 inches. 2. Finish: a. CMU - Ground face. 3. Special Shapes: Provide bullnose units for all 90° exposed interior corners. 4. All exposed exterior block shall contain the recommended amount of integral water-repellent admixture to provide a Class E wall when tested under ASTM E514 wind driven rain test. 5. Provide square corner units for outside corners unless otherwise
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 8 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 042200 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
indicated on the Drawings. 6. Decorative CMUs: ASTM C 90. a. Unit Compressive Strength: Provide units with minimum average net-area b. compressive strength of 2800 psi, unless noted otherwise. c. Density Classification: Medium weight, unless specifically indicated otherwise. d. Size (Width): Manufactured to dimensions specified in "CMUs" Paragraph. e. Pattern and Texture: 1) Standard pattern, split-face finish. Match Architect's samples. 2) Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Single Wythe Joint Reinforcement: ASTM A951; ladder type; 0.188 inch diameter side rods with 0.148 inch diameter cross ties; hot dip galvanized. B. Reinforcing Steel: as specified in Section 032000; uncoated finish. C. Masonry Reinforcement Bar Positioners required shall be saddle type only. 1. General: Provide prefabricated positioners manufactured to hold vertical and horizontal reinforcing bar in place during grouting and mortaring procedures. 2. Material: #9 gage or more 80,000 psi brite basic wire meeting ASTM A82 specifications for cold drawn wire; G90 finish. 3. Fabrication: Furnish in sizes appropriate to masonry unit installed. Positioners shall be electric welded. 4. Approved Products: Cradle positioners by W.C.R. Fabricators, 146 Calle De Los Molinos, San Clement, CA 92672; (714) 492-2370, or Hohmann & Barnard RB Rebar Positioner, AA Wire Products Co. #AA238. 5. Substitutions: Section 016000 - Product Requirements. D. Anchor Rods: ASTM A307; Grade C; headed bolt with washer or all thread rod; complete with washers and heavy hex nuts; sized for minimum 12 inch embedment; [galvanized finish]. 1. Hot-Dipped Galvanizing: ASTM A153. 2. Mechanical Galvanizing: ASTM B695; Class 55. E. Mortar and Grout: As specified in Section 040514. F. Self-Stick SBS Type Flashing: Composite sheet 40 mils thick; 38 mils thick self-adhesive rubberized asphalt bonded to 2 mills thick high density polyethylene film. G. Lap Sealant: type as specified in Section 079200. H. Cavity Drain Material: Open polyethylene mesh thickness required to fill cavity space, and shaped to ensure moisture drainage to cavity weeps. 1. Manufacturers: a. Mortar Net USA, Ltd: MN 10-1 b. Advanced Building Products: Mortar Maze. c. Substitutions: Section 016000 - Product Requirements. 2. Description: Open PE mesh, shaped to ensure moisture drainage to cavity weeps. 3. Thickness: As required to fill cavity space. I. Joint Filler: 1. Description: Closed-cell PE, oversized 50 percent to joint width. 2. Type: Self-expanding. 3. Size: maximum lengths. J. Nailing Strips: Specified in Section 061053.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 8 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 042200 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
K. Grout Screen: Monofilament screen to be added to bond beams as required. L. Cleaning Solution: As recommended by block supplier. 1. Acceptable manufacturers: Prosoco and Fabrikem. 2. Do not use muriatic acid. M. Water Repellent: Required in CMU for all exterior building walls. Manufacture Units with Krete Industries “Dri Gard,” W.R. Grace “Dry Block,” Euclid Chemicals “Block Tite” or Master Builders Solutions, “MasterPel 240”. 1. Meet ASTM E514 for wind-driven rain resistance. 2. Meet ASTM E72 for bond strength to mortar. 3. Meet ASTM E96 for reduction of water vapor transmission. 4. Meet ASTM C1384 Standard Specification for Admixtures for Masonry Mortar. N. Adhesive Anchor: two-part, self-mixing epoxy adhesive for anchoring rebar, threaded or smooth steel dowels, and all thread rebar. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Simpson Strong Tie “Set Epoxy.” (ICC ESR-1772) 2. USP-CIA-Gel 7000. (ICC ESR-1702) 3. Hilti Hit Hy 150 Max System. (ICC ESR – 1967) 4. Substitutions: Section 012500 - Substitution Procedures. O. Masonry Sealer 1. Refer to Section 071910 - Water Repellants and Anti-Graffiti Coatings.
2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 014000 - Quality Requirements: Testing, inspection and analysis requirements.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 013000 – Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions. B. Verify field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work. C. Verify items provided by other sections of work are properly sized and located. D. Verify built-in items are in proper location, and ready for roughing into masonry work.
3.2 PREPARATION A. Direct and coordinate placement of metal anchors supplied to other Sections. B. Provide and install temporary bracing during installation of masonry work. Maintain in place until building structure provides permanent support.
3.3 INSTALLATION A. Establish lines, levels, and coursing indicated. Protect from displacement. B. Maintain masonry courses to uniform dimension. Form bed and head joints of uniform thickness. C. Coursing of Concrete Masonry Units: 1. Bond: Running, unless indicated. 2. Coursing: One unit and one mortar joint to equal 8 inches. 3. Mortar Joints: Concave, unless indicated otherwise.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 5 of 8 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 042200 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
D. Placing and Bonding: 1. Lay solid masonry units in full bed of mortar, with full head joints, uniformly jointed with other work. 2. Lay hollow masonry units with face shell bedding on head and bed joints. Where walls are grouted solid, units to have full bed and head joints. 3. Buttering corners of joints or excessive furrowing of mortar joints are not permitted. 4. Remove excess mortar as Work progresses. 5. Interlock intersections and external corners. 6. Do not shift or tap masonry units after mortar has achieved initial set. Where adjustment is required, remove mortar and replace. 7. Perform job site cutting of masonry units with proper tools to assure straight, clean, unchipped edges. Prevent broken masonry unit corners or edges. 8. Cut mortar joints flush where wall tile is scheduled, cement parging is required, resilient base is scheduled, or bitumen dampproofing is applied. 9. Isolate masonry from vertical structural framing members with movement joint or as indicated on Drawings. 10. Isolate top of masonry from horizontal structural framing members and slabs or decks with compressible joint filler, or as indicated. E. Joint Reinforcement and Anchorage: Refer to Structural notes and details. F. Masonry Flashings: 1. Extend flashings horizontally under parapet caps and turn down on outside face to form drip. 2. Lap end joints minimum 6 inches and seal watertight. 3. Turn flashing, fold, and seal at corners, bends, and interruptions. G. Lintels: 1. Do not splice reinforcing bars. 2. Allow masonry lintels to attain specified strength before removing temporary supports. 3. Maintain minimum 8 inch bearing on each side of opening or as indicated on drawings. H. Grouting: 1. Lay masonry units with cells vertically aligned and clear of mortar and unobstructed. 2. Place reinforcing, reinforcement bars, and grout as indicated on Drawings. 3. Splice reinforcement in accordance with Section 032000 and as shown on drawings. 4. Support and secure reinforcement from displacement. 5. Dampen masonry unit surfaces in contact with grout just prior to grout placement, depending on moisture content, rate of absorption and weather conditions. 6. Place and consolidate grout fill without displacing reinforcing - use mechanical vibrator or rebar vibrator. 7. Grout spaces less than 2 inches in width with Fine grout. Grout spaces 2 inches or greater in width with Coarse grout. 8. When grouting is stopped for more than one hour, terminate grout 1-1/2 inch below top of upper masonry unit to form a positive key for subsequent grout placement. Reinforcing to have a minimum of 3/4 inch of grout cover over horizontal bars. 9. Low Lift Grouting: Place first lift of grout to a height of 8 inches and rod or mechanically vibrate for grout consolidation. Place subsequent lifts in 48 inch
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 6 of 8 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 042200 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
increments and mechanically vibrate for grout consolidation. Re-vibrate 5 to 15 minutes after initial vibration. 10. Place grout in accordance with TMS MSJC Specification (alternate grout placement method not allowed). 11. All CMU below grade to be fully grouted unless shown otherwise. I. Control and Expansion Joints: 1. Install control and expansion joints at the following maximum spacings, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings: a. Exterior Walls: 20 feet on center and within 24 inches on one side of each interior and exterior corner. b. Interior Walls: 30 feet on center. c. At changes in wall height. 2. Do not continue horizontal reinforcement through expansion joints. 3. Install control joint in continuous lengths as shown on drawings. Seal butt and corner joints. 4. Refer to Section 079200 for sealant materials. 5. Form expansion joint by omitting mortar and move unit to form open space. Fill open space with expansion joint per Section 079500. J. Built-In Work: 1. As work progresses, install built-in fabricated metal frames, window frames, anchor bolts, plates, and other items to be built-in the work and furnished by other sections. 2. Install built-in items plumb and level. 3. Bed anchors of metal door and glazed frames in adjacent mortar joints. Fill frame voids solid with grout or mortar. Fill adjacent masonry cores with grout minimum [16] inches from framed openings. 4. Do not build in organic materials subject to deterioration. K. Cutting And Fitting: 1. Cut and fit for chases, pipes, conduit, sleeves, and grounds. Coordinate with other sections of work to provide correct size, shape, and location. (Refer to Structural General Notes Drawing.) 2. Obtain Architect/Engineer’s approval prior to cutting or fitting masonry work not indicated or where appearance or strength of masonry work may be impaired.
3.4 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Section 014000 - Quality Requirements: Tolerances. B. Maximum Variation From Alignment of Columns Pilasters: 1/4 inch. C. Maximum Variation from Unit to Adjacent Unit: 1/16 inch. D. Maximum Variation from Plane of Wall: 1/4 inch in 10 ft,3/8 inch in 20 ft, and 1/2 inch maximum or more. E. Maximum Variation from Plumb: 1/4 inch in 10 feet, 3/8" in 20 feet, ½" maximum. F. Maximum Variation from Level Coursing: 1/8 inch in 3 ft and 1/4 inch in 10 ft; 1/2 inch in 30 ft. G. Maximum Variation of Joint Thickness: Bed Joint ±1/8 inch, Head Joint -1/4 inch, +3/8 inch. H. Maximum Variation from Cross Sectional Thickness of Walls: 1/4 inch. I. Maximum Variation for Steel Reinforcement: 1. Plus or minus 1/2 inch when distance from centerline of steel to opposite face of masonry is 8 inches or less.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 7 of 8 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 042200 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
2. Plus or minus 1 inch when distance is between 8 and 12 inches. 3. Plus or minus 2 inches from location along face of wall.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 014000 - Quality Requirements and 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Concrete Masonry Units: Test each type in accordance with requirements of special inspection notes in Structural Drawing S002.
3.6 CLEANING A. Section 017000 – Execution and Closeout Requirements: Final cleaning. B. Remove excess mortar and mortar smears as work progresses. C. Replace defective mortar. Match adjacent work. D. Clean soiled surfaces with cleaning solution. E. Use non-metallic tools in cleaning operations.
3.7 SEALING A. Apply masonry water repellant according to manufacturer’s instructions and Section 071900.
3.8 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Section 017000 – Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for protecting installed construction. B. Protect exposed external corners subject to damage. C. Protect base of walls from mud and mortar splatter. D. Protect masonry and other items built into masonry walls from mortar droppings and staining caused by mortar. E. Protect tops of masonry work with waterproof coverings secured in place without damaging masonry. Provide coverings where masonry is exposed to weather when work is not in progress.
END OF SECTION 042200
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 8 of 8 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building METAL FABRICATIONS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 055000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Shop fabricated ferrous metal items, galvanized and prime painted, not covered in Section 05 12 00 but required to complete the work. 2. Non-ferrous metal fabrication as indicated. 3. Ferrous items such as bearing plates and embedments furnished under this section but installed under other sections. 4. Gratings. 5. Bollards. 6. Miscellaneous equipment supports. 7. Ledger and shelf angles. 8. Lintels. 9. Frames for overhead doors. 10. Downspouts. 11. Other miscellaneous metal items as detailed
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 031000 - Concrete Forming and Accessories: Execution requirements for embedded anchors and attachments for metal fabrications specified by this Section in concrete. 2. Section 042019 – Veneer Unit Masonry: Execution requirements for embedded anchors and attachments for metal fabrications specified by this Section in masonry. 3. Section 099000 - Painting and Coating: Field applied paint finish.
1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Aluminum Association: 1. AA DAF-45 - Designation System for Aluminum Finishes.
B. American Architectural Manufacturers Association: 1. AAMA 611 - Voluntary Specification for Anodized Architectural Aluminum. 2. AAMA 2603 - Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Pigmented Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels. 3. AAMA 2604 - Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for High Performance Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels. 4. AAMA 2605 - Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Superior Performing Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels.
C. American National Standards Institute: 1. ANSI A14.3 - Ladders - Fixed - Safety Requirements
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 7 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building METAL FABRICATIONS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 055000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
D. ASTM International: 1. ASTM A36 - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A53- Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless. 3. ASTM A123 - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 4. ASTM A153 - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. 5. ASTM A193 - Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting for High Temperature or High Pressure Service and Other Special Purpose Applications. 6. ASTM A240 - Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General Applications. 7. ASTM A269 - Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service 8. ASTM A276 - Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes. 9. ASTM A307 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60 000 PSI Tensile Strength. 10. ASTM A312 - Standard Specification for Seamless, Welded, and Heavily Cold Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipes. 11. ASTM A325 - Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength. 12. ASTM A354 - Standard Specification for Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Bolts, Studs, and Other Externally Threaded Fasteners. 13. ASTM A500 - Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes. 14. ASTM A501 - Standard Specification for Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing. 15. ASTM A554 - Standard Specification for Welded Stainless Steel Mechanical Tubing. 16. ASTM A563 - Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts. 17. ASTM A572 - Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Columbium- Vanadium Structural Steel. 18. ASTM A653 - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc- Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. 19. ASTM A666 - Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar. 20. ASTM A992 - Standard Specification for Structural Steel Shapes. 21. ASTM B26 - Standard Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Sand Castings. 22. ASTM B85 - Standard Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Die Castings. 23. ASTM B177 - Standard Guide for Engineering Chromium Electroplating. 24. ASTM B209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. 25. ASTM B210 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Drawn Seamless Tubes. 26. ASTM B211 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Rolled or Cold- Finished Bar, Rod, and Wire. 27. ASTM B221 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 7 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building METAL FABRICATIONS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 055000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
28. ASTM B695 - Standard Specification for Coatings of Zinc Mechanically Deposited on Iron and Steel. 29. ASTM F436 - Standard Specification for Hardened Steel Washers. 30. ASTM F1554 - Standard Specification for Anchor Bolts, Steel, 36, 55, and 105 ksi Yield Strength.
E. American Welding Society: 1. AWS A2.4 - Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive Examination. 2. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code - Steel. 3. AWS D1.6 - Structural Welding Code - Stainless Steel.
F. Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (BHMA): 1. ANSI/BHMA A156.20 - American National Standard for Strap and Tee Hinges, and Hasps.
G. Green Seal: 1. GC-03 - Green Seal Environmental Criteria for Anti-Corrosive Paints.
H. National Ornamental & Miscellaneous Metals Association: 1. NOMMA Guideline 1 - Joint Finishes.
I. SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings: 1. SSPC - Steel Structures Painting Manual. 2. SSPC SP 1 - Solvent Cleaning. 3. SSPC SP 10 - Near-White Blast Cleaning. 4. SSPC Paint 15 - Steel Joist Shop Primer/Metal Building Primer. 5. SSPC Paint 20 - Zinc-Rich Coating (Type I - Inorganic and Type II - Organic).
1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 012500 - Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. Include erection drawings, elevations, and details where applicable. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS A2.4 welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. C. Samples: Submit two 4” x 4” samples, illustrating factory finishes. D. Welders Certificates: Certify welders employed on the Work, verifying AWS qualification within previous 12 months. E. Field Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of Contractor-furnished tests and inspections.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Finish joints according to NOMMA Guideline 1.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 016000 - Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. B. Inspection: Accept metal fabrications on-Site in labeled shipments. Inspect for damage. C. Protect metal fabrications from damage by exposure to weather or by ground contact.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 7 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building METAL FABRICATIONS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 055000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
1.6 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. Indicate field measurements on Shop Drawings.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 LINTELS A. Steel sections, size and configuration as indicated on Drawings, length to allow 8 in minimum bearing on both sides of opening. 1. Exterior Locations: Galvanized. 2. Interior Locations: Prime paint, one coat (099000).
2.2 LEDGE AND SHELF ANGLES A. Ledge and Shelf Angles, Channels and Plates Not Attached to Structural Framing: For support of metal decking, joists or masonry; galvanized.
2.3 GRATINGS A. Manufacturer: McNichols Type GW 150 Serrated, Galvanized Hot Dipped, welded construction. B. Bearing Bar Size: 1 1/2 inches x 3/16 inch x 1 3/16 inches bar spacing. C. Cross Bar Spacing: 4 inches D. Or approved equal.
2.4 DOOR FRAMES A. Door Frames: Steel sections, size indicated on Drawings, with jamb anchors suitable for attachment to structure, minimum 4 anchors per jamb; galvanized.
2.5 BOLLARDS A. Bollards: Steel pipe, concrete filled, crowned cap, diameter and length as indicated on Drawings; galvanized (final finish see 099000). B. Concrete Fill: 3,000 psi as specified in Section 033000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. C. Anchors: Concealed type as indicated on Drawings.
2.6 STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS A. Other Structural Supports: Steel sections, shape and size as indicated on Drawings or required to support applied loads with maximum deflection of 1/240 of the span; Interior: prime paint, one coat; exterior: galvanized (and paint if exposed 099000).
2.7 CORNER GUARDS A. Fabricated Corner Guards: Stainless steel angle, 3 by 3 by 1/8 in by 48” high, countersunk stainless steel fasteners, beveled exposed edges, locations as indicated on Drawings. B. Manufactured Corner Guards: CS Group, CO-8: 3.5” x 3.5” x 16 gauge x 48” high, Type 304 alloy with #4 satin finish or approved equal.
2.8 ANCHORS A. Refer to Section 031000 – Concrete Forming and Accessories.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 7 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building METAL FABRICATIONS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 055000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
2.9 MATERIALS A. Steel: 1. Structural W-Shapes: ASTM A992. 2. Structural Shapes: ASTM A36. 3. Channels and Angles: ASTM A36. 4. Steel Plate: ASTM A36; Grade 50. 5. Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A500, Grade B. 6. Steel Pipe: a. ASTM A53, Grade B, Schedule 40 or as indicated. 7. Sheet Steel: ASTM A653, Grade 33 Structural Quality. 8. Bolts: ASTM A307; Grade A or B; Type 1. 9. Nuts: ASTM A563 heavy hex type. 10. Washers: ASTM F436; Type 1. 11. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1; type required for materials being welded.
B. Stainless Steel: 1. Bars and Shapes: ASTM A276; Type 304. 2. Tubing: ASTM A269; Type 304. 3. Pipe: ASTM A312, seamless; Type 304. 4. Plate, Sheet, and Strip: ASTM A240; Type304 . 5. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A354. 6. Welding Materials: AWS D1.6; type required for materials being welded.
C. Aluminum: 1. Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B221 Alloy 6063, Temper T5. 2. Sheet Aluminum: ASTM B209 Alloy. 3. Aluminum-Alloy Drawn Seamless Tubes: ASTM B210 Alloy 6063 , Temper T6. 4. Aluminum-Alloy Bars: ASTM B211 Alloy 6063, Temper T6 . 5. Aluminum-Alloy Sand Castings: ASTM B26. 6. Aluminum-Alloy Die Castings: ASTM B85, Alloy as required to suit application. 7. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: Stainless steel. 8. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1; type required for materials being welded.
D. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers for Equipment and Piping: 1. Carbon Steel: a. Structural Connections: ASTM A307, Grade A or B, hot-dip galvanized. b. Anchor Bolts: ASTM A36, hot-dip galvanized. c. Pipe and Equipment Flange Bolts: ASTM A193, Grade B-7. 2. Stainless Steel: Type 316 stainless steel, class 2; ASTM A193 for bolts; ASTM A194 for nuts.
2.10 FABRICATION A. Fit and shop assemble items in largest practical sections for delivery to Site. B. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured. C. Grind exposed joints flush and smooth with adjacent finish surface. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline. Ease exposed edges to small, uniform radius.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 5 of 7 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building METAL FABRICATIONS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 055000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
D. Exposed Mechanical Fastenings: Flush countersunk screws or bolts; unobtrusively located; consistent with design of component, except where specifically noted otherwise. E. Supply components required for anchorage of fabrications. Fabricate anchors and related components of same material and finish as fabrication, except where specifically noted otherwise. F. Fabrication Tolerances: 1. Squareness: 1/8 in maximum difference in diagonal measurements. 2. Maximum Offset between Faces: 1/16 in. 3. Maximum Misalignment of Adjacent Members: 1/16 in. 4. Maximum Bow: 1/8 inch in 48 in. 5. Maximum Deviation from Plane: 1/16 inch in 48.
2.11 FINISHES
A. Steel: 1. Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter prior to finishing. 2. Do not prime surfaces in direct contact with concrete or where field welding is required. 3. Prime paint items with one coat except where galvanizing is specified. 4. Structural Steel Members: Refer to Section 051200. 5. Galvanizing: ASTM A123; hot-dip galvanize after fabrication. 6. Galvanizing for Fasteners, Connectors, and Anchors: a. Hot-Dip Galvanizing: ASTM A153. b. Mechanical Galvanizing: ASTM B695; Class 50 minimum. 7. Sheet Steel: Galvanized with G90 coating class. 8. Bolts: Hot-dip galvanized. 9. Nuts: Hot-dip galvanized. 10. Washers: Hot-dip galvanized. 11. Shop Primer: SSPC Paint 15, Type 1, red oxide. 12. Touch-Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: SSPC Paint 20 Type I Inorganic or SSPC Paint 20 Type II Organic.
B. Stainless Steel: 1. Satin-Polished Finish: Number 4, satin directional polish parallel with long dimension of finished face.
C. Aluminum: 1. Finish coatings to conform to AAMA 611. Comply with AA DAF-45. 2. Exterior Aluminum Surfaces: a. Exterior anodized to clear color, to 0.0007 in thickness. 3. Interior Aluminum Surfaces: a. Interior anodized to clear color, to 0.0007 in thickness. 4. Apply one coat of bituminous paint to concealed aluminum surfaces in contact with cementitious or dissimilar materials.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 6 of 7 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building METAL FABRICATIONS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 055000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements: Requirements for installation examination. B. Verify field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive Work. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for installation preparation. B. Clean and strip primed steel items to bare metal and aluminum where field welding is required. C. Supply steel items required to be cast into concrete or embedded in masonry with setting templates to appropriate sections.
3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted, and free from distortion or defects. B. Make provisions for erection stresses. Install temporary bracing to maintain alignment until permanent bracing and attachments are installed. C. Field weld components indicated on Drawings. D. Perform field welding according to AWS D1.1. E. Obtain approval of Architect/Engineer prior to Site cutting or making adjustments not scheduled.
3.4 TOLERANCES A. Section 014000 - Quality Requirements: Requirements for tolerances. B. Maximum Variation from Plumb: 1/4 in per story or for every 12 ft. in height, whichever is greater, non-cumulative. C. Maximum Variation from Level: 1/16 inch in and 1/4 inch in 10 ft. D. Maximum Offset from Alignment: 1/4 in. E. Maximum Out-of-Position: 1/4 in.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 014000 - Quality Requirements: Requirements for inspecting and testing. B. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for testing, adjusting, and balancing. C. Welding: Inspect welds according to AWS D1.1. D. Replace damaged or improperly functioning hardware. E. After erection, touch up welds, abrasions, and damaged finishes with prime paint or galvanizing repair paint to match shop finishes. F. Touch up factory-applied finishes according to manufacturer-recommended procedures.
3.6 ADJUSTING A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for starting and adjusting. B. Adjust operating hardware and lubricate as necessary for smooth operation.
END OF SECTION 055000
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 7 of 7 May 8, 2020
Putnamville Prison Industries Building ROUGH CARPENTRY K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 061000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes: 1. Wall and roof sheathing. 2. Preservative treatment of wood. 3. Miscellaneous framing and sheathing. 4. Concealed wood blocking. 5. Wood curbs and cants. 6. Anchors to substrate. 7. Backing for Telecommunications, Electrical and Instrumentation Rooms
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 054000 – Cold-Formed Metal Framing: openings to receive wood blocking. 2. Section 055000 – Metal Fabrications: Prefabricated steel structural supports. 3. Section 064100 – Architectural AWS Casework. 4. Section 099000 - Painting and Coating.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Wood Protection Association: 1. AWPA M4 - Standard for the Care of Preservative-Treated Wood Products. 2. AWPA U1 - Use Category System: User Specification for Treated Wood.
B. APA - The Engineered Wood Association: 1. APA - Plywood Design Specification, including supplements. 2. APA AFG-01 - Adhesives for Field-Gluing Plywood to Wood Framing.
C. APA PS 1 - Voluntary Product Standard - Structural Plywood D. American Society for Testing and Materials: 1. ASTM A123 - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot Dip Galvanized) coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 2. ASTM A153 - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. 3. ASTM A653 - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot Dip Process. 4. ASTM B695 - Standard Specification for Coatings of Zinc Mechanically Deposited on Iron and Steel 5. ASTM D226 - Standard Specification for Asphalt Saturated Organic Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing. 6. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 7. ASTM E119 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 8. ASTM F1667 - Standard Specification for Driven Fasteners: Nails, Spikes, and Staples.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 4 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building ROUGH CARPENTRY K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 061000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
E. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 255 - Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. F. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.: 1. UL 723 - Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. G. U.S. Department of Commerce - National Institute of Standards and Technology: 1. DOC PS 20 - American Softwood Lumber Standard.
1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit technical data on wood preservative materials and application instructions.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with the following: 1. Lumber Grading Agency: Certified by DOC PS 20. 2. Wood Structural Panel Grading Agency: Certified by APA - The Engineered Wood Association. B. Perform Work in accordance with IBC standards.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Section 016000 - Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 LUMBER MATERIALS A. Lumber Grading Rules: DOC PS20. B. Non-structural Light Framing: Douglas Fir/Larch, No 2 and better, 19 percent maximum moisture content. C. Studding: Douglas Fir/Larch, No 2 and better, 19 percent maximum moisture content. D. Miscellaneous Framing: Douglas Fir/Larch, No 2 and better, 19 percent maximum moisture content, pressure preservative treat.
2.2 SHEATHING MATERIALS A. Roof Sheathing: APA Rated Sheathing; Span Rating 24/0; Exposure Durability 1 exterior. B. Wall Sheathing: APA Rated Sheathing; Exposure Durability 1. C. Floor Sheathing: APA Rated Sheathing, Span Rating 0/24; Exposure Durability 1 Exterior. D. Telephone and Electrical Panel Boards: ¾” Plywood, or Oriented Strand Board to be painted with fire retardant coating per Specification Section 099000.
2.3 SHEATHING A. Sloped Roof Sheathing: see structural for thickness, Span Rating 48 x 96 inch sized sheets, square edges.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 4 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building ROUGH CARPENTRY K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 061000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
B. Above Grade Wall Sheathing: see structural for thickness, Span Rating, 48 x 96 inch sized sheets, square edges, fire-retardant-treated.
2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners and Anchors: 1. Fasteners: ASTM A153, hot dipped galvanized or ASTM B695, Class 55 mechanically galvanized, for high humidity and treated wood locations, unfinished steel elsewhere. 2. Nails and Staples: ASTM F1667. 3. Wood Screw Hardware Fasteners: “SD5" Double-Barrier coating by Simpson Strong Tie for use in treated wood. 4. Drywall Screws: Bugle head, hardened steel, power driven type, length three times thickness of sheathing. 5. Anchors: Adhesive anchor with screen type for anchorage to hollow masonry. Expansion bolt and screw anchor type for anchorage to solid masonry or concrete. A307 Bolt, Self Drilling Screw or ballistic fastener for anchorages to steel. All material to be zinc coated or stainless steel. B. Structural Steel Framing Connectors: All hardware in contact with preservative treated wood shall be grade 316 stainless steel or galvanized G185 (1.85 oz. of zinc per square foot of surface area) per ASTM A653. Holes in hardware to be oversized per ASTM A385 for galvanized fasteners. All Fasteners in contact with preservative treated wood shall be hot- dipped galvanized per ASTM A123. Use only stainless steel fasteners when using stainless steel hardware. Sizes to suit framing conditions. C. Provide polymeric membrane material as a barrier between pressure treated lumber and steel deck products, metal panels and accessory metal materials. D. Building Paper: ASTM D226; Type II, No. 30 un-perforated asphalt felt.
2.5 FACTORY WOOD TREATMENT A. Wood Preservative (Pressure Treatment): AWPA Treatment U1 using water borne preservative with 0.25percent retainage. B. Treat with wood preservative any wood to come in contact with concrete. C. Fire Retardant Treatment: Chemically treated and pressure impregnated, having flame spread of 25 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84 and showing no evidence of significant progressive combustion when test is continued for an additional 20 minute period, Interior Type. D. Moisture Content after Treatment: Kiln dried (KDAT). 1. Lumber: Maximum 19 percent. 2. Structural Panels: Maximum 15 percent.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 FRAMING A. Set structural members level and plumb, in correct position.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 4 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building ROUGH CARPENTRY K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 061000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
B. Make provisions for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain structure safe, plumb, and in alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent bracing. C. Place horizontal members, crown side up. D. Construct load bearing framing and curb members full length without splices. E. Bridge joists as detailed. Fit solid blocking at ends of members where indicated. F. Curb roof openings except where prefabricated curbs are provided. Form corners by alternating lapping side members.
3.2 SHEATHING A. Secure wall sheathing with long dimension perpendicular to wall studs, with ends over firm bearing and staggered. B. Place air barrier over exterior of exterior wall sheathing; weather lap edges and ends. C. Install plywood in combination single and two span continuous. D. Install telephone and electrical panel back boards with wood structural panel where required. Size back boards 48” x 96” at electrical panel location, unless noted otherwise.
3.3 SITE APPLIED WOOD TREATMENT A. Apply preservative treatment. B. Brush apply one coat of preservative treatment on wood in contact with cementitious materials; roofing and related metal flashings. Treat site-sawn cuts. C. Allow preservative to dry prior to erecting members.
3.4 TOLERANCES A. Section 014000 - Quality Requirements: Tolerances. B. Framing Members: 1/4 inch from indicated position, maximum.
3.5 SCHEDULES
A. Provide products of this section where detailed or indicated.
END OF SECTION 061000
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 4 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building SHEATHING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 061600 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Wall sheathing. 2. Roof sheathing. 3. Parapet sheathing. 4. Subflooring. 5. Sheathing joint and penetration treatment. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 061100 " Rough Carpentry" for plywood backing panels. 2. Section 133419 "Metal Building Systems" attachment to the wall sheathing.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. Indicate component materials and dimensions and include construction and application details. 1. Include data for wood-preservative treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated plywood complies with requirements. Indicate type of preservative used and net amount of preservative retained. 2. Include data for fire-retardant treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated plywood complies with requirements. Include physical properties of treated materials. 3. For fire-retardant treatments, include physical properties of treated plywood both before and after exposure to elevated temperatures, based on testing by a qualified independent testing agency according to ASTM D 5516. 4. For products receiving waterborne treatment, include statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to levels specified before shipment to Project site.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agency providing classification marking for fire-retardant- treated material, an inspection agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that periodically performs inspections to verify that the material bearing the classification marking is representative of the material tested.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Stack panels flat with spacers beneath and between each bundle to provide air circulation. Protect sheathing from weather by covering with waterproof sheeting, securely anchored. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire-Resistance Ratings: As tested according to ASTM E 119; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Indicated by design designations from UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" or from the listings of another qualified testing agency.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 4 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building SHEATHING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 061600 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
2.2 WOOD PANEL PRODUCTS A. Thickness: As needed to comply with requirements specified, but not less than thickness indicated. B. Factory mark panels to indicate compliance with applicable standard.
2.3 FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED PLYWOOD A. General: Where fire-retardant-treated materials are indicated, use materials complying with requirements in this article that are acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and with fire-test- response characteristics specified as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated by a qualified testing agency. B. Fire-Retardant-Treated Plywood by Pressure Process: Products with a flame-spread index of 25 or less when tested according to ASTM E 84, and with no evidence of significant progressive combustion when the test is extended an additional 20 minutes, and with the flame front not extending more than 10.5 feet beyond the centerline of the burners at any time during the test. 1. Use treatment that does not promote corrosion of metal fasteners. 2. Exterior Type: Treated materials shall comply with requirements specified above for fire- retardant-treated plywood by pressure process after being subjected to accelerated weathering according to ASTM D 2898. Use for exterior locations and where indicated. 3. Interior Type A: Treated materials shall have a moisture content of 28 percent or less when tested according to ASTM D 3201/D 3201M at 92 percent relative humidity. Use where exterior type is not indicated. 4. Design Value Adjustment Factors: Treated lumber plywood shall be tested according to ASTM D 5516 and design value adjustment factors shall be calculated according to ASTM D 6305. Span ratings after treatment shall be not less than span ratings specified. C. Kiln-dry material after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 15 percent. Do not use material that is warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated material. D. Identify fire-retardant-treated plywood with appropriate classification marking of qualified testing agency. E. Application: Treat plywood indicated on Drawings, and the following: 1. Roof and wall sheathing within 48 inches of fire walls.
2.4 WALL SHEATHING A. Type indicated on wall sections on Drawings. B. Plywood Sheathing: DOC PS 1, Exposure 1 sheathing. C. Oriented-Strand-Board Sheathing: DOC PS 2, Exposure 1 sheathing. D. Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing: ASTM C 1177/1177M. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. CertainTeed Corporation; GlasRoc. b. G-P Gypsum Corporation; Dens-Glass Gold. c. National Gypsum Company; Gold Bond e(2)XP. d. Temple-Inland Inc.; GreenGlass e. United States Gypsum Co.; Securock. 2. Type and Thickness: Type X, 5/8 inch thick. 3. Size: 48 by 96 inches for vertical installation. E. Insulated Sheathing: 1. Products: a. Huber Engineered Woods; ZIP System 2. Thickness: 1” 3. R-Value: 3.6 4. Continuous air barrier with ZIP System Flashing Tape 5. Size: 48 by 96 inches
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 4 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building SHEATHING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 061600 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
F. Oriented-Strand-Board Sheathing with integral air barrier: 1. Products: a. Huber Engineered Woods; ZIP System 2. Thickness: ½” 3. Continuous air barrier with ZIP System Flashing Tape 4. Size: 48 by 96 inches
2.5 FASTENERS A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this article for material and manufacture. 1. For roof, parapet and wall sheathing, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M. 2. For roof, parapet and wall sheathing, provide fasteners with organic-polymer or other corrosion- protective coating having a salt-spray resistance of more than 800 hours according to ASTM B 117. B. Nails, Brads, and Staples: ASTM F 1667. C. Power-Driven Fasteners: Fastener systems with an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on ICC-ES AC70. D. Screws for Fastening Sheathing to Wood Framing: ASTM C 1002. E. Screws for Fastening Gypsum Sheathing to Cold-Formed Metal Framing: Steel drill screws, in length recommended by sheathing manufacturer for thickness of sheathing to be attached. 1. For steel framing less than 0.0329 inch thick, use screws that comply with ASTM C 1002. 2. For steel framing from 0.033 to 0.112 inch thick, use screws that comply with ASTM C 954.
2.6 SHEATHING JOINT-AND-PENETRATION TREATMENT MATERIALS A. Sealant for Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing: Silicone emulsion sealant complying with ASTM C 834, compatible with sheathing tape and sheathing and recommended by tape and sheathing manufacturers for use with glass-fiber sheathing tape and for covering exposed fasteners. 1. Sheathing Tape: Self-adhering glass-fiber tape, minimum 2 inches wide, 10 by 10 or 10 by 20 threads/inch, of type recommended by sheathing and tape manufacturers for use with silicone emulsion sealant in sealing joints in glass-mat gypsum sheathing and with a history of successful in-service use. B. Insulated and Air Barrier Sheathing: ZIP System Flashing Tape installed per manufacturer’s recommendations.
2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Adhesives for Field Gluing Panels to Wood Framing: Formulation complying with APA AFG-01 that is approved for use with type of construction panel indicated by manufacturers of both adhesives and panels.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Do not use materials with defects that impair quality of sheathing or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement. Arrange joints so that pieces do not span between fewer than three support members. B. Cut panels at penetrations, edges, and other obstructions of work; fit tightly against abutting construction unless otherwise indicated. C. Securely attach to substrate by fastening as indicated, complying with the following: 1. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule," in the ICC's International Building Code. 2. ICC-ES evaluation report for fastener.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 4 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building SHEATHING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 061600 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
D. Coordinate wall, parapet and roof sheathing installation with flashing and joint-sealant installation so these materials are installed in sequence and manner that prevent exterior moisture from passing through completed assembly. E. Do not bridge building expansion joints; cut and space edges of panels to match spacing of structural support elements. F. Coordinate sheathing installation with installation of materials installed over sheathing so sheathing is not exposed to precipitation or left exposed at end of the workday when rain is forecast.
3.2 WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with applicable recommendations in APA Form No. E30, "Engineered Wood Construction Guide," for types of structural-use panels and applications indicated.
3.3 GYPSUM SHEATHING INSTALLATION A. Comply with GA-253 and with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Fasten gypsum sheathing to cold-formed metal framing with screws. 2. Install panels with a 3/8-inch gap where non-load-bearing construction abuts structural elements. 3. Install panels with a 1/4-inch gap where they abut masonry or similar materials that might retain moisture, to prevent wicking. B. Apply fasteners so heads bear tightly against face of sheathing, but do not cut into facing. C. Horizontal Installation: Install sheathing with V-grooved edge down and tongue edge up. Interlock tongue with groove to bring long edges in contact with edges of adjacent panels without forcing. Abut ends over centers of studs, and stagger end joints of adjacent panels not less than one stud spacing. Attach at perimeter and within field of panel to each stud. 1. Space fasteners approximately 8 inches o.c. and set back a minimum of 3/8 inch from edges and ends of panels. D. Vertical Installation: Install vertical edges centered over studs. Abut ends and edges with those of adjacent panels. Attach at perimeter and within field of panel to each stud. 1. Space fasteners approximately 8 inches o.c. and set back a minimum of 3/8 inch from edges and ends of panels. E. Seal sheathing joints according to sheathing manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Apply glass-fiber sheathing tape to glass-mat gypsum sheathing joints and apply and trowel sealant to embed entire face of tape in sealant. Apply sealant to exposed fasteners with a trowel so fasteners are completely covered. Seal other penetrations and openings.
END OF SECTION 06 1600
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 4 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building ARCHITECTURAL AWS CASEWORK K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 064116 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. General 1. This section includes casework specified to the Architectural Woodwork Standards (AWS) Casework Design Series (CDS) system. All casework numbering on the documents will reference Appendix A, located in the AWS standards. Refer to the AWS legend in the drawings or AWS manual for casework tag interpretation. 2. This section also includes custom casework as detailed. Custom build casework, which has a detail number in lieu of an AWS number, with materials and construction similar to the adjacent AWS casework.
B. Section Includes: 1. Plastic laminate faced casework; TYPE A, FLUSH OVERLAY 2. Wood faced casework; TYPE A, FLUSH OVERLAY 3. Solid Phenolic faced casework; TYPE A, FLUSH OVERLAY 4. Counter tops including plastic laminate and solid surfacing. 5. Interior display cases. 6. Custom Casework, as detailed. 7. Cabinet hardware. 8. Installation. 9. Preparation for installing utilities.
C. Related Sections: 1. Section 061000 - Rough Carpentry: Grounds and support framing. 2. Section 088000 - Glazing: For Upper Cabinets. 3. Section 099000 - Painting and Coating: for field finished casework. 4. Division 22 - Plumbing: Components for plumbing connections. 5. Division 26 - Electrical: Components for power connections. 6. Division 27 - Communications: Components for power connections.
1.2 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute: 1. ANSI A135.4 – Basic Hardboard. 2. ANSI A156.9 - Cabinet Hardware. 3. ANSI A208.2 - Medium Density Fiberboard. B. Architectural Woodwork Institute/Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association of Canada/Woodwork Institute: 1. AWS Architectural Woodwork Standards (CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE A COPY ON SITE). C. IBC 2012 seismic requirements for cabinet restraint.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 7 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building ARCHITECTURAL AWS CASEWORK K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 064116 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
D. ASTM International: 1. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 2. ASTM F1667 - Standard Specification for Driven Fasteners: Nails, Spikes, and Staples. E. Green Seal: 1. GS-36 - Aerosol Adhesives. F. National Electric Manufacturers Association: 1. LD3 - High Pressure Decorative Laminates. G. South Coast Air Quality Management District: 1. SCAQMD Rule 1168 - Adhesive and Sealant Applications. H. U.S. Department of Commerce National Institute of Standards and Technology: 1. DOC PS 20 - American Softwood Lumber Standard.
1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate materials, component profiles and elevations, assembly methods, joint details, fastening methods, accessory listings, hardware location, and schedule of finishes. C. Samples: 1. Submit two, 6x6 inch size samples, illustrating cabinet finish. 2. Submit two 4x4 inch size samples, illustrating counter top finish. 3. Submit two samples of drawer and door pulls hinges illustrating hardware finish D. Section 017700 - Closeout Procedures: Manual for Materials and Finishes.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with AWS, Section 10 and Section 11; Custom grade. B. Surface Burning Characteristics: Maximum 25/450 flame spread/smoke developed index when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. C. Provide plastic laminate in accordance with NEMA LD3. D. Definitions: Refer to the AWS. E. Qualifications: 1. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with a minimum of five years’ experience and be AWS or AWI certified, documented if requested. 2. Installer: Must be AWS certified or equivalent AWI certified. F. Mockup: 1. Provide mockup of full size base cabinet and upper cabinet under provisions of Section 014000 - Quality Requirements. 2. Provide units with specified counter top; with hardware installed. 3. Units will be examined to ascertain quality and conformity to specification requirements. 4. Approved mockup may remain as part of the Work. G. Pre-Installation Meetings: 1. Convene one week prior to commencing work of this section, under provisions of Section 013000 – Administrative Requirements.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 7 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building ARCHITECTURAL AWS CASEWORK K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 064116 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
1.5 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Contractor shall make the following items part of the Contractor’s Quality Control Plan: 1. Provide AWS Quality Certification Program Certificates indicating that the woodwork, including installation, complies with the grades specified. The Contractor, upon award of the work, shall register the work under this section with the AWS Quality Certification Program (800-345-0991). 2. Contractor shall verify that all shop drawings, samples, and other submittals are complete and have been reviewed by the Architect prior to beginning installation of custom casework. 3. Conduct a Pre-Installation Conference sufficiently early in the Project to communicate the requirements for work of this Section. As a minimum, the Project Superintendent and foreman from the framing, painting, plumbing, electrical and other related trades shall be present. Coordination requirements of the various trades shall be discussed. 4. Prior to start of work, Contractor shall inspect preparatory work and ensure that it is acceptable for subsequent follow on installation. 5. Contractor shall inspect installation daily to ensure compliance with project requirements. 6. Contractor shall perform a final inspection of all installations, make all necessary corrections, and ensure completion prior to calling the Owner for finish inspection.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store and handle products to site under provisions of Section 016000 - Product Requirements. B. Protect units from moisture damage.
1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section 016000 - Product Requirements. B. During and after installation of Work of this section, maintain same temperature and humidity conditions in building spaces as will occur after occupancy. 1. Maintain relative humidity within ranges indicated in AWS Section 2.
1.8 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated and instructed by the manufacturer.
1.9 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate work under provisions of Section 013000 – Administrative Requirements. Coordinate the work with electrical and plumbing rough-ins.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 FABRICATORS A. Acceptable Fabricators Offering Equivalent Products: 1. Antreasian Design (317) 546-3234
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 7 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building ARCHITECTURAL AWS CASEWORK K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 064116 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
2. Indianapolis Woodworking, Inc. (317) 841-7800 3. Sims Cabinet Company, Inc. 317 (317) 634-1747 4. LSI Corporation of America, Inc. (219) 453-2711 5. TMI (317) 842-4444 6. Stevens Industries, Inc. (317) 322-9191 7. Others: Any fabricator/installer that has AWS or AWI certification and the qualifications listed above. B. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS C. Seismic Loads: Design and size components to withstand seismic loads and sway displacement as calculated according to IBC and ASCE 7. D. Accessibility: Conform to IBC Chapter 11 and ICC/ANSI 117.1 Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities.
2.1 WOOD MATERIALS (AWS Section 3 - Lumber)
2.2 SHEET MATERIALS (AWS Section 4 – Sheet Products)
2.3 MANUFACTURERS - PLASTIC LAMINATE A. Specified and Scheduled: 1. WilsonArt. 2. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 012500 – Substitution Procedures. B. Specified Products: 1. PLAM1 - Walnut Heights 7965K-12 Softgrain Finish w/Aeon) 2. PLAM2 - Oiled Soapstone 4882-38 Fine Velvet Texture Finish
2.4 CABINET TOPS AND FACING MATERIALS A. Plastic Laminate: NEMA LD3, .048 inch General Purpose type; .028 inch Vertical Purpose type as specified, color per Room Finish Schedule. B. Laminate Backing Sheet: NEMA LD3 BK20 backing grade, undecorated plastic laminate. C. Melamine Cabinet Liner: High pressure melamine laminate, liner grade; or equivalent, White color. D. Plastic Laminate Cabinet Liner: NEMA CL20, 0.020 inch thick thermally faced liner grade plastic laminate. Color as selected from manufacturer’s standard range.
2.5 ACCESSORIES A. Adhesive for High Pressure Decorative Laminates: Type recommended by laminate manufacturer to suit application. 1. Interior Adhesives: Maximum volatile organic compound content in accordance with SCAQMD Rule 1168. 2. Interior Aerosol Adhesives: Maximum volatile organic compound content in accordance with GS-36. B. Veneer Edge Band: 3 mm PVC by Doelken-Woodtape. Color to match adjacent plastic laminate cabinet face. 0.02 inch thick not acceptable. C. Venting: Provide metal venting similar to Mockett 3” x 14” GT – Metal Air Vent Grille with mesh/4, where indicated. D. Fasteners and Anchors: Per AWS.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 7 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building ARCHITECTURAL AWS CASEWORK K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 064116 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
2.6 HARDWARE A. Hardware: ANSI A156.9. B. Drawer and Door Pulls: 4" solid brass with US26D finish, wire pulls. C. Countertop Support Bracket: 1. 6063-T6 extruded aluminum, 450 lb bracket, cut and sanded extrusions drilled with four 5/16" holes. http://rakks.com/products/counter-support-brackets.php 2. Surface Mount: 2"x 2" x 1/4" L-shaped Rakks Bracket in anodized aluminum finish 3. Flush Mount: Rakks 2” x 2” x ¼” L-shaped Flush Mount Rakks Bracket and corresponding face plate in anodized aluminum finish. D. Cabinet Locks: Olympus 777ICP-DR door lock and 888ICP-DW drawer lock, keyed to Owner's master key system (Schlage full sized IC core). Provide locks and install at door or drawer locations where indicated. E. Door Catches: K&V 918 Magnetic catch with 7 lbs. minimum pull strength, aluminum. Provide at all cabinet doors without self-closing hinges. F. Drawer Slides: KV 6505 or equivalent zinc-plated cold rolled steel, ball bearing rollers, 125 lbs. capacity. G. Paper Storage Extra Heavy Duty drawer slides: K&V 8900 or equivalent zinc-plated cold rolled steel, full extension, ball bearing rollers with 500 lbs. capacity. Length to suit application. H. Shelf Clips: Polycarbonate, double 5 mm pegs, shelf securing clips designed to lock shelf in place, suitable for 3/4 inch and 1 inch thick shelves, min. 500 lb. load capacity. Clear color Lyman Associates, Allen Field, or Bainbridge Mfg. I. Shelf Support Brackets: Rakks EC-0808, 125 lbs weight capacity for shelves, clear anodized, finish J. Wall Bookshelf Standards and Rests: Adjustable extra heavy duty type; Knape & Vogt Mfg. Co. Products 85-185, double slot type, 14 gauge steel, 72 inch long and shelf brackets 10 and 16 inches long. K. Concealed Hinges: Blum #71B3550 (overlay) and #71B3650 (twin overlay); clip top Blumotion110º opening, self-closing, for office locations. L. Coat Hooks: Satin Chrome finished double hook. M. Coat Rod and Shelf Brackets: KV #770-5 chrome rod with #766CHR end supports and KV #1194 shelf and rod support. N. Z clips for panel support: Monarch 5/8” Panel Z clips. http://www.monarchmetal.com/pages/panelclip.html O. Flush bolts: (for inactive leaf of tall locking cabinets) Harney 34826 US15 satin nickel, provide two per inactive leaf. http://www.harneyhardware.com/hardware/?search=34826 P. Elbow Catch: (for inactive leaf of locking cabinets) Hafele 245.74.200 chrome plated, provide two per inactive leaf. Q. Grommets: Rockler, black; 3 inch diameter. Provide 1 grommet at each knee space 4 feet wide or less and additional grommets for each knee space over 4 feet wide at maximum 48” on center. Coordinate exact locations with the Owner
2.7 FINISHING MATERIALS A. Cabinets: 1. High pressure laminated plastic to AWS Section 10 requirements.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 5 of 7 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building ARCHITECTURAL AWS CASEWORK K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 064116 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
B. Other standard accessories and equipment: As required for units as indicated; manufacturer's standard stock as approved.
2.8 FABRICATION A. General: 1. Fabricate casework to AWS, Section 10, Custom grade, Style 1 – Overlay, Type A – Flush Overlay. 2. Fabricate counter tops to AWS Section 11 Custom Grade 3. Shop assemble casework for delivery to site in units easily handled and to permit passage through building openings. 4. Provide cutouts for plumbing fixtures, inserts, outlet boxes, fixtures and fittings. Verify locations of cutouts from on-site dimensions. Seal contact surfaces of cut edges. B. Cabinet Panels and Shelves: To AWS requirements. 1. Provide 3/4" finished backs on movable units. C. Cabinet Bodies: 1. Fabricate, assemble and finish each cabinet to AWS requirements. 2. Unless otherwise shown, provide toe-space on floor-mounted units. 3. Adjustable Shelving: Support each shelf with four shelf clips permitting adjustment on 1-inch centers. D. Doors and Drawers: To AWS standards. E. Counter Tops and Splash: Provide High-Pressure Decorative Laminate (HPDL) and Solid- Surface (SDS); Custom grade countertops to AWS Section 11 standards. Except as otherwise noted, provide as hereafter specified. 1. Countertops to be 3/4" To AWS standards. 2. Plastic Laminate Face Sheet: To AWS requirements. a. Horizontal Grade high pressure laminated plastic. 3. Provide laminate backing sheet at countertops and backsplashes. 4. Counter Top Edges: Refer to details. 5. Back and Ends Splashes: as detailed. F. Shop fabricate tops extending over two or more counter units to AWS requirements. G. Special Lock Requirement: Where locks are indicated, reinforce casework drawers and doors for this hardware and provide locks and lock cylinders. Cylinders shall be keyed in one or more systems and in addition, further keyed alike, keyed differently or separately as directed.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 6 of 7 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building ARCHITECTURAL AWS CASEWORK K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 064116 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify adequacy of backing and support framing. B. Verify location and sizes of utility rough-in associated with work of this section.
3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install casework in accordance with AWS Section 10 Custom Grade. B. Install countertops in accordance with AWS Section 11 Custom Grade. C. Install, plumb, level, true and straight with no distortions. Shim as required, using concealed shims. Where casework abuts other finished work, scribe and apply filler strips for accurate fit with fasteners concealed where practicable. Include horizontal closure panels at tops and bottoms of wall cabinets where cabinets meet at room corners.
3.3 TOLERANCES A. Section 014000 - Quality Requirements: Tolerances per AWS standards.
3.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust work under provisions of Section 017000 – Execution and Closeout requirements. B. Adjust moving or operating parts to function smoothly and correctly.
3.5 PROTECTION, CLEANING/REPAIRING A. Section 017000 – Execution and Closeout Requirements: Final cleaning. B. Repair or remove and replace defective work. C. Clean shop finished casework, touch up as required, remove and refinish damaged or soiled areas. D. Cover casework for protection against soiling and deterioration during remainder of construction period. E. Clean counter tops with diluted dishwashing liquid and water leaving tops free of all grease and streaks. Use no wax or oils. F. Casework shall be protected before, during and after installation. Damaged materials due to improper protection shall be cause for rejection.
END OF SECTION 064116
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 7 of 7 May 8, 2020
Putnamville Prison Industries Building DAMPPROOFING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 071100 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes below grade dampproofing for CMU and concrete walls and footings. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 033000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. 2. Section 312323 - Fill.
1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials: 1. ASTM D41 - Standard Specification for Asphalt Primer Used in Roofing, Dampproofing, and Waterproofing. 2. ASTM D1227 - Standard Specification for Emulsified Asphalt Used as a Protective Coating for Roofing. B. National Roofing Contractors Association: 1. NRCA - The NRCA Waterproofing and Dampproofing Manual.
1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit properties of primer, bitumen, and mastics. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit special procedures and perimeter conditions requiring special attention.
1.4 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section 016000 - Product Requirements. B. Maintain ambient temperatures above 50 degrees F for 24 hours before and during application until membrane has cured. C. Keep coated surfaces dry until dampproofing has set.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 DAMPPROOFING A. General: Provide dampproofing materials that comply with ASTM D2939 or ASTM D1227 and designed for below grade application. B. Manufacturers: 1. BASF; MasterSeal 615Waterborne Emulsified-asphalt Dampproofing. a. Waterborne Emulsified-asphalt Dampproofing for use on “green” or slightly damp surfaces. 2. Deco Products, Inc.; Deco 20. a. Acrylic resin designed as an alternative material to replace bituminous products and is approved for masonry block, pre-cast and poured concrete foundation walls. b. On masonry walls DECO 20 Clear Penetrating Concrete Sealer must be applied prior to the application of DECO 20 Dampproof Coating. 3. Henry; HE789
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 2 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building DAMPPROOFING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 071100 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
a. Fibered Asphalt Emulsion Dampproofing for dampproofing the exterior side of below grade foundation walls. 4. Substitutions: Section 012500 - Substitution Procedures. C. Accessories: Provide accessories and components as required by manufacturer for complete application of dampproofing.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 013100 - Project Management and Coordination: Coordination and project conditions. B. Verify substrate surfaces are durable, free of matter detrimental to adhesion or application of dampproofing system. C. Verify items penetrating surfaces to receive dampproofing are securely installed.
3.2 PREPARATION A. Protect adjacent surfaces not designated to receive dampproofing. B. Clean and prepare surfaces to receive dampproofing. C. Do not apply dampproofing to surfaces unacceptable to manufacturer. D. Apply mastic to seal penetrations, small cracks, or minor honeycomb in substrate.
3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install dampproofing per manufacturer’s instructions. B. Apply two coats, continuous and uniform. C. Apply from 2 inches below finish grade elevation to bottom edge of footings, unless noted otherwise. D. Seal items Projecting through dampproofing surface with mastic. Seal watertight. E. Place backfill against dampproofing within 48 hours of application to protect from damage.
3.4 SCHEDULE A. Exterior surfaces below grade foundation walls, typ. B. Exterior face interior CMU or concrete walls in cavity wall construction.
END OF SECTION 071100
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 2 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building SHEET WATERPROOFING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 071300 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes EPDM sheet membrane waterproofing, drainage composite and accessories.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 072113 - Board Insulation: Perimeter insulation. 2. Section 076200 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim. 3. Section 079200 - Joint Sealants. 4. Section 221100 - Facility Water Distribution: Roof drain and plumbing vent flashing flanges. 5. Section 312323 - Fill. 6. Section 334600 - Subdrainage.
1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials: 1. ASTM D412 - Standard Test Methods for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Rubbers and Thermoplastic Elastomers -Tension. 2. ASTM D471 - Standard Test Method for Rubber Property-Effect of Liquids. 3. ASTM D624 - Standard Test Method for Tear Strength of Conventional Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers. 4. ASTM D746 - Standard Test Method for Brittleness Temperature of Plastics and Elastomers by Impact. 5. ASTM D822 - Standard Practice for Filtered Open-Flame Carbon-Arc Exposures of Paint and Related Coatings. 6. ASTM D2240 - Standard Test Method for Rubber Property-Durometer Hardness. 7. ASTM D4637 - Standard Specification for EPDM Sheet Used in Single-Ply Roof Membrane. 8. ASTM E96 - Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. B. National Roofing Contractors Association: 1. NRCA - The NRCA Waterproofing and Dampproofing Manual.
1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate special joint or termination conditions and conditions of interface with other materials. C. Product Data: Submit data for membrane, conditioner, flexible flashings, bonding adhesive, sealer, splicing cement, lap sealants, and drainage composite. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit special procedures and perimeter conditions requiring special attention. E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. F. Warranty: Submit sample warranty of specified length for Owner’s review and approval.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 4 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building SHEET WATERPROOFING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 071300 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with NRCA Waterproofing Manual. B. Qualifications: 1. Membrane Manufacturer: Company specializing in waterproofing sheet membranes with minimum five years documented experience. 2. Applicator: Company specializing in performing work of this section with minimum three years documented experience and approved by manufacturer. C. Mockup: 1. Section 014000 - Quality Requirements: Requirements for mockup. 2. Construct Mockup, 100 sq ft of vertical waterproofed panel; to represent finished work including internal and external corners, seam jointing, attachment method, counterflashing cover, drainage panel, base flashings. 3. Locate where directed by Architect/Engineer. 4. Incorporate accepted mockup as part of Work. D. Pre-Installation Meetings: 1. Section 013119 – Project Meetings: Pre-installation meeting. 2. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section.
1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section 016000 - Product Requirements. B. Maintain ambient temperatures above 40 degrees F for 24 hours before and during application and until liquid or mastic accessories have cured.
1.6 WARRANTY A. Section 017700 - Closeout Procedures: Product warranties and product bonds. B. Furnish 20-year manufacturer’s warranty for waterproofing failing to resist penetration of water. C. For warranty repair work, remove and replace materials concealing waterproofing.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING
A. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Carlisle Waterproofing Systems. 2. W.R. Meadows. 3. Sarnafil 4. Substitutions: Section 012500 - Substitution Procedures.
B. Basis of Specification: Carlisle “EPDM Membrane Waterproofing System.”
2.2 COMPONENTS
A. Rubber Membrane: EPDM conforming to ASTM D4637 Type I; 0.060 inch thick; with compatible bonding adhesive and drainage composite; conforming to following criteria:
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 4 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building SHEET WATERPROOFING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 071300 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
Properties Test Results Tensile Strength ASTM D412 1630 psi minimum Elongation ASTM D412 520% minimum Hardness Shore A ASTM D2240 Tear Strength ASTM D624 230 lbf/in minimum Water Absorption ASTM D471, 7d at 158F 2% maximum Moisture Vapor(perms) ASTM E96 0.05 perm maximum Exposure ASTM D822 Brittleness ASTM D746 -45̊ F maximum
B. Flexible Flashings: 0.060 inch thick EPDM.
2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Weathered Membrane Cleaner: Type, compatible with membrane. B. Bonding Adhesive: As recommended by membrane manufacturer. C. Pourable Sealer: A two-component polyurethane based material furnished by membrane manufacturer. D. Drainage Composite: CCW MiraDRAIN® 6200.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 013100 - Project Management and Coordination: Coordination and project conditions. B. Verify substrate surfaces are durable; free of matter detrimental to adhesion or application of waterproofing system. C. Verify items penetrating surfaces to receive waterproofing are securely installed.
3.2 PREPARATION A. Protect adjacent surfaces not designated to receive waterproofing. B. Clean and prepare surfaces to receive waterproofing. C. Do not apply waterproofing to surfaces unacceptable to applicator. D. Seal cracks and joints with sealant materials using depth to width ratio as recommended by membrane manufacturer. E. Repair cracks and joints wider than 1/4 inch with sealer as recommended by membrane manufacturer.
3.3 INSTALLATION - ADHESIVE BONDED MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING A. Roll out membrane. Minimize wrinkles and bubbles. Allow to “relax” for minimum of one- half hour before bonding. B. Apply adhesive at rate of 60 square feet per gallon. Bond sheet to substrate except those areas directly over or within 3 inches of control or expansion joint.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 4 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building SHEET WATERPROOFING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 071300 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
C. Lap sides and ends. Lap edges a minimum of 6 inches. Stagger end laps a minimum of 12 inches. D. Adhere the membrane to the substrate by bonding the top 25 percent of the membrane length, and 18 inches at the membrane perimeters. E. Reinforce membrane with multiple thickness of membrane material over joints, whether joints are static or dynamic, per manufacturer’s instructions/recommendations. Use recommended cleaner and splicing cement and lap sealant. F. Install flexible flashings. Seal watertight to membrane. G. Seal membrane and flashings to adjoining surfaces. H. Seal items protruding to or penetrating through membrane and install counterflashing membrane material.
3.4 INSTALLATION - DRAINAGE COMPOSITE A. Place drainage composite directly against membrane per manufacturer’s recommendations. Place to allow good drainage. B. Place the longitudinal edge of the core against the wall so that it is flush with the toe of the wall footing. C. Attached subsequent panels in shingle fashion, placing the longitudinal edge of the upper panel over the flanged longitudinal edge of the lower panel. D. Splice ends by setting interconnecting rigid plastic (cone) pieces over ends of adjacent panels, folding back the fabric of the lower piece and overlapping and adhesively applying the “flap” from the upper piece, per manufacturer’s standard detail.
3.5 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Section 017000 - Execution: Protecting installed construction. B. Do not permit traffic near unprotected foundation wall membrane. C. Backfill against membrane only after drainage composite has been applied over membrane surface.
END OF SECTION 071300
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 4 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building BOARD INSULATION K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 072113 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes: 1. Board insulation at perimeter foundation walls. 2. Waterproofed foundation walls. 3. Masonry cavity walls. 4. Under metal roofing.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 042019 - Veneer Unit Masonry: Installation by the masonry contractor of wall insulation specified in this Section 072113. 2. Section 071300 - Sheet Waterproofing: Foundation wall insulation substrate and drainage panels. 3. Section 072116 - Board Insulation. 4. Section 072600 - Vapor Retarders: Vapor retarder materials to adjacent insulation. 5. Section 074214 – Metal Wall Panels 6. Section 076103 - Manufactured Sheet Metal Roofing: Installation by the roofing contractor of roof insulation specified in this Section 072113.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials: 1. ASTM C165 - Standard Test Method for Measuring Compressive Properties of Thermal Insulations. 2. ASTM C272 - Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Core Materials for Structural Sandwich Constructions. 3. ASTM C578 - Standard Specification for Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation. 4. ASTM C1289 - Standard Specification for Faced Rigid Cellular Polyisocyanurate Thermal Insulation Board. 5. ASTM D1621 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties o Rigid Cellular Plastics. 6. ASTM D2842 - Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Rigid Cellular Plastics. 7. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
B. 2012 International Energy Conservation Code (IECC) 1. C104.2.1.1 Wall Insulation Inspection 2. C104.2.1.4 Slab/Floor Insulation Inspection
1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on product characteristics, performance criteria and limitations. C. Provide certification listing the type, manufacturer and R-value of insulation installed in each element of the building thermal envelope.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 4 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building BOARD INSULATION K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 072113 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special environmental conditions required for installation and installation techniques.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Insulation Installed in Concealed Locations Surface Burning Characteristics: 1. Foam Plastic Insulation: Maximum 75/450 flame spread/smoke developed index when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 2. Other Insulation: Maximum 25/450 flame spread/smoke developed index when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. B. Insulation Installed in Exposed Locations Surface Burning Characteristics: Maximum 25/450 flame spread/smoke developed index when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. C. Mockup: 1. Provide and install masonry cavity wall insulation for exterior wall mock-up under provisions of Section 014000 - Quality Requirements. Coordinate installation with other trades involved in the mock-up. 2. Locate where directed. 3. When accepted, mock-up will demonstrate minimum standard for the Work. Mockup may not remain as part of the Work.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 016000 - Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. B. Inspection: Accept materials on Site in manufacturer's original packaging and inspect for damage. C. Store according to manufacturer instructions. D. Protection: 1. Protect materials from moisture and dust by storing in clean, dry location remote from construction operations areas. 2. Remove insulation that becomes wet or damp. 3. Provide additional protection according to manufacturer instructions.
1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not install insulation adhesives when temperature or weather conditions are detrimental to successful installation. B. Minimum Conditions: Do not install adhesives when temperature or weather conditions are detrimental to successful installation.
1.7 SEQUENCING
A. Sequence work to ensure fireproofing materials are in place before beginning the Work of this section.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 4 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building BOARD INSULATION K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 072113 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 POLYSTYRENE INSULATION A. Manufacturers: 1. The Dow Chemical Company; ( http://building.dow.com/na/en/ ) 2. UC Industries/Owens Corning; (http://commercial.owenscorning.com/foam/ 3. Insulfoam, A Carlisle Company; (http://www.insulfoam.com/ ), 4. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 012500 - Substitution Procedures. B. Extruded Polystyrene Insulation in Vertical Applications (at exterior perimeter walls and masonry cavity walls): ASTM C578, Type IV 1.35 lbs./s.f. min. density; extruded cellular type, conforming to the following: 1. Thermal Resistance: R of 5.0 for 1 inch thickness. 2. Thickness: As required to achieve the total R-Value of 10 at foundation walls and R-21 at cavity walls. 3. Compressive Strength: Minimum 25 psi by ASTM D1621. 4. Water Absorption: Comply with ASTM D2842. Maximum: 0.3 percent by volume. 5. Edges: Square.
2.2 POLYISOCYANURATE INSULATION MATERIALS A. Manufacturers: 1. Atlas Roofing Corporation; (www.atlasroofing.com). 2. Dow, (http://building.dow.com). 3. Firestone Building Products. (www.firestonebpco.com) 4. Hunter, (www.hpanels.com). 5. Johns Manville Corp.; (www.jm.com). 6. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 012500 - Substitution Procedures. B. Polyisocyanurate Insulation: ASTM C1289, Closed-cell polyisocyanurate foam core bonded to non-asphaltic fiberglass facers for under metal roofing system. 1. Thermal Resistance: Aged R of 5.7 for 1 inch thickness based on Advanced Method for Determining Long-Term Thermal Resistance (LTTR). 2. Thickness: As required to achieve the total R-value of 30 at roofs. 3. Compressive Strength: Minimum 20 psi ASTM C165. 4. Water Absorption: Less than 1.5% per ASTM D2842. 5. Edges: Square. 6. U.L. Fire Resistance: Flame spread - 35 (for 1 inch thick board). Smoke Developed - 175.
2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Adhesive: Type recommended by insulation manufacturer for application. B. Sheet metal “Z” furring at metal panel and fiber cement siding: 20 gage sheet metal typical with 16 gage at edges adjacent to storefront and curtain wall windows.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 4 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building BOARD INSULATION K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 072113 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify site conditions. B. Verify that substrate, adjacent materials, and insulation boards are dry and ready to receive insulation and adhesive. C. Verify substrate surface is flat, free of honeycomb, fins, irregularities, and materials or substances that may impede adhesive bond. D. Verify that vapor retarder and air barrier materials are in place.
3.2 INSTALLATION - FOUNDATION PERIMETER A. Apply adhesive to substrate in three continuous beads per board length, unless otherwise recommended by manufacturer. B. Adhere boards to foundation wall perimeter on side shown on the drawings. Place boards in a method to maximize contact bedding. Stagger side and end joints. Butt edges and ends tight to adjacent board and to protrusions. C. Extend boards over control joints, unbonded 12 inches on one side of joint. D. Where boards are installed on exterior face of below grade walls, immediately following application of board insulation and prior to backfilling against insulation, adhere protective boards over exposed insulation surfaces or drainage panels as detailed. Apply adhesive in continuous beads per protective board length. Install boards from base of foundation to top of insulation. Butt board joints tight, stagger from insulation joints. Refer to Section 071300 for installation of drainage boards where applicable. E. IECC C104.2.1.4 Slab/Floor Insulation Inspection: To be made after the installation of the slab/floor insulation, but before concealment.
3.3 INSTALLATION - MASONRY CAVITY WALL A. As specified in Section 042019 - Veneer Unit Masonry.
3.4 INSTALLATION - UNDER CONCRETE SLABS A. Place insulation under slabs-on-grade after base for slab has been compacted. B. Cut and fit insulation tight to protrusions or interruptions to insulation plane. C. Prevent insulation from being displaced or damaged while placing vapor retarder and slab.
3.5 INSTALLATION - ROOF INSULATION UNDER METAL ROOFING A. As specified in Section 076100.
3.6 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Protect finished Work under provisions of Section 017000. B. Do not permit work to be damaged prior to covering insulation.
END OF SECTION 072113
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 4 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building VAPOR RETARDERS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 072600 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes above and below grade sheet materials for controlling vapor diffusion.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 033000 - Cast-In-Place Concrete. 2. Section 072113 - Board Insulation. 3. Section 072116 - Blanket Insulation. 4. Section 072700 - Air Barriers.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 1. ACI 302.2 R-06 - Guide for Concrete Slabs that Receive Moisture-Sensitive Flooring Materials.
B. American Society for Testing and Materials: 1. ASTM E96 - Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. 2. ASTM E154-99 (2005) - Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth Under Concrete Slabs, on Walls, or as Ground Cover. 3. ASTM E1745-09 - Standard Specification for Plastic water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Soil or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs. 4. ASTM F1249-06 - Standard Test Method for Water Vapor Transmission Rate Through Plastic Film and Sheeting Using a Modulated Infrared Sensor. 5. ASTM E1643-09 - Selection, Design, Installation, and Inspection of Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs.
1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit data indicating material characteristics, performance criteria, and limitations. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit preparation and installation requirements, techniques.
1.4 SEQUENCING A. Section 011000 - Summary: Work sequence. B. Sequence Work to permit installation of materials in conjunction with insulation installation in Section 072116 - Blanket Insulation. C. Do not install vapor retarder until items that penetrate the vapor retarder are in place.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 3 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building VAPOR RETARDERS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 072600 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Above Grade Vapor Retarder Permeance: Maximum 1 perm when tested in accordance with ASTM E96, Procedure A. B. Below Grade Vapor Retarder Permeance: Minimum 15 mils thick.
2.2 ABOVE GRADE VAPOR RETARDERS
A. Manufacturers: 1. Reef Industries; Griffolyn “T-65,” www.reefindustries.com 2. Raven Industries; “Rufco 300.” www.ravenefd.com 3. Polar Plastics, 6 mil clear polyethylene, www.polar-plastics.com. 4. Discount Visqueen 6 mil clear polyethylene, www.discountvisqueen.com/clear-plastic- sheeting.html. 5. Ridout Plastics, 6 mil clear polyethylene, www.eplastics.com. 6. Substitutions: Section 012500 - Substitution Procedures.
2.3 BELOW GRADE (UNDER SLAB) VAPOR RETARDERS
A. Vapor Retarder: 1. Under slab Vapor Retarder: Minimum 15 mil thick Polyolefin geo membrane manufactured from prime, virgin resins. Water vapor retarder ASTM E1745, meets or exceeds Class A. Water transmission rate ASTM E96, 0.006 gr./ft²/hr. or lower permanence rating, ASTM E96, 0.01 perm or lower use manufacturers tapes, mastic and pipe boots. 2. Typical Vapor Retarder (Type 1) a. Stego Wrap, 15 mil, by Stego Industries, LLC (877-464-7834). b. Perminator, 15 mil, by W.R. Meadows (847-214-2100). c. Viper II Vapor Barrier 15 mil. by Insulation Solutions (866-698-6562). d. “Vapor Block 15" by Raven Industries (800-635-3456). 3. For Freezer/Cooler Areas (Type 2) a. Griffolyn Vapor Guard by Reef Industries (800-231-6074). b. Pre-moulded Membrane with Plasmatic Core by W.R. Meadows (707-745-6666). 4. Vapor Retarder Tape: High density polyethylene tape with pressure sensitive adhesive, by manufacturer of vapor barrier, 4 inches minimum width. Pipe Boots: Construct pipe boots from vapor barrier material, pressure sensitive tape and/or mastic per manufacturer’s instruction. 5. Vapor Proofing Mastic: Water transmission rate ASTM E96, 0.3 perms or lower. Stego Mastic by Stego Industries or equal. 6. Double Sided Adhesive Strip: Synthetic Rubber blend, 0.03 perms. Stegotack Tape or equal. 7. Plastic Termination Bar. Stego Term Bar or equal. 8. Multi-layered tape: 0.03 perms. Stego Crete Claw Tape or equal. 9. Substitutions: Section 012500 Substitution Procedures.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 3 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building VAPOR RETARDERS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 072600 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
2.4 ADHESIVES A. Tapes and Adhesives: Per Vapor Retarder Manufacturer’s recommendations.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION A. Remove loose or foreign matter capable of impairing adhesion. B. Clean and prime substrate surfaces to receive adhesive and sealants. C. Below Grade (Under Slab): 1. Ensure that base material is approved by A/E. 2. Verify that base material is level and compacted.
3.2 INSTALLATION A. Vapor Retarder For Stud Framed Walls: Apply vapor retarder in accordance with ASTM E1643, and as directed by Architectural Details and Manufacturer’s Instructions/Details. B. Perimeter Wall Openings: Seal Air Barrier (Section 072700) to Vapor Retarder with tape, providing a minimum 3 inches overlap. C. Below Grade (Under Slab) Vapor Retarder: Install Vapor Retarder in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and ASTM E1643. 1. Unroll vapor retarder with the longest dimension parallel with the direction of the concrete placement. Refer to drawings for location. 2. Lap vapor retarder over footings and seal to foundation walls. 3. Overlap joints 6 inches and seal with manufacturer’s tape. 4. Seal all penetrations (including pipes) per manufacturer’s instructions. 5. No penetration of the vapor retarder is allowed except for columns, walls, reinforcing steel and permanent utilities. 6. Repair damaged areas by cutting patches of vapor retarder, overlapping, damaged area 6 inches and sealing with tape. 7. Small punctures may be repaired by retarder tape. 8. The use of a skid steer on vapor retarder or curing layer is not allowed.
END OF SECTION 072600
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 3 May 8, 2020
Putnamville Prison Industries Building METAL WALL PANELS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 074213 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Preformed metal siding system for exterior walls, with related flashings and accessory components (MWP). B. Related Sections: 1. Section 072700 - Air Barriers. 2. Section 072113 - Board Insulation. 3. Section 076200 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim.
1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials: 1. ASTM A755 - Steel Sheet, Metallic Coated by the Hot-Dip Process and Pre-Painted by the Coil Coating Process for Exterior Exposed Building Products. 2. ASTM A924 - General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Metallic-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process.
1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions, layout, joints, construction details and methods of anchorage. C. Samples: Submit two samples of each of siding, 12 x 12 inch in size illustrating finish color, sheen, and texture. Submit two samples of each type of trim piece, including coping, 12 inches long illustrating gage and shape. Submit two samples of typical bayonet type trim seams. D. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Manual for Materials and Finishes.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with a minimum of three years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum five years documented experience and approved by manufacturer. C. Provide resume of foreman and project manager indicating work experience. D. Mockup: 1. Provide metal siding portion of multi-component exterior wall mock-up under provisions of Section 014000 - Quality Requirements. 2. When accepted, mock-up will demonstrate minimum standard for the Work. Approved Mock-up can remain as part of the Work. 3. Work of this section shall not proceed until approval of the mock-up.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Section 016000 - Product Requirements: Transport, handle, store, and protect products. B. Protect panels from accelerated weathering by removing or venting sheet plastic shipping wrap.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 4 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building METAL WALL PANELS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 074213 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
C. Store prefinished material off ground protected from weather, to prevent twisting, bending, or abrasion, and to provide ventilation. Slope metal sheets to ensure drainage. D. Prevent contact with materials which may cause discoloration or staining.
1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate work under provisions of Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements: Project Management and Coordination. B. Coordinate the Work for installation of vapor retarders and air barriers. C. Coordinate the Work with installation of windows, louvers and doors components or materials.
1.7 WARRANTY A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Warranties and Bonds. B. Correct defective Work within a five-year period after Substantial Completion water tightness, integrity of seals, and degradation of panel finish including color fading caused by exposure to weather.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. System: Preformed and prefinished metal siding system of horizontal and vertical profile; site assembled.
2.2 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Components: Design and size components to withstand dead and live loads caused by positive and negative wind pressure acting normal to plane of wall as calculated in accordance with applicable code and to a design pressure of 15 lb/sq. ft. B. Maximum Allowable Deflection of Panel: 1/180 of span. C. Movement: Accommodate movement within system without damage to components or deterioration of seals, movement within system; movement between system and perimeter components when subject to seasonal temperature cycling; dynamic loading and release of loads; deflection of structural support framing.
2.3 MANUFACTURERS A. Specified: 1. AEP Span (Basis of design: ASC Profiles, Inc.): 2. Fabral 3. Metal Sales B. Substitutions: Under Section 012500 - Substitution Procedures.
2.4 EXTERIOR SHEET MATERIALS A. Exterior Panel: Minimum 22 gage thick pre-coated steel stock corrugated profile; overlapping edges. 1. Precoated Galvanized Steel: ASTM A755/A755M; G90; shop precoated with manufacturer’s standard thermosetting coating.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 4 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building METAL WALL PANELS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 074213 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
2.5 ACCESSORIES A. Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard type suitable for use with system, permanently resilient; ultraviolet and ozone resistant; color as selected. 1. Neoprene end closure gaskets: Formed to siding profile. B. Sealants: Specified in Section 079200 - Joint Sealants, Manufacturer's standard type suitable for use with installation of system; non-staining, non-skinning, non-shrinking and non-sagging; ultra-violet and ozone resistant; color as selected. C. Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard type to suit application; with soft neoprene washers, steel, hot dip galvanized. Exposed fasteners same finish as panel system. D. Field Touch-up Paint: As recommended by panel manufacturer. E. Bituminous Paint: Asphalt base. F. Air Barrier: Refer to Section 072700 - Air Barriers.
2.6 COMPONENTS A. Exterior Metal Siding: 1. Nu-Wave corrugated profile: 7/8 inch deep x 34 2/3 inch net coverage; minimum 22 gage thick pre-coated steel stock, lapped edges, fitted with continuous gaskets. a. Horizontal and vertical applications, refer to elevations. b. Color: AEP Span – Cool Zinc Gray or approved substitution. B. Precoated Galvanized Steel: ASTM A755; ASTM A924, Grade D, Coating Designation G90; shop precoated with polyvinyl fluoride (PVF) coating. C. Metal Z Furring: 1½ x 24 gage galvanized metal "Z" furring, size and spacing as required by manufacturer for attaching metal siding to substrate. D. Internal and External Corners: Same material, thickness, and finish as exterior sheets; profile to suit system as shown; shop cut and factory mitered to required angles. Mitered internal corners to be back braced with 24 gage thick precoated sheet stock to maintain continuity of profile. E. Expansion Joints: Same material, thickness and finish as exterior sheets; 24 gage thick; of profile to suit system as shown. F. Trim, Closure Pieces, Caps, Flashings, Facias and Infills: Same material, thickness and finish as exterior sheets, brake formed to required profiles and as shown. G. Anchors: Galvanized steel.
2.7 FABRICATION A. Form sections true to shape, accurate in size, square, and free from distortion or defects. B. Form pieces in longest practicable lengths. C. Panel Profile: 7/8" deep, corrugated at 2 2/3" o.c. D. Fabricate trim to sections shown. E. Fabricate corners in one continuous piece with minimum 18 inch returns. F. Provide bayonet-type interlocking joints for continuous runs of trim.
2.8 FINISH A. Premium fluoropolymer (PVDF) coating system with 70 percent Kynar 500 or Hylar 5000 resin content, conforming to AAMA 621, over aluminum-zinc alloy finished sheet steel. 1. Primer: UV resistant, .20 mil corrosion resistance. 2. Color Coat: .70-.80 mil baked on finish coat.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 4 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building METAL WALL PANELS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 074213 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify substrate framing under provisions of Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements: Project Management and Coordination. B. Verify that building framing members are ready to receive panel system.
3.2 INSTALLATION - AIR BARRIER A. Refer to Section 072700 - Air Barriers.
3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install metal siding system on walls in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Protect surfaces in contact with cementitious materials and dissimilar metals with bituminous paint. Allow to dry prior to installation. C. Fasten siding to structural supports; aligned, level, and plumb. D. Install exterior panels full length between vertical reveal joints as recommended by manufacturer. E. Provide expansion or control joints within panel system where required. F. Use fasteners approved by manufacturer and spaced as directed by manufacturer. G. Seal and place formed neoprene end gaskets to prevent weather penetration, set in mastic tape. Maintain neat appearance. H. Provide recesses for mechanical and electrical devices, as shown.
3.4 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Offset from True Alignment between Adjacent Members Butting or In Line: 1/16 inch. B. Maximum Variation from Plane or Location Indicated on Drawings: 1/8 inch.
3.5 CLEANING A. Clean work under provisions of Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements. B. Remove site cuttings from finish surfaces. C. Clean and wash prefinished surfaces with mild soap and water; rinse with clean water. D. Panels with severe paint and/or substrate damage shall be replaced as directed.
END OF SECTION 074213
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 4 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 076200 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Roof flashings. 2. Counter-flashings over roofing base flashings. 3. Break shapes. 4. Gutters and Downspouts 5. Through-Wall Flashing in Masonry B. Related Sections: 1. Section 042000 - Unit Masonry: Through-wall flashings in masonry. 2. Division 7 – Roofing products: splash pads. 3. Section 076100 - Sheet Metal Roofing. 4. Section 079000 - Joint Protection: sealants. 5. Section 099000 - Painting and Coating: Field painting. 6. Divisions 22 and 23 - Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment: Roof curbs for mechanical equipment. 7. Division 26 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems: Roof curbs for electrical equipment.
1.2 REFERENCES A. American Architectural Manufacturers Association: 1. AAMA 611 - Voluntary Specification for Anodized Architectural Aluminum. 2. AAMA 2603 - Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Pigmented Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels. 3. AAMA 2604 - Voluntary specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for High Performance Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels. 4. AAMA 2605 - Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Superior Performing Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels.
B. ASTM International: 1. ASTM A240 - Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General Applications. 2. ASTM A625 - Standard Specification for Tin Mill Products, Black Plate, Single Reduced. 3. ASTM A653 - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. 4. ASTM A755 - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Metallic Coated by the Hot-Dip Process and Pre-painted by the Coil-Coating Process for Exterior Exposed Building Products. 5. ASTM B32 - Standard Specification for Solder Metal. 6. ASTM B101 - Standard Specification for Lead-Coated Copper Sheet and Strip for Building Construction. 7. ASTM B209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. 8. ASTM B370 - Standard Specification for Copper Sheet and Strip for Building Construction.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 5 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 076200 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
9. ASTM B749 - Standard Specification for Lead and Lead Alloy Strip, Sheet, and Plate Products. 10. ASTM D226 - Standard Specification for Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing. 11. ASTM D4397 - Standard Specification for Polyethylene Sheeting for Construction, Industrial, and Agricultural Applications. 12. ASTM D4586 - Standard Specification for Asphalt Roof Cement, Asbestos-Free. C. Copper Development Association Inc.: 1. CDA - Copper in Architecture - Handbook. D. Federal Specification Unit: 1. FS TT-C-494 - Coating Compound, Bituminous, Solvent Type, Acid Resistant. E. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors: 1. SMACNA - Architectural Sheet Metal Manual.
1.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Sheet Metal Flashings: Conform to the following criteria of SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." B. Gutter and Downspout Components: Conform to SMACNA Manual for sizing components for rainfall intensity determined by storm occurrence of 1 in 10 years.
1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate material profile, jointing pattern, jointing details, fastening methods, flashings, terminations, and installation details. C. Product Data: Submit data on manufactured components metal types, finishes, and characteristics. D. Samples: 1. Submit two samples 3 x 3 inch in size illustrating metal finish color.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Fabricator and Installer: Company specializing in sheet metal work with minimum three years documented experience. B. Pre-Installation Meeting: 1. Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting. 2. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section.
1.6 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting. B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 016000 - Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements. B. Stack material to prevent twisting, bending, and abrasion, and to provide ventilation. Slope metal sheets to ensure drainage. C. Prevent contact with materials causing discoloration or staining.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 5 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 076200 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
1.8 COORDINATION A. Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions. B. Coordinate with Work of Sections 031000 and 042000 for installing recessed flashing reglets.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM A. Approved Manufacturers - Preformed (Manufactured) Reglets and Counterflashing: 1. Cheney Flashing Co. 2. Keystone Flashing Co. 3. Fry Reglet Corporation. 4. Substitutions: Section 012500 – Substitution Procedures. B. Galvanized Steel: ASTM A653; structural steel sheet, G90 zinc coating; 0.024 inch thick steel. C. Pre-Finished Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A755; structural steel sheet, G90 zinc coating; 0.024 inch thick core steel, shop pre-coated with PVDF (polyvinylidene fluoride) coating;] color as selected. D. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B209; 3003 alloy, H14temper; 0.032 inch thick; mill finish. E. Pre-Finished Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B209; 3003 alloy, H14 temper; 0.032 inch thick; mill finish shop pre-coated with fluoropolymer top coat; color as selected. F. Stainless Steel: ASTM A240; Type 304, dead soft fully annealed, 0.018 inch thick; smooth surface, Number 4 finish. G. Zinc-Tin (Terne) Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A625; 0.015 inch thick single-reduced black plate with 0.079 mils thick 50/50 zinc-tin alloy coating on both sides of core metal; factory prime painted. H. Copper: ASTM B370; H00 temper, 20 oz/sq ft0.027 inch thick; lacquered finish. I. Zinc-Tin (Terne) Coated Stainless Steel Sheet: ASTM A240, Type 304 stainless steel dead soft fully annealed, 0.018 inch thick core material with 0.079 mils thick 50/50 zinc-tin alloy coating on both sides of core metal.
2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: Same material and finish as flashing metal. B. Underlayment: W.R. Grace Ice and Water Shield or approved equal. C. Slip Sheet: Rosin sized building paper. D. Primer: Zinc molybdate, Galvanized iron, or Iron oxide linseed oil to suit metal type. E. Protective Backing Paint: Zinc molybdate alkyd. F. Sealant: butyl sealant specified in Section 079000. G. Plastic Cement: ASTM D4586, Type I. H. Reglets: Surface mounted or Recessed type as indicated, galvanized steel manufactured by Fry Reglet or approved equal. I. Downspout Shoes: Steel.
2.3 FABRICATION A. Form sections shape indicated on Drawings, accurate in size, square, and free from distortion or defects. B. Fabricate cleats of same material as sheet metal, interlocking with sheet.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 5 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 076200 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
C. Form pieces in longest possible lengths. D. Hem exposed edges on underside 1/2 inch; miter and seam corners. E. Form material with flat lock seams, except where otherwise indicated. At moving joints, use sealed lapped, bayonet-type or interlocking hooked seams. F. Fabricate corners from one piece with minimum 18 inch long legs; seam for rigidity, seal with sealant. G. Fabricate vertical faces with bottom edge formed outward 1/4 inch and hemmed to form drip. H. Fabricate flashings to allow toe to extend 2 inches over roofing. Return and brake edges. I. Fabricate gutters to profile and size as indicated on the drawings. J. Fabricate downspouts to profile and size as indicated on the drawings. K. Fabricate accessories in profile and size as indicated to suit gutters and downspouts. 1. Anchorage Devices: 2. Gutter Supports: 3. Downspout Supports: L. Fabricate splash pans of same metal type as downspouts, formed to size as indicated on the drawings. M. Seal metal joints.
2.4 FACTORY FINISHING A. Class I Natural Anodized Finish: AAMA 611; clear anodic coating not less than 0.7 mils thick. B. Class I Color Anodized Finish: AAMA 611; integrally colored anodic coating not less than 0.7 mils thick. C. Fluoropolymer Coating: Multiple coat as specified for sheet metal system, thermally cured, conforming to AAMA 2604 D. Washcoat: Finish concealed side of metal sheets with washcoat compatible with finish system, as recommended by finish system manufacturer.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions. B. Verify roof openings, curbs, pipes, sleeves, ducts, and vents through roof are solidly set, reglets in place, and nailing strips located. C. Verify roofing termination and base flashings are in place, sealed and secure.
3.2 PREPARATION A. Install starter and edge strips, and cleats before starting installation. B. Install surface mounted reglets to lines and levels indicated on Drawings. Seal top of reglets with sealant. C. Paint concealed metal surfaces with protective backing paint to minimum dry film thickness of 15 mils.
3.3 INSTALLATION A. Coordinate with Section 042016 for installation of masonry reglets.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 5 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 076200 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
B. Insert flashings into reglets to form tight fit. Secure in place with plastic wedges. Seal flashings into reglets with sealant. C. Apply plastic cement compound between metal flashings and felt flashings. D. Fit flashings tight in place. Make corners square, surfaces true and straight in planes, and lines accurate to profiles. E. Seal metal joints watertight. F. Secure gutters and downspouts in place using concealed fasteners. G. Slope gutters minimum 1/4 inch per foot or as detailed. H. Connect downspouts to downspout boots.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 014000 - Quality Requirements [017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements]: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Inspection will involve surveillance of Work during installation to ascertain compliance with specified requirements.
3.5 SCHEDULE A. Refer to details for callouts and dimensions.
END OF SECTION 076200
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 5 of 5 May 8, 2020
Putnamville Prison Industries Building JOINT SEALANTS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 079200 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Sealants and joint backing. 2. Pre-compressed foam sealers. 3. Hollow gaskets. 4. Accessories. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 072613 – Above-Grade Vapor Retarders: Sealants required in conjunction with vapor retarders. 2. Section 072700 - Air Barriers: Sealants required in conjunction with air barriers: 3. Section 088000 - Glazing: Glazing sealants and accessories. 4. Section 092116 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Acoustic sealant.
1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM International: 1. ASTM C834 - Standard Specification for Latex Sealants. 2. ASTM C919 - Standard Practice for Use of Sealants in Acoustical Applications. 3. ASTM C920 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants. 4. ASTM C1193 - Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants. 5. ASTM D1056 - Standard Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials-Sponge or Expanded Rubber. 6. ASTM D1667 - Standard Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials-Vinyl Chloride Polymers and Copolymers (Closed-Cell Foam). 7. ASTM D2628 - Standard Specification for Preformed Polychloroprene Elastomeric Joint Seals for Concrete Pavements. B. South Coast Air Quality Management District: 1. SCAQMD Rule 1168 - Adhesive and Sealant Applications.
1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit data indicating sealant chemical characteristics, performance criteria, substrate preparation, limitations, and color availability. C. Samples: Submit two samples, 2 x 1/4 inch in size illustrating sealant colors for each product selection. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit special procedures, surface preparation, and perimeter conditions requiring special attention. E. Warranty: Include coverage for installed sealants and accessories failing to achieve airtight or watertight seal, exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion, and sealants which do not cure. F. Section 017700 - Closeout Procedures. G. Manual for Materials and Finishes: Submit locations, types and frequency for inspection and maintenance of sealants. Provide instructions for repairing and replacing failed sealant joints.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 6 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building JOINT SEALANTS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 079200 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications 1. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with a minimum of three years’ experience. 2. Applicator: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience, and approved by manufacturer. B. Mockup 1. Section 014000 - Quality Requirements: Requirements for mockup. 2. Construct mockup of sealant joints in conjunction with mockups specified in other sections. 3. Construct mockup with specified sealant types and with other components noted. a. Determine preparation and priming requirements based on manufacturers recommendations; take action necessary for correction of failure of sealant tests on mock-up. b. Verify sealants, primers, and other components do not stain adjacent materials. 4. Locate where directed by Architect/Engineer unless location is indicated on the Drawings. 5. Incorporate accepted mockup as part of Work unless noted otherwise. 6. Remove mockup when directed by Architect/Engineer.
1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section 016000 - Product Requirements. B. Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by sealant manufacturer during and after installation.
1.6 COORDINATION A. Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions. B. Coordinate Work with sections referencing this section.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 JOINT SEALERS
A. Manufacturers: 1. Dow Corning Corp. 2. GE Silicones 3. Hilti. 4. 3M. 5. Nelson. 6. Pecora Corp. 7. Sika Corp. 8. Tremco Sealants & Waterproofing 9. Bostik. 10. Master Builders Solutions, BASF. 11. US Gypsum.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 6 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building JOINT SEALANTS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 079200 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
12. Substitutions: Section 016000 - Product Requirements
B. Products Description: 1. Type A (Acoustical) Acoustical Sealant: Non-hardening, non-bleeding, non-drying resilient caulk. a. Hilti. b. 3M. c. Nelson. d. Dow Corning e. USG Sheetrock Brand Acoustical Sealant. f. Tremco Acoustical Sealant. g. Applications: Refer to Section 092118 - Acoustical Wall Construction. 2. Type B (Butyl) Exterior Metal Lap Joint Sealant: Butyl or polyisobutylene, non-drying, non-skinning, non-curing. a. Bostik, Chem-Calk 300. b. Tremco, Butyl Sealant. c. Applications: Use for concealed sealant bead in sheet metal work and concealed sealant bead in siding overlaps. 3. Type G (Gasket) Exterior Compressible Gasket Expansion Joint Sealer Pre-compressed Joint sealant. Silicone coated polyurethane foam. a. Construction Specialties, Type: VF. b. Color: As selected from manufacturer’s standard colors. c. Size and Shape: As indicated on Drawings. d. Applications: Use for exterior wall expansion joints. 4. Type GI (General Interior) General Purpose Interior Sealant: Acrylic emulsion latex; ASTM C834, single component, paintable. a. Pecora, AC-20 + Silicone. b. Tremco, Tremflex 834. c. Color: Colors as selected. d. Applications: Use for interior wall and ceiling control joints, joints between door and window frames and wall surfaces, and other interior joints for which no other type of sealant is indicated. e. Interior Sealants and Sealant Primers: Maximum volatile organic compound content in accordance with SCAQMD Rule 1168. 5. Type GP (General Polyurethane) General purpose Polyurethane sealant: one component, nonpriming, elastomeric, gun-grade; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 2; Uses T, NT, M, A, G and O. a. MasterSeal NP1 b. Tremco, Dymonic FC. c. Exterior Applications: expansion joints, precast units, aluminum and wood curtain walls, roofing, Fascia, Parapets, structural components. d. Color as selected from manufacturer’s full line. 6. Type GS (General Silicone) High Performance General Purpose Exterior (Non-traffic) Sealant Silicone; ASTM C920, Grade NS, Type S, Class 100/50, Uses M, G, and A; single component. a. Dow Corning 790. b. Pecora 864 NST.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 6 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building JOINT SEALANTS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 079200 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
c. Tremco Spectrem 1. d. Color: Colors as selected from manufacturer’s full line.. e. Applications: Use for: 1) Control, expansion, and soft joints in masonry. 2) Joints between concrete and other materials. 3) Joints between metal frames and other materials. 4) Other exterior non-traffic joints for which no other sealant is indicated. 7. Type T (Traffic) General Purpose Traffic Bearing Sealant: Polyurethane; ASTM C920, Grade P, Class 25, Use T; single component. a. Pecora, Urexpan NR-200. b. BASF MasterSeal SL2. c. Tremco, Vulkem 45 SSL. d. Color: Colors as selected from manufacturer’s full line. e. Applications: Use for exterior and interior pedestrian and vehicular traffic bearing joints. f. Interior Sealants and Sealant Primers: Maximum volatile organic compound content in accordance with SCAQMD Rule 1168. 8. Type W (Wet) Bathtub/Tile Sealant: White silicone; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 50/25, Uses M and A; single component, mildew resistant. a. Dow Corning 786 Silicone sealant. b. Pecora 898. c. Tremco Tremsil 200. d. Applications: Use for joints between plumbing fixtures and floor and wall surfaces, and joints between kitchen and toilet room counter tops and wall surfaces. e. Interior Sealants and Sealant Primers: Maximum volatile organic compound content in accordance with SCAQMD Rule 1168. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Primer: Non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. 1. Interior Sealants and Sealant Primers: Maximum volatile organic compound content in accordance with SCAQMD Rule 1168. B. Joint Cleaner: Non-corrosive and non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. C. Joint Backing: Round foam rod compatible with sealant; D. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. E. Sand: Provide sand finish at Concrete and Masonry Joints: Apply sand of color, appearance, and texture matching mortar sand. Completely cover joint sealant.
2.3 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, joint fillers, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Colors: Unless otherwise specified, match color of adjacent material occurring in same plane. Where joints occur adjacent to two or more material colors in same plane, match
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 6 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building JOINT SEALANTS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 079200 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
color of lighter adjacent material, unless otherwise directed. Custom colors for exposed sealants may be required if standard colors are not acceptable to the Architect. C. Sealant for Face Brick: Sealant must have been tested by the manufacturer for staining of face brick, resulting in no discoloration or change in appearance of the joint substrate due to fluid migration.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions. B. Verify substrate surfaces and joint openings are ready to receive work. C. Verify joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant.
3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove loose materials and foreign matter impairing adhesion of sealant. B. Clean joints. C. Prime joints if required for a specific sealant or substrate as recommended by the sealant manufacturer. D. Perform preparation in accordance with ASTM C1193. E. Protect elements surrounding Work of this section from damage or disfiguration.
3.3 INSTALLATION A. Perform installation in accordance with ASTM C1193. B. Perform acoustical sealant application work in accordance with ASTM C919. C. Measure joint dimensions and size joint backers to achieve width-to-depth ratio, neck dimension, and surface bond area as recommended by manufacturer, except where specific dimensions are indicated. D. Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used. E. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags. F. Apply sealant within recommended application temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within these temperature ranges. G. Tool joints concave. H. Pre-compressed Foam Sealant: Do not stretch; avoid joints except at corners, ends, and intersections; install with face 1/8 to 1/4 inch below adjoining surface. I. Compression Gaskets: Avoid joints except at ends, corners, and intersections; seal joints with adhesive; install with face 1/8 to 1/4 inch below adjoining surface.
3.4 CLEANING A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Final cleaning. B. Clean adjacent soiled surfaces.
3.5 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Protecting installed construction. B. Protect sealants until cured.
3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 5 of 6 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building JOINT SEALANTS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 079200 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
A. Field-Adhesion Testing: Perform field-test of joint-sealant in accordance with test recommended in ASTM C 1193, except as modified below. Method described is similar to method described in less detail in AAMA's “Aluminum Curtain Wall Series No. 13" and in SWRI's “Sealants: The Professionals' Guide.” 1. Extent of Testing: Perform 10 tests for the first 1000 feet of joint length for each type of elastomeric sealant and joint substrate. B. Evaluation of Field-Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing or noncompliance with other indicated requirements, will be considered satisfactory. Remove sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing or to comply with other requirements. Retest failed applications until test results prove sealants comply with indicated requirements.
3.7 SCHEDULE A. Unless noted otherwise, provide sealant at 1) all joints in similar/same materials; 2) all joints between dissimilar materials and 3) in all cracks of any size. For joints or cracks exceeding ¼ inch in width, use appropriately sized foam backer rod in addition to sealant. B. Exterior Joints for Which No Other Sealant Type is Indicated: Type GS. C. Control and Expansion Joints in Paving: Type T. D. Exterior Wall Seismic Movement Joints: Type G. E. Exterior Wall Expansion Joints: Type G F. Exterior joints between wood and wood: Type GP. G. Joints Between Concrete Panels and Between Panels and Adjacent Work: Type GS. H. Control, Expansion, and Soft Joints in Masonry, and Between Masonry and Adjacent Work: Type GS with sand. I. Joints in Glass Unit Masonry: Type GS. J. Lap Joints in Exterior Sheet Metal Work: Type B. K. Butt Joints in Exterior Metal Work and Siding: Type B. L. Joints between Exterior Metal Frames and Adjacent Work (except masonry): Type GS. M. Under Exterior Door Thresholds: Type B. N. Interior Joints for Which No Other Sealant is Indicated: Type GI. O. Control and Expansion Joints in Interior Concrete Slabs and Floors: Type T. P. Joints between Plumbing Fixtures and Walls and Floors, and Between Counter tops and Walls: Type W. Q. In STC-Rated Walls, Between Metal Stud Track/Runner and Adjacent Construction. Between Outlet Boxes and Gypsum Board: Type A.
END OF SECTION 079200
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 6 of 6 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building STANDARD STEEL FRAMES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 081214 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes non-rated steel frames. Provide frames for interior glazed lights. Provide frames for non-rated interior and exterior doors.
B. Related Sections: Section 042016 - Reinforced Unit Masonry: Installing anchors and grouting frames in masonry construction. Section 072116 - Blanket Insulation: Sound insulation for metal frames. Section 081314 - Standard Steel Doors: Metal doors manufactured according to the Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association’s standards. Section 087100 - Door Hardware: Hardware, silencers and weatherstripping. Section 088000 - Glazing: Glass in frames. Section 092116 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Steel framing in gypsum board partitions. Section 099000 - Painting and Coating: Field painting factory-primed frames.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American National Standards Institute: ANSI/BHMA A156.115 - Standard for Hardware Preparation in Steel Doors and Steel Frames. ANSI A 250.6- Hardware on Standard Steel Doors. ANSI A 250.10 - Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames. ANSI/NAAMM/HMMA 863- 14, Guide Specifications for Detention Security Hollow Metal Doors and Frames ANSI/NAAMM/HMMA 840- 07, Guide Specifications for Installation and Storage of Hollow Metal Doors and Frames
B. American Society for Testing and Materials: ASTM A653 - Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process. ASTM C518 - Standard for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. ASTM C1363 – Standard Test Method for Thermal Performance of Building Materials and Envelope Assemblies by means of a Hot Box Apparatus. ASTM A 1008 / A 1008M-13, Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 6 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building STANDARD STEEL FRAMES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 081214 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
ASTM A 1011 / A 1011M- 14, Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low- Alloy with Improved Formability Door ASTM F 1450- 12a, Standard Test Methods for Hollow Metal Swinging Door Assemblies for Detention Facilities ASTM F 1592-12, Standard Test Methods for Detention Hollow Metal Vision Systems ASTM F 1577- 12, Standard Test Methods for Detention Locks for Swinging Doors
C. Door Hardware Institute: The Installation of Commercial Steel Doors and Steel Frames, Insulated Steel Doors in Wood Frames and Builder's Hardware.
D. National Fire Protection Association: NFPA 80 - Standard for Fire Doors, Fire Windows. NFPA 252 - Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies.
E. Steel Doors Institute: SDI-100 Rev. ANSI A250.8 Standard Steel Doors and Frames.
1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate frame elevations, reinforcement, anchor types and spacing, location of cut-outs for hardware, and finish. C. Provide a schedule of doors and frames using same reference numbers for details and door openings as those on the contract documents. Highlight fire rated doors. D. Section 017700 – Closeout Procedures. E. Manual for Materials and Finishes: Include dent and scratch repair.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to requirements of SDI-100.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 016000 - Product Delivery Requirements: Storage and Handling. B. Accept frames on site in manufacturer's packaging. Inspect for damage. C. Break seal on-site to permit ventilation. D. Maintain protected area on site for storage of frames to be installed. Door frames must be stored on pallets or wood sleepers. Do not store directly on earth or concrete. E. Handle frames in such a way as to avoid damage or scratches. F. Any rust discovered on door frames during construction will result in rejection and replacement of door fame.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 6 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building STANDARD STEEL FRAMES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 081214 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 STANDARD STEEL FRAMES
A. Manufacturers: Curries Company Republic Metals Steelcraft Substitutions: As specified in Section 012500 - Substitution Procedures.
B. Product Description: Standard shop fabricated galvanized steel frames, rated and non-rated types. Exterior Frames: a. Level II, nominal 18 gage/0.042 material, base metal thickness. Heavy Duty. Interior Frames: b. Level II, nominal 18 gage/0.042 material, base metal thickness. Heavy Duty.
C. Metal Frames: a. Provide as indicated/scheduled and that comply with requirements indicated/specified. b. Form all frames using hot-rolled steel sheets; gauge as scheduled. Galvanized for exterior or wet locations. c. Form plate covers using steel plate in thickness as required. d. Fully welded frame construction required. e. At frame corners, miter design required which also is continuously welded on both backside and face side of frame with face side ground smooth for invisible joint. f. At mullion (either vertical or horizontal) intersections, reinforce joints with concealed 'clip' angles (or other acceptable shapes) of the same metal thickness as frames and welded to frame members. Also, at mullion (either vertical or horizontal) intersections, accurately form joints and continuously weld; grind to smooth uniform finish. g. At steel plate covers, accurately form joints and continuously weld; grind to smooth uniform finish. h. In design of glass openings, allow sufficient space to receive glass and glazing products. i. Provide electrical conduit where indicated; size as directed. Provide multiple conduits as specified.
D. Reinforcement: a. Hinges: 3/16" x 1-1/2" x 9" steel plate, drilled and tapped at factory for mortised hinges, with additional reinforcing at upper hinge. b. Lock Bolt Keepers: Minimum 14 ga. galv. steel with 1/8" steel backup at lock bolt. c. Steel Cover Boxes: Provide in back of cutouts for detention hardware products, jamb mounted control panels and jamb mounted call buttons or call button
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 6 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building STANDARD STEEL FRAMES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 081214 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
speakers; minimum 16 ga. galv. steel required. Weld to the frames, at back of all cutouts for all items. d. Applied Glazing Stops: Drill and tap to receive security screws. Protect inside of frame to assure complete screw penetration when frame grouted full, with plastic cups, mortar boxes or 'Styrofoam' blocks. Floor Clips: Minimum 12 ga. angle clips, drilled for expansion anchors, welded to bottom of each jamb. Pockets For Prison Locks: Provide in each frame where jamb mounted prison locks are used, with min. 3/16" thick steel plate cover to protect locking device; secure cover with security screws. Anchor locks to frame in accord with lock manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for particular conditions of installation in each case. Additional Requirements: e. Provide steel spreaders temporarily attached to the feet of both jambs to serve as a brace during shipping and handling of frames. f. Install frame jig so it is anchored plumb and square, and that door to frame tolerances do not vary; jigging to be of wood and may be re-usable. Protect frames from damage of any kind caused by jigging system. g. Submit proposed system to Architect for approval before installation. h. Pockets for Closers: Provide in each frame scheduled to receive closers, in accordance with manufacturer’s requirements.
2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Removable Stops: Rolled steel channel shape, mitered corners; prepared for countersink style tamper proof screws. B. Primer: ANSI/SDI Standard A250.10 factory applied. C. Silencers: Specified in Section 087100 - Door Hardware. D. Weatherstripping and Smoke Seals: Specified in Section 087100 - Door Hardware. E. Interior Door Frames Sound Deadening Insulation: Fiberglass batt or mineral wool.
2.3 PROVISION FOR HARDWARE A. Hardware Reinforcement: Conform to ANSI A156.115 and ANSI A250.6. Factory reinforce, drill, and tap frames to receive mortised hinges, locks, latches, flush bolts, and concealed door closers. B. Use hardware templates furnished by hardware manufacturer. C. Hardware Reinforcing: Steel, meet or exceed following: Hinges: 7 gauge. Surface Closers: 12 gauge plate reinforcements welded to frames according to type of door closer installation. D. Door Silencers: Drill door frame stops to receive silencers at each door swing. Insert plastic plugs to keep holes open during painting and construction activities. E. Plaster Guards: Provide at silencers, strike pockets, and hinge reinforcements. F. Finish Hardware Locations: Refer to Section 087100 - Door Hardware. G. Field Tapping and Drilling: Accepted at surface-applied hardware.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 6 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building STANDARD STEEL FRAMES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 081214 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
2.4 FABRICATION A. Fabricate frames as full welded units. Knock down frames are not acceptable. B. Mullions for Double Doors: Removable type, of same profiles as jambs. C. Transom Bars for Glazed Lights: Fixed type, of same profiles as jamb and head. D. Fabricate frames with hardware reinforcement plates welded in place. Provide. Provide mortar guard boxes. Provide heavy duty hinge plate reinforcements with a minimum of 1" continuous weld at top and bottom. E. Plaster Guards: Weld 16 gauge steel plaster guards or mortar boxes to frame at back of finish hardware cutouts where finish materials might obstruct hardware operation. F. Reinforce frames wider than 48 inches with roll formed steel channels fitted tightly into frame head, flush with top. G. Prepare frames for silencers. Provide three single silencers for single doors and mullions of double doors on strike side. Provide two single silencers on frame head at double doors without mullions. H. Do not provide silencers on frames to be provided with smoke seals or conflicting weather- stripping. I. Attach fire rated label to each fire rated frame. J. Fabricate frame profiles as detailed on the drawings.
2.5 SHOP FINISHING A. Sheet steel specimens, with the product manufacturer’s production primer, replicating Finish “as shipped”, shall be tested in accordance with ANSI A 250.10. B. Performance shall meet the Acceptance Criteria described in ANSI A 250.10. C. Test Reports or Certificates of Compliance shall include a description of the test specimens and procedures used in testing. All test reports shall be current within the most current revision of the standard, and performed under the manufacturer’s current organizational structure. Thoroughly clean and chemically treat for maximum adhesion. D. Exterior Doors: Compatible with finish paint specified in Section 099000 - Painting and Coating. Galvanizing: ASTM A 653, A60 galvannealed. Wipe coat galvanized steel (WCGS) coating systems not accepted. E. Interior Doors: Compatible with finish paint specified in Section 099000 - Painting and Coating. Primer: ANSI/SDI Standard A250.10 factory applied, baked-on rust inhibiting paint. Color: Light gray.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable.
3.2 FRAMES INSTALLATION A. Install frames in accordance with SDI-100 and DHI. Countersink anchor screws, putty, prime and paint to provide concealed anchor finish. B. Coordinate with masonry, steel stud or concrete wall construction for anchor placement.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 5 of 6 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building STANDARD STEEL FRAMES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 081214 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
C. Coordinate installation of glass and glazing specified in Section 088000. D. Coordinate installation of frames with installation of hardware specified in Section 087100 - Door Hardware, and doors in Section 081314 - Standard Steel Doors. E. Install roll formed steel reinforcement channels between two abutting frames. Anchor to structure and floor. F. Install fiberglass insulation in non-rated frames, and mineral wool in rated frames, for sound deadening.
3.3 ERECTION TOLERANCES
A. Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 1/16 inch measured with straight edges, crossed corner to corner.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Thoroughly clean surfaces. Sand scarred and rusty areas smooth and touch up with compatible primer to shop primer and finish paint as specified in Section 099000.
3.5 SCHEDULE
A. Refer to Door and Frame Schedule in the drawings.
END OF SECTION 081214
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 6 of 6 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building STANDARD STEEL DOORS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 081314 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes non-rated and rated interior, exterior steel doors and detention door at holding cell. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 081214 – Standard Steel Frames: Metal frames manufactured according to the Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association’s standards. 2. Section 087100 - Door Hardware: Hardware, silencers and weather-stripping. 3. Section 099000 - Paints and Coatings: Field painting factory-primed doors.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American National Standards Institute: 1. ANSI/BHMA A156.115 - Standard for Hardware Preparation in Steel Doors and Steel Frames. 2. ANSI 250.4 - Test Procedures for and Acceptance Criteria for Physical Evidence for Steel Doors and Reinforcement. 3. ANSI A 250.6- Hardware on Standard Steel Doors. 4. ANSI/SDI Standard A250.10 - Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames. ANSI A 250.10 –2011, Standard Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames 5. ANSI/NAAMM/HMMA 863- 14, Guide Specifications for Detention Security Hollow Metal Doors and Frames 6. ANSI/NAAMM/HMMA 840- 07, Guide Specifications for Installation and Storage of Hollow Metal Doors and Frames
B. American Society for Testing and Materials: 1. ASTM A653 - Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process. 2. ASTM C1363 – Standard Test Method for Thermal Performance of Building Materials and Envelope Assemblies by means of a Hot Box Apparatus. 3. ASTM A 1008 / A 1008M-13, Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability 4. ASTM A 1011 / A 1011M- 14, Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot- Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability 5. Door ASTM F 1450- 12a, Standard Test Methods for Hollow Metal Swinging Door Assemblies for Detention Facilities 6. ASTM F 1592-12, Standard Test Methods for Detention Hollow Metal Vision Systems 7. ASTM F 1577- 12, Standard Test Methods for Detention Locks for Swinging Doors 8. ASTM F 1450 Section 6, “Specimen Preparation”, Door Elevations 1 and 2. Assemblies shall be tested in accordance with Tables 1 and 2 and procedures outlined in ASTM F 1450, 7.2 “Door
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 7 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building STANDARD STEEL DOORS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 081314 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
Assembly Impact Test”. Door Elevation #1, 14 gage 1.75” thick test doors shall be constructed in accordance with Section 3.01, and impact tested to Grade #1 in accordance with Table 1. C. Hardware Institute: 1. The Installation of Commercial Steel Doors and Steel Frames, Insulated Steel Doors in Wood Frames and Builder's Hardware. D. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 80 - Standard for Fire Doors, Fire Windows. 2. NFPA 252 - Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. E. Steel Door Institute: 1. SDI 100 Rev. ANSI 250.8 - Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 2. SDI 108 Recommended Selection and Usage Guide for Standard Steel Doors.
1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate door elevations, internal reinforcement, closure method, cut-outs for glazing, and finishes. C. Product Data: Submit door configurations, location of cut-outs for hardware reinforcement. D. Section 017700 - Closeout Procedures. E. Manual for Materials and Finishes: Submit recommended areas to be inspected and inspection intervals. Include dent and scratch repair.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to requirements of SDI-100/ANSI A250.8. B. Fire Rated Door Construction: Conform to NFPA 252 requirements. C. Installed Fire Rated Door and Panel Assembly: Conform to NFPA 80 for fire rated class as indicated on Drawings. D. Attach label from agency approved by authority having jurisdiction to identify each fire rated door. E. Qualifications: 1. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum five years documented experience. 2. Member of Steel Door Institute (SDI). 3. Provide steel doors and frames from single manufacturer.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 016000 - Product Requirements. B. Protect doors with resilient packaging sealed with heat shrunk plastic. C. Break seal on site to permit ventilation. D. Any rust discovered on doors during construction will result in the rejection of door and require replacement.
1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate frame installation with size, location, and installation of service utilities. B. Coordinate Work with door opening construction, door frame, and door hardware installation. C. Sequence installation to ensure door hardware electric wire connections are achieved in an orderly and expeditious manner.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 7 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building STANDARD STEEL DOORS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 081314 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 STANDARD STEEL DOORS SHALL BE FROM ONE MANUFACTURER A. Manufacturers: 1. Curries Company 2. Republic Metals 3. Steelcraft B. Substitutions: As specified in Section 012500 - Substitution Procedures. C. Product Description: 1. Doors shall be constructed of commercial quality, level, cold-rolled steel conforming to ASTM A1008 /A1008M or hot rolled, pickled and oiled steel conforming to ASTM A1011 / A1011M. The steel shall be free of scale, pitting, coil breaks or other surface blemishes. The steel shall also be free of buckles, waves or any other defects caused by the use of improperly leveled sheets. 2. Exterior Doors: Face sheets shall be 18 Ga., 0.042 in. minimum thickness as indicated in the schedule, and shall have a zinc coating applied by the hot-dip process conforming to ASTM A 653/A 653M, Coating designation A60. 3. Interior Doors: Face sheets shall be 18 Ga., 0.042 in. minimum thickness, as indicated in the schedule. Where scheduled, face sheets of interior doors shall have a zinc coating conforming to ASTM A 653/A 653M, Coating designation A60. 4. For severely corrosive conditions and where specified for individual openings either interior or exterior: Doors shall be 14 Ga., 0.067 in., 1.7 mm., 2.3 mm minimum thickness as indicated in the schedule, and shall be stainless steel meeting ASTM A 666, Type#304PROVISION FOR HARDWARE D. Hardware Reinforcement: Conform to ANSI A156.115 and ANSI A250.6. Factory reinforce, drill, and tap doors to receive mortised hinges, locks, latches, flush bolts, and concealed door closers. E. Use hardware templates furnished by hardware manufacturer. F. Hardware Reinforcement and Preparation: 1. Frames shall be mortised, reinforced, drilled and tapped for all templated mortised hardware only, in accordance with the final approved hardware schedule and templates provided by the hardware supplier. Where surface mounted hardware - anchor hinges, thrust pivots, pivot reinforced hinges, or non-templated mortised hardware - is to be applied, frames shall be reinforced, and all drilling and tapping shall be done by others in the field. 2. Minimum thickness of hardware reinforcing plates shall be as follows: a. Hinge and pivot reinforcements - 7 Ga., 0.167 in., 4.2 mm x 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) x 10 in. (254 mm) long b. Surface applied maximum security door hinges –4 Ga., 0.214, 5.4 mm c. Strike reinforcements - 7 Ga., 0.167 in., 4.2 mm d. Closer reinforcements - 7 Ga., 0.167 in., 4.2 mm e. Flush bolt reinforcements - 7 Ga., 0.167 in., 4.2 mm f. Reinforcements for surface applied hardware - 12 Ga., 0.093 in., 2.3 mm 3. Hinge and pivot reinforcements shall consist of 7 Ga., 0.167 in., 4.2 mm x 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) x 10 in. (254 mm) long straps spot welded in three places in a triangular pattern at each end for a total of six welds per hinge. All hinge reinforcements shall be additionally reinforced by a 7 Ga., 0.167 in., 4.2 mm x 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) wide angle
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 7 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building STANDARD STEEL DOORS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 081314 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
welded in two places to the strap reinforcement and two places to the inside face of the frame to prevent possible twisting and deformation of the reinforcement while in use. Tapped holes in reinforcements shall be protected by a 26 Ga., 0.016 in., 0.4 mm minimum thickness grout guard which is welded in place and made grout tight. G. Finish Hardware Locations: Refer to Section 087100 - Door Hardware. H. Field Tapping and Drilling: Accepted at surface-applied hardware.
2.2 FABRICATION
A. Exterior Doors: ANSI A250.8/SDI-100, Level 2. Model 2 (Flush Seamless Design). Passing ANSI A250.4 Acceptance Criteria, Level A (1 million cycles). 1. Face Sheets: 18 gauge steel. 2. Core Design: Fiberglass; R-Value of 2.7 minimum. 3. Vertical Internal Stiffening: 20 gauge steel hat channels, space 6 inches on center, spot weld to skins. 4. Vertical Edge Reinforcement: One piece, continuously arc welded full length to face sheets. a. Lock Channel: 14 gauge steel, beveled 1/8 inch in 2 inch. b. Hinge Channel: 12 gauge steel, formed and tapped for hinges. 5. Top and Bottom Channel Reinforcement: 16 gauge steel. 6. Top Rail Closure Channel: 16 gauge steel with flush channel filler cap sealed against water penetration.
B. Interior Steel Doors: ANSI A250.8/SDI-100, Level 2, Model 2 (Flush Seamless Design). Passing ANSI A250.4 Acceptance Criteria, Level A (1 million cycles). 1. Face Sheets: 18 gauge steel. 2. Core Design: Polystyrene foam core or phenolic impregnated honeycomb paper core, adhesive laminated to both face sheets, except honeycomb core not accepted at doors exposed to moisture. 3. Vertical Edge Reinforcement: One piece, continuously arc welded full length to face sheets. a. Lock Channel: 14 gauge steel, beveled 1/8 inch in 2 inch. b. Hinge Channel: 12 gauge steel, formed and tapered for hinges. 4. Top and Bottom Channel Reinforcement: 16 gauge steel. 5. Door face sheets shall be vertically stiffened by formed steel sections which are continuous and upon assembly, shall span the full thickness of the interior space between door faces. These stiffeners shall be 18 Ga., 0.042 in., 1.0 mm minimum thickness, spaced so that the vertical interior webs shall be no more than 4 in. (102 mm) apart and securely attached to both face sheets by spot welds spaced a maximum of 3 in. (76 mm) o.c. vertically. After assembly of the door, stiffeners shall be welded together, on both sides, over their entire length with tack welds or spot welds spaced 16 in. (406 mm) O.C. maximum. Spaces between stiffeners shall be filled with 6 lbs./cu.ft. density mineral rockwool batt-type material, minimum. 6. A continuous steel channel shall reinforce the vertical edges, not less than 10 Ga., 0.123, 3.1 mm thickness extending the full height of the door. Channel which is notched or broken at the hinge mortises shall not be acceptable. Non-continuous channel at the lock edge shall be acceptable only to accommodate hardware options.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 7 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building STANDARD STEEL DOORS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 081314 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
In such cases, hardware reinforcements shall be welded to the channel such that they become an integral part of the channel. The top and bottom edges shall be closed with a continuous channel not less than 10 Ga., 0.123, 3.1 mm thickness. The vertical channels shall be spot welded 3 in. (76 mm) o.c. The 10 Ga., 0.123, 3.1 mm closing end channel shall be spot welded to both face sheets 3 in. (76 mm) o.c. maximum and continuously welded to the vertical reinforcing channel at all four corners producing a fully welded perimeter reinforcing channel. 7. The end channels shall be fitted with an additional flush closing channel of not less than 12 Ga., 0.093 in., 2.3 mm thickness. The flush closing channel shall be welded in place at the corners with continuous welds and 1 in. (25.4 mm) long welds, 12 in. (304 mm) o.c. maximum along the length, on both sides. Installation of closing channel using screws, security or otherwise, shall be unacceptable. The end channel and flush closing channel shall be installed so they are permanent and non-removable. C. Vertical Door Edges: Bevel 1/8 inch in 2 inch at strike side vertical edges and square at hinge side. D. Hardware Reinforcement: Fabricate and weld into place. Include concealed stiffeners, reinforcement, edge channels, and moldings fabricated from either cold-rolled or hot-rolled 16 gauge steel. E. Exposed Joints: Arc weld continuously, full length. Grind, dress, and make smooth for flush, seamless appearance at edges and joinery. F. Welded Construction: Weld door skins to perimeter channels. Glued channels not accepted.
2.3 TESTING AND PERFORMANCE
A. Load Testing of Doors and Door/Frame Assemblies Performance Grades for each individual opening shall be as indicated on the contract drawings and in the door schedule. Performance Test requirements for each opening shall be as indicated for individual grade number designations shown in the applicable standard. For door elevations incorporating a large glazed opening, or openings, test samples in accordance with ASTM F1450, Door Elevation #2, shall be tested, and shall meet Grade #3 performance requirements. 1. Test Specimens a. Test doors shall be constructed in accordance with section 2.01 herein, and as described in ASTM F 1450, Section 6 “Specimen Preparation.” Test Frames shall be constructed in accordance with section 2.03 herein. Test doors and frames shall be prepared for hardware as specified in ASTM F 1450, Section 6.
2. Testing Procedures a. Door Assembly Impact Test 1) Test doors and frames shall be furnished with hardware in accordance with ASTM F 1450 Section 6, “Specimen Preparation”, Door Elevations 1 and 2. Assemblies shall be tested in accordance with Tables 1 and 2 and procedures outlined in ASTM F 1450, 7.2 “Door Assembly Impact Test.” Door Elevation #1, 14 gage 1.75” thick test doors shall be constructed in accordance with Section 3.01, and impact tested to Grade #1 in accordance with Table 1.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 5 of 7 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building STANDARD STEEL DOORS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 081314 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
b. Door Static Load Test 1) Door Elevations 1 and 2 shall be tested in accordance with Tables 1 and 2 and procedures outlined in ASTM F 1450, 7.3 “Door Static Load Test.” c. Door Rack Test 1) Door Elevations 1, 2 and 3 shall be tested in accordance with Tables 1, 2 and 3 and procedures outlined in ASTM F 1450, 7.4 “Door Rack Test.” d. Door Edge Crush Test 1) Door Elevation 1 shall be tested in accordance with Table 2 and procedures outlined in ASTM F 1450, 7.7 “Door Edge Crush Test.” 3. Performance Criteria a. Performance criteria for load testing of each grade indicated in Table 1, shall be in accordance with applicable paragraphs of ASTM 1450, Section 7 "Procedures."
B. Test Reports 1. Reports and documentation of testing and performance shall be in accordance with ASTM F 1450, Section 9, “Report,” and in accordance with ASTM F 1592, Section 8, “Certification and Reports.” The manufacturer shall submit to the architect evidence of compliance with ASTM F 1450 and ASTM F 1592. All test reports shall be current within the most current revision of the standard and performed under the manufacturer’s current organizational structure.
2.4 SHOP FINISHING A. Sheet steel specimens, with the product manufacturer’s production primer, replicating Finish “as shipped”, shall be tested in accordance with ANSI A 250.10. B. Performance shall meet the Acceptance Criteria described in ANSI A 250.10. C. Test Reports or Certificates of Compliance shall include a description of the test specimens and procedures used in testing. All test reports shall be current within the most current revision of the standard, and performed under the manufacturer’s current organizational structure. Thoroughly clean and chemically treat for maximum adhesion. D. Exterior Doors: Compatible with finish paint specified in Section 099000 - Painting and Coating. 1. Galvanizing: ASTM A 653, A60 galvannealed. Wipe coat galvanized steel (WCGS) coating systems not accepted. E. Interior Doors: Compatible with finish paint specified in Section 099000 - Painting and Coating. 1. Primer: ANSI/SDI Standard A250.10 factory applied, baked-on rust inhibiting paint. Color: Light gray. PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable.
3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install doors in accordance with SDI-100/ANSI A250.8 and DHI.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 6 of 7 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building STANDARD STEEL DOORS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 081314 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
B. Coordinate installation of doors with installation of frames specified in Section 081214 and hardware specified in Section 087100 - Door Hardware. C. Touch-up factory finished doors.
3.3 SITE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Upon completion of installation, inspect and test fire rated doors in accordance with NFPA 80. Inspection and testing shall be performed by inspector certified by the Door and Hardware Institute.
3.4 ERECTION TOLERANCES
A. Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 1/16 inch measured with straight edge, corner to corner.
3.5 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust door for smooth and balanced door movement.
3.6 SCHEDULE
A. Refer to Door and Frame Schedule in the drawings.
END OF SECTION 081314
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 7 of 7 May 8, 2020
Putnamville Prison Industries Building ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 083113 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes 1. Interior non-rated access doors and panels with frames.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 042016 - Reinforced Unit Masonry: Leaving openings in masonry walls for access doors and for anchoring and grouting access door frames set in masonry construction. 2. Section 055000 - Metal Fabrications. 3. Section 087100 - Door Hardware: Mortise or rim cylinder locks and master keying. 4. Section 092116 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Coordinating materials and framing that affect installation of access doors and frames in interior veneer plaster walls and ceilings. 5. Section 095123 - Acoustical Tile Ceilings: Acoustical tile and suspension systems that affect installation of access doors and frames and for access tile in suspended acoustical tile ceilings. 6. Section 099000 - Painting and Coating: Field paint finish. 7. Division 22: coordination for access to plumbing valves and controls. Coordinate drain connection for floor door. 8. Division 23: coordination with HVAC for access to hidden controls, dampers, etc. 9. Division 26: coordination with electrical for required access panels.
1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials: 1. ASTM E119 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. B. Intertek Testing Services (Warnock Hersey Listed): 1. WH - Certification Listings. C. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 80 - Standard for Fire Doors, Fire Windows. D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.: 1. UL - Building Materials Directory.
1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate exact position of access door units. C. Product Data: Submit literature indicating sizes, types, finishes, hardware, scheduled locations, fire resistance listings, and details of adjoining Work. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit installation requirements and rough-in dimensions. E. Section 017000 - Execution: Project Record Documents- Record actual locations of access units.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 3 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 083113 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire Resistance Ratings: Where indicated as fire rated, provide assemblies from manufacturers listed in UL Directory or Intertek Testing Services (Warnock Hersey Listed) Directory. B. Fire Rated Horizontal Access Doors: Rating as indicated on Drawings. 1. Tested Rating: Determined in accordance with ASTM E119. C. Attach label from agency approved by authority having jurisdiction to identify each fire rated access door. D. Qualifications: 1. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified with minimum three years documented experience.
1.5 COORDINATION A. Section 013100 - Project Management and Coordination: Project Coordination. B. Coordinate Work with work requiring controls, valves, traps, dampers, cleanouts, and similar items requiring operation being located behind finished surfaces.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS
A. Manufacturers: 1. J. L. Industries. 2. Karp Associates, Inc. 3. Nystrom Products Co. 4. Milcor LTD, Partnership. 5. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 012500 - Substitution Procedures.
B. Description: Provide for access to controls, valves, traps, dampers, cleanouts, and similar items requiring operation behind inaccessible finished surfaces. 1. Coordinate exact locations with various trades to assure proper placement of access doors and panels. 2. Conform to UL, Warnock Hersey (WHI), or other approved design, for fire rated wall and ceiling assemblies.
C. Interior Non-Rated Flush Access Panels: 1. Frame: 18 gage steel with a 1 inch wall flange. 2. Door: Minimum 18 gage steel access door. 3. Hinge: Minimum 90 degree continuous concealed hinge. 4. Finish: Manufacturer’s shop primer. 5. Lock: Flush cylinder lock keyed to district standard.
2.2 FABRICATION A. Fabricate units of continuous welded construction; weld, fill, and grind joints to assure flush and square unit. B. Provide attachment devices and fasteners of the type required to secure access doors to the types of support shown.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 3 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 083113 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
C. Touch up shop primer and prepare for field paint finish coat. D. Size Variations: Obtain acceptance of manufacturer’s standard size units which vary slightly from sizes shown or scheduled.
2.3 SHOP FINISHING A. Base Metal Protection: Galvanized finish. Prime coat units with baked on primer. B. Finish: Field paint to match wall or ceiling surfaces as specified Section 099000.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 013100 - Project Management and Coordination: Coordination and project conditions. Coordinate with individual Sections, including Division 22, Division 23, and Division 26 for access doors, as needed, for access to heating, ventilating, air conditioning, electrical and other equipment. B. Verify rough openings for access doors and panels are correctly sized and located.
3.2 INSTALLATION A. Secure frames rigidly in place, plumb and level in opening, with plane of door and panel face aligned with adjacent finished surfaces. 1. Set concealed frame type units flush with adjacent finished surfaces. B. Position unit to provide convenient access to concealed work requiring access.
END OF SECTION 083113
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 3 May 8, 2020
Putnamville Prison Industries Building OVERHEAD COILING DOORS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 083323 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes non-rated coiling door, operating hardware, electrical operation. 1. Provide wiring from electric circuit disconnect to door operator to control station. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 055000 - Metal Fabrications: Framing door opening, steel angle, bent plate, corner guards and bollards. 2. Section 079200 - Joint Sealants: Weatherproof joints at hoods. 3. Section 083113 - Access Doors and Frames: Maintenance openings in ceiling and soffits. 4. Section 087100 - Door Hardware: Product Requirements for cylinder core and keys for placement by this section. 5. Section 092216 – Non-Structural Metal Framing: Gage at framing for overhead coiling door openings. 6. Section 099000 - Paints and Coatings: Field painting of factory primed doors. 7. Division 26 - Electrical: Electrical conduit, wiring, and controls.
1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials: 1. A525 - Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process. 2. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 3. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum). 4. NEMA ICS 2 - Industrial Control and Systems: Controllers, Contactors, and Overload Relays, Rated Not More Than 2000 Volts AC or 750 Volts DC. 5. NEMA MG 1 - Motors and Generators. B. Underwriters Laboratories: 1. UL 325 - Standard for Safety for Door, Drapery, Gate, Louver, and Window Operators and Systems.
1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate pertinent dimensioning, anchorage methods, hardware locations, and installation details. C. Product Data: Submit general construction, component connections and details, wiring diagram and electrical equipment. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate installation sequence and procedures, and adjustment and alignment procedures. E. Section 017700 - Closeout Procedures. F. Maintenance and Operating Manual: Submit recommended areas to be inspected and inspection intervals. Submit lubrication requirements and frequency, and periodic adjustments required.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 3 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building OVERHEAD COILING DOORS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 083323 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
1.4 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum of three years’ experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing work of this section with minimum three years documented experience and approved by manufacturer.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Electric Operation: Electric motor operated unit with manual override in case of power failure.
2.2 MANUFACTURERS A. Specified: 1. Insulated Coiling Service Door: Cookson Co. Temp-Master B. Manufacturers with Acceptable Equivalent Products: 1. Cornell Iron Works. 2. McKeon Door. 3. Overhead Door Corp. 4. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 012500 - Substitution Procedures.
2.3 MATERIALS A. Overhead Insulated Coiling Door. Face of wall mounted as detailed, non-rated: 1. Curtain: Conforming to the following: a. Double Skin Slats: Interlocking, 7/8” thick w/ foamed insulation, minimum 22 gage steel, flat, both sides, R-value of 8, 2. Guides: Steel. 3. Roller Shaft Counterbalance: Steel pipe and helical steel spring system, capable of producing torque sufficient to ensure smooth operation of curtain from any position and capable of holding position at mid-travel; with adjustable spring tension. 4. Hood Enclosure: 24 gage galvanized steel; internally reinforced to maintain rigidity and shape. 5. Hardware: Keyed switch adaptable to Medeco cylinder specified in Section 087100 - Door Hardware. Operable from Control Room. B. Electric Operator: 1. Description: UL 325, side mounted, open dripproof motor. 2. Motor Enclosure: NEMA MG1 Type 1 enclosure. 3. Motor Rating: Continuous duty, hp as required for door. 4. Motor Voltage: 115 single phase, 60 Hz. 5. Motor Controller: NEMA ICS 2, full voltage, reversing magnetic motor starter. 6. Controller Enclosure: NEMA 250 Type 1. 7. Door Speed: 6 inches per second. 8. Brake: Adjustable friction clutch type, activated by motor controller. C. Control Stations: 1. Interior Control Station: Keyed switch operation.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 3 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building OVERHEAD COILING DOORS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 083323 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
D. Safety Edge: Manufacturer’s standard cordless safety edge located at door bottom, full width, sensitized type, to reverse upon striking object.
2.4 SHOP FINISHING A. Curtain Slats and Steel Guides: 1. Hot dipped galvanized ASTM A525, G-90. 2. Bonderized coating for prime coat adhesion. 3. Factory applied thermosetting powder coating to minimum thickness of .2 mils. 4. ColorCote powder coat color as selected by Architect.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify opening sizes, tolerances and conditions are acceptable.
3.2 INSTALLATION A. Use anchorage devices to securely fasten assembly to wall construction and building framing without distortion or stress. B. Securely and rigidly brace components suspended from structure. Secure guides to structural members only. C. Fit and align assembly including hardware; level and plumb, to provide smooth operation. D. Coordinate installation of electrical service with Division 26. Complete wiring from disconnect to unit components and from fire alarm system to door operator. E. Coordinate installation of sealants and backing materials at frame perimeter as specified in Section 079200 - Joint Sealants. F. Install perimeter trim and closures.
3.3 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Section 014000 - Quality Requirements: Tolerances. B. Maintain dimensional tolerances and alignment with adjacent Work. C. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/16 inch. D. Maximum Variation From Level: 1/16 inch. E. Longitudinal or Diagonal Warp: Plus or minus 1/8 inch per 10 ft straight edge.
3.4 ADJUSTING A. Section 017000 - Execution: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Adjust shutter, hardware and operating assemblies for smooth and noiseless operation.
3.5 CLEANING A. Section 017700 - Closeout Procedures: Final cleaning. B. Clean shutter and components. C. Remove labels and visible markings.
END OF SECTION 083323
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 3 May 8, 2020
Putnamville Prison Industries Building STANDARD DOOR HARDWARE K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 087100 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY A. Description of Work 1. The extent of finish hardware is shown on the drawings and in the schedules. Finish hardware is hereby defined to include all items known commercially as builders' hardware, as required for swing doors, except special security types of hardware specified in the same section as the door and door frame. 2. Hardware, which is part of the following articles, as well as separate items of hardware listed below, is not included in this section of the specifications except for cylinders. a. Cabinet Hardware: Refer to section 064116 for locks for cabinets. 3. Related Sections 4. Section 064116 - Architectural Wood Casework: Cabinet hardware. 5. Section 081214 - Standard Steel Frames: Frame preparation, reinforcement, and door silencers provided as part of hollow metal frames manufactured according to SDI standards. Astragals provided as part of fire-rated labeled assemblies. 6. Section 081314 - Standard Steel Doors: Door preparation, reinforcement, and door silencers provided as part of hollow metal door manufactured according to SDI standards. 7. Section 083113 - Access Doors and Frames: Access door hardware, except cylinders. 8. Section 083323 - Overhead Coiling Doors: Lockable coiling doors. 9. Section 260519 - Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables: Power supply to electric hardware devices.
1.2 REFERENCES 1. American National Standards Institute: 2. ANSI A156.1 - Butts and Hinges. 3. ANSI A156.2 - Bored and Preassembled Locks and Latches. 4. ANSI A156.3 - Exit Devices. 5. ANSI A156.4 - Door Controls - Closures. 6. ANSI A156.5 - Auxiliary Locks and Associated Products. 7. ANSI A156.6 - Architectural Door Trim. 8. ANSI A156.7 - Template Hinge Dimensions. 9. ANSI A156.8 - Door Controls - Overhead Holders. 10. ANSI A156.13 - Mortise Locks and Latches. 11. ANSI A156.14 - Sliding and Folding Door Hardware. 12. ANSI A156.15 - Closer Holder Release Devices. 13. ANSI A156.16 - Auxiliary Hardware. 14. ANSI A156.19 - Power Assist and Low Energy Power Operated Doors. 15. ANSI A156 - Complete Set of 24 BHMA Standards (A156 Series) with Binder. 16. Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association: 17. BHMA Directory of Certified Products.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 13 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building STANDARD DOOR HARDWARE K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 087100 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
18. International Conference of Building Officials: 19. ICBO AC84 - Acceptance Criteria for Testing of Fire Doors and Windows under Positive Pressure. 20. Intertek Testing Services: 21. Warnock Hersey (WHI) Mark 22. National Fire Protection Association: 23. NFPA 80 - Standard for Fire Doors, Fire Windows. 24. International Building Code: 25. IBC- Section 715.4 - Fire Door and Shutter Assemblies.
1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS - FIRE-RATED OPENINGS 1. Provide hardware for fire-rated openings in compliance with NFPA Standard No. 80. This requirement takes precedence over other requirements for such hardware. Provide only hardware which has been tested and listed by Underwriters’ Laboratories (U.L.) for the types and sizes of doors required and which complies with the requirements of the door and door frame labels. If automatic self-latching bolts, coordinators, and astragals are required, they shall be furnished 2. Submit fire test data showing compliance with IBC 715.4 and supplemental “S” label requirements. 3. Hardware: Coordinate products used during fire tests meeting UBC 7-2 and ICBO AC84, including component gasket system for “S” labeled openings. All hardware must provide an acceptable means of egress to the Building Official.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
1. Hardware Schedule: Submit one set of 8½ x 11 reproducible copies of the final hardware schedule in the manner and format specified, complying with the actual construction progress schedule requirements (for each draft). Hardware schedules are intended for coordination of the work. Review and acceptance by the Architect or Owner does not relieve the Contractor of his exclusive responsibility to fulfill the requirements as shown and specified. Corrections or changes in the first submittal must be incorporated promptly and two copies of the revised schedule returned to the Architect. 2. Format of Schedule: List hardware for each door opening separately and in numerical order. The following is an example of the required format of the final hardware schedule:
Heading 26 Sgl Door 4l. Ext. from Boiler Room 14 3070 x 134 - WD x HMF – LHR
1-1/2 Pair Butts 5BB1 x 4.5 x 4.5 x NRP x SEC Ives 1 Lockset D80PD-PLY-26D Sargent 1 Door Closer 2210 Concealed LCN 1 Kickplate No. 37 US32D 10 x 34 inches Trimco 1 Wall Bumper WB50X US26D Ives 1 Threshold 179A x 36 inches MS & ES Pemko
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 13 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building STANDARD DOOR HARDWARE K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 087100 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
3. Hardware schedules prepared in a coded horizontal manner are not acceptable. 4. Manufacturer’s Installation Instructions: Submit special procedures, and perimeter conditions requiring special attention. 5. Section 017700 - Closeout Procedures: Closeout procedures. 6. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of installed cylinders and their master key code. 7. Operation and Maintenance Manual: Submit data on operating hardware, lubrication requirements, and inspection procedures related to preventative maintenance. 8. Keys: Deliver with identifying tags to Owner by security shipment direct from hardware supplier. 9. Samples: 10. To be furnished only upon request and prior to submittal of the last draft of the hardware schedule and prior to delivery of hardware. Submit one sample of each exposed hardware unit, finished as required and tagged with full description for coordination with the schedule. Sample will be reviewed by the Architect for design, color, and texture only. Compliance with other requirements is the exclusive responsibility of the Contractor. 11. Samples will be returned to the supplier. Units which are acceptable and remain undamaged through submittal, review, and field comparison procedures may, after final check of operation, be used in the work.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. Subcontract the furnishing of hardware, as specified by these specifications, only to a recognized builders/detention hardware supplier who has been furnishing hardware in the same area as the project for a period of not less than two years and who is available at all reasonable times during the course of the work for project hardware consultation to the Owner, Architect, and Contractor. 2. Pre-Installation Meeting: 3. Section 013119 - Project Meetings: Pre-installation meeting. 4. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 5. Include persons involved with installation of doors, frames, and hardware.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1. Section 016000 - Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements. 2. Package hardware items individually with necessary fasteners, instructions, and installation templates, when necessary; label and identify each package with door opening code to match hardware schedule.
1.7 COORDINATION 1. Section 013100 - Project Management and Coordination: Coordination and project conditions. 2. Coordinate Work with other directly affected sections involving manufacture or fabrication of internal reinforcement for door hardware and recessed items. 3. Provide templates or actual hardware as required to ensure proper preparation of doors and frames. 4. Sequence installation to accommodate required utility connections.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 13 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building STANDARD DOOR HARDWARE K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 087100 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
5. Coordinate Owner's keying requirements during course of Work.
1.8 WARRANTIES 1. Section 017700 - Closeout Procedures: Product warranties and product bonds 2. Provide five-year manufacturer warranty for locksets. 3. Provide ten-year manufacturer warranty for door closers.
1.9 MAINTENANCE 1. Section 017700 - Closeout Procedures: Maintenance materials. 2. Furnish special wrenches and tools applicable for each different and for each special hardware component. 3. Extra Materials: 4. Section 017700 - Closeout Procedures: Spare parts and maintenance products. 5. Furnish ten extra key lock cylinders for each master keyed group.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 1. Architectural hardware of equivalent size, type, finish, and function to that specified, but produced by the manufacturers listed below, will be accepted by the Architect as equivalent to the respective items specified provided the design is approved by the Architect.
As Specified Acceptable Substitutions Hinges – Ives McKinney, Hager Security Hinges – Airteq Southern Steel Locksets – Schlage where shown None Security Locksets - Southern Steel where Scheduled None Cylinders – Medeco X4 SFIC None Door Closers - LCN None Push Pulls - Trimco Rockwood, Ives Door Stops - Ives Rockwood, Glynn-Johnson, Trimco Thresholds – National Guard Reese, Pemko Door seals – National Guard Reese, Pemko Exit Devices - Von Duprin None Auto Door Operators – N/A N/A
2.2 HARDWARE MATERIALS AND FABRICATION 1. Furnish screws for installation with each hardware item. Provide torx head security screws, except as otherwise indicated. Furnish exposed screws to match the hardware finish. 2. Provide concealed fasteners for hardware units which are exposed when the door is closed, except to the extent no standard manufactured units of the type specified are available with concealed fasteners. Do not use through-bolts for installation where the bolt head or the nut on the opposite face is exposed under any condition, except
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 13 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building STANDARD DOOR HARDWARE K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 087100 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
where it is not possible to adequately reinforce the work. Use machine screws or concealed fasteners of another standard type to satisfactorily avoid the use of through-bolts. 3. Provide fasteners which are compatible with both the unit fastened and substrate and which will not cause corrosion or deterioration of hardware, base material, or fastener.
2.3 HARDWARE FINISHES 1. Unless specifically indicated otherwise, provide all architectural hardware in the following finishes: 2. The finish of all hardware shall be satin chrome, US26D. 3. The finish of all kickplates to be US32D.
2.4 COMPONENTS 1. General Hardware Requirements: Where not specifically indicated, comply with applicable ANSI A156 standard for type of hardware required. Furnish each type of hardware with accessories as required for applications indicated and for complete, finished, operational doors. 2. Templates: Furnish templates or physical hardware items to door and frame manufacturers sufficiently in advance to avoid delay in Work. 3. Reinforcing Units: Furnished by door and frame manufacturers; coordinated by hardware supplier or hardware manufacturer. 4. Fasteners: Furnish as recommended by hardware manufacturer and as required to secure hardware. a. Finish: Match hardware item being fastened. 5. Fire Ratings: Provide hardware with UL or Intertek Testing Services (Warnock Hersey Listed) listings for type of application involved 6. Hinges: ANSI A156.1, full mortise type [, template type, ANSI A156.7,] complying with following general requirements unless otherwise scheduled. 7. Widths: Sufficient to clear trim projection when door swings 180 degrees. 8. Number: Furnish minimum three hinges to 90 inches high, four hinges to 120 inches high for each door leaf. a. Fire Rated Doors To 86 inches High: Minimum three hinges. 9. Size and Weight: 4-1/2 inch heavy weight typical for 1-3/4 inch doors. a. Doors Over 40 inches Wide: Extra heavy weight ball bearing hinges. b. Doors 1-3/8 inch Thick: 3-1/2 inch size. c. Doors 2 inch Thick: 5 inch extra heavy weight ball bearing. d. Doors Over 48 inches Wide: 5 inch extra heavy weight ball bearing. 10. Pins: Furnish nonferrous hinges with non-removable pins (NRP) at exterior and locked outswinging doors, non-rising pins at interior doors. 11. Tips: Flat button type unless noted otherwise. 12. Schlage Locksets: Furnish locksets compatible with specified cylinders. Typical 2-3/4 inch backset. Furnish standard strikes with extended lips to protect trim from being marred by latch bolt. 13. Mortise Locksets: ANSI A156.13, Series 1000, Grade 1 unless otherwise indicated. 14. Bored (Cylindrical) Locksets: ANSI A156.2, Series 4000, Grade 1 unless otherwise indicated.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 5 of 13 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building STANDARD DOOR HARDWARE K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 087100 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
15. Schlage Latch Sets: Match locksets. Typical 2-3/4 inch backset. Furnish standard strikes with extended lips to protect trim from being marred by latch bolt. 16. Mortise Latch Sets: ANSI A156.13, Series 1000, Grade 1 unless otherwise indicated. 17. Bored (Cylindrical) Latch Sets: ANSI A156.2, Series 4000, Grade 1 unless otherwise indicated. 18. Exit Devices: ANSI A156.3, Grade 1 concealed vertical rod type or rim type as scheduled, with push pad, unless otherwise indicated. Furnish standard strikes with extended lips to protect trim from being marred by latch bolt, with dust-proof floor strikes for vertical rod units. 19. Types: Suitable for doors requiring exit devices. 20. Coordinators: Furnish overhead concealed in frame type at pairs of doors. 21. Cylinders: ANSI A156.5, Grade 1, 7 pin type interchangeable core type cylinders with standard Medeco cams and tailpieces. 22. Keying: Schedule a minimum of two meetings with the Owner. The first meeting to discuss the Owner’s keying requirements and assign key groups to every lockset. The second meeting is required to review/confirm keying prior to releasing hardware order. Attendance at each shall be Owner’s representative or Owner and Contractor’s AHC. Obtain Owner’s written approval before proceeding. All discussions regarding keying are to be kept confidential, and copies of all keying schedules are to be limited to copies required by the Owner and hardware subcontractor. 23. Provide construction keying. 24. Keys: Nickel Silver Material, Patented Key Way Special Coined. Restricted Key Blank Control Patented through 2027 25. Supply keys in the following minimum quantities: a. 10 Master keys. b. 5 Grand Master keys. c. 2 Great Grand Master keys. d. 10 construction keys. e. 2 Control keys and 10 extra un-combinated cores. f. 25 change keys. g. 10 key blanks 26. Closers: ANSI A156.4, overhead concealed type only as scheduled; full rack and pinion type with steel spring and non-freezing hydraulic fluid; closers required for fire rated doors unless otherwise indicated. Surface mounted closers are not acceptable. 27. Adjustability: Furnish controls for regulating closing, latching, speeds, and back checking. 28. Arms: Type to suit individual condition; parallel-arm closers at reverse bevel doors and where doors swing full 180 degrees. 29. Location: Concealed Mounted closers only for all doors. 30. Operating Pressure: Maximum operating pressure as follows. a. Interior Doors: Maximum 5 pounds. b. Exterior Doors: Maximum 8.5 pound. c. Fire Rated Doors: As required for fire rating, maximum 15 pounds. 31. Door Controls and Overhead Holders: Furnish with accessories as required for complete operational installation. 32. Manual Door Holders and Overhead Stops: ANSI A156.8, Grade 1 types as specified.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 6 of 13 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building STANDARD DOOR HARDWARE K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 087100 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
33. Electro-Magnetic Door Holder: ANSI A156.15 wall mounted type. 34. Power Assist Door Operators: ANSI A156.19 power mechanism which reduces opening resistance of self-closing door. 35. Low Energy Power Door Operators: ANSI A156.19 power mechanism which opens and closes door upon receipt of signal. 36. Low Energy Power Open Door Operators: ANSI A156.19 power mechanism which opens self-closing door; closing of door independent of power operator. 37. Push/Pulls, Manual and Automatic Bolts, Protection Plates, Gaskets, Thresholds, and Trim: Furnish as indicated in Schedule, with accessories as required for complete operational door installations. 38. Push/Pulls: ANSI A156.6; push plates minimum 0.050 inch thick. Furnish straight push-pull type pulls with bolts to secure from opposite door face; furnish with minimum 0.050 inch pull plates unless otherwise indicated. 39. Manual and Automatic Bolts: ANSI A156.16 Grade 1 top and bottom flush bolts, with dust-proof floor strike, unless otherwise indicated. 40. Kickplates: ANSI A156.6, metal; height indicated in Schedule by 1 inch less than door width; minimum 0.050 inch thick stainless steel. 41. Weather-stripping: Furnish continuous weather-stripping at top and sides of all exterior doors. 42. Thresholds: Maximum 1/2 inch height. 43. Wall Stops: ANSI A156.1, Grade 1, 3 inch escutcheon with convex resilient insert with no visible screws. 44. Floor Stops: ANSI A156.1 Grade 1 detention grade floor type with no visible anchors into floor slab.
2.5 ACCESSORIES 1. Lock Trim: Furnish levers with rose as selected from manufacturer’s full range of levers and roses. 2. Do not permit through bolts on solid wood core doors. 3. Through Bolts: Do not permit through bolts and grommet nuts on door faces in occupied areas unless no alternative is possible. 4. Do not use through bolts on solid wood core doors. 5. Key Cabinet: a. Cabinet Construction: Sheet steel construction, piano hinged door with cylinder type lock master keyed to building system. b. Cabinet Size: Size for Project keys plus sufficient room to allow for 10 percent growth. c. Horizontal metal strips for key hook labeling with clear plastic strip cover over labels. d. Finish: Manufacturer’s standard finish.
2.6 MISCELLANEOUS FINISHES 1. Closers: Finish appearance to match door hardware on same face of door. 2. Thresholds: Finish appearance to match door hardware on exterior face of door.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 7 of 13 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building STANDARD DOOR HARDWARE K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 087100 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
3. Other Items: Furnish manufacturer’s standard finishes to match similar hardware types on same door, and maintain acceptable finish considering anticipated use and BHMA category of finish.
2.7 DOOR SILENCERS 1. Provide snap-in type rubber door silencers for all door frames at openings having single-acting doors in wood or pressed steel frames. 2. Provide three silencers for single doors and four silencers for each pair of doors. Locate and install in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 MOUNTING HEIGHTS 1. In the absence of a hardware installation requirement in another section of this specification, the following recommendations shall be used as a guide 2. Top Hinge: 5-inch, header rabbet to top of hinge. 3. Bottom Hinge: 10-inch, finish floor to bottom of hinge. 4. Center Hinge: Centered between top and bottom hinges. 5. Locksets: 40-5/16-inch, finish floor to center of lock case and strike. 6. Push Plates: 45-inch, finish floor to center of plate. 7. Door Pulls: 42-inch, finish floor to center of pull. 8. Exit Devices: a. Push Pad Type: 42 inches floor to centerline. b. Cross Bar Type: 38 inches floor to centerline. 9. Dead Locks: 48 inches floor to centerline.
3.2 INSTALLATION 1. General: Install each hardware item in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Install no hardware until substrate finishes are complete. Wherever cutting and fitting is required to install hardware onto or into surfaces which are later to be painted or otherwise finished, install each item completely then remove and store during application of finishes; reinstall upon completion of finishing operations. Set items level, plumb, and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce the attachment substrate as necessary for a secure installation. Drill and countersink items which are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchorages as indicated or in accordance with industry standards. Notify Architect of doors which have been improperly templated; do not proceed with installation of hardware on such doors until direction has been received from the Architect. The installer shall advise the Contractor where blocking for wall- mounted hardware is missing and shall not install such items until blocking has been installed. 2. Hardware and Specialties: In addition to installation requirements specified hereinbefore, install hardware as follows: 3. Hinges: Where shimming is necessary for proper door/frame installation, use only metal shims.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 8 of 13 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building STANDARD DOOR HARDWARE K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 087100 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
4. Closers: After installation, closers shall be adjusted to control the door swing and latch the door. After the air handling system has been balanced, arrange to have the closer manufacturer's representative make the final adjustment of all closers on the job. a. Closer adjustment shall not exceed the following opening force: 1) Interior doors: 5 pounds pressure. 2) Exterior doors: 8.5 pounds pressure. 3) Fire doors: 15 pounds pressure. 5. Door Stops: Floor stops shall be installed to permit the maximum degree of door swing that job conditions permit and located so as not to create a tripping hazard. All stops should be located to catch the door at a point 6 inches in from the latch edge, but in no case any further than 1/3 the door width measured from the latch edge. Projecting wall stops shall be located 9 inches above the finished floor with sloped surface on top. Wall stops intended for knobs and levers shall be located on the centerline of the spindle. 6. Thresholds: Cut and fit to profiles of door jambs with mitered corners and precision made joints. Join units with concealed welds or concealed mechanical devices. Cut smooth openings for spindles, bolts, and similar items. At exterior doors and elsewhere as indicated, set thresholds in bed of butyl rubber sealant; completely fill all voids to exclude moisture, taking care not to plug drainage holes or block weeps; remove all excess sealant. At exterior doors, the bevel of the threshold shall align with the exterior face of the door, unless indicated otherwise by detail or threshold manufacturer's instructions. Thresholds shall be installed level. 7. Installation Clarification: All questions regarding the placement of hardware shall be directed to the Architect for clarification prior to installation of items under question.
3.3 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING 1. Adjust and check each item of hardware and each door to insure proper operation and function of each unit. Lubricate all moving parts with graphite-type lubricant, unless otherwise recommended by manufacturer. Replace all hardware which cannot be lubricated and adjusted to operate freely and smoothly.
3.4 FINAL ADJUSTMENT 1. Whenever the hardware installation is made more than 1 month prior to acceptance of the work, make final adjustment and check of hardware during the week immediately prior to acceptance, unless otherwise directed by the Architect. Clean and relubricate operating items as necessary to restore proper functioning and finish of hardware and doors. Make final adjustment of locksets and closers to compensate for operation of heating and ventilating systems under the supervision of manufacturer's representative.
3.5 PRODUCT HANDLING 1. Provide secure storage for hardware delivered to the project but not yet installed. Control the handling and installation of hardware items which are not immediately replaceable so that the completion of the work will not be delayed by hardware losses, both before and after installation.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 9 of 13 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building STANDARD DOOR HARDWARE K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 087100 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
3.6 HARDWARE GROUPS
HARDWARE SET H-1 - Standard Interior Doors
RHR 5 Doors From Various Rooms To Various Rooms SGL 90 deg LHR 36" x 84" x 1.75" thick HM 36" wide doors Tags: 101A, 105A, 108A, 109A, 110A
MFGR IVS 45 Each Ives 5BB1 Full Mortise 5BB1 x 4.5 x 4.5 x NRP x SEC US32D Hinge SCH 15 Each Schlage Mortise Lock LV9457BD03L Classroom US32D Security Lock SCH 15 Each Schlage Door Strike/Keeper Schlage Door Strike US32D
LCN 15 Each LCN Mortise Mount Closer 2210 Series Mortise Closer US26D w/DPS IVS 15 Each Ives Wall Bumper #406 Ives Wall Bumper Alum Builders Cylinders as MED Each required Medeco x4 US32D
NOTES: 1) The function of handles and keying to be determined by the facility for the L9080 lock.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 10 of 13 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building STANDARD DOOR HARDWARE K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 087100 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
HARDWARE SET H-2 - Standard Exterior Doors
RHR 4 Doors From Various Rooms To Various Rooms SGL 90 deg LHR 36" x 84" x 1.75" thick HM 36" wide doors Tags: 100B, 100D,102A, 102D MFGR IVS 6 Each Ives 5BB1 Full Mortise 5BB1 x 4.5 x 4.5 x NRP x SEC US32D Hinge SF 2 Each Southern 10500 Series Lock 10507 Storeroom Lock US32D
SF 2 Each Southern Bolt 500B Strike Plate US32D Keeper/Strike LCN 2 Each LCN Mortise Mount Closer 2210 Series Mortise Closer US26D w/DPS 2 Each Alum NGP Threshold 884 Threshold NGP 2 Set Weather Stripping A626A Brush Seals Alum
PMK 2 Each Doorbottom 345ANB Door Bottom Alum Builders Cylinders as MED Each required Medeco x4 US32D
The function of handles and keying to be determined by the facility for the NOTES: 1) 10500 lock.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 11 of 13 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building STANDARD DOOR HARDWARE K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 087100 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
HARDWARE SET - H3- Standard Storeroom Doors
RHR 3 Doors From Various To Various SGL 90 deg LHR 36" x 84" x 1.75" thick HM
Tags 111A, 112A, 113A MFGR IVS 33 Each Ives 5BB1 Full Mortise 5BB1 x 4.5 x 4.5 x NRP x SEC US32D Hinge SCH 11 Each Schlage Mortise Lock LV9080BD03L Storeroom US32D Lock SCH 11 Each Schlage Door Strike/Keeper Schlage Door Strike US32D
LCN 11 Each LCN Mortise Mount Closer 2214DPS Mortise Closer US26D w/DPS IVS 11 Each Ives Wall Bumper #406 Ives Wall Bumper Alum Builders Cylinders as MED Each required Medeco x4 US32D
The function of handles and keying to be determined by the facility for NOTES: 1) the L9080 lock.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 12 of 13 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building STANDARD DOOR HARDWARE K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 087100 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
HARDWARE SET - H4 - Bathroom Doors
RHR 2 Doors From Various To Various SGL 90 deg LHR 36" x 84" x 1.75" thick HM
Tags 106A, 107A
MFGR IVS 15 Each Ives 5BB1 Full Mortise 5BB1 x 4.5 x 4.5 x NRP x SEC US32D Hinge SCH 5 Each Schlage Mortise Lock l9496BD03L Privacy w/Occupied US32D Indicator SCH 5 Each Schlage Door Schlage Door Strike US32D Strike/Keeper LCN 5 Each LCN Mortise Mount Closer 2214DPS Mortise Closer w/ US26D DPS IVS 5 Each Ives Wall Bumper #406 Ives Wall Bumper Alum Builders Cylinders as MED Each required Medeco x4 US32D
The function of handles and keying to be determined by the facility for NOTES: 1) the L9080 lock.
END OF SECTION 087100
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 13 of 13 May 8, 2020
Putnamville Prison Industries Building GLAZING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 088000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes Glass And Plastic For: 1. Hollow metal frames and relites 2. Doors. 3. Windows. 4. Polycarbonate glazing. 5. Glass glazing materials and installation requirements are included in this section for other sections referencing this section. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 064116 - Architectural AWS Casework: Cabinets with requirement for glass shelves and in cabinet doors. 2. Section 072726 – Fluid-Applied Membrane Air Barriers. 3. Section 079000 - Joint Protection: Sealant and back-up material other than glazing sealants. 4. Section 081314 - Standard Steel Doors: Glazed doors. 5. Section 088300 - Mirrors: Frameless mirrors. 6. Section 102800 - Toilet, Bath, and Custodial Accessories: Metal framed mirrors.
1.2 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute: 1. ANSI Z97.1 - Safety Glazing Materials Used in Buildings Safety. B. American Society of Civil Engineers: 1. ASCE 7 - Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures. C. ASTM International: 1. ASTM C509 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Cellular Preformed Gasket and Sealing Material. 2. ASTM C864 - Standard Specification for Dense Elastomeric Compression Seal Gaskets, Setting Blocks, and Spacers. 3. ASTM C920 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants. 4. ASTM C1036 - Standard Specification for Flat Glass. 5. ASTM C1048 - Standard Specification for Heat-Treated Flat Glass-Kind HS, Kind FT Coated and Uncoated Glass. 6. ASTM C1172 - Standard Specification for Laminated Architectural Flat Glass. 7. ASTM C1193 - Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants. 8. ASTM C1376 - Standard Specification for Pyrolytic and Vacuum Deposition Coatings on Flat Glass. 9. ASTM D635 - Standard Test Method for Rate of Burning [and] [or] Extent and Time of Burning of Plastics in a Horizontal Position. 10. ASTM D1929 - Standard Test Method for Determining Ignition Temperature of Plastics. 11. ASTM D4802 - Standard Specification for Poly (Methyl Methacrylate) Acrylic Plastic Sheet. 12. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 9 May8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building GLAZING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 088000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
13. ASTM E90 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements. 14. ASTM E119 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 15. ASTM E1300 - Standard Practice for Determining Load Resistance of Glass in Buildings. 16. ASTM E1425 - Standard Practice for Determining the Acoustical Performance of Windows, Doors, Skylight, and Glazed Wall Systems. 17. ASTM E2190 - Standard Specification for Insulating Glass Unit Performance and Evaluation. 18. ASTM E1886 - Standard Test Method for Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, Doors, and Impact Protective Systems Impacted by Missile(s) and Exposed to Cyclic Pressure Differentials. 19. ASTM E1996 - Standard Specification for Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, Doors and Impact Protective Systems Impacted by Windborne Debris in Hurricanes. 20. ASTM F-1915 – Standard Test Method for Glazing for Detention Facilities. D. Consumer Products Safety Commission: 1. CPSC 16 CFR 1201 - Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing. E. International Building Code: 1. IBC 2406 - Safety Glazing F. Glass Association of North America: 1. GANA - Sealant Manual. 2. GANA - Glazing Manual. 3. GANA - Laminated Glass Design Guide. G. National Fenestration Rating Council Incorporated: 1. NFRC 100 - Procedures for Determining Fenestration Product U-Factors. 2. NFRC 200 - Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product Solar Heat Gain Coefficient and Visible Transmittance at Normal Incidence. 3. NFRC 300 - Test Method for Determining the Solar Optical Properties of Glazing Materials and Systems. H. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 80 - Standard for Fire Doors, Fire Windows. 2. NFPA 252 - Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. 3. NFPA 257 - Standard on Fire Test for Window and Glass Block Assemblies. I. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.: 1. UL 10C - Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. 2. UL - Building Materials Directory.
J. 2012 International Energy Conservation Code (IECC) 1. C104.2.1.2 Glazing Inspection
1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide glass and glazing materials for continuity of building enclosure vapor retarder and air barrier: 1. In conjunction with materials described in Section 072600, 072700, and 079000.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 9 May8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building GLAZING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 088000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
2. To utilize inner pane of multiple pane sealed units for continuity of air barrier and vapor retarder seal. 3. To maintain continuous air barrier and vapor retarder throughout glazed assembly from glass pane to heel bead of glazing sealant. B. Glass Thickness: Select minimum thickness in accordance with ASTM E1300 to resist specified design loads with the following maximum probability of breakage: 1. Vertical Glass: 8 lites per 1000 for wind loads with 60 seconds maximum load duration. 2. Sloped Glass: 1 lite per 1000 for wind and snow loads with 30 days maximum load duration. 3. Minimum Thickness: 1/4 inch for exterior glass. C. Structural Design: Design in accordance with applicable code for most critical combination of wind, snow, seismic, and dead loads. D. Wind Loads: Design and size glass to withstand positive and negative wind loads acting normal to plane of wall, including increased loads at building corners. 1. Design Wind Load: As calculated in accordance with applicable code and ASCE 7 with basic wind speed and exposure as indicated on the drawings (S001). E. Seismic Loads: Design and size components to withstand seismic loads and sway displacement as calculated in accordance with applicable code. F. Exterior Glass Deflection: Maximum of 1/175 of glass edge length or 3/4 inch, whichever is less with full recovery of glazing materials. G. Interior Glass Deflection: Maximum differential deflection for two adjacent unsupported edges when 50 plf force is applied to one panel at any point up to 42 inches above finished floor less than thickness of glass. H. Thermal and Solar Optical Performance: Measured or calculated in accordance with the following: 1. Maximum U-Values: Comply with ICC IEEC for climate zone in which project is located. Measure in accordance with NFRC 100. 2. Maximum SHGC: Comply with ICC IEEC for climate zone in which project is located. Measure in accordance with NFRC 200. 3. Solar Optical Properties: NFRC 300.
1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Signed and sealed by professional engineer. 1. Indicate sizes, layout, thicknesses, and loading conditions for glass. C. Product Data: 1. Glass: Provide structural, physical, and thermal and solar optical performance characteristics, size limitations, special handling or installation requirements. 2. Glazing Sealants, Compounds and Accessories: Provide chemical, functional, and environmental characteristics, limitations, special application requirements. Identify available colors where exposed. D. Design Data: Signed and sealed by professional engineer. 1. Submit design calculations for glass thicknesses. E. Samples: 1. Glass: Submit two samples 12x12 inch in size, illustrating each glass units, color and design.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 9 May8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building GLAZING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 088000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
2. Glazing Materials: Submit 12 inch long bead of glazing sealant and gaskets, colors for selection. F. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify glass products, meet or exceed specified requirements. G. Installer's Certificate: Certify glass furnished without identification label is installed in accordance with Construction Documents and applicable codes.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with GANA Glazing Manual for glazing installation methods. B. Fire Rated Wall Glazing: Rating as indicated on Drawings. 1. Tested Rating: Determined in accordance with ASTM E119. C. Fire Rated Window Glazing: Tested in accordance with NFPA 257 and complying with NFPA 80. 1. NFPA 257; adjusted so two-thirds of test specimen is above neutral pressure plane at 10 minutes into test. D. Fire Rated Door Glazing: Tested in accordance with one of the following and complying with NFPA 80. 1. NFPA 252; with neutral pressure level at 40 inches maximum above sill at 5 minutes into test. 2. UL 10C. E. Apply label from agency approved by authority having jurisdiction to identify each fire rated glass lite.
1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience approved by manufacturer. B. Design glass under direct supervision of Professional Engineer experienced in design of this Work and licensed at Project location.
1.7 MOCKUP A. Section 014000 - Quality Requirements: Requirements for mock-up. B. Construct mockup of size and location agreed to, including glass and air barrier and vapor retarder seal. C. Incorporate approved mockup as part of Work.
1.8 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETING A. Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting. B. Convene minimum one week before starting Work of this section.
1.9 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section 016000 - Product Requirements. B. Do not install glazing when ambient temperature is less than 50 degrees F. C. Maintain minimum ambient temperature before, during and 24 hours after installation of glazing compounds.
1.10 WARRANTY A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Product warranties and product bonds.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 9 May8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building GLAZING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 088000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
B. Furnish two year warranty to include coverage for sealed glass units from seal failure, interpane dusting or misting, and replacement of same. C. Furnish two year warranty to include coverage for delamination of laminated glass and replacement of same. D. Furnish two year warranty to include coverage for deterioration of spandrel glass coating and replacement of same. E. Submit five year guarantee against delamination of security glass to Architect (in acceptable form) at completion of work under this section.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 FLOAT GLASS MATERIALS A. Annealed Glass: ASTM C1036, Type 1 transparent flat, Quality Q3, float glass. 1. Furnish annealed glass except where heat strengthened or tempered glass is required to meet specified performance requirements. B. Heat Strengthened Glass: ASTM C1048, Type 1 transparent flat, Quality Q3, Kind HS heat strengthened, Condition A uncoated, float glass. 1. Furnish heat strengthened glass where annealed glass cannot meet specified performance requirements. C. Tempered Glass: ASTM C1048, Type 1 transparent flat, Quality Q3, Kind FT fully tempered, Condition A uncoated, float glass with horizontal tempering. 1. Furnish tempered glass where heat strengthened glass cannot meet specified performance requirements. 2. Furnish tempered glass conforming to CPSC 16 CFR 1201 at locations where safety glass is required by applicable code.
2.2 FLOAT GLASS PRODUCTS A. Float Glass Manufacturers: 1. Cardinal IG Interpane (www.cardinalcorp.com). 2. Pilkington (www.pilkington.com). 3. Viracon (www.viracon.com). 4. Guardian Industries (www.guardian.com). 5. Saflex (www.saflex.com). 6. PPG (www.ppg.com). 7. Nippon Electric Glass Company, Ltd. (www.neg.co.jp/EN/). 8. Substitutions: Section 016000 - Product Requirements. B. Clear Glass: float glass as specified; Class 1 clear. 1. Clear annealed glass (FG-CA). 2. Clear heat strengthened glass (FG-CH). 3. Clear tempered glass (FG-CT). 4. Minimum Thickness: 1/4 inch. C. Low E Glass: float glass as specified; Class 1 if clear. 1. Clear Low E annealed glass (FG-ECA). 2. Clear Low E heat strengthened glass (FG-ECH). 3. Clear Low E tempered glass (FG-ECT).
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 5 of 9 May8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building GLAZING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 088000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
4. Minimum Thickness: 1/4 inch. 5. Coating: Sputter coated. D. Clear Wired Glass: float glass as specified; Class 1 clear. 1. Clear annealed glass (FG-CA). 2. Clear heat strengthened glass (FG-CH). 3. Clear tempered glass (FG-CT). 4. Wired 5. Minimum Thickness: 1/4 inch.
2.3 INSULATING GLASS PRODUCTS A. Insulating Glass Manufacturers: 1. Guardian Industries Corporation. 2. Oldcastle. 3. Pilkington North America. 4. PPG Industries, Inc. 5. Viracon, Inc. 6. Substitutions: Section 016000 - Product Requirements. B. Insulating Glass: ASTM E2190 certified by Insulating Glass Certification Council or Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance; with glass elastomer, glass to mastic or silicone sealant edge seal; purge interpane space with dry hermetic air. 1. Total Unit Thickness: 1 unless otherwise indicated. 2. Insulating Glass Unit Edge Seal Construction: fabricator’s standard corners. 3. Insulating Glass Unit Edge Seal Material: black color. C. IG-DP1 : Double Pane Insulating Glass : 1. Total Unit Thickness: 1 inch unless otherwise indicated. 2. Product: Solarban 60 (2) Clear + Clear, manufactured by PPG Industries. 3. Outer Pane: Clear Glass, Sputter coated on second surface (2). 4. Inner Pane: Clear Float Glass 5. U-Factor Winter: 0.29 maximum. 6. U-Factor Summer: 0.27 maximum. 7. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: 0.38 maximum. 8. UV Transmittance: 19% maximum. 9. Shading Coefficient: 0.44. 10. Visible Light Transmittance: 70% minimum. 11. Solar Transmittance: 33% maximum. 12. Reflectance Outside: 11% maximum.
2.4 GLAZING SEALANTS A. Glazing Sealant , Gasket , Tapes , Compounds Manufacturers: 1. Sonneborn. 2. Bostik, Inc. 3. Dow Corning Corporation. 4. Substitutions: Section 016000 - Product Requirements. B. Elastomeric Glazing Sealants: Materials compatible with adjacent materials including glass, laminated glass core, insulating glass seals, and glazing channels. 1. Refer to Section 079200 – Joint Sealants for Type GS sealant.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 6 of 9 May8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building GLAZING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 088000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
C. Dense Gaskets: Resilient extruded shape to suit glazing channel retaining slot; black. 1. Neoprene: ASTM C864. 2. EPDM: ASTM C864. 3. Silicone: ASTM C1115. D. Soft Gaskets: ASTM C509; resilient extruded shape to suit glazing channel retaining slot; black. 1. Neoprene. 2. EPDM. 3. Silicone. E. Pre-Formed Glazing Tape: Size to suit application. 1. Preformed butyl compound; 10 to 15 Shore A durometer hardness; coiled on release paper; black color. a. Butyl Corner Sealant: ASTM C920 single component non-skinning butyl compatible with glazing tape; color to match tape. OR 2. Glazing Tape: Closed cell polyvinyl chloride foam, coiled on release paper over adhesive on two sides, maximum water absorption by volume of 2 percent, designed for compression of 25 percent to affect an air barrier and vapor retarder seal.
2.5 GLAZING ACCESSORIES A. Glazing Accessories Manufacturers: 1. Pecora Corporation. 2. Tremco International. 3. Substitutions: Section 016000 - Product Requirements. B. Setting Blocks: Elastomeric material recommended by glass manufacturer, 80 to 90 Shore A durometer hardness, length of 0.1 inch for each square foot of glazing or minimum 4 inch x width of glazing rabbet space minus 1/16 inch x height to suit glazing method and pane weight and area. C. Spacer Shims: Elastomeric material recommended by glass manufacturer, 50 to 60 Shore A durometer hardness, minimum 3 inch long x one half the height of glazing stop x thickness to suit application.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions. B. Verify openings for glazing are correctly sized and within acceptable tolerance. C. Verify surfaces of glazing channels or recesses are clean, free of obstructions impeding moisture movement, weeps are clear, and ready to receive glazing.
3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean contact surfaces with solvent and wipe dry. B. Seal porous glazing channels or recesses with substrate compatible primer or sealer. C. Prime surfaces scheduled to receive sealant.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 7 of 9 May8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building GLAZING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 088000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
3.3 INSTALLATION A. Perform installation in accordance with GANA Glazing Manual. 1. Glazing Sealants: Comply with ASTM C1193. 2. Fire Rated Openings: Comply with NFPA 80. 3. C104.2.1.2 Glazing Inspection: To be made after glazing materials are installed in the building. 4. When glazing relites assure that the glazing is installed on the public side of the frame as blinds are installed on the private (office, classroom) side. If there are any questions ask the Architect which side to glaze. 5. Use one of the approved methods below as recommended by the glazed component manufacturer. B. Exterior Wet/Dry Method (Preformed Tape and Sealant) Installation: 1. Cut glazing tape to length and set against permanent stops, 3/16 inch below sight line. Seal corners by butting tape and dabbing with compatible butyl sealant. 2. Apply heel bead of butyl sealant along intersection of permanent stop with frame ensuring full perimeter seal between glass and frame to complete continuity of air and vapor seal. 3. Place setting blocks at 1/4 points with edge block no more than 6 inches from corners. 4. Rest glazing on setting blocks and push against tape and heel bead of sealant with sufficient pressure to attain full contact at perimeter of pane or glass unit. 5. Install removable stops, with spacer strips inserted between glazing and applied stops, 1/4 inch below sight line. Place glazing tape on glazing pane or unit with tape 1/4 inch below] sight line. 6. Fill gap between glazing and stop with elastomeric glazing sealant to depth equal to bite of frame on glazing, but not more than 3/8 inch below sight line. 7. Apply cap bead of elastomeric glazing sealant along void between stop and glazing, to uniform line, flush with sight line. Tool or wipe sealant surface smooth. C. Exterior Wet Method (Sealant and Sealant) Installation: 1. Place setting blocks at 1/4 points and install glazing pane or unit. 2. Install removable stops with glazing centered in space by inserting spacer shims both sides at 24 inches intervals, 1/4 inch below sight line. 3. Fill gaps between glazing and stops with elastomeric glazing sealant to depth of bite on glazing, but not more than 3/8 inch below sight line to ensure full contact with glazing and continue the air and vapor seal. 4. Apply sealant to uniform line, flush with sight line. Tool or wipe sealant surface smooth. D. Exterior Butt Glazed Method (Sealant Only) Installation: 1. Temporarily brace glass in position for duration of glazing process. Mask edges of glass at adjoining glass edges and between glass edges and framing members. 2. Temporarily secure small diameter non-adhering foamed rod on back side of joint. 3. Apply sealant to open side of joint in continuous operation; thoroughly fill joint without displacing foam rod. Tool sealant surface smooth to concave profile. 4. Permit sealant to cure then remove foam backer rod. Apply sealant to opposite side, tool smooth to concave profile. 5. Remove masking tape. E. Interior Dry Method (Tape and Tape) Installation:
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 8 of 9 May8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building GLAZING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 088000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
1. Cut glazing tape to length and set against permanent stops, projecting 1/16 inch above sight line. 2. Place setting blocks at 1/4 points with edge block no more than 6 inches from corners. 3. Rest glazing on setting blocks and push against tape for full contact at perimeter of pane or unit. 4. Place glazing tape on free perimeter of glazing in same manner described above. 5. Install removable stop without displacement of tape. Exert pressure on tape for full continuous contact. 6. Knife trim protruding tape. F. Interior Wet/Dry Method (Tape and Sealant) Installation: 1. Cut glazing tape to length and install against permanent stops, projecting 1/16 inch above sight line. 2. Place setting blocks at 1/4 points with edge block no more than 6 inches from corners. 3. Rest glazing on setting blocks and push against tape to ensure full contact at perimeter of pane or unit. 4. Install removable stops, spacer shims inserted between glazing and applied stops at 24 inch intervals, 1/4 inch below sight line. 5. Fill gaps between pane and applied stop with elastomeric glazing sealant to depth equal to bite on glazing, to uniform and level line. 6. Trim protruding tape edge. G. Interior Wet Method (Compound and Compound) Installation: 1. Install glazing resting on setting blocks. Install applied stop and center pane by use of spacer shims at 24 inch centers, kept 1/4 inch below sight line. 2. Locate and secure glazing pane using spring wire clips or glazers' clips. 3. Fill gaps between glazing and stops with glazing compound until flush with sight line. Tool surface to straight line. 3.4 CLEANING A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Final cleaning. B. Remove glazing materials from finish surfaces. C. Remove labels after Work is complete. D. Clean glass and adjacent surfaces.
3.5 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Protecting installed construction. B. After installation, mark pane with an 'X' by using removable plastic tape or paste. Do not mark heat absorbing or reflective glass units.
3.6 SCHEDULE
A. Refer to drawings and elevations for (BOLD CAP) designations above.
END OF SECTION 088000
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 9 of 9 May8, 2020
Putnamville Prison Industries Building MIRRORS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 088300 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Custom sized, annealed, silvered flat glass mirrors with aluminum top and bottom trim at sizes and locations indicated on interior elevations. Provide wall-to-wall dimensions where possible. If vertical joints are necessary, allow a minimum of 12” each side of lavatory centerlines. B. Related Sections 1. Section 088000 - Glazing: For glass with reflective coatings used for vision and spandrel lites. 2. Section 102800 – Toilet, Bath and Custodial accessories: Standard sized framed mirrors.
1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1. Mirrors. Include description of materials and process used to produce each type of silvered flat glass mirror specified that indicates sources of glass, glass coating components, edge sealer, and quality-control provisions. B. Shop Drawings: Include mirror elevations, edge details, mirror hardware, and attachments to other work. C. Maintenance Data: For mirrors to include in maintenance manuals. D. Warranty: Sample of special warranty.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who employs glass installers for this Project who are certified under the National Glass Association's Certified Glass Installer Program. B. Source Limitations for Mirrors: Obtain mirrors from single source from single manufacturer. C. Source Limitations for Mirror Accessories: Obtain mirror glazing accessories from single source. D. Glazing Publications: Comply with the following published recommendations: 1. GANA's "Glazing Manual" unless more stringent requirements are indicated. Refer to this publication for definitions of glass and glazing terms not otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standards. 2. GANA Mirror Division's "Mirrors, Handle with Extreme Care: Tips for the Professional on the Care and Handling of Mirrors." E. Preconstruction Mirror Mastic Compatibility Test: Submit mirror mastic products to mirror manufacturer for testing to determine compatibility of mastic with mirror backing and substrates on which mirrors are installed.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect mirrors according to mirror manufacturer's written instructions and as needed to prevent damage to mirrors from moisture, condensation, temperature changes, direct exposure to sun, or other causes.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 5 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building MIRRORS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 088300 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
B. Comply with mirror manufacturer's written instructions for shipping, storing, and handling mirrors as needed to prevent deterioration of silvering, damage to edges, and abrasion of glass surfaces and applied coatings. Store indoors.
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install mirrors until ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at levels indicated for final occupancy.
1.6 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which mirror manufacturer agrees to replace mirrors that deteriorate within specified warranty period. Deterioration of mirrors is defined as defects developed from normal use that are not attributed to mirror breakage or to maintaining and cleaning mirrors contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Defects include discoloration, black spots, and clouding of the silver film. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 SILVERED FLAT GLASS MIRRORS A. Glass Mirrors, General: ASTM C 1503; manufactured using copper-free, low-lead mirror coating process. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Arch Aluminum & Glass Co., Inc. b. Avalon Glass and Mirror Company. c. Binswanger Mirror; a division of Vitro America, Inc. d. D & W Incorporated e. Donisi Mirror Company. f. Gardner Glass, Inc. g. Gilded Mirrors, Inc. h. Guardian Industries. i. Head West. j. Independent Mirror Industries, Inc. k. Lenoir Mirror Company. l. Maran-Wurzell Glass & Mirror. m. National Glass Industries. n. Stroupe Mirror Co., Inc. o. Sunshine Mirror; Westshore Glass Corp. p. Virginia Mirror Company, Inc. q. Walker Glass Co., Ltd. B. Clear Glass: Mirror Select Quality; ultraclear (low-iron) float glass with a minimum 91 percent visible light transmission. 1. Nominal Thickness: ¼”
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 5 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building MIRRORS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 088300 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
2.2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Edge Sealer: Coating compatible with glass coating and approved by mirror manufacturer for use in protecting against silver deterioration at mirrored glass edges. B. Mirror Mastic: An adhesive setting compound, asbestos-free, produced specifically for setting mirrors and certified by both mirror manufacturer and mastic manufacturer as compatible with glass coating and substrates on which mirrors will be installed. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Franklin International; Titebond Division. b. Laurence, C. R. Co., Inc. c. Macco Adhesives; Liquid Nails Division. d. OSI Sealants, Inc. e. Palmer Products Corporation. f. Pecora Corporation. g. Royal Adhesives & Sealants; Gunther Mirror Mastics Division. h. Sommer & Maca Industries, Inc.
2.3 MIRROR HARDWARE A. Top and Bottom Aluminum J-Channels: Aluminum extrusions with a return deep enough to produce a glazing channel to accommodate mirrors of thickness indicated and in lengths required to cover bottom and top edges of each mirror in a single piece. 1. J-channels formed with front leg and back leg not less than 3/8” and 7/8” in height, respectively, and a thickness of not less than 0.04 inch. B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following or approved equal: C. Laurence, C. R. Co., Inc.; CRL Standard "J" Channel. D. Sommer & Maca Industries, Inc.; Aluminum Shallow Nose "J" Moulding Lower Bar. E. Sommer & Maca Industries, Inc.; Heavy Gauge Aluminum Shallow Nose "J" Moulding Lower Bar. F. Finish: Clear bright anodized. 1. Size and mounting height as indicated on drawings. G. Concealed Fasteners: Fabricated of same basic metal and alloy as fastened metal. H. Hangers: Produce rigid, tamper- and theft-resistant installation, using a method indicated below. 1. One-piece, galvanized steel, wall-hanger device with spring-action locking mechanism to hold mirror unit in position with no exposed screws or bolts. 2. Wall bracket of galvanized steel equipped with concealed locking devices requiring a special tool to remove.
2.4 FABRICATION A. Mirror Sizes: To suit Project conditions, cut mirrors to final sizes and shapes. B. Cutouts: Fabricate cutouts for notches and holes in mirrors without marring visible surfaces. Locate and size cutouts so they fit closely around penetrations in mirrors. C. Mirror Edge Treatment: Flat polished. 1. Seal edges of mirrors with edge sealer after edge treatment to prevent chemical or atmospheric penetration of glass coating.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 5 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building MIRRORS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 088300 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
2. Require mirror manufacturer to perform edge treatment and sealing in factory immediately after cutting to final sizes.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, over which mirrors are to be mounted, with Installer present, for compliance with installation tolerances, substrate preparation, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility of mirror mastic with existing finishes or primers. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces are dry.
3.2 PREPARATION A. Comply with mastic manufacturer's written installation instructions for preparation of substrates, including coating substrates with mastic manufacturer's special bond coating where applicable.
3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Install mirrors to comply with mirror manufacturer's written instructions and with referenced GANA publications. Mount mirrors accurately in place in a manner that avoids distorting reflected images. B. Provide a minimum air space of 1/8” between back of mirrors and mounting surface for air circulation between back of mirrors and face of mounting surface. C. Wall-Mounted Mirrors: Install mirrors with mastic and mirror hardware. Attach mirror hardware securely to mounting surfaces with mechanical fasteners installed with anchors or inserts as applicable. Install fasteners so heads do not impose point loads on backs of mirrors. 1. Top and Bottom Aluminum J-Channels: Provide setting blocks 1/8” thick by 4” long at quarter points. To prevent trapping water, provide, between setting blocks, two slotted weeps not less than 1/4” wide by 3/8” long at bottom channel. 2. Install mastic as follows: a. Apply barrier coat to mirror backing where approved in writing by manufacturers of mirrors and backing material. b. Apply mastic to comply with mastic manufacturer's written instructions for coverage and to allow air circulation between back of mirrors and face of mounting surface. c. After mastic is applied, align mirrors and press into place while maintaining a minimum air space of 1/8” between back of mirrors and mounting surface.
3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Protect mirrors from breakage and contaminating substances resulting from construction operations. B. Do not permit edges of mirrors to be exposed to standing water.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 5 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building MIRRORS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 088300 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
C. Maintain environmental conditions that will prevent mirrors from being exposed to moisture from condensation or other sources for continuous periods of time. D. Wash exposed surface of mirrors not more than four days before date scheduled for inspections that establish date of Substantial Completion. Wash mirrors as recommended in writing by mirror manufacturer.
END OF SECTION 088300
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 5 of 5 May 8, 2020
Putnamville Prison Industries Building GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 092116 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Interior metal stud wall framing. 2. Metal channel ceiling framing (SGWB). 3. Gypsum board and joint treatment. 4. Gypsum sheathing. 5. Tile backer board. 6. Control and expansion joints. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 061000 - Rough Carpentry: Building wood framing system. 2. Section 072116 - Blanket Insulation: insulation. 3. Section 081214 - Standard Steel Frames. 4. Section 083113 - Access Doors and Frames: Metal access panels. 5. Section 099000 – Painting and Coating: For finish paints and primers applied to gypsum board assemblies. 6. M and P drawings for coordination with plumbing and mechanical penetrations. 7. Division 26 for electrical coordination.
1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM International: 1. ASTM C475 - Standard Specification for Joint Compound and Joint Tape for Finishing Gypsum Board. 2. ASTM C557 - Standard Specification for Adhesives for Fastening Gypsum Wallboard to Wood Framing. 3. ASTM C645 - Standard Specification for Nonstructural Steel Framing Members. 4. ASTM C665 - Standard Specification for Mineral-Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing. 5. ASTM C754 - Standard Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw-Attached Gypsum Panel Products. 6. ASTM C840 - Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board. 7. ASTM C954 - Standard Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Steel Studs from 0.033 in. (0.84 mm) to 0.112 in. in Thickness. 8. ASTM C1002 - Standard Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases. 9. ASTM C1007 - Standard Specification for Installation of Load Bearing (Transverse and Axial) Steel Studs and Related Accessories. 10. ASTM C1178 - Standard Specification for Coated Glass Mat Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Panel. 11. ASTM C1280 - Standard Specification for Application of Gypsum Sheathing. 12. ASTM C1288 - Standard Specification for Discrete Non-Asbestos Fiber-Cement Interior Substrate Sheets.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 8 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 092116 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
13. ASTM C1325 - Standard Specification for Non-Asbestos Fiber-Mat Reinforced Cement Substrate Sheets. 14. ASTM C1396 - Standard Specification for Gypsum Board. 15. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 16. ASTM E90 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements. 17. ASTM E119 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 18. ASTM F1667 - Standard Specification for Driven Fasteners: Nails, Spikes, and Staples. B. American Society of Civil Engineers: 1. ASCE 7 - Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures. C. Gypsum Association: 1. GA 214 - Recommended Levels of Gypsum Board Finish. 2. GA 216 - Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board. 3. GA-234 - Control Joints for Fire-Resistance Rated Systems. 4. GA 600 - Fire Resistance Design Manual Sound Control. D. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 265 - Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Evaluating Room Fire Growth Contribution of Textile Coverings on Full Height Panels and Walls, Method B. 2. NFPA 286 - Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Evaluating Room Fire Growth Contribution of Wall and Ceiling Interior Finish. E. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.: 1. UL - Fire Resistance Directory.
1.3 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting. B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section.
1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals. B. Product Data: Submit data on metal framing, gypsum board, joint tape; decorative finish and acoustic accessories. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Indicate special details associated with fireproofing and acoustic seals. 2. Indicate installation details required for seismic design loads.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with ASTM C840. B. Fire Rated Wall, Floor and Roof Construction: Rating(s) as indicated on Drawings. 1. Tested Rating: Determined in accordance with ASTM E119.
1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 8 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 092116 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES A. Manufacturers: 1. CertainTeed Corporation. 2. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC. 3. National Gypsum Company. 4. USG Corporation. 5. Substitutions: Section 012500 - Substitution Procedures. B. Performance / Design Criteria: 1. Select stud thickness to resist minimum 5 psf uniform load and maximum 1/360 deflection at tile wall finishes and 1/240 at typical walls. 2. Acoustic Attenuation for Identified Interior Partitions: STC as indicated in accordance with ASTM E90. 3. Seismic Loads: Design and size components to withstand seismic loads and sway displacement as calculated according to ASCE 7 and applicable codes for Seismic Design Category indicated.
2.2 COMPONENTS A. Framing Materials: 1. Studs and Tracks: (Typical Partition Studs): Fabricate from ASTM A653 steel sheet having a minimum yield strength of 33,000 psi; roll-formed "C" shaped with not less than 1-1/4 inch flange with 1/4 inch nominal return, and pre-punched webs for installation of mechanical and electrical items. a. Size: Depth of studs as indicated on drawings. b. Gage: 20 gage unless noted otherwise. c. Runners: Same gage as studs; size for friction fit to studs; type recommended by stud manufacturer for support of studs, and for vertical abutment of drywall work at other work. Provide top track with minimum 1-1/2 inch long legs, unless otherwise indicated. d. Finish: Provide studs and runners with manufacturer's standard zinc protective coating or be rolled-formed from galvanized steel; minimum G60 galvanized coating. 2. Direct Hung Suspension System: Chicago Metallic “640 Exposed System (640 Main Runner, 644 Cross Tee, 874 Cross Tee (for support of light fixtures), and 5111 Wall Tracks)”, or approved equal double web suspension system bearing “Heavy-Duty” structural classification per ASTM C635. a. Fabricate from commercial grade cold-rolled electro-galvanized steel. Required items standard with suspension system. b. Main runners (640) and cross tees (644) shall be 1-1/2 inches high with 1-3/8 inch wide knurled face for screw attachment of drywall. Cross tees (874) shall be 1-1/2 inches high with 15/16 inch face width; these members must be used for support of recessed light fixtures on four (4) sides. c. Design and construct main runners and cross tees and their splices and intersection connectors to carry a mean ultimate test load of not less than 180 pounds or twice the actual load, whichever is greater, in tension and
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 8 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 092116 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
compression. Provide mechanical interlocking connections at splices and intersections. d. Armstrong Axiom Trim: One-piece Drywall Trim 2.5” unfinished for field painting (at exposed plane edges). 3. Wall Furring Members: ASTM C645; minimum 25 gage, hat-shaped. Size 1-1/4 inch face width by 7/8 inch depth. Provide channels with manufacturer's standard zinc protective coating, except meeting ASTM A 653, G60 (Z180), hot-dip galvanized zinc coating for exterior locations. 4. Restraining Angles (Top of Fire Rated Partitions): ASTM C645, minimum 25 gauge, 2½ x 2½ inches minimum. Provide angles with manufacturer’s standard zinc protective coating, or be rolled formed from galvanized steel. Angles installed under Section 092116. 5. Vertical Deflection Clip: Steel Network, “Verticlip SLD”, or approved equal meeting UL 2079 and allowing 1-1/2 in unrestrained movement (¾ inch compression and ¾ inch extension); ASTM A653, Grade 50, Class 1, minimum 20 gauge, with 1½ x 3.125 inches legs. Provide angles with manufacturer’s standard G 60, hot-dip galvanized protective coating. Angles installed under Section 092116. Coordinate with 2.3 - Head of Wall Fire Rated Assemblies, below. 6. Steel Plate (Top of Rated Partitions which are parallel to deck flutes): ASTM A653; minimum 16 gage. Provide steel plates in widths to span two or three metal deck ribs with at least 3 inch projection beyond runner track on either side; plates shall be continuous across top of partitions. Provide plates with galvanized protective coating. 7. Carrying Channels: ASTM C754; 1-1/2 inches main runner channels, 3/4 inches cross furring channels, cold rolled steel channels, weighing 0.475 pounds per foot; provide channels with manufacturer’s standard rust inhibitive prime finish for interior areas, and ASTM A 653, G90 (Z275) hot-dipped galvanized finish for exterior areas. 8. Wire: ASTM A641, carbon steel wire, galvanized, soft annealed, with Class 1 coating; hanger wire minimum 12 gage; wire for tying channels minimum 16 and 18 gage as specified. 9. Screws: Products of, or as recommended by stud manufacturer and meeting ASTM C1002. 10. All other materials not specifically described but required for a complete installation of metal framing shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer of framing materials used. B. Gypsum Board Materials: ASTM C1396 ; Type X fire resistant typical. 1. Standard Type X Gypsum Board: 5/8 inch thick, maximum available length in place; ends square cut, tapered and beveled edges. 2. Gypsum Base: 5/8 inch thick; V-grooved edges, ends square cut, maximum available size in place. C. Gypsum Sheathing Board: 1/2 inch thick, maximum available size in place; ends square cut, square edges; water repellent paper faces. D. 017000 – Execution and Closeout Requirements Tile Backer Boards (CBU): 1. Glass Mat Gypsum Tile Backer Board: ASTM C1178; 5/8 inch thick, Type X fire resistant where indicated on Drawings, maximum available length in place; ends square cut, tapered edges; mold resistant. 2. Tile Backer Board Joint Tape: 2 inch wide, coated glass fiber tape for joints and corners.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 8 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 092116 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Gypsum Board Accessories: ASTM C1047; metal or metal and paper combination; corner beads, edge trim, and expansion joints. 1. Outside Corners: Right angle trim with paper surface to receive cement; Beadex "No. B1." 2. Exposed Edges: "L" shaped trim with paper surface to receive cement; size to suit wallboard thickness. Beadex "No. B4." 3. Edges Abutting Dissimilar Materials: "L" shaped trim with paper surface to receive cement and factory applied masking; size to suit wallboard thickness. Beadex "Premask L." 4. Control Joints: Roll-formed zinc trim with tape-protected 1/4-inch opening, 7/16 inch deep. US Gypsum "No. 093", or approved substitution. B. Finishing Accessories 1. Mullion Mate by Gordon Interior Specialties, www.gordon- inc.com/interiors/ceilings/mullionmate.aspx. a. Pre-assembled and spring loaded to provide a tight fit for vertical junctures and window walls, size to fit opening. b. Finish to match mullions in spray applied water-borne cross-linked baked acrylic finish or Acrylic-Polyester hybrid powder coat to match curtainwall system. c. STC Rating: 38 d. Materials: Provide metals free from surface blemishes where exposed to view in finished unit. Surfaces that exhibit pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, and discolorations or other imperfections on finished units are not acceptable. All metal shall be of the highest-grade commercial type. e. Aluminum Extrusions: 6063-T5, tensile strength 31 KSI (ASTM B221). f. Acoustical Blankets for sound attenuation factory installed. 2. Partition End Caps: Provide extruded aluminum partition end caps at partition closures. Provide at locations of all adjustable partition closures and other locations indicated. a. Provide series 911-EC wall cap or Fry Reglet DMEC end closure (www.fryreglet.com/details/reveals/jpg/Page%20C8%20Drywall%20Molding%2 0End%20Closure%20WEB.jpg) to match partition width and mullion mate finish. C. Joint Materials: ASTM C475; reinforcing tape, joint compound, and water. 1. Joint Tape for Drywall: USG “Sheetrock Brand,” or approved high-strength fiber paper tape with feather (sanded) edges. a. Joint Treatment for Standard Gypsum Wallboard Panels: Joint compound for embedding paper tape and for first fill coat over metal trim and fasteners except as otherwise indicated. Lightweight all-purpose types are acceptable for overhead and ceiling applications, only. 1) Beadex "Pre-Mixed Taping Compound" 2) USG "Ready-Mixed Taping Joint Compound, All Purpose" 3) Substitutions: As specified in Section 012500 - Substitution Procedures. b. Joint compound for second and third coats, except for Tile Backer Board: 1) Beadex "Pre-Mixed Finishing Compound" 2) USG "Ready-Mixed, Topping Joint Compound, All Purpose" 3) Substitutions: As specified in Section 012500 - Substitution Procedures.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 5 of 8 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 092116 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
2. Joint Treatment for Tile Backer Board: Use exterior rated tape and setting-type taping compound and setting-type, sandable topping compound as recommended by the board manufacturer. D. Gypsum Board Screws: ASTM C954 or ASTM C1002; length to suit application. 1. Screws for Steel Framing: Type S. 2. Screws for Wood Framing: Type W. E. Gypsum Board Nails: Not approved.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for installation examination. B. Verify site conditions are ready to receive work and opening dimensions are as indicated on drawings.
3.2 DEMOLITION A. Extend existing gypsum board installations using materials and methods as specified. B. Repair and remodel existing gypsum board assemblies which remain or are to be altered.
3.3 INSTALLATION A. Metal Stud Installation: 1. Install studs in accordance with ASTM C754. 2. Metal Stud Spacing: As indicated on drawings. 3. Extend stud framing to as indicated. Attach ceiling runner securely in accordance with details indicated. 4. Refer to Drawings for indication of partitions extending stud framing through ceiling to structure above. Maintain clearance under structural building members to avoid deflection transfer to studs. Provide extended leg ceiling runners. 5. Door Opening Framing: Install double studs at door frame jambs as indicated. Provide headers as detailed. 6. Blocking: Install blocking, 16 gauge x 6” metal strapping or treated 2x wood blocking, for support of plumbing fixtures, wall cabinets, wood frame opening, toilet accessories and hardware. B. Wall Furring Installation: 1. Erect wall furring for direct attachment to concrete masonry and concrete walls. 2. Erect furring channels horizontally or vertically; space maximum 24 inches o.c, not more than 4 inches from floor and ceiling lines and abutting walls. 3. Erect metal stud framing as detailed to walls, attached by adjustable furring brackets. C. Furring for Fire Ratings: Install furring as required for fire resistance ratings indicated and to GA-600 requirements. D. Ceiling Framing Installation: 1. Install in accordance with ASTM C754. 2. Coordinate location of hangers with other work. 3. Install ceiling framing independent of walls, columns, and above ceiling work, UNO.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 6 of 8 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 092116 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
4. Reinforce openings in ceiling suspension system which interrupt main carrying channels or furring channels, with lateral channel bracing. Extend bracing minimum 24 inches past each end of openings. 5. Laterally brace entire suspension system as required for seismic design category. 6. Use structural joists/studs at locations indicated on structural drawings. E. Acoustic Accessories Installation: 1. Install resilient channels at maximum 24 inches on center. Locate joints over framing members. 2. Place acoustic insulation in partitions tight within spaces, around cut openings, behind and around electrical and mechanical items within or behind partitions, and tight to items passing through partitions. 3. Install acoustic sealant at gypsum board perimeter at: a. Metal Framing: One bead. b. Base Layer. c. Seal penetrations of partitions by conduit, pipe, duct work, rough-in boxes, and similar devices. F. Gypsum Board Installation: 1. Install gypsum board in accordance with ASTM C840. 2. Erect single layer standard gypsum board in most economical direction, with ends and edges occurring over firm bearing. 3. Erect single layer fire rated gypsum board vertically, with edges and ends occurring over firm bearing. 4. Erect exterior gypsum sheathing in accordance with ASTM C1280, horizontally, with edges butted and ends occurring over firm bearing. 5. Use screws when fastening gypsum board to metal furring or framing. 6. Double Layer Applications: Use gypsum base for first layer, placed perpendicular to framing or furring members. Use fire rated gypsum base for fire rated partitions and ceilings. 7. Place control joints consistent with lines of building spaces as directed. Do not exceed ASTM C840 maximum spacings. 8. Place corner beads at external corners. Use longest practical length. Place edge trim where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials. 9. Install cementitious backing board over metal studs at tile finish locations. G. Joint Treatment: 1. Tape, fill, and sand exposed joints, edges, and corners to produce smooth surface ready to receive finishes. 2. Feather coats on to adjoining surfaces so that camber is maximum 1/32. 3. Taping, filling, and sanding is not required at surfaces behind adhesive applied ceramic tile. 4. Fill and finish joints and corners of cementitious backing board. H. Control and Expansion Joints: 1. Position and install control and expansion joints. 2. Coordinate with the framing installer to ensure that framing is installed immediately on either side of each control joint. 3. Conform to GA-234-08. 4. Space control joints as indicated or when not indicated, locate as follows (with Architect approval of locations):
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 7 of 8 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 092116 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
a. At maximum 30 foot intervals in either direction along continuous wall planes. b. At maximum 50 foot intervals at continuous ceilings with perimeter relief and each 2500 square foot of ceiling area. c. At maximum 30 foot intervals in either direction at continuous ceilings without perimeter relief. d. At maximum 30 foot intervals in either direction at exterior soffits. e. At locations where expansion or control joints occur in the building structure. f. At transitions with other wall substrates install where gypsum board spans masonry, concrete, metal studs and other materials. g. Locate control joints to form rectangular or square joints, in “L,” “U,” “T,” or other irregularly shaped areas. h. Position control joints to intersect light fixtures, air diffusers, door opening, and other areas of stress concentration as detailed or approved. I. Finishing: 1. Installation: Tape and finish drywall in accordance with GA-214/ASTM C840, for Level of finish indicated below, unless detailed otherwise. 2. Finishing Schedule: a. Level 2: Gypsum board above finished ceilings, and behind wall panel systems. b. Level 3: Gypsum board in utilitarian rooms as mechanical/electrical room, storerooms, custodial closets, except behind ceramic tile, blade second coat smooth. c. Level 4: Gypsum board in exposed to view (public) areas, except as otherwise indicated. d. Level 5: Gypsum board in areas to receive special finishes that require a flat substrate indicated in individual finish sections (wall talkers, vinyl wall covering, etc.).
3.4 TOLERANCES A. Section 014000 - Quality Requirements: Tolerances. B. Maximum Variation of Finished Gypsum Board Surface from Flat Surface: to finish level designated above.
3.5 SCHEDULE A. Refer to finish schedule for products and finishes.
END OF SECTION 092116
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 8 of 8 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 092216 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Non-load-bearing steel framing systems for interior gypsum board assemblies. 2. Suspension systems for interior gypsum ceilings, soffits, and grid systems
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Evaluation Reports: For dimpled steel studs and runners, from ICC-ES.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 FRAMING SYSTEMS A. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content not less than 25 percent. B. Framing Members, General: Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated. 1. Steel Sheet Components: Comply with ASTM C 645 requirements for metal unless otherwise indicated. 2. Protective Coating: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G40, hot-dip galvanized unless otherwise indicated. C. Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645. Use either steel studs and runners or dimpled steel studs and runners. 1. Steel Studs and Runners: a. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.018 inch. b. Depth: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Dimpled Steel Studs and Runners: a. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.015 inch. b. Depth: As indicated on Drawings. D. Slip-Type Head Joints: Where indicated, provide one of the following: 1. Single Long-Leg Runner System: ASTM C 645 top runner with 2-inch- deep flanges in thickness not less than indicated for studs, installed with studs friction fit into top runner and with continuous bridging located within 12 inches of the top of studs to provide lateral bracing. 2. Double-Runner System: ASTM C 645 top runners, inside runner with 2-inch- deep flanges in thickness not less than indicated for studs and fastened to studs, and outer runner sized to friction fit inside runner. 3. Deflection Track: Steel sheet top runner manufactured to prevent cracking of finishes applied to interior partition framing resulting from deflection of structure above; in thickness not less than indicated for studs and in width to accommodate depth of studs. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1) Dietrich Metal Framing; SLP-TRK Slotted Deflection Track. 2) MBA Building Supplies; Slotted Deflecto Track. 3) Steel Network Inc. (The); VertiClip SLD Series.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 5 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 092216 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
4) Superior Metal Trim; Superior Flex Track System (SFT). 5) Telling Industries; Vertical Slip Track. 6) Or approved by Architect as equal. E. Flat Strap and Backing Plate: Steel sheet for blocking and bracing in length and width indicated. 1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.018 inch. F. Cold-Rolled Channel Bridging: Steel, 0.053-inch minimum base-metal thickness, with minimum 1/2- inch- wide flanges. 1. Depth: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Clip Angle: Not less than 1-1/2 by 1-1/2 inches, 0.068-inch- thick, galvanized steel. G. Hat-Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645. 1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.018 inch. 2. Depth: As indicated on Drawings. H. Resilient Furring Channels: 1/2-inch- deep, steel sheet members designed to reduce sound transmission. 1. Configuration: Asymmetrical or hat shaped. I. Cold-Rolled Furring Channels: 0.053-inch uncoated-steel thickness, with minimum 1/2-inch- wide flanges. 1. Depth: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Furring Brackets: Adjustable, corrugated-edge type of steel sheet with minimum uncoated-steel thickness of 0.033 inch. 3. Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.062-inch- diameter wire, or double strand of 0.048-inch- diameter wire. J. Z-Shaped Furring: With slotted or nonslotted web, face flange of 1-1/4 inches, wall attachment flange of 7/8 inch, minimum uncoated-metal thickness of 0.018 inch, and depth required to fit insulation thickness indicated.
2.2 SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.062-inch- diameter wire, or double strand of 0.048-inch- diameter wire. B. Wire Hangers: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.16 inch in diameter. C. Flat Hangers: Steel sheet, 1 by 3/16 inch by length indicated. D. Carrying Channels: Cold-rolled, commercial-steel sheet with a base-metal thickness of 0.053 inch and minimum 1/2-inch- wide flanges. 1. Depth: 2-1/2 inches. E. Furring Channels (Furring Members): 1. Cold-Rolled Channels: 0.053-inch uncoated-steel thickness, with minimum 1/2-inch- wide flanges, 3/4 inch deep. 2. Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645. a. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.018 inch. b. Depth: 3-5/8 inches. 3. Dimpled Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645. a. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.015 inch. b. Depth: 3-5/8 inches. 4. Hat-Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645, 7/8 inch deep. a. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.018 inch. 5. Resilient Furring Channels: 1/2-inch- deep members designed to reduce sound transmission. a. Configuration: Asymmetrical or hat shaped. F. Grid Suspension System for Gypsum Board Ceilings: ASTM C 645, direct-hung system composed of main beams and cross-furring members that interlock.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 5 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 092216 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc.; Drywall Grid Systems. b. Chicago Metallic Corporation; Drywall Grid System. c. USG Corporation; Drywall Suspension System. d. Or approved by Architect as equal.
2.3 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards. 1. Fasteners for Metal Framing: Of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power, and other properties required to fasten steel members to substrates. B. Isolation Strip at Exterior Walls: Provide one of the following: 1. Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt: ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt), nonperforated. 2. Foam Gasket: Adhesive-backed, closed-cell vinyl foam strips that allow fastener penetration without foam displacement, 1/8 inch thick, in width to suit steel stud size.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and substrates, with Installer present, and including welded hollow-metal frames, cast-in anchors, and structural framing, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Installation Standard: ASTM C 754. 1. Gypsum Board Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 840 that apply to framing installation. B. Install supplementary framing, and blocking to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or similar construction. C. Install bracing at terminations in assemblies. D. Do not bridge building control and expansion joints with non-load-bearing steel framing members. Frame both sides of joints independently.
3.3 INSTALLING FRAMED ASSEMBLIES A. Install framing system components according to spacings indicated, but not greater than spacings required by referenced installation standards for assembly types. 1. Single-Layer Application: 16 inches o.c. unless otherwise indicated. 2. Multilayer Application: 16 inches o.c. unless otherwise indicated. 3. Tile Backing Panels: 16 inches o.c. unless otherwise indicated. B. Where studs are installed directly against exterior masonry walls or dissimilar metals at exterior walls, install isolation strip between studs and exterior wall. C. Install studs so flanges within framing system point in same direction. D. Install tracks (runners) at floors and overhead supports. Extend framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framing around ducts penetrating partitions above ceiling. 1. Slip-Type Head Joints: Where framing extends to overhead structural supports, install to produce joints at tops of framing systems that prevent axial loading of finished assemblies.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 5 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 092216 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
2. Door Openings: Screw vertical studs at jambs to jamb anchor clips on door frames; install runner track section (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb studs. a. Install two studs at each jamb unless otherwise indicated. b. Install cripple studs at head adjacent to each jamb stud, with a minimum 1/2-inch clearance from jamb stud to allow for installation of control joint in finished assembly. c. Extend jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of overhead structure. 3. Other Framed Openings: Frame openings other than door openings the same as required for door openings unless otherwise indicated. Install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads. 4. Curved Partitions: a. Bend track to uniform curve and locate straight lengths so they are tangent to arcs. b. Begin and end each arc with a stud, and space intermediate studs equally along arcs. On straight lengths of no fewer than two studs at ends of arcs, place studs 6 inches o.c. E. Direct Furring: 1. Attach to concrete or masonry with stub nails, screws designed for masonry attachment, or powder-driven fasteners spaced 24 inches o.c. F. Z-Furring Members: 1. Erect insulation, specified in Section 07 21 00 "Thermal Insulation," vertically and hold in place with Z-furring members spaced 24 inches o.c. 2. Except at exterior corners, securely attach narrow flanges of furring members to wall with concrete stub nails, screws designed for masonry attachment, or powder-driven fasteners spaced 24 inches o.c. 3. At exterior corners, attach wide flange of furring members to wall with short flange extending beyond corner; on adjacent wall surface, screw-attach short flange of furring channel to web of attached channel. At interior corners, space second member no more than 12 inches from corner and cut insulation to fit. G. Installation Tolerance: Install each framing member so fastening surfaces vary not more than 1/8 inch from the plane formed by faces of adjacent framing.
3.4 INSTALLING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. Install suspension system components according to spacings indicated, but not greater than spacings required by referenced installation standards for assembly types. 1. Hangers: 48 inches o.c. 2. Carrying Channels (Main Runners): 48 inches o.c. 3. Furring Channels (Furring Members): 16 inches o.c. B. Isolate suspension systems from building structure where they abut or are penetrated by building structure to prevent transfer of loading imposed by structural movement. C. Suspend hangers from building structure as follows: 1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structural or suspension system. a. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. 2. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with locations of hangers required to support standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in the form of trapezes or equivalent devices. a. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced installation standards.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 5 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 092216 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
3. Wire Hangers: Secure by looping and wire tying, either directly to structures or to inserts, eye screws, or other devices and fasteners that are secure and appropriate for substrate, and in a manner that will not cause hangers to deteriorate or otherwise fail. 4. Flat Hangers: Secure to structure, including intermediate framing members, by attaching to inserts, eye screws, or other devices and fasteners that are secure and appropriate for structure and hanger, and in a manner that will not cause hangers to deteriorate or otherwise fail. 5. Do not attach hangers to steel roof deck. 6. Do not attach hangers to permanent metal forms. Furnish cast-in-place hanger inserts that extend through forms. 7. Do not attach hangers to rolled-in hanger tabs of composite steel floor deck. 8. Do not connect or suspend steel framing from ducts, pipes, or conduit. D. Seismic Bracing: Sway-brace suspension systems with hangers used for support. E. Grid Suspension Systems: Attach perimeter wall track or angle where grid suspension systems meet vertical surfaces. Mechanically join main beam and cross-furring members to each other and butt-cut to fit into wall track. F. Installation Tolerances: Install suspension systems that are level to within 1/8 inch in 12 feet measured lengthwise on each member that will receive finishes and transversely between parallel members that will receive finishes.
END OF SECTION 09 22 16
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 5 of 5 May 8, 2020
Putnamville Prison Industries Building ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 095123 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Suspended metal exposed grid ceiling systems and acoustical mineral fiber lay-in tile where scheduled as (SAT) 2. Suspended metal ceiling grid systems. 3. Seismic restraint of suspended ceilings. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 092216 - Non-Structural Metal Framing: Ceiling and wall framing for gypsum wallboard systems, including lateral force bracing for ceiling height partitions above acoustical ceilings. 2. Divisions 21, 22 and 23 - Mechanical Sections: Coordinate supports and panel penetrations for HVAC, and fire suppression system penetrations. 3. Divisions 26, 27 and 28 - Electrical Sections: Coordinate supports and panels penetrations for electrical fixtures and equipment.
1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society of Civil Engineers: 1. ASCE 7 - Minimum Design Loads for Building and Other Structures. B. American Society for Testing and Materials: 1. ASTM C635 - Standard Specification for the Manufacture, Performance, and Testing of Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panel Ceilings. 2. ASTM C636 - Standard Practice for Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-In Panels. 3. ASTM E580 - Standard Practice for Application of Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panels in Areas Requiring Seismic Restraint. 4. ASTM E1264 - Standard Classification for Acoustical Ceiling Products. 5. ASTM E1477 - Standard Test Method for Luminous Reflectance Factor of Acoustical Materials by Use of Integrating-Sphere Reflectometers. C. Ceilings and Interior Systems Construction Association: 1. CISCA - Acoustical Ceilings: Use and Practice. D. International Code Council: 1. ICC Section 803 - Test Specimens.
1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate grid layout and related dimensioning, junctions with other work or ceiling finishes, interrelation of mechanical and electrical items related to system. Indicate method of suspension where interference exists. C. Product Data: Submit data on metal grid system components and acoustic units. D. Samples: Submit two full size samples illustrating material and finish of acoustic units. E. Samples: Submit two samples each, 12 inches long, of suspension system main runner, cross runner, and perimeter molding.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 6 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 095123 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
F. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention. G. Section 017700 - Closeout Procedures: Manual for Materials and Finishes.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single Source: Obtain each type of acoustical ceiling tile and suspension system from a single manufacturer for each product required. B. Code Compliance Standards: 1. ICC International Building Code, Edition 2012; Section 803. 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. ASTM C635 –Manufacturing of Metal Suspension Systems. b. ASTM C636 – Installation of Metal Suspension Systems in Non-Seismic Applications. 3. American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE): Std 7, “Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures. 4. Ceilings and Interior Systems Contractors Association (CISCA): Comply with “CISCA Ceilings Design Handbook” recommended installation requirements corresponding to the seismic design category(s) (SDC) as indicated. C. Qualifications: 1. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum five years documented experience. 2. Installer: Company specializing in performing work of this section with minimum five years documented experience approved by manufacturer. D. Mockup: 1. Section 014000 - Quality Requirements: Requirements for mockup. 2. Construct mock-up, 12 feet x 12 feet, including typical field and edge conditions. 3. Locate where directed by Architect/Engineer. 4. Incorporate accepted mockup as part of Work. E. Pre-Installation Meeting: 1. Section 013119 – Project Meetings: Pre-installation meeting. 2. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section.
1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section 016000 - Product Requirements. B. Maintain uniform temperature of minimum 60 degrees F, and maximum humidity of 40 percent prior to, during, and after acoustic unit installation.
1.6 SEQUENCING A. Section 011000 - Summary of Work: Requirements for sequencing. B. Sequence Work to ensure acoustic ceilings are not installed until building is enclosed, sufficient heat is provided, dust generating activities have terminated, and overhead work is completed, tested, and approved. C. Install acoustical tile after interior wet work is dry.
1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 017700 - Closeout Procedures: Spare parts and maintenance products.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 6 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 095123 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
B. Furnish one full carton of each type, size, and color installed. Deliver to Owner, packaged for storage at project closeout.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Allowable Tolerances/Clearances in Plane of Finished Surfaces: 1. Install suspension system level within 1/8 inch in 12 feet, with cumulative tolerance not to exceed 1/4 inch. Gaps and levelness shall be installed within guidelines of ASTM C636. 2. Comply with applicable tolerance requirements of ASTM C636 for exposed members in finished ceiling (ie. abutting sections, cross tees, intersections, etc.). B. Seismic Loads: Design and size components to withstand seismic loads in accordance with the International Building Code, Section 1613 for Category indicated on sheet (S-001).
2.2 CEILING SCHEDULE A. General: Provide the following types of acoustical tile and suspension systems where scheduled on drawings by abbreviations listed below. 1. (SAT-1): Acoustical tile with “Type 1” exposed grid suspension system.
2.3 ACOUSTICAL LAY-IN TILE (MINERAL COMPOSITION) A. (SAT-1): Armstrong “Optima Open Plan,” Item No. 3355, or approved equal meeting the following: 1. Size: 24 inches by 24 inches by 1 inch thick. 2. Edges: Square Tegular for 9/16 “Type-1” inch wide suspension system. 3. NRC: 0.95 per ASTM E1264. 4. CAC: Minimum 35, min. (continuous ceiling) per ASTM E1264. 5. Light Reflection: LR1 90% minimum per ASTM E1477. 6. Flame Spread: Class 25 when tested per ASTM E1264. 7. Finish: Manufacturer's standard “DuraBrite” factory-applied, scratch-resistant and soil-resistant white acrylic latex paint.
2.4 SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. Seismic Design Categories (SDC): Support systems shall comply with ASCE 7, SDC’s C and meeting CISCA recommendations for seismic zones 0-2. 1. Load Limits Per CISCA: Loads include actual average weight of grid, panels. Light fixtures and air terminals. a. CISCA Zone 0-2: Less than 2.5 lbs/sq-ft. B. “Type 1” Heavy Duty Exposed Grid Suspension System: Armstrong World Industries “Suprafine XL 9/16”, or approved manufactured by Chicago Metallic, USG Interiors, Inc. with narrow exposed ‘T’ face (9/16 inch) suspension system bearing “heavy-duty” structural classification per ASTM C635 and in compliance with ASCE 7. 1. Cross tees shall be of same web height as main runners. Provide cross tees with off- set ends for a flush fit with main runners. 2. Factory punch main runners to accept cross tees at the indicated module.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 6 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 095123 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
3. Exposed members fabricated from commercial grade cold rolled steel. Provide suspension system complete with accessory items indicated or required for a complete installation. 4. Design and construct main runners and cross tees and their splices and intersection connectors to carry a mean ultimate test load of not less than 180 pounds or twice the actual load, whichever is greater, in tension and in compression with a 5-degree misalignment of the members in any direction. Provide mechanical interlocking connections at splices and intersections. 5. Provide manufacturer's standard hot-dipped galvanized or electro-galvanized finish; exposed bottom flange shall have manufacturer’s standard low-gloss white baked-on enamel finish. 6. Color, Typical: Match USG Interiors "#50 Flat White." 7. Standard Edge Moldings and Trim: Comply with SDC, above. C. “Type 2” Heavy-Duty Exposed Grid Suspension System: Armstrong World Industries, Inc. “Prelude XL Main Runners and Prelude XL Cross Tees”; USG Interiors, Inc. "Donn DXL 26 Fire Rated Suspension System”; [for Kitchen/Serverys/Food prep provide Chicago Metallic "1250 System (260 Main Runner and 1262 and 1264 Cross Tees as applicable)”, DXSS24 Main Runner and DXSS224/424 Cross Tees”, or approved equal USDA/FSIS corrosion-resistant steel ‘Tee’ suspension system with aluminum cap], or approved equal double web suspension system with 15/16 inch wide bottom flange; suspension system shall have “heavy-duty” structural classification per ASTM C635 and in compliance with ASCE 7. 1. Cross tees shall be of same web height as main runners. Provide cross tees with off- set ends for a flush fit with main runners. 2. Factory punch main runners to accept cross tees at the indicated module. 3. Exposed members fabricated from commercial grade cold rolled steel. Provide suspension system complete with accessory items indicated or required for a complete installation. 4. Design and construct main runners and cross tees and their splices and intersection connectors to carry a mean ultimate test load of not less than 180 pounds or twice the actual load, whichever is greater, in tension and in compression with a 5-degree misalignment of the members in any direction. Provide mechanical interlocking connections at splices and intersections. 5. Provide manufacturer's standard hot-dipped galvanized or electro-galvanized finish; exposed bottom flange shall have manufacturer’s standard low gloss baked-on enamel finish. 6. Color, Typical: Match USG Interiors “#50 Flat White.” 7. Standard Edge Moldings and Trim: Comply with SDC, above.
2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Hanger Wires: Minimum 12 gage wire for 4-foot spacing and 10-gage wire for 5-foot spacing, carbon steel, galvanized, soft annealed, with Class 1 coating. B. Tie Wire: Not less than 16 gage galvanized, soft annealed mild steel wire. C. Fasteners: ICC approved; type and size to meet specified load requirements. D. Adhesive: Henry #237 Acousti-Gum, or manufacturer’s approved equal. E. Moldings: Armstrong extruded aluminum for mounting to suspension system as indicated. 1. Angle Molding: Armstrong Model #7804. 2. Channel Molding: Armstrong Model #7835.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 6 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 095123 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
3. Finish: Match suspension system.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 013100 – Project Management and Coordination: Coordination and project conditions. B. Verify layout of hangers will not interfere with other work.
3.2 INSTALLATION A. Lay-In Grid Suspension System: 1. Install suspension system in accordance with ASTM E580 and ASTM C636 and as supplemented in this section. 2. Install system capable of supporting imposed loads to deflection of 1/360 maximum. 3. Locate system on room axis according to reflected plan. 4. Install after major above ceiling work is complete. Coordinate location of hangers with other work. 5. Hang suspension system independent of walls, columns, ducts, pipes and conduit. Where carrying members are spliced, avoid visible displacement of face plane of adjacent members. 6. Where ducts or other equipment prevent regular spacing of hangers, reinforce nearest affected hangers and related carrying channels to span extra distance. 7. Do not support components on main runners or cross runners when weight causes total dead load to exceed deflection capability. Support fixture loads by supplementary hangers located within 6 inches of each corner; or support components independently. 8. Do not eccentrically load system, or produce rotation of runners. 9. Perimeter Molding: a. Install edge molding at intersection of ceiling and vertical surfaces into bed of acoustic sealant. b. Use longest practical lengths. c. Miter and rivet corners. d. Install at junctions with other interruptions. 10. Form expansion joints as detailed. Form to accommodate plus or minus 1 inch movement. Maintain visual closure. B. Seismic Restraint: Install seismic restraint as specified herein, and as shown on detail. Ceiling areas of 144 square feet or less surrounded by walls which connect directly to the structure do not require seismic bracing. 1. Where substantiating design calculations are not provided, the minimum horizontal restraint shall be affected by four #12 gage wires secured to main runner with four tight twists in 1½ inches and within 2 inches of cross tees intersection and splayed 90 degrees from each other at an angle not exceeding 45 degrees from plane of ceiling. Wires must be taut. Install fasteners for securing hanger wires to structure in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 2. Install vertical struts to main runners and extend to structure above as indicated and required by applicable codes. If electrical conduit is used, slot lower portion to fit over
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 5 of 6 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 095123 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
ceiling runner; upper conduit section shall lap lower section a minimum of 4 inches; secure lap portion with two screws. Install vertical struts as ceiling height partitions, spaced not to exceed 8 feet on center. 3. Place horizontal restraint points not to exceed 12 feet on center in both directions with first point within 6 feet from each wall. 4. Independently support terminal ends of each cross tee and main runner a maximum of 8 inches from each wall with #12 gage hanger wires. 5. Attach main runners and cross tees to perimeter members at two adjacent walls with ½ inch clearance between wall and main runners and cross tees maintained at other two walls; attach runners to perimeter members with 1/8 inch blind rivets. 6. At the perimeter of the ceiling area where main or cross runners are not attached, provide interconnection between runners and tees at free end using metal strut to prevent lateral spreading. Where the perpendicular distance from the wall to the first parallel runner is 12 inches or less, this interlock is not required. C. Lay-In Acoustical Tile (SAT): 1. Fit acoustical tile in place, free from damaged edges or other defects detrimental to appearance and function. 2. Lay directional patterned units in basket weave pattern. Fit border trim neatly against abutting surfaces. 3. Install units after above ceiling work is complete. 4. Install acoustical tiles level, in uniform plane, and free from twist, warp, and dents. 5. Cutting Acoustic Units: a. Cut to fit irregular grid and perimeter edge trim. b. Cut square reveal edges to field cut units. c. Double cut and field paint exposed edges of tegular units. 6. Where round obstructions occur, install preformed closures to match perimeter molding.
3.3 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Installation Tolerances: Not to exceed the following: 1. Main Runners: Level within 1/8 in 12 feet. 2. Main Runner to Cross Runner Deviation: maximum 1/32 inch of the required center distance. 3. Deviation Between Main Runner End Splices: a. Vertical: maximum 1/16 inch. b. Horizontal: maximum 1/16 inch. 4. Visually Apparent Angular Displacement of Longitudinal Axis of One Runner to Another: None. 5. Gaps Between Assembly Devices In Grid: maximum 1/16 inch.
END OF SECTION 095123
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 6 of 6 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building PAINTING AND COATING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 099000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY A. In general, the principal items of work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Preparation of surfaces. 2. Painting and finishing of all exposed-to-view interior and exterior surfaces, except as otherwise indicated or specified. a. Paint all surfaces unless otherwise indicated, scheduled, factory finished or indicated to receive a finish in other Sections of the specifications. b. Refer to the Finish Schedule, notes on the drawings and Part 2 - PRODUCTS in this Section for a general guide to the painting requirements. 3. Field painting of all exposed-to-view mechanical and electrical items such as pipes, ducts, hangers, conduits and like items in rooms or areas scheduled to be painted. 4. Field painting of prime painted finished door hardware to match the door frame. Hardware includes, but is not limited to, coordinators' housing and associated door closer mounting brackets on door frames, astragals and other items as required. 5. Touch-up paint all blemished or otherwise disfigured paint on all surfaces which occur prior to acceptance of the building by the Owner. 6. Touch-up paint for field-welded connections on materials that have a hot-dipped galvanized coating. 7. Dry erase coatings for drywall. B. Where items or surfaces are not scheduled or specifically mentioned, paint these items the same as adjacent similar materials or areas. If finish is not designated, the Architect will select these from the paint systems specified. C. The following items do not require field painting: 1. Composite panels. 2. Exterior wall louvers. 3. Custom sheet metal roofing. 4. Toilet partitions. D. Related Sections: 1. Section 055000 - Metal Fabrications: Shop primed items. 2. Section 06 10 00 - Rough Carpentry: materials finished with material from this section. 3. Section 081214 - Standard Steel Frames: Field finishing. 4. Section 081314 - Standard Steel Doors: Field finishing. 5. Section 092116 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Finishing requirements for paints specified. 6. Substitutions: Refer to Section 012500 - Substitution Procedures.
1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials: 1. ASTM D523 - Standard Test Method for Specular Gloss. 2. ASTM D4262 - Standard Test Method for pH of Chemically Cleaned or Etched Concrete Surfaces.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 10 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building PAINTING AND COATING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 099000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
B. Environmental Protection Agency: 1. EPA Reference Test Method 24 - Surface Coatings. C. Green Seal: 1. GS-11- Green Seal Environmental Standard for Paints and Coatings. D. Society for Protective Coatings: 1. Surface Preparation Standards and Specifications. E. South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD): 1. SCAQMD Rule 1113 - Architectural Coatings (Amended June 3, 2011) F. Master Painters Institute (MPI) 1. MPI numbers are noted in parentheses for some of the following products for ease in checking comparable products from other manufacturers. . If more than one manufacturer’s product is listed under an MPI number, the best quality product for that number is to be used.
1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Exposed Surfaces: The term “exposed surfaces” includes areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures, covers, grilles, and similar components are in place. Extend painting in these areas as required to maintain the system integrity and provide desired protection. B. DFT (dry film thickness): Minimum thickness, measured in mils (0.001 inch) of a coat of paint in the cured state. C. Gloss Levels: The following terms are used in defining flat and non-flat coatings as it relates to VOC concentrations (grams per liter) when determined in accordance with EPA Reference Test Method 24. Gloss levels shall be measured on a 60 degree meter in accordance with ASTM D523. 1. Flat: Less than 5. 2. Non-Flat: 5 or greater.
1.4 SUBMITTALS A. General: Make submittals in accordance with Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures. B. Product Data: Submit complete list of products proposed for use, including technical data on each product and paint label analysis to verify compliance; organize list to indicate painting systems to be used with each substrate. 1. Submittal shall contain any proposed revisions to specifications (i.e. surface preparation, method of application, etc.) which contractor feels are necessary in their execution of the Contract. 2. Any proposed revisions must be approved by the Architect prior to proceeding with the Work. C. Submit paint manufacturer’s product data sheets and Material Safety Data Sheets highlighting VOC limits for each paint or coating used in the building. D. Samples: Using approved materials, prepare and submit samples of each type of finish, gloss, and color for approval. Label samples with color number, name and date. Provide three (3) samples each. 1. Prepare paint color samples on 8-1/2 inch by 11 inch heavy, durable non porous paper. 2. Furnish additional samples as required until colors and finishes are approved. 3. Color samples shall have the name of the manufacturer, color, tint and formulation data, factory labels and specific product(s) name(s).
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 10 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building PAINTING AND COATING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 099000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
E. Section 017000 – Execution and Closeout Requirements. F. Manual for Materials and Finishes: Submit maintenance and cleaning requirements for coatings, repair and patching techniques. Indicate frequency of recoating.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single Source: 1. To the maximum extent practicable, select a single manufacturer to provide all materials required by this Section, using additional manufacturers to provide systems not offered by the selected principal manufacturer. 2. For each individual system, provide primer and other undercoat paint produced by same manufacturer as finish coat. Use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer and use only within recommended limits. B. Visual Standards: Each distinct area of the finished Work shall be free of variations in color and sheen, runs, sags, holidays, blistering, checking, cracking, scratches and other signs of poor workmanship.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. General: Comply with requirements specified in Section 016000 - Product Requirements. B. Deliver materials to building in sealed, original, labeled containers bearing manufacturer's name, type of material, brand name, color designation and instructions for mixing and thinning. C. Store materials when not in actual use in a place specifically assigned for that purpose which is dry and out of direct sunlight. Store materials in a manner so as not to exceed the manufacturer's temperature limitations.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Air temperature and substrate temperature and relative humidity shall be within the manufacturer’s established limits. Do not apply exterior paint when the following conditions exist, unless requirements of paint manufacturers are more restrictive. 1. Temperature: If surface and ambient temperature is above 90 degrees F, or below 50- degrees F. 2. Relative Humidity: If relative humidity is above 85 percent. 3. Weather: During damp and inclement weather or during excessively windy weather. B. Lighting: Do not proceed with work under this section unless adequate lighting is available. Provide lighting level of at least 50 candlepower per square foot, measured mid-height at substrate surface. C. Ventilation: Provide adequate ventilation as required for the type of paint and cleaning materials used. If necessary, consult paint manufacturer for recommendations. D. Protection: Protect surrounding areas against damage due to painting operations. At a minimum, surrounding areas shall be covered with polyethylene sheeting and waterproof masking tape. The Owner shall not be responsible for Contractor's selection or method of protection. 1. Protective coverings shall be secured against wind and shall be vented to prevent collection of moisture on covered surfaces. 2. Provide "wet paint" signs as required to protect newly painted surfaces.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 10 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building PAINTING AND COATING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 099000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
E. Precautions: Take all precautions to prevent fire; open containers of inflammable materials only when needed; keep rubbing cloths and oily rags in tightly closed containers and remove from site daily. Dispose of hazardous materials in accordance with all local, State and Federal regulations. F. Coordination: Review other sections of this specification in which prime paints are to be provided to ensure compatibility of total coating system for various substrates. Notify Contractor in writing of any anticipated problems using specified coating systems with substrates primed by others.
1.8 TESTING FOR ADHESION A. Field Testing: Field test primers which are to be applied. The purpose of this field testing will be to ensure compatibility and total adhesion of the materials to the various substrates. Notify Contractor if results of any test is not in total conformance with the paint manufacturer's specifications. Commencement of work constitutes full responsibility for any resulting unsatisfactory finish.
1.9 RIGHT OF REJECTION A. Architect shall have the right to reject materials or work that does not comply with these specifications. Work so rejected shall be redone as directed. Work rejected and ordered to be redone shall be done at the Contractor's expense and at no extra cost to the Owner.
1.10 MAINTENANCE A. Extra Materials: At the completion of the job, using paint from the maintenance stock containers, the painting contractor shall paint a twelve inch (12") diameter patch on a wall matching the paint sample color used. This procedure shall be done in the presence of the Construction Inspector. If the color and sheen matches are approved, the painting contractor shall deliver two (2) gallons of each paint color to be used to the Project Manager for definitive maintenance stock supply.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 PAINT MATERIALS A. Specified Manufacturer: 1. Unless otherwise specified, the paint systems shown in this section are made up of products by Benjamin Moore Family of Products (Benjamin Moore, Coronado Paint, Corotech Coatings, LenMar Wood Finishes and Insl-x Specialty Coatings) trade names and numbers. Benjamin Moore Paints, Tel. 1-888-236-6667, Website www.benjaminmoore.com. 2. It is not the intent to limit products to that manufacturer, but rather to establish a quality which is required for this project. B. Other Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Glidden Professional, Website: www.gliddenprofessional.com. 2. PPG Industries, Inc., Tel. 1-888-774-7732 (A&E Group), Website http://www.pittsburghpaints.com 3. Sherwin-Williams Company, Tel/Fax 509-465-8426, Website: www.sherwin- williams.com.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 10 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building PAINTING AND COATING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 099000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
4. Tnemec Company, Inc., Website http://www.tnemec.com 5. Substitution Requests: Submit for acceptance under provisions of Section 012500 - Substitution Procedures. C. VOC Compliance: All interior paints and coatings used in the Project shall comply with the current VOC and chemical component limits of SCAQMD Rule 1113 and “Green Seal GS-11 - Paint and Coatings.” D. Exterior Surfaces: 1. Galvanized Metal Doors and Frames: - Polyurethane, Gloss: a. Primer: Super Spec HP Acrylic Metal Primer P04 (MPI #107 X-GREEN). 1) Dry Mil Thickness: 1.7 minimum. b. Two Finish Coats: Benjamin Moore Super Spec HP Acrylic DTM SG P29 (MPI 163) 1) Dry Mil Thickness: 2.1 mils minimum per coat. Note: Wash and etch surfaces using Corotech Oil & Grease Emulsifier V600, or other material as recommended by paint manufacturer. Dilute material with water as recommended by manufacturer. Apply said pretreatment not more than 8 hours in advance of applying primer. Pretreatment, if required, shall be done at no additional cost. 2. Galvanized Metal Surfaces - Acrylic, Semi-Gloss: a. Primer: Super Spec HP Acrylic Metal Primer P04 (MPI #107 X-GREEN). 1) Dry Mil Thickness: 1.7 minimum. b. Two Finish Coats: Ultra Spec EXT Satin Finish N448 (MPI #15) 1) Dry Mil Thickness: 1.5 mils minimum per coat 2) Note: Wash and etch surfaces as specified above. 3. Anodized Aluminum Surfaces - Acrylic, Semi-Gloss: a. Primer: Super Spec HP Acrylic Metal Primer P04 (MPI #107 X-GREEN). 1) Dry Mil Thickness: 1.7 minimum. b. Two Finish Coats: Ultra Spec EXT Satin Finish N448 (MPI #15) 1) Dry Mil Thickness: 1.5 mils minimum per coat. E. Interior Surfaces 1. Gypsum Wallboard - Latex, Egg Shell (Typical walls and ceilings): a. Primer: Ultra Spec 500 Interior Primer Sealer N534 (MPI #149 X-GREEN) 1) Dry Film Thickness: 1.8 mils minimum. b. Two Finish Coats: Ultra Spec 500 N538 (MPI # 52 X-GREEN) 1) Dry Film Thickness: 1.8 mils minimum. 2. Gypsum Wallboard - Latex, Semi-Gloss (walls and ceilings of toilet rooms, custodial closets, and other utility areas subject to moisture): a. Primer: Ultra Spec 500 Interior Primer Sealer N534 (MPI #149 X-GREEN) 1) Dry Film Thickness: 1.8 mils minimum. b. Two Finish Coats: Ultra Spec 500 Interior Semi-Gloss N539 (MPI # 43 X-GREEN) 1) Dry Film Thickness: 1.8 mils minimum. 3. Gypsum Wallboard - Waterborne Epoxy (toilet rooms and other areas subject to moisture): a. Primer: Fresh Start All Purpose Acrylic Primer N023 (MPI #17 X Green). 1) Dry Film Thickness: 1.1 mils minimum. b. Two Finish Coats: Corotech Pre-catalyzed Waterborne Epoxy V341 1) Dry Film Thickness: 1.3 mils minimum per coat.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 5 of 10 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building PAINTING AND COATING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 099000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
4. Concrete Masonry Units - Latex, Semi-Gloss: a. Primer: Super Spec Latex Enamel Undercoater and Primer Sealer 253. 1) VOCs: 54 g/L (100 g/L maximum). 2) Dry Film Thickness: 1.1 mils minimum per coat. Fill pits and voids; remove excessive filler in mortar joints. b. Two Finish Coats: Super Spec Green Semi-Gloss Finish 782. 1) VOCs: 42 g/L (250 g/L maximum). 2) Dry Film Thickness: 1.6 mils minimum per coat. 5. Concrete (Cast In-Place) - Latex, Semi-Gloss: a. Primer: Fresh Start All Purpose Acrylic Primer 023. 1) VOCs: 50 g/L (100 g/L maximum). 2) Dry Film Thickness: 1.3 mils minimum. b. Two Finish Coats: Super Spec Green Semi-Gloss Finish 782. 1) VOCs: 42 g/L (250 g/L maximum). 2) Dry Film Thickness: 1.6 mils minimum per coat. 6. Exposed Overhead Structure (Concrete and Steel Members, including pipes, ducts, hangers, conduits, and like items): Latex, Eggshell: a. One Finish Coat: Coronado SuperKote 5000 Latex Dryfall Coating 110 (MPI # 118) 1) Dry Film Thickness: 1.4 mils minimum. An additional pass or separate coat may be required to achieve uniform color, hiding and appearance. 2) Clean galvanized steel surfaces as specified above. 3) Application: Apply paint using spray equipment, over-lap each pass 50 percent followed by cross-hatch pattern; adjust equipment as recommended by manufacturer to achieve dry-fall performance with overspray. 7. Ferrous Metal, all remaining metal items including metal doors and frames - Latex, Semi-Gloss: a. Primer: Super Spec HP Metal Primer P04 (MPI #107 X-GREEN). 1) Dry Film Thickness: 1.7 mils minimum. b. Two Finish Coats: Ultra Spec 500 Interior Semi-Gloss N539 (MPI #43 X-GREEN) 1) Dry Film Thickness: 1.8 mils minimum per coat. Note: Omit full prime coat on shop primed steel surfaces. Spot prime as previously specified. 8. Mechanical and Electrical Equipment Items (Interior Areas): a. Exposed Insulated Piping: 1) One Coat: Ultra Spec500 Low Sheen N537 (MPI #44 X-GREEN) a) Dry Film Thickness: 1.8 mils minimum. b. Exposed Galvanized Ducts, Piping, Conduits, etc.: 1) Primer: Super Spec HP Metal Primer P04 (MPI #107 X-GREEN). a) Dry Film Thickness: 1.7 mils minimum. 2) One Coat: Ultra Spec500 Low Sheen N537 (MPI # 44 X-GREEN) a) Dry Film Thickness: 1.7 mils minimum. c. Exposed Ferrous Piping, Hangers (and like items): Same as above for galvanized ducts. d. Visible portion of interior of all Ducts at Grilles, Registers and Diffusers: 1) Primer: Super Spec HP Metal Primer P04 (MPI #107 X-GREEN).
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 6 of 10 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building PAINTING AND COATING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 099000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
a) Dry Film Thickness: 1.7 mils minimum. 2) One Coat: Ultra Spec500 Low Sheen N537 (MPI #44 X-GREEN) a) Dry Film Thickness: 1.7 mils minimum. b) Color: flat black. e. Faces of all interior grilles and diffusers paint same color as adjacent surface. 1) One Coat: Ultra Spec 500 Interior Semi-Gloss N539 (MPI #43 X-GREEN) a) Dry Film Thickness: 1.8 mils minimum per coat. F. Colors: Each paint color must be accurately mixed to ensure color continuity. No allowance will be granted for mismatched paint of the same color when viewed under normal lighting conditions. G. Provide primer and finish coats which are compatible with each other and with prime coats provided under other Sections. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and re-prime as required. H. Tint each undercoat a lighter shade than finish coat so that numbers of coats can be easily discerned. No color mixing will be allowed at the job-site. I. Thinner: Type as recommended by the paint manufacturer. Use thinner only when recommended by the paint manufacturer, and then only in a quantity as indicated on the label. J. Primers: Primers, except metal primers, shall be white in color for inspection purposes. K. Secondary Products: Secondary products not specified by name and required for the job such as shellac, oils, patching compounds, putty, etc., shall be "best grade" products. L. Provide the paint colors as indicated in the Finish Schedule, unless noted otherwise.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION A. General: Examine surfaces to receive paint finish for conditions that will adversely affect execution, performance, or quality of work and which cannot be put into an acceptable condition through reasonable preparatory work as specified herein. 1. Surfaces which are unfit to receive the work of this section shall be repaired, replaced or re-finished such that they are acceptable and such that the work of this section may be done as specified. It shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor to ensure that these provisions are strictly enforced. 2. Commencement of Work constitutes acceptance of surfaces and conditions. B. Alkali Content Testing: Test precast concrete, cast in-place concrete and masonry surfaces for alkalinity by performing appropriate tests, and neutralize as required for pH reading between 5 and 7, unless otherwise recommended by paint manufacturer. Test for pH following test method as described in ASTM D4262, utilizing litmus paper. Products required to neutralize the pH levels shall be applied independent of the specified paint system. C. Moisture Content Testing: Test concrete and masonry surfaces for moisture content by performing appropriate tests. Maximum moisture content must not exceed 15 percent as determined by a moisture meter, unless otherwise required by paint manufacturer.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 7 of 10 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building PAINTING AND COATING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 099000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION (GENERAL) A. General: Surface preparations and cleaning procedures shall be in strict accordance with the instructions and specifications of the paint manufacturer and with the requirements of this specification. B. Removal of Fixtures: Cooperate with other trades and coordinate removal of fixtures, hardware items, and equipment, as required for painting work. Items to be removed on surfaces to be painted include: switch and receptacle plates, escutcheons and like plates, surface-mounted equipment, free-standing equipment which blocks access to painting surfaces, grilles and louvers at duct openings into finished spaces, and other items as required and directed. C. Painting of Factory-Primed Door Hardware: Prior to painting, mask all operating parts so that item works freely after paint is dry. Remove any excess paint from operating parts and clean and free-up the operation of any parts which do not operate smoothly due to the painting operation. D. Pre-Cleaning: Remove oil and grease prior to mechanical cleaning as hereinafter specified by methods outlined in SSPC-SP 1 "Solvent Cleaning”, as needed.
3.3 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Uncoated Ferrous Metal: For interior metals not requiring paint, surfaces are to remain as received from the factory. B. Shop-Coated Ferrous Metal: Thoroughly degrease surfaces and clean using solvent (SSPC-SP 1). Remove loose rust, blistered and peeling paint to bare metal by scraping, sanding, wire brushing, or other abrasion methods in accordance with SSPC-SP 2 or SP 3; feather edges of adjacent sound paint. Dull glossy surfaces by scuff-sanding and wipe down. Spot-prime all abraded portions, rust areas, and bare surfaces with specified primer on same day of surface preparation. Finish prime after spot priming has dried thoroughly. C. Galvanized Metal: Clean surfaces to remove factory films and oily residue as recommended by the paint manufacturer. Responsibility for insuring that the surface is properly prepared rests with the painting sub-contractor. Clean galvanized metal the same day to be painted. D. Anodized Aluminum: Remove all oil, grease, dirt, oxide and other foreign material per SSPC- SP1. E. Concrete Masonry: Remove all dust and loose mortar by brushing. Neutralize alkali or efflorescence with wash solution recommended by paint manufacturer. Thoroughly clean off resulting crystals with stiff brushes. F. Gypsum Wallboard: Remove all dust and dirt with a brush; if necessary, clean surfaces using damp rags or sponges. Repair of surface defects is specified in Section 092116.
3.4 CLEANING PRIOR TO PAINTING A. Remove dust and loose deleterious materials from all surfaces before beginning painting operations. Program the cleaning and painting so that dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall in wet, newly painted surfaces.
3.5 APPLICATION OF PAINT A. Mixing: Mix paint materials in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and directions. Mix often enough during application to keep the paint uniform and to ensure complete dispersion of pigment and a uniform composition.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 8 of 10 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building PAINTING AND COATING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 099000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
1. Prepare multiple component coatings using all of the contents of the container for each component as packaged by the manufacturer. Mixing of partial kits will not be permitted. Multiple component coatings that have been mixed shall not be used beyond their pot life. Only the components specified and furnished by the manufacturer, including thinner if required, shall be mixed. B. Application: Apply paint in accordance with the manufacturer's written directions. Use techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. Brushes and rollers shall be of a type best suited for the type of material being applied. 1. Apply intermediate and finish coats within the manufacturer's recommended top coating time periods. 2. When applying paint to drywall, use a roller nap no greater than 3/8 inch so as to achieve a light stipple finish. 3. Brush and level out paint applied to metal door frames to achieve a nearly sprayed-on appearance. 4. If metal doors are not sprayed, finish may be applied with 1/4 inch nap roller. C. Apply each coat of paint as a continuous film of uniform thickness, free from holidays, sags, crawls, pinholes, blisters, unevenness in color, or other evidence of poor workmanship. Repaint thin spots or areas missed in the application and allow to dry before applying next coat of paint. 1. Give special attention to ensure that surfaces, such as edges, corners, crevices, welds and exposed fasteners receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. 2. Each coat shall be free of dirt, dust, moisture, etc., prior to application of next coat. D. Allow each coat of paint to thoroughly dry, full thickness of the film, before application of the succeeding coat. Paint is considered dry for recoating when the next coat can be applied without the development of any detrimental film irregularities such as wrinkling, lifting, or loss of adhesion of the previous coat. E. Coverage for each paint material is specified as either the total minimum dry film thickness in mils or the spreading rate in square feet per gallon over the surface designated. Actual coverage rate will vary depending upon the texture and porosity of the surface, climatic conditions, etc. 1. The number of coats specified is the minimum required, irrespective of the coating thickness. 2. In the event the required paint thickness is not achieved, apply additional coats until the required thickness is obtained. 3. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum film build-up per coat (wet mils). F. Recoat primed and sealed walls and ceilings where there is evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat to ensure a finish coat with no burn-through or other defects. G. Sand lightly between coats of enamel to produce an even, smooth finish. Wipe to remove dust before recoating. H. Make edges of paint adjoining other materials or colors clean and sharp with no overlapping. I. Do not paint over any code-required labels or any equipment identification or nomenclature plates. It is acceptable to paint over labels on fire rated doors and frames that have an approved embossed UL label that is legible through the paint. J. Tops and bottoms of metal doors shall be finished the same as the faces (primed and two finish coats of paint).
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 9 of 10 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building PAINTING AND COATING K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 099000 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
3.6 DAMAGED PAINT SURFACES A. General: Before final acceptance of the work by the Architect, repair or re-finish painted surfaces which have been damaged at no additional cost. Refinish whole wall where portion of finish is not acceptable. B. Painted Structural Steel: Areas of chipped, peeled, or abraded paint shall be hand or power sanded, feathering the edges. Prime and finish coat the areas using the same material as originally scheduled. Depending on the extent of repair and its appearance, an overall finish coat may be required by the Architect to achieve uniform appearance.
3.7 CLEAN-UP A. General: During the progress of the work, remove from the project all discarded paint materials, rubbish, cans and rags. Leave premises clean and in orderly condition. B. Cleaning: Upon completion of painting work, clean window glass and other paint-spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by proper methods of washing and scraping, using care not to scratch or otherwise damage finished surfaces.
END OF SECTION 099000
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 10 of 10 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building TOILET, BATH, AND CUSTODIAL ACCESSORIES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 102800 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY This Section includes Solid Core Reinforced Composite (SCRC) toilet compartments and screens, shower compartments and dressing compartments as follows. B. Solid Color Reinforced Composite (SCRC) Substrate: 1. Toilet partitions. 2. Urinal privacy screens. 3. Dressing compartments. 4. Shower dividers. C. Toilet accessories, such as toilet paper holders, grab bars, are specified elsewhere in Division 10.
1.2 SUBMITTALS Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures. Product Data: Submit data on accessories describing size, finish, details of function, attachment methods. Section 017000 – Execution and Closeout Requirements: Manual for Materials and Finishes.
1.3 COORDINATION Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions. Coordinate the Work with placement of internal wall reinforcement to receive anchor attachments.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES Basis of Design Manufacturer; subject to compliance with requirements, provide toilet partitions and screens of the following, or approved equal. 1. “Sierra Series”, Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc., or approved equal solid color reinforced composite (SCRC) system by one of the following. Acceptable SCRC Products Manufacturers: a. Ultimate Corian System by Shower Shapes. b. WilsonArt Gibraltar Material. c. WilsonArt EarthStone
2.2 SOLID COLOR REINFORCED COMPOSITE (SCRC) SUBSTRATE (SierraSeries) A. Solid Color Reinforced Composite (SCRC) Toilet Partitions, Maximum Height. 1. Door/Panel Height: 72 inches (183 cm). 2. Floor Clearance: 4 inches (10 cm). 3. Floor-mounted, overhead-braced with satin finish, extruded anodized aluminum headrails, 0.065 inch (1.65 mm) thick with anti-grip profile. 4. Stile Maximum Height: 83 inches (211 cm). 5. Floor-to-ceiling. a. Stile Height: As required, 10 feet 0 inches (305 cm) maximum.
B. Solid Color Reinforced Composite (SCRC) Urinal Screens 1. Mounting Configuration: a. Wall-hung.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 4 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building TOILET, BATH, AND CUSTODIAL ACCESSORIES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 102800 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
b. Screen Height: 48 inches (122 cm) with 12 inches (30 cm) floor clearance.
C. Solid Color Reinforced Composite (SCRC) Dressing Compartments and/or Shower Dividers 1. Design Type: a. Maximum Height. Door/Panel Height: 72 inches (183 cm). b. Floor Clearance: 4-5/16 inches (11 cm). 2. Mounting Configuration: a. Floor-mounted, overhead-braced with satin finish, extruded anodized aluminum headrails, 0.065 inch (1.65 mm) thick with anti-grip profile and integral curtain tracks and hooks for compartments without doors. b. Bobrick vinyl curtains. c. Stile Height: 83 inches (211 cm).
D. Materials: Solid color reinforced composite (SCRC) material for stiles, panels, doors, and screens with Bobrick GraffitiOff coating, thermoset and integrally fused into homogenous piece; high density polyethylene (HDPE), high density polypropylene not acceptable. 1. Composition: Dyes, organic fibrous material, and polycarbonate/phenolic resins. 2. Surface Treatment: Non-ghosting, graffiti resistant surface integrally bonded to core through a manufacturing steps requiring thermal and mechanical pressure. 3. Edges: Same color as the surface. 4. Color: As selected by the architect from Manufacturer’s standard. 5. Performance Requirements: a. Graffiti Resistance (ASTM D 6578): Passed cleanability test; 5 staining agents. b. Scratch Resistance (ASTM D 2197): Maximum load value exceeds 10 kilograms. c. Impact Resistance (ASTM D 2794): Maximum impact force exceeds 30 inchpounds. d. Smoke Developed Index (ASTM E 84): Less than 450. e. Flame Spread Index (ASTM E 84): Less than 75. f. National Fire Protection Association/International Building Code Interior Wall and Ceiling Finish: Class B. g. Uniform Building Code: Class II.
E. Finished Thickness: 1. Stiles and Doors: 3/4 inch (19 mm). 2. Panels and Screens: 1/2 inch (13 mm).
F. Stiles: Floor-anchored stiles furnished with expansion shields and threaded rods. 1. Leveling Devices: 7 gauge, 3/16 inches (5 mm) thick, corrosion-resistant, chromate- treated, double zinc-plated steel angle leveling bar bolted to stile; furnished with 3/8 inch (10 mm) diameter threaded rods, hex nuts, lock washers, flat washers, spacer sleeves, expansion anchors, and shoe retainers. 2. Stile Shoes: One-piece, 22 gauge (0.8 mm), 18-8, Type 304 stainless steel, 4 inch (102 mm) height; tops with 90 degree return to stile. One-piece shoe capable of adapting to 3/4 inch (19 mm) or 1 inch (25 mm) stile thickness and capable of being fastened (by clip) to stiles starting at wall line.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 4 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building TOILET, BATH, AND CUSTODIAL ACCESSORIES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 102800 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
G. Wall Posts: Pre-drilled for door hardware, 18-8, Type 304, 16 gauge (1.6 mm) stainless steel with satin finish; 1 inch (25 mm) x 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) x 58 inches high (1473 mm). H. Anchors: Expansion shields and threaded rods at floor connections as applicable. Threaded rods secured to supports above ceiling as applicable. Supports above ceiling furnished and installed as Work of Section 05 50 00 - Metal Fabrications. I. Hardware: Chrome-plated "Zamak", aluminum, extruded plastic hardware not acceptable. Compliance: Operating force of less than 5 lb (2.25 kg). 1. Emergency Access: Hinges, door latch allow door to be lifted over keeper from outside compartment on inswing doors. 2. Materials: 18-8, Type 304, heavy-gauge stainless steel with satin finish. 3. Doorstops: Prevents inswinging doors from swinging out beyond stile; on outswing doors, doorstop prevents door from swinging in beyond stile. 4. Fastening: Hardware secured to door and stile by through-bolted, theft- resistant, pin- inhead Torx stainless steel machine screws into factory- installed, threaded brass inserts. Fasteners secured directly into core not acceptable. a. Threaded Brass Inserts: Factory-installed; withstand direct pull force exceeding 1500 lb (680 kg) per insert. 5. Clothes Hooks: Projecting no more than 1-1/8 inch (29 mm) from face of door. 6. Door Latch: Track of door latch prevents inswing doors from swinging out beyond stile; on outswing doors, door keeper prevents door from swinging in beyond stile; 16 gauge (1.6 mm) sliding door latch, 14 gauge (2 mm) keeper. 7. Locking: Door locked from inside by sliding door latch into keeper. 8. Hinge Type: a. Standard. 1) Balanced, with field-adjustable cam to permit door to be fully closed or partially open when compartment is unoccupied. 9. Mounting Brackets: a. Full-Height. 1) Mounting Brackets: 18 gauge (1.2 mm) stainless steel and extend full height of panel. 2) U-Channels: Secure panels to stiles. 3) Angle Brackets: Secure stiles-to-walls and panels to walls. 2.3 FABRICATION A. General: Furnish standard doors, panels, screens, and pilasters fabricated for partition system, unless otherwise indicated. Furnish units with cutouts, drilled holes, and internal reinforcement to receive partition-mounted hardware, accessories, and grab bars, as indicated. B. Wall-Hung Screens: Furnish panel units in sizes indicated, of same construction and finish as partition system panels.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 4 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building TOILET, BATH, AND CUSTODIAL ACCESSORIES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 102800 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION: A. General: Comply with manufacturer's recommended procedures and installation sequence. Install partitions rigid, straight, plumb, and level. Provide clearances of not more than 1/2" between pilasters and panels, and not more than 1/2" between panels and walls. Secure panels to walls and pilasters with continuous bracket attached near top and bottom of panel. Secure panels in position with manufacturer's recommended anchoring devices. B. Ceiling-Hung Units: Secure pilasters to supporting construction and level, plumb, and tighten. Hang doors and adjust so doors are level and aligned with bottom of pilasters when doors are in closed position. C. Screens: Attach with concealed anchoring devices, as recommended by manufacturer to suit supporting structure. Set units to provide support and to resist lateral impact.
3.2 ADJUST AND CLEAN: A. Hardware Adjustment: Adjust and lubricate hardware for proper operation. Set hinges on inswinging doors to hold open approximately 30 degrees from closed position when unlatched. Set hinges on outswinging doors (and entrance swing doors) to return to fully closed position. B. Clean exposed surfaces of partition systems using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer, and provide protection as necessary to prevent damage during remainder of construction period.
END OF SECTION 102800
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 4 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building TOILET, BATH, AND CUSTODIAL ACCESSORIES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 102800 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Toilet accessories. 2. Custodial accessories. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 092116 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Non-Structural Metal Framing; Placement of backing plate reinforcement for wall hung accessories. 2. Section 088300 – Mirrors: custom sized mirrors.
1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials: 1. ASTM A123 - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 2. ASTM A153 - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. 3. ASTM A269 - Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service. 4. ASTM A653 - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc- Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. 5. ASTM A666 - Standard Specification for Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar. 6. ASTM B456 - Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Copper Plus Nickel Plus Chromium and Nickel Plus Chromium. 7. ASTM C1036 - Standard Specification for Flat Glass. B. Federal Specification Unit: 1. FS A-A-3002 - Mirrors, Glass.
1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures. B. Product Data: Submit data on accessories describing size, finish, details of function, attachment methods. C. Section 017000 – Execution and Closeout Requirements: Manual for Materials and Finishes.
1.4 COORDINATION A. Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions. B. Coordinate the Work with placement of internal wall reinforcement to receive anchor attachments.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 3 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building TOILET, BATH, AND CUSTODIAL ACCESSORIES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 102800 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES A. Manufacturers: 1. Bobrick Washroom Accessories. http://www.bobrick.com/Bobrick/ (basis of design) 2. American Specialties, Inc. http://www.americanspecialties.com/ 3. Bradley Corp. http://www.bradleycorp.com/ 4. Georgia Pacific. http://www.gp.com/index.html 5. American Dryer. http://www.americandryer.com/ 6. Tubular Specialties Manufacturing (TSM). http://www.tubularspecialties.com/contact.htm 7. Substitutions: Section 012500 - Substitution Procedures.
2.2 COMPONENTS A. Accessories - General: Shop assembled, free of dents and scratches and packaged complete with anchors and fittings, steel anchor plates, adapters, and anchor components for installation. 1. Grind welded joints smooth. 2. Fabricate units made of seamless metal sheets, with flat surfaces. B. Keys: Furnish keys for each lockable accessory to Owner; master key accessories. C. Stainless Steel Sheet: ASTM A666, Type 304. D. Stainless Steel Tubing: ASTM A269, stainless steel. E. Galvanized Sheet Steel: ASTM A653, G90 zinc coating. F. Framed Mirror Glass: Framed mirror manufacturer’s standard. G. Adhesive: Contact type, waterproof. H. Fasteners, Screws, and Bolts: Hot dip galvanized, tamper-proof. I. Expansion Shields: Fiber, lead, or rubber as recommended by accessory manufacturer for component and substrate.
2.3 TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES A. Surface Mounted Toilet Tissue Dispenser (TPD 2): Double roll, cast aluminum, satin finish, with plastic controlled delivery spindles. 1. Product: Bobrick B-274 2. For single roll use product: Bobrick B-273 (TPD 1) B. Surface Mounted Paper Towel Dispenser (Small Capacity)/Waste Receptacle (PTD/WR): Satin stainless-steel unit. Door has 90 degree return, conceals flange. 1. Capacity: 300 C-fold or 400 multifold towels, minimum. 2. Product: Bobrick B-3699 C. Surface Mounted Paper Towel Dispenser (PTD): Satin stainless steel unit. 1. Capacity: 200 C-fold or 275 multifold towels, minimum. 2. Product: Bobrick B-26212 D. Wall Mounted Soap Dispenser (SD-W): Powdered soap dispenser, wall-mounted, surface vertical, stainless steel cover, stainless steel receptacle and working parts; push type dispenser, tumbler lock. 1. Minimum capacity: 40 ounces. 2. B-2111 manufactured by Bobrick.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 3 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building TOILET, BATH, AND CUSTODIAL ACCESSORIES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 102800 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
E. Surface Mounted Sanitary Napkin Disposal (SND): Stainless steel, 22 ga Door w/ piano hinge, tumbler lock. 1. 1.2 Gallon Capacity. 2. Product: B-254 manufactured by Bobrick. F. Robe Hook: Heavy-duty stainless steel, single-prong circular bracket and backplate for concealed attachment, satin nickel plate finish. 1. Product: Bobrick B-2116. G. Grab Bars (GB): Stainless steel, 1-1/2 inches outside diameter, minimum 18 ga. wall thickness, nonslip grasping surface finish, concealed flange mounting; 1-1/2 inches clearance between wall and inside of grab bar. 1. Length and configuration: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Product: Bobrick B-6806 Series.
2.4 CUSTODIAL ACCESSORIES A. Mop and Broom Holder (MH): 0.05 inch thick stainless steel, Type 304, hat-shaped channel. 1. Holders: 3 spring-loaded rubber cam holders. 2. Length: 24 inches. 3. Product: Bobrick B-223 X 24.
2.5 FACTORY FINISHING A. Per specified product manufacturer’s standards.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions. B. Verify exact location of accessories for installation. C. Verify field measurements are as indicated on Drawings. D. Refer to Section 061000 - Rough Carpentry, for installation of fire-treated wood blocking or 6” by 20 gauge metal strapping in walls.
3.2 PREPARATION A. Deliver inserts and rough-in frames to site for timely installation. B. Provide templates and rough-in measurements as required.
3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install plumb and level, securely and rigidly anchored to substrate. B. Mounting Heights and Locations: As indicated on Drawings and/or required by ADA.
END OF SECTION 102800
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 3 May 8, 2020
Putnamville Prison Industries Building DETENTION TOILET ACCESSORIES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 102813 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY A. Work included: Provide all detention toilet and shower accessories, complete, in place, as shown on the drawings, specified herein, and needed for a complete and proper installation. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 079200 - Joint Sealers.
1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Conform with requirements of Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures. B. Complete materials list showing all items proposed to be furnished and installed under this section. C. Manufacturer's specifications and other data required to demonstrate compliance with specified requirements. D. Manufacturer's recommended methods of installation. E. Complete descriptive data on fasteners proposed for each type of wall construction, recommended mounting locations, and mounting instructions. F. Section 017700 – Closeout Procedures: Manual for Materials and Finishes.
1.3 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Products which provide same function and performance as specified types are acceptable for consideration by Architect, subject to meeting all project requirements and complying with Section 012500 Substitution Procedures.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL A. Supplier shall be responsible for furnishing all components required for complete installation of products including anchors, other necessary accessories/fasteners for anchorage as required for particular conditions of installation in each case. 1. Anchors and Fasteners: Provide anchors and fasteners capable of developing a retaining force commensurate with the strength of the accessory to be mounted, and well suited for use with the supporting construction. Where exposed fasteners are permitted, provide security fasteners with finish matching the accessory.
2.2 PENAL ACCESSORY TYPES REQUIRED A. Manufacturers: 1. Acorn Engineering Co. 2. Bradley 3. Bobrick. 4. Norix B. Finish: All accessory items shall be stainless steel with satin finish. C. Design is based on use of products manufactured by Acorn Engineering and catalog numbers of that manufacturer are given as an indication.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 2 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building DETENTION TOILET ACCESSORIES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 102813 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
2.3 MATERIALS A. S.S. Mirror: Acorn #1811 (front mounted). B. S.S. ADA Mirror: Acorn #1813 (front mounted). C. Security Grab Bar, 36": Acorn #1109-1. D. Security Grab Bar, 42": Acorn #1109-1.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be installed. Correct conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 COORDINATION A. Throughout construction of substrate surfaces, use all means necessary to ensure proper and adequate provisions for concealed support devices, and for finished openings, to receive the work of this section.
3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install the work of this section in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations as approved by the Architect, anchoring all components plumb, level, square, and firmly into position for long life under hard use. B. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect the materials of this section before, during, and after installation and to protect the work and materials of all other trades. C. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary at no additional cost to the Owner.
END OF SECTION 102813
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 2 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 104400 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Portable fire extinguishers. 2. Fire extinguisher cabinets. 3. Brackets for wall mounting. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 061000 - Rough Carpentry: Wood blocking for wall-mounted mounting brackets and cabinets. 2. Section 092116 – Gypsum Board Assemblies: rough opening framing.
1.2 REFERENCES A. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 10 - Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers. B. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.: 1. UL - Fire Protection Equipment Directory.
1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures: Requirements. B. Product Data: Submit extinguisher operational features, color and finish, anchorage details. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit special criteria and wall opening coordination requirements. D. Section 017000 – Execution and Closeout Requirements. E. Maintenance and Operating Manuals: Submit test, refill or recharge schedules and re- certification requirements.
1.4 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section 016000 - Product Requirements: Environmental conditions affecting products on site. B. Do not install extinguishers when ambient temperature is capable of freezing extinguisher components.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to NFPA 10. B. Provide portable fire extinguishers and cabinets classified and labeled by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. for purpose specified and indicated.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 3 May 8, 2020
Putnamville Prison Industries Building FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 104400 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
2.2 MANUFACTURERS A. Approved: 1. Larsen’s Manufacturing Co. (basis of design). 2. JL Industries. 3. Potter Roemer. 4. Substitutions: Section 012500 - Substitution Procedures.
2.3 EXTINGUISHERS (FE) A. Multi-Purpose Dry Chemical Type: Red steel tank, Model MP-10, manufactured by Larsen’s Manufacturing Co., with pressure gage. UL approved multipurpose type, 10 lb. capacity, UL rating 4A-80B:C, (MP). B. Dry Chemical Type: Red steel tank, Model DC10, manufactured by Larsen’s Manufacturing Co., with pressure gage. UL approved for fires in flammable liquids and energized electrical equipment, 10 lb. capacity, UL rating 60-B:C, (DC).
2.4 CABINETS (FEC) A. Cabinet: Formed sheet steel, baked enamel finish, fire rated with same hourly rating as wall, semi-recessed, Larsen’s Model SS 2409 6R with “Full Panel” door style and latch (FEC). B. Trim Type: Returned to wall surface, with 2½ inch (3½ inch for fire rated cabinet) projection. C. Door: Stainless steel, 18 gage thick, reinforced for flatness and rigidity; latch with glass access. D. Door Glazing: Glass, clear, laminated safety glass. E. Cabinet Mounting Hardware: Appropriate to cabinet. F. Fire Rating Construction: Double wall cabinet construction with 5/8" interstitial space filled with fire barrier material. Size depth of cabinet to match wall construction. G. Pre-drill for anchors. H. Hinge doors for 180 degree opening with continuous piano hinge. I. Weld, fill, and grind components smooth. J. Glaze doors with resilient channel gasket glazing. K. Finishing Cabinet Exterior Trim and Door: Stainless steel. L. Finishing Cabinet Interior: Stainless steel. M. Graphic Identification: Die cut lettering, vertical, white. 1. Wording: “Fire Extinguisher” on each cabinet door.
2.5 ACCESSORIES A. Extinguisher Brackets: Standard brackets by Larsen’s Manufacturing Co.; size for specified extinguisher. Use brackets to hang extinguishers at specified locations. Provide manufacturer’s standard designed wall bracket to prevent accidental dislodgement of extinguisher of sizes required for type and capacity of extinguisher required; furnish in manufacturer’s standard plated finish.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 3 May 8, 2020
Putnamville Prison Industries Building FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 104400 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions. B. Verify rough openings for cabinet are correctly sized and located.
3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install cabinets plumb and level in wall openings, maximum 48 inches from finished floor to top of extinguisher handle. B. Install wall brackets, maximum 48 inches from finished floor to top of extinguisher handle. C. Secure rigidly in place. D. Place extinguishers in cabinets.
3.3 SCHEDULES A. Refer to Drawings for locations. B. MP: Multi-Purpose (typical). C. DC: Kitchens/electrical rooms.
END OF SECTION 104400
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 3 May 8, 2020
Putnamville Prison Industries Building WINDOW BLINDS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 122100 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Horizontal metal slat louver blinds and operating hardware. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 061000 - Rough Carpentry: Blocking for attachment of headrail brackets. 2. Division 8: door and window frames.
1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate opening sizes, tolerances required, method of attachment, clearances, and operation. C. Product Data: Submit data indicating physical and dimensional characteristics, and operating features. D. Samples: Submit two samples, 4 inches long, illustrating slat materials and finish, color, head rail housing type and color. E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit special procedures and perimeter conditions requiring special attention. F. Section 017000 – Execution and Closeout Requirements : G. Materials and Finishes Manual: Submit information on adjusting, repairing, and replacing blinds, wand tilter and cording.
1.3 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum five years documented experience.
1.4 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication.
1.5 COORDINATION A. Section 013000 – Administrative Requirements. B. Coordinate the Work with window installation and placement of concealed blocking to support blinds.
1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Supply 6 extra lift cords and control wands.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Specified: Levolor, Inc. - 2" Riviera Classic Dust Guard Blinds. B. Other Manufacturers Offering Equivalent Products: 1. Hunter Douglas Model, CD 80. 2. Substitutions: Sections 012500 - Substitution Procedures.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 3 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building WINDOW BLINDS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 122100 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
2.2 COMPONENTS A. Blinds: Horizontal slat louvers hung from full-width headrail with full-width bottom rail; manual control of raising and lowering by cord with full range locking; blade angle adjustable by control wand. B. Metal Slats: Spring tempered pre-finished aluminum; square slat corners, with manufacturing burrs removed. 1. Width: 2 inch. 2. Thickness:.009 inch. 3. Color: As selected. C. Slat Support: Woven polypropylene cord, ladder configuration. D. Headrail: Pre-finished, formed aluminum box, with end caps; internally fitted with hardware, pulleys, and bearings for operations; same depth as width of slats. 1. Color: As selected. E. Bottom Rail: Pre-finished, formed aluminum with top side shaped to match slat curvature; with end caps. 1. Color: As selected. F. Lift Cord: Braided polypropylene; continuous loop. 1. Free end weighted. 2. Color: As selected. 3. Provide a cleat for excess cord. G. Control Wand: Extruded hollow plastic. 1. Non-removable type. 2. Length of window opening height less 3 inches. 3. Color: Clear. H. Headrail Attachment: Wall brackets.
2.3 FABRICATION A. Fabricate blinds to fit within openings with uniform edge clearance. B. At openings requiring multiple blind units, provide separate blind assemblies with space between assemblies, occurring at window mullion centers.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify openings are ready to receive work. B. Verify structural blocking and supports are correctly placed.
3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install blinds. B. Secure in place with concealed fasteners. C. Place intermediate head supports as recommended by manufacturer.
3.3 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Section 014000 - Quality Requirements: Tolerances. B. Maximum Variation of Gap at Window Opening Perimeter: 1/4 inch. C. Maximum Offset From Level: 1/8 inch.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 3 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building WINDOW BLINDS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 122100 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
3.4 ADJUSTING A. Section 017000 – Execution and Closeout Requirements: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Adjust blinds for smooth operation.
3.5 CLEANING A. Section 017000 – Execution and Closeout Requirements: Final cleaning. B. Clean blind surfaces just prior to occupancy.
3.6 SCHEDULE A. See Room Finish Schedule.
END OF SECTION 122100
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 3 May 8, 2020
Putnamville Prison Industries Building METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 133419 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Metal Framing Components B. Metal Wall Panels and Trim C. Metal Roof Panels and Trim D. Metal Building Accessories
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03 30 00- Cast-in-place concrete. B. Section 08 33 23 - Overhead Coiling Doors. C. Section 09 90 00 - Painting: Finish painting of primed steel surfaces.
1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC): 1. AISC Specification for Structural Steel Buildings. 2. AISC Serviceability Design Considerations for Low-Rise Buildings B. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI): 1. AISI North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members C. American Welding Society (AWS): 1. AWS D1.1 / D1.1M – Structural Welding Code – Steel. 2. AWS D1.3 / D1.3M – Structural Welding Code – Sheet Steel D. Association for Iron & Steel Technology (AISE): 1. AISE 13 – Specifications for Design and Construction of Mill Buildings. E. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. ASTM A 36 – Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel 2. ASTM A 307 – Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60 000 psi Tensile Strength 3. ASTM A 325 – Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength. 4. ASTM A 490 – Specification for Structural Bolts, Alloy Steel, Heat Treated, 150 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength 5. ASTM A 500 – Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes 6. ASTM A 563 – Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts 7. ASTM A 653 / A 653M – Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process 8. ASTM A 792 / A 792M – Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, 55 % Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process 9. ASTM A 992 – Standard Specification for Structural Steel Shapes. 10. ASTM A 1011 – Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High- Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra-High Strength. 11. ASTM A 1039 – Specification for Steel, Sheet, Hot Rolled, Carbon, Commercial, Structural, and High- Strength Low-Alloy, Produced by Twin-Roll Casting Process 12. ASTM E 96 / E 96M – Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. 13. ASTM E 108—Spread-of Flame Testing: Class 1A Rating. 14. ASTM E 283 – Standard Test Method for Determining the Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 12 May 8, 2020
Putnamville Prison Industries Building METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 133419 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
15. ASTM E 331 – Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. 16. ASTM E 1592 – Test Method for Structural Performance of Sheet Metal Roof and Siding Systems by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference 17. ASTM E 1646 – Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Metal Roof Panel Systems by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference 18. ASTM E 1680 – Test Method for Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Metal Roof Panel Systems 19. ASTM E 2140 – Test Method for Water Penetration of Metal Roof Panel Systems by Static Water Pressure Head 20. ASTM F 436 – Specification for Hardened Steel Washers 21. ASTM F 1145 – Specification for Turnbuckles, Swaged, Welded, Forged 22. ASTM F 1554 – Specification for Anchor Bolts, Steel, 36, 55, and 105-ksi Yield Strength F. CSA – Canadian Standards Association G. CWB – Canadian Welding Bureau H. IAS – International Accreditation Service I. LGSI – Light Gauge Steel Institute J. SJI – Steel Joist Institute K. FM Global: 1. FMRC Standard 4471 – Approval Standard for Class 1 Roofs for Hail Damage Resistance, Combustibility, and Wind Uplift Resistance. L. Metal Building Manufacturers Association (MBMA): 1. MBMA Metal Building Systems Manual M. Underwriters Laboratories (UL): 1. UL 580 – Standard for Tests for Uplift Resistance of Roof Assemblies
1.4 DEFINITIONS A. Metal Building System: A building system that will employ: - Either continuous or simple-span ‘Z’ or ‘C’-shaped cold-formed purlins or open-web steel joists for support of the roof cladding. - Simple-span ‘Z’ or ‘C’-shaped cold-formed purlins or open-web steel joists for support of the steel wall cladding. - Three-plate, built-up rigid space frames and/or cold-formed ‘C’ or hot-rolled I-shaped post-and-beam framing to support the roof and wall secondary members. - All systems (cladding, roof and wall secondary, lateral primary framing, and longitudinal bracing) work together to provide resistance to vertical and lateral loading demands. B. Gable Symmetrical: A continuous frame building with the ridge in the center of the building, consisting of tapered or straight columns and tapered or straight rafters. The sidewall girts may be continuous (by-passing the columns) or simple span (inset in the column line). The rafters may or may not have interior columns. C. Gable Asymmetrical: A continuous frame building with an off-center ridge, consisting of tapered or straight columns and tapered or straight rafters. The eave height and roof slope may differ on each side of the ridge. The sidewall girts may be continuous (by-passing the columns) or simple span (flush in the column line). The rafters may or may not have interior columns. D. Single-Slope: A continuous frame building which does not contain a ridge, but consists of one continuous slope from side to side. The building consists of straight or tapered columns and tapered or straight rafters. The sidewall girts may be continuous (by-passing the columns) or simple span (flush in the column line). The rafters may or may not have interior columns. E. Lean-To (LTO): A building extension, which does not contain a ridge, but consists of one continuous slope from side to side. These units usually have the same roof slope and girt design as the building to which they are attached and supported by. F. Roof Slope: Pitch expressed as inches of rise for each 12" of horizontal run. G. Building Width: Measured from outside to outside of sidewall secondary structural member (girt).
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 12 May 8, 2020
Putnamville Prison Industries Building METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 133419 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
H. Building Eave Height: A nominal dimension measured from the finished floor to top flange of eave strut. I. Building Length: Measured from outside to outside of endwall secondary structural member. J. Auxiliary Loads: Dynamic loads induced by cranes, conveyors, or other material handling systems. K. Collateral Loads: The weight of any non-moving equipment or material, such as ceilings, electrical or mechanical equipment, sprinkler systems, plumbing, or ceilings. L. Dead Load: The actual weight of the building system (as provided by the metal building supplier) supported by a given member. M. Floor Live Loads: Loads induced on a floor system by occupants of a building and their furniture, equipment, etc. N. Roof Live Loads: Loads produced by maintenance activities, rain, erection activities, and other movable or moving loads but not including wind, snow, seismic, crane, or dead loads. O. Roof Snow Loads: Gravity load induced by the weight of snow or ice on the roof, assumed to act on the horizontal projection of the roof. P. Seismic Loads: Loads acting in any direction on a structural system due to the action of an earthquake. Q. Wind Loads: The loads on a structure induced by the forces of wind blowing from any horizontal direction.
1.5 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. General 1. The building manufacturer will use standards, specifications, recommendations, findings and/or interpretations of professionally-recognized groups such as AISC, AISI, AWS, ASTM, CSA, CWB, MBMA, Federal Specifications, and unpublished research by MBMA as the basis for establishing design, drafting, fabrication, and quality criteria, practices, and tolerances. The Manufacturer's design, drafting, fabrication and quality criteria, practices, and tolerances shall govern, unless specifically countermanded by the contract documents. 2. Design structural mill sections and built-up plate sections in accordance with: a. (US) code-appropriate edition of AISC's "Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings", ANSI/AISC 360 ASD method. 3. Cold-Formed steel structural members and panels will generally be designed in accordance with "Specifications for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members", 2007 Edition, ANSI/AISI S-100- 07 . 4. Design weldments per the following: a. Structural Welding 1) (US) Design per AWS D1.1, “Structural Welding Code – Steel”, Latest Edition. b. Cold-Formed Welding 1) (US) Design per AWS D1.3, “Structural Welding Code – Sheet Steel”, Latest Edition.
B. Design Code: 1. Structural design for the building structural system shall be provided by the metal building system manufacturer for the following design criteria: a. Governing Building Code: Indiana Building Code (IBC) . b. Year/Version: 2014 . c. Occupancy Category: Type F-1, IIB Construction .
C. Design Loads: 1. Dead Load – Weight of the building system as determined by manufacturer. 2. Roof Live Load – 20 psf . 3. Collateral Load – 20 psf . 4. Roof Snow Load: a. Ground Snow Load -20 psf . b. Snow Exposure Coefficient (Ce) – 1.0 .
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 12 May 8, 2020
Putnamville Prison Industries Building METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 133419 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
c. Thermal Coefficient (Ct) – 1.0 . d. Roof Snow Load – ______. 5. Wind Load: a. Wind Speed – 115 MPH . b. Wind Exposure – C. 6. Seismic Load: a. Spectral response acceleration for short periods (Ss) – 0.217 . b. Spectral response acceleration for 1-sec. period (S1) – 0.102 . c. Site Class – C. 7. Floor Load. a. Live Load – 40 psf . b. Dead Load (Weight of Material by others)– 20 psf . c. Collateral Load – ______. 8. Auxiliary Loads: Auxiliary loads shall include dynamic loads, such as cranes and material handling systems, and will be defined in the Contract Documents. 9. Crane Loads: a. Crane loads shall be a function of the Service Class as defined by the governing code and Crane Manufacturers Association of America (CMAA) and the rated tonnage (A- Standby or Infrequent service, B- Light service, C- Moderate service, D- Heavy Service, E- Severe Service, F- Continuous Severe Service). b. Cranes in Service Class E or F shall be in accordance with AISE 13. c. Service Class of Crane: ______. d. Deflection Criterion for Crane: ______. e. Crane loads will be obtained from the crane manufacturer and supplied by the Architect to the metal building system manufacturer at the time of bid. f. Building structure shall be designed for the crane loads in accordance with the governing code. g. Multiple cranes in the same bay or aisle shall be designed in accordance with the governing code. h. If the governing code does not address multiple crane design practices, MBMA Metal Building Systems Manual shall be used.
D. General Serviceability Limits : 1. Deflection Limits shall be in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Metal Building Systems Manual (MBMA), latest edition. 2. Vertical Deflections: a. Roof Secondary (Purlins) – L/150. b. Main Frame roof beams – L/180.
3. Horizontal Deflections: a. Wall Secondary (Girts) – L/90. b. Main Frames – H/60. 4. Vertical deflection limits apply for snow load (50-year mean-recurrence interval) plus collateral load, or the code required live load. The horizontal drift and deflections limits apply for the loads induced by a basic wind speed corresponding to a 10-year mean-recurrence interval.
1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01 33 00.
B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: 1. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 12 May 8, 2020
Putnamville Prison Industries Building METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 133419 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
3. Installation methods.
C. Shop Drawings: Provide complete erection drawings for the proper identification and assembly of all building components. Drawings will show anchor bolt settings, transverse cross-sections, sidewall, endwall and roof framing, flashing and sheeting, and accessory installation details.
D. Selection Samples: For each finish product specified, two complete sets of color chips representing manufacturer's full range of available colors and patterns.
E. Verification Samples: For each finish product specified, two samples, representing actual product, color, and patterns.
F. Certifications: Shop drawings and design analysis shall bear the seal of a registered professional engineer upon request. Design analysis shall be on file and furnished by manufacturer upon request.
G. Bill of Materials: Bills of material shall be furnished and shall include item weights.
H. Preventative Maintenance Manual. I. Welder's Certifications: Certification of welder qualifications shall be furnished as specified by the Project Engineer.
J. Submit certification verifying that the metal roof system has been tested and approved by Underwriter’s Laboratory as Class 90.
K. Submit certification verifying that the metal roof system has been tested and approved by Factory Mutual as Class ______.
L. Submit certification verifying that the metal standing seam roof system has been tested in accordance with ASTM E 1592 test protocols.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer / Fabricator Qualifications: 1. (US) All primary products specified in this section will be supplied by a single IAS AC 472 Accredited Manufacturer /Fabricator with a minimum of five (5) years’ experience.
B. Weldments/Welder/Weld Inspection Qualifications: 1. (US) Welding inspection and welding inspector qualification for structural steel shall be in accordance with AWS D1.1, “Structural Welding Code – Steel”, latest edition. Welding inspection and welding inspector qualification for cold-formed steel shall be in accordance with AWS D1.3, “Structural Welding Code – Sheet Steel”, latest edition.
C. Erector Qualifications: All products listed in this section are to be installed by a single installer with a minimum of five (5) years demonstrated experience in installing products of the same type and scope as specified.
D. Design: Standard drawings and design analysis must bear the seal of a registered professional engineer. Design analysis must be on file and furnished by manufacturer upon request.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 5 of 12 May 8, 2020
Putnamville Prison Industries Building METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 133419 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements: Deliver materials to site in manufacturer’s original, unopened containers and packaging, with labels clearly identifying product name and manufacturer.
B. Storage and Handling Requirements: 1. Store and handle materials in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 2. Keep materials in manufacturer’s original, unopened containers and packaging until installation. 3. Do not store materials directly on ground. 4. Store materials on flat, level surface, raised above ground, with adequate support to prevent sagging. 5. Protect materials and finish during storage, handling, and installation to prevent damage.
C. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits.
D. Store and dispose of hazardous materials, and materials contaminated by hazardous materials, in accordance with requirements of local authorities having jurisdiction.
1.9 WARRANTY
A. Building System Warranty 1. Furnish manufacturer’s standard warranty for the metal building system, excluding paint. 2. The manufacturer shall warrant the metal building system against failure due to defective material or workmanship for a period of one (1) year from date of shipment. 3. The liability under this warranty shall be limited to furnishing, but not dismantling or installing, necessary replacement material F.O.B. manufacturer’s plant. In no event shall the manufacturer be liable for loss of profits, or other incidental, consequential, or special damages.
B. Standing Seam Roof Weathertightness Warranty (Optional) 1. Furnish manufacturer’s weathertightness warranty for a maximum of 20 years against leaks in standing seam roof panels, arising out of or caused by ordinary wear and tear under normal weather and atmospheric conditions.
C. Roof and Wall Paint Finish Warranty 1. Paint Systems a. Furnish manufacturer’s standard warranty for the metal panel paint system against chipping, peeling, blistering, fading in excess of 5 NBS Hunter units as set forth in ASTM-D-2244, and chalking in excess of 8 units as set forth in ASTM-D-4214. b. The warranty shall be for a period of 30 years from the date of shipment for PVDF paint systems. c. The warranty shall be for a period of 25 years from the date of shipment for silicone-polyester paint systems. 2. Galvalume® systems a. Furnish manufacturer’s standard warranty for the Galvalume® panels against rupture, structural failure, or perforation due to normal atmospheric conditions. b. The warranty shall be for a period of 20 years from the date of shipment for Galvalume® systems.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 6 of 12 May 8, 2020
Putnamville Prison Industries Building METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 133419 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Design Manufacturer: Nucor Building Systems; http://www.nucorbuildingsystems.com B. Substitutions: 1. Butler Manufacturing.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Primary Framing Steel: 1. Steel for hot rolled shapes must conform to the requirements of ASTM Specifications A-36, A-572 or A- 992, with minimum yield of 36 or 50 ksi, respectively. 2. Steel for built-up sections must conform to the requirements of ASTM A-1011, A-1018, A-529, A-572 or A- 36 as applicable, with minimum yield of 42, 46, 50, or 55 ksi as indicated by the design requirements. 3. Round Tube must conform to the requirements of ASTM A-500 Grade B with minimum yield strength of 42 ksi. 4. Square and Rectangular Tube must conform to the requirements of ASTM A-500 Grade B with a minimum yield strength of 46 ksi. 5. Steel for Cold-Formed Endwall "C" sections must conform to the requirements of ASTM A-1011 or A-1039 Grade 55, or ASTM A-653 Grade 55 with minimum yield strength of 55 ksi. 6. X-bracing will conform to ASTM A-36 or ASTM A-529 for rod and angle bracing or ASTM A-475 for cable bracing.
B. Secondary Framing Steel: 1. Steel used to form purlins, girts and eave struts must meet the requirements of ASTM A-1011 or ASTM A- 1039 Grade 55 for primed material or ASTM A-653 Grade 55 for galvanized material with a minimum yield of 55 ksi. 2. Design Thicknesses – Gauge to be determined by design to meet specified loading conditions.
C. Panels: 1. Roll-formed Galvalume®, pre-painted Galvalume® or Galvanized G90 Exterior-Side and G60 Interior-Side. In Canada, Galvanized panel will have a coating thickness of G90 on both sides. 2. Standing Seam Panels must have: a. (For US and Export) 50 percent minimum aluminum-zinc alloy- coating and conform to ASTM A-792 or ASTM A-653 with a minimum yield of 50 ksi. 3. Through-fastened panels must have: a. (For US and Export) 50 percent minimum aluminum-zinc alloy coating and conform to ASTM A-792 or ASTM A-653 with a minimum yield of 50 ksi. 4. Panel Finish: a. SP Finish: Modified Siliconized Polyester paint system with a 25-year finish warranty. b. PVDF Finish: 70% PVDF paint system with a 30-year finish warranty
D. Panel Fasteners: 1. For Galvalume® and Painted finished roof panels: Long Life Cast Zinc head. 2. For wall panels: Coated carbon steel. 3. Color of exposed fastener heads to match the wall and roof panel finish. 4. Concealed Fasteners: Self-drilling type, of size required.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 7 of 12 May 8, 2020
Putnamville Prison Industries Building METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 133419 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
E. Flashing and Trim: Match material, finish, and color of adjacent components. Provide trim at rakes, including peak and corner assemblies, high and low eaves, corners, bases, framed openings and as required or specified to provide weathertightness and a finished appearance.
F. Roof Clips: 1. All clips must have factory-applied mastic and designed so that movement between the panel and the clip does not occur. 2. Short or Tall Fixed clips; shall be either 3 ½ inches (89mm) or 4 ½ inches (114mm) in height. Used for applications where only a moderate amount of thermal expansion and contraction in the roof panel is expected. 3. Short or Tall Sliding clips: shall be either 3 ½ inches (89mm) or 4 ½ inches (114mm) in height and provide either 1-7/8 inches from neutral position or 3 3/4 total inches of travel for panel thermal expansion and contraction, depending on clip choice. 4. Super Tall Sliding clips: shall be 5 ½ inches (140mm) in height and provide either 1-7/8 inches from neutral position or 3 3/4 total inches of travel for panel thermal expansion and contraction.
G. Sealant And Closures: 1. Sidelaps: Factory applied non-skinning Butyl mastic. 2. Endlaps, Eave, Ridge Assembly, and Gable Flashings: Field applied 100% solids butyl-based elastomeric tape sealant, furnished in pre-cut lengths. 3. Outside Closures: Closed-cell, plastic or metal 4. Inside Closures: Closed-cell, plastic or metal
2.3 PRIMARY FRAMING
A. Rigid Frames: Fabricated as welded built-up "I" sections or hot-rolled sections. 1. Frame Design: Gable Symmetrical. B. Rigid Frame Columns: 1. Tapered
C. Rigid Frame Rafters: 1. Tapered
D. Endwall Frames / Roof Beams: Fabricated as mill-rolled sections or built-up "I" sections depending on design requirements. Fabricate endwall columns of cold-formed "C" sections, mill- rolled sections, or built-up "I" sections depending on design requirements. E. Finish: Red-Oxide or Gray Primer. F. Field Bolted Connections: All field bolted connections shall be designed and detailed utilizing ASTM A-325 or A-490 depending on design requirement.
2.4 SECONDARY FRAMING
A. Purlins and Girts: Purlins and girts shall be cold-formed "Z" sections with stiffened flanges. Flange stiffeners shall be sized to comply with the requirements of the latest edition of AISI and LGSI. They shall be pre-punched at the factory to provide for field bolting to the rigid frames. They shall be simple or continuous span as required by design. Connection bolts will install through the purlin/girt webs, not purlin/girt flanges B. Purlins (Excluding Open Web Joists): Horizontal structural members which support roof coverings.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 8 of 12 May 8, 2020
Putnamville Prison Industries Building METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 133419 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
1. Depth: To be determined by design (8”, 10” or 12”) 2. Maximum Length: To be determined by design. 3. Finish: Red Oxide Primer. 4. Finish: Gray Primer. C. Girts: Horizontal structural members that support vertical panels. 1. Depth: To be determined by design (8”, 10”, or 12”) 2. Maximum Length: To be determined by design. 3. Finish: Red Oxide Primer. 4. Finish: Gray Primer. D. Eave Struts: Unequal flange, cold-formed "C" sections or “Z” purlins. 1. Depth: To be determined by design (8”, 10” or 12”) 2. Maximum Length: To be determined by design. 3. Finish: Red Oxide Primer. 4. Finish: Gray Primer. E. Base Framing: Base members to which the base of the wall covering may be attached to the perimeter of the slab. Secured to the concrete slab with mechanical anchors. 1. Base girt. a. With flashing. 2. Finish: Red Oxide Primer. 3. Finish: Gray Primer.
2.5 ROOF PANELS
A. Nucor VR16 II™ Roof Panel: A mechanically seamed pan-type standing seam roof panel with concealed clips. Installed directly over purlins. Tested in accordance with ASTM E 1646 and E 1680 for water penetration and air infiltration, and per ASTM E1592 for wind uplift capacity. 1. Gauge: As required by design. 2. Dimensions: 16 inches (406mm) wide by 2 inches (51mm) high 3. Clips: As required by design. 4. Finish/Color: As specified in Article 2.8 PANEL FINISH
2.6 WALL PANELS
A. By others: See Specification Section #074213 - Metal Wall Panels.
2.7 ACCESSORIES
A. Canopies: Overhanging or projecting roof structures off the sidewall or endwall with the extreme end usually unsupported. For aesthetic application or to cover entrance or walkway. B. Roof Line Trim: 1. Trim Type: Simple Eave/Rake Trim 2. Trim Type: Sculptured Eave/Rake Trim 3. Trim Type: Low-Eave Gutter / Sculptured Rake Trim C. Purlin Extensions: Overhanging or projecting roof structure at the end of a building. D. Framed Openings: Used to frame out doors, windows, louvers, and any other openings. Refers to the framing members and flashing which surround an opening and includes jambs, header and or sill, trim, and fasteners.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 9 of 12 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 133419 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
E. Walk Doors: Personnel entry doors. 1. Size: As noted on the Contract Drawings. 2. Accessories: As noted on the Contract Drawings F. Windows: Self-flashing, self-framing horizontal slide or fixed narrow-lite windows. 1. Type / Size: As noted on the Contract Drawings. 2. Type: Fixed Glass G. Soffit Panels: 1. Nucor Classic™ Wall Panel: A through-fastened sidewall panel with 1 1/4 inch (32mm) ribs at 12 inches (305mm) on center. The area between the ribs is reinforced to minimize oil- canning. a. Gauge: 26 (std.) b. Dimensions: 36 inches (915mm) wide by 1 1/4 inch (32mm) high c. Finish: As specified in Article 2.8 PANEL FINISHES
H. Facades: Decorative structural and panel system projecting from the face of a wall panel.
I. Roof Vents: Accessories used on the roof to allow air to pass through. 1. Gravity Ridge Vents: Can be used as single unit or continuous. a. Size: 9 inch by 10 foot (229x3048mm) with Damper & Lockerpull. b. Size: 12 inch by 10 foot (305x3048mm) with Damper & Lockerpull. J. Pipe Flashings: Aluminum base with EPDM boot. The base flange must bend to form a seal with surface irregularities or roof pitch. 1. Size: ¼” to 4” (6 to 102mm) Pipe 2. Size: 4” to 7” (102 to 178mm) Pipe 3. Size: 7” to 13” (178 to 330mm) Pipe
2.8 PANEL FINISHES
A. Roof Panel: 1. Galvalume® (GM) 2. Nucor Standard Panel Paint System (Siliconized Polyester Resin, 25-year Finish Warranty): a. Color: As selected by Architect.
B. Soffit Panel: 1. Nucor Standard Panel Paint System (Siliconized Polyester Resin, 25-year Finish Warranty): a. Color: As selected by Architect.
2.9 FABRICATION
A. General: 1. Shop-fabricate all framing members for field bolted assembly. The surfaces of the bolted connections must be smooth and free from burrs or distortions. 2. Shop connections must conform to the manufacturer's standard design practices as defined in this section. Certification of welder qualifications will be furnished when required and specified in advance. 3. All framing members must carry an identifying mark.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 10 of 12 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 133419 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
B. Primary Framing: 1. Plates, Stiffeners and Related Members: Factory weld base plates splice plates, cap plates, and stiffeners into place on the structural members. 2. Bolt Holes and Related Machining: Shop fabricate base plates, splices and flanges to include bolt connection holes. Shop fabricated webs to include bracing holes. 3. Secondary structural connections (purlins and girts) to be ordinary bolted connections, which may include welded clips. 4. Manufacturer is responsible for all welding inspection in accordance with the manufacturer's IAS Accreditation or CAN/CSA A660 Certification. Special inspection by the buyer or owner may be done in the manufacturer's facility and must be noted on the Contract Documents. 5. Non-Destructive Testing (NDT) - NDT shall be performed and documented as required by the governing building code for this project.
C. Open-Web Roof Joists:
D. Zee Purlins: 1. Fabricate purlins from cold-formed "Z" sections with stiffened flanges. Size flange stiffeners to comply with the requirements of the latest edition of AISI. Connection bolts will install through the webs, not the flanges.
E. Girts 1. Girts must be simple or continuous span as required by design. Connection bolts will install through the webs, not the flanges.
F. Bracing: 1. Diagonal Bracing: a. Wind bracing in the roof and/or walls need not be furnished where it can be shown that the diaphragm strength of the roof and/or wall covering is adequate to resist the applied wind or seismic forces. Diagonal bracing in the roof and sidewalls may be used to resist longitudinal loads (wind, crane, etc.) in the structure if diaphragm action cannot be used. b. Diagonal bracing will be furnished to length and equipped with hillside washers and nuts at each end. It may consist of rods threaded each end or galvanized cable with suitable threaded end anchors. If load requirements so dictate, bracing may be of structural angle and/or pipe, bolted in place. 2. Special Bracing: When diagonal bracing is not permitted in the sidewall, a rigid frame type portal or fixed base column will be used. Shear walls can also be used where adequate to resist the applied wind or seismic forces. 3. Flange Braces: The compression flange of all primary framing must be braced laterally with angles connecting to the bottoms chords of purlins or to the webs of girts so that the flange compressive stress is within allowable limits for any combination of loading. 4. Bridging: a. Laterally bridge the top and bottom chords of the open-web bar joists as required by design thereof and specified on the building erection drawings.
G. Standing Seam Panels - General: 1. One side of the panel is configured as female, having factory applied hot-melt mastic inside the female seam. The female side will hook over the male side and when seamed creates a continuous lock, forming a weathertight seam.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 11 of 12 May 8, 2020 Putnamville Prison Industries Building METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS K2M Design Project No. #19102 SECTION 133419 IDOA Project No. 67012000-20-027-D1
2. Panels are factory notched at both ends so that field installation can commence or terminate from either end of the building. Panels cannot start at both ends of the building and work towards each other. 3. Maximum panel length is 55 feet (16,764mm) unless otherwise noted in the Contract Documents. 4. Endlaps: a. Endlaps must have a 16 gauge backup plate and have the (8) endlap joint fasteners installed in dimpled locations in the flat with (1) endlap joint fastener installed in each trapezoid shoulder for a total of (10) fasteners at each endlap. b. Apply mastic between the panels and secured with #12-14 x 1 1/4 inch (32mm) self-drilling fasteners through the panels and backup plate to form a compression joint. c. "Through-the-Roof" fasteners may only be used at endlaps and eaves.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Erector present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work. B. Before erection proceeds, survey elevations and locations of concrete and masonry bearing surfaces and locations of anchor rods, bearing plates and other embedment’s to receive structural framing, with Erector present, for compliance with requirements and metal building system manufacturer’s tolerances. C. Proceed with erection only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation. B. Provide temporary shores, guys, braces, and other supports during erection to keep structural framing secure, plumb, and in alignment against temporary construction loads equal in intensity to design loads. Remove temporary supports when permanent structural framing connections and bracing are in place, unless otherwise indicated.
3.3 INSTALLATION A. The erection of the building system shall be performed by a qualified erector, in accordance with the appropriate erection drawings, erection guides and /or other documents furnished by manufacturer, using proper tools, equipment and safety practices. B. Erection practices shall conform to “Common Industry Practices”, Section 6, MBMA (LR)-Building Systems Manual. C. There shall be no field modifications to primary structural members except as authorized and specified by manufacturer.
3.4 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products until completion of project. B. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION 133419
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Page 12 of 12 May 8, 2020